MEDIA MAIL

US Postage and fees Paid

Suburban MD 20898

Permit No 6086
INSIDE FRONT COVER - BLANK
Uniform Laws and Regulations 

in the Areas of 

Legal Metrology and 

Engine Fuel Quality

as adopted by the 101st National Conference on Weights and Measures 2016 

Editors:

Linda Crown

David Sefcik

Lisa Warfield 

Georgia Harris, Acting Chief

Office of Weights and Measures 

Physical Measurement Laboratory

This document is available free of charge 

from: http://dx.doi.org/10.6028/NIST.HB.130-2017

November 2016 

U.S. Department of Commerce 

Penny Pritzker, Secretary

National Institute of Standards and Technology

Willie May, Under Secretary of Commerce for Standards and Technology and Director

NIST Handbook130

2017 Edition

Supersedes all previous editions
WASHINGTON: 2016 

Certain commercial entities, equipment, or materials may be identified in this document in order to describe an 

experimental procedure or concept adequately. Such identification is not intended to imply recommendation or 

endorsement by the National Institute of Standards and Technology, nor is it intended to imply that the entities, materials, 

or equipment are necessarily the best available for the purpose.

National Institute of Standards and Technology Handbook 130, 2017 Edition

Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol. Handb. 130, 2017 Ed., 304 pages (November 2016) 

CODEN: NIHAE2
iii

Foreword

This handbook compiles the latest Uniform Laws and Regulations and related interpretations and guidelines adopted 

by the National Conference on Weights and Measures, Inc. (NCWM). At the 1983 Annual Meeting, the NCWM 

voted to change the title of Handbook 130 and the title of the Laws and Regulations compiled in this handbook. The 

former title of the handbook was “Model State Laws and Regulations.” “Model State” was to be changed to 

“Uniform” in the title to reflect that these Laws and Regulations are (a) intended to be standards rather than just 

guidelines, and (b) intended for adoption by political subdivisions other than states when deemed appropriate.

This edition includes amendments approved at the 101th NCWM Annual Meetings in 2016. The NCWM 

recommends adoption and promulgation by weights and measures jurisdictions of these Uniform Laws and 

Regulations as updated in this handbook.

The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) has the statutory responsibility to promote “cooperate

with the states in securing uniformity in weights and measures laws and methods of inspection.” In partial 

fulfillment of this responsibility, the Institute is pleased to publish these recommendations of the NCWM.

This handbook promotes the primary use of the International System of Units (SI) by citing SI units before U.S. 

customary units where both units appear together, and by placing separate sections containing requirements for SI 

units before corresponding sections containing requirements for customary units. In some cases, however, trade 

practice is currently restricted to the use of customary units; therefore, some requirements in this handbook will 

continue to specify only customary units until the NCWM achieves a broad consensus on the permitted metric units.

You are invited to provide online feedback regarding this document 

at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/s/customer-satisfaction-pub or by e-mail to: 

owm@nist.gov.
iv

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
v

Committee Members

Committee on Laws and Regulations of the 101th Conference

Richard Lewis, Georgia

John Albert, Missouri

Ethan Bogren, Westchester County, New York

Ha Dang, San Diego, California

Louis Sakin, Towns of Hopkinton/Northbridge, Massachusetts

Associate Membership Committee Representative: Rebecca Richardson, MARC – IV Consulting.

Canadian Technical Advisor: Lance Robertson, Measurement Canada

NIST Technical Advisors: Lisa Warfield, David Sefcik

NIST Technical Advisor on the Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation: Tina Butcher
vi

Past Chairmen of the Committee

Conference Chairman Conference Chairman

41 G. H. Leithauser, MD 71 D. Stagg, AL

42 F. M. Greene, CT 72 A. Nelson, CT

43 F. M. Greene, CT 73 K. Simila, OR

44 G. L. Johnson, KY 74 K. Simila, OR

45 R. Williams, NY 75 S. B. Colbrook, IL

46 J. H. Lewis, WA 76 A. Nelson, CT

47 J. H. Lewis, WA 77 B. Bloch, CA

48 J. H. Lewis, WA 78 F. Clem, OH

49 J. H. Lewis, WA 79 B. Bloch, CA

50 L. Barker, WV 80 S. Rhoades, AZ

51 L. Barker, WV 81 L. Straub, MD

52 M. Jennings, TN 82 S. Millay, ME

53 W. A. Kerlin, CA 83 K. Angell, WV

54 J. F. Lyles, VA 84 K. Angell, WV

55 J. F. Lyles, VA 85 S. Morrison, CA

56 S. D. Andrews, FL 86 R. Williams, TN

57 S. D. Andrews, FL 87 P. D’Errico, NJ

58 S. D. Andrews, FL 88 D. Johannes, CA

59 R. M. Leach, MI 89 D. Johannes, CA

60 R. L. Thompson, MD 90 J. Gomez, NM

61 C. H. Vincent, Dallas, TX 91 J. Benavides, TX

62 C. H. Vincent, Dallas, TX 92 J. Cassidy, MA

63 J. T. Bennett, CT 93 Vicky Dempsey, OH

64 R. W. Probst, WI 94 Joe Gomez, NM

65 D. I. Offner, MO 95 Joe Benavides, TX

66 J. J. Bartfai, NY 96 John Gaccione, NY

67 J. J. Bartfai, NY 97 J. Cardin, WI

68 J. J. Bartfai, NY 98 J. Cardin, WI

69 W. R. Mossberg, CA 99 R. Johnson, NM

70 E. Skluzacek, MN 100 T. Lloyd, MT
vii

Table of Contents

Foreword.......................................................................................................................................................................iii

Committee Members .....................................................................................................................................................v

Past Chairmen of the Committee..................................................................................................................................vi

2016 Amendments........................................................................................................................................................ix

2016 Editorial Changes ................................................................................................................................................xi

I. Introduction ............................................................................................................................................................1

A. Source..............................................................................................................................................................1

B. Purpose............................................................................................................................................................1

C. Amendments....................................................................................................................................................1

D. Annual Meeting...............................................................................................................................................2

E. Final Committee Reports and Conference Action...........................................................................................2

F. Revisions to Handbook ...................................................................................................................................2

G. Annotations .....................................................................................................................................................2

H. Effective Enforcement Dates of Regulations ..................................................................................................2

I. Section References..........................................................................................................................................3

J. The International System of Units...................................................................................................................3

K. “Mass” and “Weight”......................................................................................................................................3

L. Use of the Terms “Mass” and “Weight” .........................................................................................................3

Form 15: Proposal to Amend Handbooks .............................................................................................................4

II. Uniformity of Laws and Regulations .....................................................................................................................5

A. National Conference Goal...............................................................................................................................5

B. Status of Promulgation ....................................................................................................................................5

C. Summary of State Laws and Regulations in Weights and Measures...............................................................5

III. Uniform Laws.......................................................................................................................................................11

A. Uniform Weights and Measures Law............................................................................................................13

B. Uniform Weighmaster Law...........................................................................................................................29

C. Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law.............................................................41

IV. Uniform Regulations.............................................................................................................................................49

A. Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation ...............................................................................................51

B. Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities.......................................................................93

C. Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation ................................................................................................................135

D. Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration of Servicepersons and Service Agencies for 

Commercial Weighing and Measuring Devices..........................................................................................141

E. Uniform Open Dating Regulation ...............................................................................................................149

F. Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation.....................................................................................157

G. Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation ..................................................................165

V. Examination Procedure for Price Verification....................................................................................................191

VI. NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines, Section 2 ................................................................................225

Index..........................................................................................................................................................................279
viii

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Amendments/Editorial Changes

ix

2016 Amendments

The following table lists the laws and regulations amended by the 101th (2016) National Conference on Weights and 

Measures (NCWM). As appropriate, the text on the cited pages indicates the changes to the law or regulation, 

section, or paragraph as “Added 2016” or “Amended 2016.” Unless otherwise noted, the effective date of the 

regulations added or amended in 2016 is January 1, 2017.

Law or Regulation

L&R

Committee

Item No.

Section Action Page

A. Uniform Packaging and 

Labeling Regulation 231-1

1. Background. Amended 51 to 52

Section 5. Declaration of Responsibility: 

Consumer and Non-Consumer

Packages.

Amended 60

6.7.1. Symbols and Abbreviations. Amended 65 to 66

Section 13. Retail Sale Price 

Representations.

Deleted 86

Section 143. Revocation of Conflicting 

Regulations.

Renumbered 86

Section 154. Effective Date. Renumbered 86

B. Uniform Regulation for 

Method of Sales of 

Commodities

232-2

1.5. Meat, Poultry, Fish, and Seafood. Amended 102

1.9. Advertising and Price Computing. Amended 103

1.9.1. Total Price Computing. Amended 103

1.9.2. Unit Price Advertising. Amended 103

1.9.3. Individual Piece Advertising. Added 104

232-4 2.4.3. Quantity. Amended 108

232-5

2.10. Softwood Lumber. Amended 111

2.10.1.1. Surfaced (dDressed) Lumber. Amended 112

2.10.1.2. Boards. Amended 112

2.10.1.5. Rough Lumber. Amended 112

2.10.3. Quantity. Amended 113

Table 1. Softwood Lumber Sizes Amended 114

232-7

2.23. Animal Bedding. Amended 123

2.23.1. Definitions. Added 123

2.23.1.1. Compressed Animal Bedding. Added 123

2.23.1.2. Useable Volume. Added 123

2.23.2. Method of Sale. Added 123 to

124

2.23.13. Exemption – Non-Consumer 

Packages Sold to Laboratory Animal 

Research Industry.

Renumbered 124
Amendments/Editorial Changes Handbook 130 – 2017

x

Law or Regulation

L&R

Committee

Item No.

Section Action Page

B. Uniform Regulation for 

Method of Sales of 

Commodities (cont.)

232-8 2.27.1.1. Compressed Natural Gas 

(CNG).

Amended 124

2.27.1.2. Gasoline Liter Equivalent 

(GLE).

Deleted 125

2.27.1.3 2. Gasoline Gallon Equivalent 

(CGE).

Amended 125

2.27.1.3. Diesel Gallon Equivalent 

(DGE).

Added 125

1.27.1.4. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG). Added 125

2.27.2.1. Method of Retail Sale 

Compressed Natural Gas.

Amended 125

2.27.2.2. Dispenser Labeling 

Compressed Natural Gas.

Amended 125

1.27.2.3. Method of Retail Sale

Liquefied Natural Gas.

Added 125

2.27.2.4. Dispenser Labeling of Retail 

Liquefied Natural Gas.

Added 125

G. Uniform Engine Fuels and 

Automotive Lubricants

237-1 1.36. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG). Amended 173

3.11.2.1. Method of Retail Sale. Deleted 183

3.11.2.21. Retail Dispenser Labeling Renumbered 183

3.11.2.21.1. Identification of Product. Renumbered 183

3.11.2.2.2. Conversion Factor. Deleted 183

3.11.2.21.32. Pressure. Renumbered

Amended

183

3.11.2.21.43. NFPA Labeling Renumbered 183

237-2 2.1.2. Gasoline-Ethanol Blends Amended 175

Notes 1 and 2 Amended 175
Handbook 130 – 2017 Amendments/Editorial Changes

xi

2016 Editorial Changes

Law or Regulation Section Action Page

Introduction Form 15 Updated Form 4

II. Uniformity of Laws 

and Regulations

C. Summary of State Laws 

and Regulations in 

Weights and Measures (as 

of August 1, 20156)

Updated tables and tallies

6 to 9

A. Uniform Package and 

Labeling Regulation

8.2. Calculation of Area of 

Principle Display Panel 

for Purposes of Type Size.

Figure 4 corrected caption. 72

Figure 5 added a caption.

12.2 Magnitude of 

Permitted Variations.

Added “the latest version of” 86

G. Uniform Engine Fuels 

and Automotive 

Lubricants Regulation

2. Status of Promulgation Removed “and the latest amendments 

were adopted in 2008”

165
Amendments/Editorial Changes Handbook 130 – 2017

xii

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Introduction

1

I. Introduction

A. Source

The Uniform Laws and Regulations 1 in this handbook comprise all of those adopted by the National Conference on 

Weights and Measures, Inc. (NCWM). Contact NCWM at:

1135 M Street, Suite 100 Phone: (402) 434-4880 E-mail: info@ncwm.net

Lincoln, NE 68508 Fax: (402) 434-4878 URL: www.ncwm.net

The NCWM is supported by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), which provides its Executive 

Secretary and publishes its documents. NIST also develops technical publications for use by weights and measures 

agencies; these publications may subsequently be endorsed or adopted by the NCWM.

All of the Uniform Laws and Regulations given herein are recommended by NCWM for adoption by states when 

reviewing or amending their official laws and regulations in the areas covered. A similar recommendation is made 

with regard to the local jurisdictions within a state in the absence of the promulgation of such laws and regulations at 

the state level.

(Amended 2015)

B. Purpose

The purpose of these Uniform Laws and Regulations is to achieve, to the maximum extent possible, uniformity in 

weights and measures laws and regulations among the various states and local jurisdictions in order to facilitate trade 

between the states, permit fair competition among businesses, and provide uniform and sufficient protection to all 

consumers in commercial weights and measures practices.

C. Amendments

Proposed amendments to NIST Handbook 130 are deliberated and developed by NCWM’s Committee on Laws and 

Regulations before presentation to the general membership for vote. In some instances, amendments that significantly 

affect other NIST Handbooks may be processed jointly by two or more committees.

Amendments to the handbooks are made in accordance with NCWM procedures and policies. The process begins at 

the regional weights and measures association meetings in the fall of each year and it is culminated at the NCWM 

Annual Meeting in July. After passing through one or more of the regional associations, the proposed amendment is 

placed on the agenda of the appropriate NCWM committee for consideration at the NCWM’s Interim Meeting in 

January, and after final deliberation and development by the committee the amendment may be presented to the 

membership for a vote at the annual NCWM meeting in July. NCWM policy provides for exceptions to the process 

to accommodate urgent or priority items. NIST staff provides technical assistance and advice throughout the process.

The policy is available on the NCWM website at www.ncwm.net. For information on the regional weights and 

measures associations, visit www.ncwm.net/meetings/regions.

(Amended 2015)

 1 When referring to the Uniform Laws and Regulations in Handbook 130, Laws and Regulations will be capitalized. 

When referring to general federal or state laws and regulations, no capitalization will be used.
Introduction Handbook 130 – 2017

2

D. Annual Meeting

1. The Committee will hold a public hearing at the Annual Meeting to discuss items on its agenda.

2. Those who want to speak on an item during the public hearing should request time from the Committee 

Chairman. The Committee Chairman may impose time limits on presentations, the discussion of a question, 

or the discussion of a proposed amendment.

E. Final Committee Reports and Conference Action

1. Following the public hearings, the Committee will prepare its final report for action by the voting membership 

of the Conference. Copies of the final report will be provided to the membership prior to the voting session 

for that report.

2. The Chairman of the Committee will present the final report of the Committee to the Conference body. A 

vote will be taken on items, proposals, or sections in the report as circumstances require. The Conference 

will vote on the entire final report as presented in accordance with established Conference voting procedures. 

Parliamentary procedures according to Robert’s Rules of Order, as amended by NCWM Bylaws, must be 

adhered to in the presentation of, and any action on, a Standing Committee report.

(Amended 1998)

F. Revisions to the Handbook

NIST may not publish a new edition if it determines that it is reasonable to forego an annual publication 

(e.g., amendments were minor or editorial in nature) to save printing, mailing, and other costs. If this occurs, NIST 

will issue a notice that the current edition is still valid and will explain its action. (NOTE: Section numbering may 

be changed from one edition of the handbook to another to accommodate additions or deletions.)

(Amended 2008)

G. Annotation

Beginning in 1971, amendments or additions to sections in the Uniform Laws and Regulations are delineated at the 

end of each section (e.g., “amended 1982”) as a service to those states that are planning to update their own laws or 

regulations. The references to each revision and the year will enable legislators and rule makers to study the actual 

wording and rationale for changes (appearing in the Annual Report of NCWM for that year) and subsequently adopt 

changes in their own laws and regulations, modeling them after the Uniform Laws and Regulations.

H. Effective Enforcement Dates of Regulations

Unless otherwise specified, the new or amended regulations listed in this section are intended to become effective and 

subject to enforcement on January 1 of the year following adoption by NCWM.

1. Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

2. Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

3. Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation

4. Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration of Servicepersons and Service Agencies for Commercial 

Weighing and Measuring Devices

5. Uniform Open Dating Regulation
Handbook 130 – 2017 Introduction

3

6. Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation

7. Uniform Regulation for Engine Fuels, Petroleum Products, and Automotive Lubricants 

(Added 1992)

I. Section References

In most references made to specific sections or subsections in this handbook, the word “Section” is used, followed by 

the section number.

J. The International System of Units

The “International System of Units,” “SI,” or “SI Units” means the modernized metric system as established in 1960 

by the General Conference on Weights and Measures (GIPM). In 1988, Congress amended the Metric Conversion 

Act of 1975 (see Section 5164 of Public Law 100-418) to declare that it is the policy of the United States to designate 

the metric system of measurement as the preferred measurement system for U.S. trade and commerce, and it further 

defined “the metric system of measurement” to be the International System as established by the GIPM and as 

interpreted or modified for the United States by the Secretary of Commerce. [See Metric Conversion Law 

15 U.S.C. 205, NIST Special Publication 330 – The International System of Units (SI); NIST Special Publication 814 

– Metric System of Measurement; and, Interpretation of the International System of Units for the United States in 

Federal Register of May 16, 2008, (“Federal Register” Vol. 73, No. 96) or subsequent revisions]. In 1992, Congress 

amended the Federal Fair Packaging and Labeling Act to require certain consumer commodities to include the 

appropriate SI units along with the U.S. customary units in their quantity statements.

(Added 1993) (Revised 2008)

K. “Mass” and “Weight.” [NOTE 1, page 3]

The mass of an object is a measure of the object’s inertial property, or the amount of matter it contains. The weight 

of an object is a measure of the force exerted on the object by gravity, or the force needed to support it. The pull of 

gravity on the earth gives an object a downward acceleration of about 9.8 m/s2

. In trade and commerce and everyday 

use, the term “weight” is often used as a synonym for “mass.” The “net mass” or “net weight” declared on a label 

indicates that the package contains a specific amount of commodity exclusive of wrapping materials. The use of the 

term “mass” is predominant throughout the world, and is becoming increasingly common in the United States.

(Added 1993)

L. Use of the Terms “Mass” and “Weight.” [NOTE 1, page 3]

When used in this handbook, the term “weight” means “mass.” The term “weight” appears when U.S. customary

units are cited or when both U.S. customary and SI units are included in a requirement. The terms “mass” or “masses” 

are used when only SI units are cited in a requirement. The following note appears where the term “weight” is first 

used in a law or regulation.

NOTE 1: When used in this law (or regulation), the term “weight” means “mass.” (See paragraphs K. “Mass” and 

Weight and L. Use of the Terms “Mass” and “Weight” in Section I. Introduction of NIST Handbook 130 for an 

explanation of these terms.)

(Added 1993)
Introduction Handbook 130 – 2017

4

National Conference on Weights and Measures / National Type Evaluation Program

Form 15: Proposal to Amend Handbooks

Submit proposals at least two weeks prior to regional meetings. See meeting dates at www.ncwm.net/meetings. If the item is deemed by a 

region to have merit, that region will forward the item to NCWM for national consideration. See www.ncwm.net/standardsdevelopment/idea for more information on the Form 15 process. Submit in Microsoft Word Format to the NCWM Executive Director via 

email at don.onwiler@ncwm.net for review and dispersal to selected regions.

General Information

1. Date: 2. Regional Association(s): (Not applicable for proposals to the Board of Directors or NTEP Committee)

 Central (CWMA) Northeastern (NEWMA) Southern (SWMA) Western (WWMA)

3. Standing Committee:

__Laws & Regulations __ Specifications & Tolerances __Professional Development __Board of Directors __NTEP Committee

4. Submitter’s Name: Submitter’s Organization:

5. Address:

6. City: 7. State: 8. Zip Code: 9. Country:

10. Phone Number: 11. Fax Number: 12. Email Address:

Proposal Information

13. Purpose: Concise statement as to the intent or purpose of this proposal, such as problem being fixed. (Do not include justification 

here.)

14. Document to be Amended:

 NIST Handbook 44 NIST Handbook 130 NIST Handbook 133 __ NCWM Guidance Document

__ NCWM Bylaws __NTEP Administrative Policy 

15. Cite portion to be Amended:

Section: 

Paragraph:

16. Proposal: Please use strikeout to show words to be deleted and underline to show new words.

17. Justification: Please include national importance, background on the issue, and reference to supporting data or 

documents.

18. Possible Opposing Argument’s: Please demonstrate that you are aware and have considered possible opposition.

19. Requested Action if Considered for NCWM Agenda:

 Voting Item Developing Item Informational Item Other (Please Describe):

20. List of Attachments:

Submit Form Via Email to don.onwiler@ncwm.net: Revised: May 2016

1135 M Street, Suite 110 / Lincoln, Nebraska 68508

P. 402.434.4880 F. 402.434.4878 E. info@ncwm.net W. www.ncwm.net
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniformity of Laws and Regulations

5

II. Uniformity of Laws and Regulations

A. National Conference Goal

The goal of the National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) with respect to these Uniform Laws and 

Regulations is to achieve their acceptance in all states and local jurisdictions that have authority over such matters. 

The Conference stands ready to assist any jurisdiction in any way possible in securing adoption.

B. Status of Promulgation

The following pages list, by state, information regarding the adoption of the Uniform Laws and Regulations. The 

tabulated data indicates if the state has adopted the Uniform Law or Regulation by reference, including subsequent 

amendments (thereby operating under the most recent version of the recommended regulation in this handbook), or if 

the state has used some version of the NCWM recommended law or regulation as guidance in developing a similar 

law or regulation.

The information is verified with each state annually; the entries represent the status of the state adoption at the time 

of the survey.

Unless a state adopts the recommended regulations and subsequent amendments and revisions, there may be variation 

in the actual degree of adoption. Adoption, implementation, and clarification may be determined by comparing a state 

law with the Uniform Law, section-by-section, or by contacting the state.

(Amended 1997 and 1998)

C. Summary of State Laws and Regulations in Weights and Measures (as of August 1, 2016)

This is an overview of the status of adoption of NCWM standards by the states. In earlier editions of Handbook 130, 

state laws and regulations were compared to the NCWM standard from the prior year. This did not indicate whether 

the standard as printed in the current edition had been adopted by any given state. The table lists those states that 

adopt NCWM-recommended updates automatically (“YES”); see Sections 4 through 10 and paragraph 12(m) of the 

Uniform Weights and Measures Law. This means the state’s regulations are current with those printed in this edition 

of the handbook. If a state has adopted an NCWM recommendation in whole or in part from a particular year, but 

updates are not incorporated automatically, a lower case “yes” is shown. For additional information on the status of 

adoption, please contact the appropriate state officials.
Uniformity of Laws and Regulations Handbook 130 – 2017

6

Laws Regulations

State

Weights and

Measures Law

Weighmaster Law

or Regulation

Uniform Engine

Fuel Law

Packaging

and Labeling

Method of Sale

Price Verification

Unit Pricing

Registration of

Service Agencies

Open Dating

Type Evaluation

Uniform Engine 

Fuel Regulation

Handbook 44

Handboo

k 133

Alabama yes yes yes yes yes YES NO yes NO yes yes* YES YES

Alaska yes NO NO yes yes yes* NO NO NO yes NO YES yes

Arizona yes yes yes* yes yes yes NO yes no yes yes* YES YES

Arkansas YES NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES

California yes yes* yes* YES yes* yes* yes* yes* NO yes yes* YES YES

Colorado yes yes yes* yes yes yes NO yes NO yes yes* YES YES

Connecticut yes yes yes* YES YES YES yes* yes* YES yes yes YES YES

Delaware yes yes yes* yes yes yes no yes* no yes yes* YES YES

District of 

Columbia yes yes yes yes yes yes yes* NO yes* yes yes yes yes

Florida yes NO yes* yes yes yes yes* yes no no yes* yes yes

Georgia yes yes yes* yes yes YES NO yes yes* yes yes* YES YES

Hawaii yes yes yes* yes yes yes yes yes NO yes yes* yes yes

Idaho yes yes yes* yes yes yes* no yes NO yes yes* YES yes

Illinois yes NO yes* YES YES NO NO yes NO yes yes YES YES

Indiana yes yes* yes* yes yes NO NO NO NO yes yes* yes yes

Iowa yes yes* yes* yes yes YES NO yes* NO yes yes* yes yes

Kansas yes NO yes yes yes YES NO yes NO yes yes yes yes

Key: YES Adopted and updated on an annual basis.

yes Law or regulation in force, NCWM standard used as basis of adoption, but from an earlier year.

yes* Law or regulations in force, but not based on NCWM standard.

NO No law or regulation.

no No law or regulation, but NCWM standard is used as a guideline.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniformity of Laws and Regulations

7

Laws Regulations

State

Weights and Measures LawWeighmaster Lawor RegulationUniform Engine Fuel LawPackagingand LabelingMethod of SalePrice VerificationUnit PricingRegistration of Service AgenciesOpen DatingType EvaluationUniform Engine Fuel RegulationHandbook 44Handbook 133

Kentucky yes NO yes* yes yes yes NO yes* NO yes yes* YES yes

Louisiana yes* yes* yes* yes* NO YES no yes* NO yes* yes* YES no

Maine yes yes yes* YES YES YES NO yes NO yes YES YES no

Maryland yes NO yes* YES yes YES yes* yes* yes* yes yes* YES YES

Massachusetts yes* yes* yes* yes yes* YES yes* NO NO yes yes* YES no

Michigan yes yes yes yes yes NO NO yes yes yes yes* yes yes

Minnesota yes NO yes* yes* yes* NO NO yes* yes* yes yes* yes yes

Mississippi yes yes yes* yes yes yes yes yes NO yes yes* YES YES

Missouri yes NO yes YES YES YES no yes NO YES yes YES YES

Montana yes NO yes yes yes NO yes yes NO yes yes yes yes

Nebraska yes NO NO yes yes yes* NO yes NO yes* NO yes yes

Nevada yes yes yes* YES YES YES YES YES YES YES yes* YES YES

New Hampshire yes yes* NO YES YES YES YES yes* yes* no no YES YES

New Jersey yes yes yes* yes yes yes* yes* yes* NO yes* YES YES NO

New Mexico yes yes yes* yes yes yes* NO yes yes* no yes* YES YES

New York yes yes yes* yes yes yes yes* NO NO yes yes* YES YES

North Carolina yes yes* yes* YES YES yes NO yes NO yes yes* YES YES

Key: YES Adopted and updated on an annual basis.

yes Law or regulation in force, NCWM standard used as basis of adoption, but from an earlier year.

yes* Law or regulations in force, but not based on NCWM standard.

NO No law or regulation.

no No law or regulation, but NCWM standard is used as a guideline.
Uniformity of Laws and Regulations Handbook 130 – 2017

8

Laws Regulations

State

Weights and

Measures Law

Weighmaster Law 

or Regulation

Uniform Engine 

Fuel Law

Packaging

and Labeling

Method of Sale

Price Verification

Unit Pricing

Registration of

Service Agencies

Open Dating

Type Evaluation

Uniform Engine 

Fuel Regulation

Handbook 44

Handbook 133

North Dakota YES NO NO NO yes* NO NO yes* NO NO yes* yes* NO

Ohio yes NO NO yes yes NO NO yes NO yes NO YES YES

Oklahoma YES NO yes* YES YES yes* NO yes* YES YES yes* YES YES

Oregon yes* NO yes* yes yes yes yes* NO yes* yes* yes* yes yes

Pennsylvania yes yes NO yes yes yes NO yes NO YES NO YES YES

Puerto Rico yes yes yes* yes yes* yes* yes* yes yes* yes yes* YES YES

Rhode Island no no yes* yes* YES no yes* NO yes* no no YES no

South 

Carolina yes yes* yes* YES YES yes NO YES NO YES yes* YES YES

South 

Dakota yes NO yes yes yes yes NO yes yes yes yes yes yes

Tennessee yes yes yes YES YES YES NO yes NO YES yes YES YES

Texas yes yes* yes* YES YES yes* NO yes NO NO yes* YES YES

Utah yes NO yes* YES YES YES NO yes NO YES yes YES YES

Vermont yes* yes yes* YES YES yes* yes yes NO no NO YES yes

Virginia yes* yes* YES YES YES YES YES yes* NO yes* YES YES YES

Virgin 

Islands yes NO yes* yes NO NO yes NO yes NO yes YES no

Washington yes yes yes YES YES YES NO yes yes yes yes YES YES

West 

Virginia YES NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES

Key: YES Adopted and updated on an annual basis.

yes Law or regulation in force, NCWM standard used as basis of adoption, but from an earlier year.

yes* Law or regulations in force, but not based on NCWM standard.

NO No law or regulation.

no No law or regulation, but NCWM standard is used as a guideline.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniformity of Laws and Regulations

9

Laws Regulations

State

Weights and

Measures Law

Weighmaster Law 

or Regulation

Uniform Engine 

Fuel Law

Packaging

and Labeling

Method of Sale

Price Verification

Unit Pricing

Registration of

Service Agencies

Open Dating

Type Evaluation

Uniform Engine 

Fuel Regulation

Handbook 44

Handbook 133

 

Wisconsin yes* NO yes* yes YES YES NO yes* NO YES yes* YES YES

Wyoming yes NO yes* yes* yes* yes no yes no yes yes* yes yes

Totals: YES

yes

yes*

NO

no

4

42

6

0

1

0

21

10

21

1

3

9

35

6

0

19

29

4

1

0

19

26

6

2

0

19

15

10

8

1

5

5

11

27

5

4

27

14

8

0

5

4

9

31

4

10

30

5

3

5

5

11

30

5

2

39

13

1

0

0

29

17

0

2

5

Key: YES Adopted and updated on an annual basis.

yes Law or regulation in force, NCWM standard used as basis of adoption, but from an earlier year.

yes* Law or regulations in force, but not based on NCWM standard.

NO No law or regulation.

no No law or regulation, but NCWM standard is used as a guideline.
Uniformity of Laws and Regulations Handbook 130 – 2017

10

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Laws 

11

III. Uniform Laws

Page

A. Uniform Weights and Measures Law...................................................................................................................13

B. Uniform Weighmaster Law..................................................................................................................................29

C. Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law ....................................................................41
Uniform Laws Handbook 130 – 2017

12

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weights and Measures Law 

13

A. Uniform Weights and Measures Law

as adopted by

The National Conference on Weights and Measures*

1. Background

Recognition of the need for uniformity in weights and measures laws and regulations among the states was first noted 

at the second Annual Meeting of the National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) in April 1906. In the 

following year, basic outlines of a “Model State Weights and Measures Law” were developed. The first “Model Law,” 

as such, was formally adopted by the Conference in 1911.

Through the years, almost without exception, each state has relied upon the NCWM Weights and Measures Law when 

the state first enacted comprehensive weights and measures legislation. This has led to a greater degree of uniformity 

in the basic weights and measures requirements throughout the country.

The original Law was regularly amended to provide for new developments in commercial practices and technology. 

This resulted in a lengthy and cumbersome document and the need for a simplification of the basic weights and 

measures provisions. The 1971 NCWM adopted a thoroughly revised, simplified, modernized version of the “Model 

State Weights and Measures Law.” This Law now can serve as a framework for all the many concerns in weights and 

measures administration and enforcement.

The title of the Law was changed by the 1983 NCWM. Amendments or revisions to the Law since 1971 are noted at 

the end of each section.

Sections 4 through 10 of the Uniform Weights and Measures Law adopt NIST Handbook 44 and the Uniform 

Regulations in NIST Handbook 130 by citation. In addition, these sections adopt supplements to and revisions of 

Handbook 44 and the Uniform Regulations “except insofar as modified or rejected by regulation.” Some state laws 

may not permit enacting a statute that provides for automatic adoption of future supplements to or revisions of a 

Uniform Regulation covered by that statute. If this should be the case in a given state, two alternatives are available:

(a) Sections 4 through 10 may be enacted without the phrase “. . . and supplements thereto or revisions thereof

. . .”; or

(b) Sections 4 through 10 may be enacted by replacing “. . . except insofar as modified or rejected by regulation

. . .” with the phrase “. . . as adopted, or amended and adopted, by rule of the director.”

Either alternative requires action on the part of the Director to adopt a current version of Handbook 44 and each 

Uniform Regulation each time a supplement or revision is made by the NCWM.

2. Status of Promulgation

See the table beginning on page 6, Section II. Uniformity of Laws and Regulations of Handbook 130 for the status of 

adoption of the Uniform Weights and Measures Law.

*The National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) is supported by National Institute of Standards and

Technology (NIST) in partial implementation of its statutory responsibility for “cooperation with the states in securing 

uniformity in weights and measures laws and methods of inspection.”
Uniform Weights and Measures Law Handbook 130 – 2017

14

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weights and Measures Law 

15

Uniform Weights and Measures Law

Table of Contents 

Section Page

Section 1. Definitions.................................................................................................................................................17

1.1. Weight(s) and (or) Measure(s).................................................................................................................17

1.2. Weight......................................................................................................................................................17

1.3. Correct. ....................................................................................................................................................17

1.4. Director. ...................................................................................................................................................17

1.5. Person. .....................................................................................................................................................17

1.6. Sale from Bulk. ........................................................................................................................................17

1.7. Package. ...................................................................................................................................................17

1.8. Net “Mass” or Net “Weight.” ..................................................................................................................17

1.9. Random Weight Package.........................................................................................................................17

1.10. Standard Package.....................................................................................................................................18

1.11. Commercial Weighing and Measuring Equipment..................................................................................18

1.12. Standard, Field. ........................................................................................................................................18

1.13. Accreditation............................................................................................................................................18

1.14. Calibration. ..............................................................................................................................................18

1.15. Metrological Traceability.........................................................................................................................18

1.16. Measurement Uncertainty........................................................................................................................18

1.17. Verification. .............................................................................................................................................18

1.18. Recognition..............................................................................................................................................18

1.19. Standard, Reference Measurement...........................................................................................................19

1.20. Standard, Working Measurement. ...........................................................................................................19

1.21. Metrological Traceability Chain. .............................................................................................................19

1.22. Metrological Traceability to a Measurement Unit.....................................................................................19

Section 2. Systems of Weights and Measures ............................................................................................................19

Section 3. Physical Standards.....................................................................................................................................19

Section 4. Technical Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices................................................................19

Section 5. Requirements for Packaging and Labeling ................................................................................................20

Section 6. Requirements for the Method of Sale of Commodities .............................................................................20

Section 7. Requirements for Unit Pricing...................................................................................................................20

Section 8. Requirements for the Registration of Servicepersons and Service Agencies for Commercial Weighing 

and Measuring Devices................................................................................................................................. 20

Section 9. Requirements for Open Dating ..................................................................................................................21

Section 10. Requirements for Type Evaluation ..........................................................................................................21

Section 11. State Weights and Measures Division .....................................................................................................21

Section 12. Powers and Duties of the Director...........................................................................................................21

Section 13. Special Police Powers..............................................................................................................................23

Section 14. Powers and Duties of Local Officials......................................................................................................23
Uniform Weights and Measures Law Handbook 130 – 2017

16

Section 15. Misrepresentation of Quantity .................................................................................................................24

Section 16. Misrepresentation of Pricing....................................................................................................................24

Section 17. Method of Sale.........................................................................................................................................24

Section 18. Sale from Bulk.........................................................................................................................................24

Section 19. Information Required on Packages..........................................................................................................25

Section 20. Declarations of Unit Price on Random Weight Packages........................................................................25

Section 21. Advertising Packages for Sale .................................................................................................................25

Section 22. Prohibited Acts ........................................................................................................................................25

Section 23. Civil Penalties..........................................................................................................................................26

23.1. Assessment of Penalties...........................................................................................................................26

23.2. Administrative Hearing............................................................................................................................26

23.3. Collection of Penalties. ............................................................................................................................26

Section 24. Criminal Penalties....................................................................................................................................26

24.1. Misdemeanors.............................................................................................................................................26

24.2. Felonies....................................................................................................................................................26

Section 25. Restraining Order and Injunction.............................................................................................................26

Section 26. Presumptive Evidence .............................................................................................................................27

Section 27. Separability Provision..............................................................................................................................27

Section 28. Repeal of Conflicting Laws.....................................................................................................................27

Section 29. Regulations to be Unaffected by Repeal of Prior Enabling Statute .........................................................27

Section 30. Effective Date ..........................................................................................................................................27
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weights and Measures Law 

17

Uniform Weights and Measures Law

Section 1. Definitions

When used in this Act:

1.1. Weight(s) and (or) Measure(s). – The term “weight(s) and (or) measure(s)” means all weights and measures 

of every kind, instruments and devices for weighing and measuring, and any appliance and accessories associated with 

any or all such instruments and devices.

1.2. Weight. – The term “weight” as used in connection with any commodity or service means net weight. When a 

commodity is sold by drained weight, the term means net drained weight.

(Amended 1974 and 1990)

1.3. Correct. – The term “correct” as used in connection with weights and measures means conformance to all 

applicable requirements of this Act.

1.4. Director. – The term “director” means the __________ of the Department of __________.

1.5. Person. – The term “person” means both plural and the singular, as the case demands, and includes individuals, 

partnerships, corporations, companies, societies, and associations.

1.6. Sale from Bulk. – The term “sale from bulk” means the sale of commodities when the quantity is determined 

at the time of sale.

1.7. Package. – Except as modified by Section 1. Application of the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation, 

the term “package,” whether standard package or random package, means any commodity:

(a) enclosed in a container or wrapped in any manner in advance of wholesale or retail sale; or

(b) whose weight or measure has been determined in advance of wholesale or retail sale.

An individual item or lot of any commodity on which there is marked a selling price based on an established price per 

unit of weight or of measure shall be considered a package (or packages).

(Amended 1991)

1.8. Net “Mass” or Net “Weight.” – The term “net mass” or “net weight” means the weight [NOTE 1, page 17] of a 

commodity excluding any materials, substances, or items not considered to be part of the commodity. Materials, 

substances, or items not considered to be part of the commodity include, but are not limited to, containers, 

conveyances, bags, wrappers, packaging materials, labels, individual piece coverings, decorative accompaniments, 

and coupons, except that, depending on the type of service rendered, packaging materials may be considered to be 

part of the service. For example, the service of shipping includes the weight of packing materials.

(Added 1988) (Amended 1989, 1991, and 1993)

1.9. Random Weight Package. – A package that is one of a lot, shipment, or delivery of packages of the same 

commodity with no fixed pattern of weights.

(Added 1990)

NOTE 1: When used in this Law, the term “weight” means “mass.” (See paragraphs L. “Mass” and “Weight” and 

V. Use of the Terms “Mass” and “Weight” in Section I. Introduction of NIST Handbook 130 for an explanation of 

these terms.)

(Note added 1993)
Uniform Weights and Measures Law Handbook 130 – 2017

18

1.10. Standard Package. – A package that is one of a lot, shipment, or delivery of packages of the same commodity 

with identical net contents declarations.

Examples: 

l L bottles or 12 fl oz cans of carbonated soda

500 g or 5 lb bags of sugar

100 m or 300 ft packages of rope

(Added 1991) (Amended 1993)

1.11. Commercial Weighing and Measuring Equipment. – The term “commercial weighing and measuring 

equipment” means weights and measures and weighing and measuring devices commercially used or employed in 

establishing the size, quantity, extent, area, or measurement of quantities, things, produce, or articles for distribution 

or consumption, purchased, offered, or submitted for sale, hire, or award, or in computing any basic charge or payment 

for services rendered on the basis of weight or measure.

(Added 1995)

1.12. Standard, Field. – A physical standard that meets specifications and tolerances in NIST Handbook 105-series 

standards (or other suitable and designated standards) and is traceable to the reference or working standards through 

comparisons, using acceptable laboratory procedures, and used in conjunction with commercial weighing and 

measuring equipment (1.13. Accreditation).

(Added 2005) 

1.13. Accreditation. – A formal recognition by a recognized Accreditation Body that a laboratory is competent to 

carry out specific tests or calibrations or types of tests or calibrations. NOTE: Accreditation does not ensure 

compliance of standards to appropriate specifications.

(Added 2005)

1.14. Calibration. – An operation that, under specified conditions, in a first step, establishes a relation between the 

quantity values with measurement uncertainties provided by measurement standards and corresponding indications 

with associated measurement uncertainties and, in a second step, uses this information to establish a relation for 

obtaining a measurement result from an indication.

(Added 2005) (Amended 2013)

1.15. Metrological Traceability. – The property of a measurement result whereby the result can be related to a 

reference through a documented unbroken chain of calibrations, each contributing to the measurement uncertainty.

(Added 2005) (Amended 2013)

1.16. Measurement Uncertainty. – A non-negative parameter characterizing the dispersion of the quantity values

being attributed to a measurand, based on the information used. 

(Added 2005) (Amended 2013)

1.17. Verification. – The formal evaluation of a standard or device against the specifications and tolerances for

determining conformance.

(Added 2005)

1.18. Recognition. – A formal recognition by NIST Office of Weights and Measures that a laboratory has 

demonstrated the ability to provide traceable measurement results and is competent to carry out specific tests or 

calibrations or types of tests or calibrations.

(Added 2005)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weights and Measures Law 

19

1.19. Standard, Reference Measurement. – A measurement standard designated for the calibration of other 

measurement standards for quantities of a given kind in a given organization or at a given location. The term 

“reference measurement standards” usually means the physical standards of the state that serve as the legal reference 

from which all other standards for weights and measures within that state are derived.

(Added 2005) (Amended 2013)

1.20. Standard, Working Measurement. – A measurement standard that is used routinely to calibrate or verify 

measuring instruments or measuring systems. The term “working measurement standards” means the physical 

standards that are traceable to the reference standards through calibrations or verifications, using acceptable laboratory 

procedures, and used in the enforcement of weights and measures laws and regulations.

(Added 2005) (Amended 2013)

1.21. Metrological Traceability Chain. – Sequence of measurement standards and calibrations that is used to relate 

a measurement result to a reference.

(Added 2013)

1.22. Metrological Traceability to a Measurement Unit. – Metrological traceability where the reference is the 

definition of a measurement unit through its practical realization.

(Added 2013)

Section 2. Systems of Weights and Measures

The International System of Units (SI) and the system of weights and measures in customary use in the United States 

are jointly recognized, and either one or both of these systems shall be used for all commercial purposes in the state.

The definitions of basic units of weight and measure, the tables of weight and measure, and weights and measures 

equivalents as published by NIST are recognized and shall govern weighing and measuring equipment and transactions 

in the state.

(Amended 1993)

NOTE 2: SI or SI Unit. – means the International System of Units as established in 1960 by the General Conference 

on Weights and Measures and interpreted or modified for the United States by the Secretary of Commerce. See 

“Interpretation of the International System of Units for the United States” in “Federal Register” (Volume 73, No. 96, 

pages 28432 to 28433) for May 16, 2008, and 15 United States Code, Section 205a - 205l “Metric Conversion.” See 

also NIST Special Publication 330, “The International System of Units (SI),” 2008 edition and NIST Special 

Publication 811, “Guide for the Use of the International System of Units (SI),” 2008 edition that are available at 

https://www.nist.gov/pml/weights-and-measures/publications/metric-publications or by contacting 

TheSI@nist.gov.

(Added 1993)

Section 3. Physical Standards

Weights and measures that are traceable to the U.S. prototype standards supplied by the Federal Government, or 

approved as being satisfactory by NIST, shall be the state reference and working standards of weights and measures, 

and shall be maintained in such calibration as prescribed by the NIST as demonstrated through laboratory accreditation

or recognition. All field standards may be prescribed by the Director and shall be verified upon their initial receipt

and as often thereafter as deemed necessary by the Director.

(Amended 2005)

Section 4. Technical Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices [NOTE 3, page 20]

The specifications, tolerances, and other technical requirements for commercial, law enforcement, data gathering, and 

other weighing and measuring devices as adopted by the NCWM, published in the National Institute of Standards and 
Uniform Weights and Measures Law Handbook 130 – 2017

20

Technology Handbook 44, “Specifications, Tolerances, and Other Technical Requirements for Weighing and 

Measuring Devices,” and supplements thereto or revisions thereof, shall apply to weighing and measuring devices in 

the state, except insofar as modified or rejected by regulation.

(Amended 1975)

NOTE 3: Sections 4 through 10 of the Uniform Weights and Measures Law adopt NIST Handbook 44 and Uniform 

Regulations in NIST Handbook 130 by citation. In addition, these sections adopt supplements to and revisions of 

NIST Handbook 44 and the Uniform Regulations “except insofar as modified or rejected by regulation.” Some state 

laws may not permit enacting a statute that provides for automatic adoption of future supplements to or revisions of 

a regulation covered by that statute. If this should be the case in a given state, two alternatives are available:

(a) Sections 4 through 10 may be enacted without the phrase “. . . and supplements thereto or revisions thereof 

. . .”; or

(b) Sections 4 through 10 may be enacted by replacing “. . . except insofar as modified or rejected by regulation 

. . .” with the phrase “. . . as adopted, or amended and adopted, by rule of the director.”

Either alternative requires action on the part of the Director to adopt a current version of Handbook 44 and Uniform 

Laws or Regulations each time a supplement is added or revision is made by the NCWM.

Section 5. Requirements for Packaging and Labeling [NOTE 3, page 20]

The Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation as adopted by the NCWM and published in the National Institute of 

Standards and Technology Handbook 130, “Uniform Laws and Regulations,” and supplements thereto or revisions 

thereof, shall apply to packaging and labeling in the state, except insofar as modified or rejected by regulation.

(Added 1983)

Section 6. Requirements for the Method of Sale of Commodities [NOTE 3, page 20]

The Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities as adopted by the NCWM and published in National 

Institute of Standards and Technology Handbook 130, “Uniform Laws and Regulations,” and supplements thereto or 

revisions thereof, shall apply to the method of sale of commodities in the state, except insofar as modified or rejected 

by regulation.

(Added 1983)

Section 7. Requirements for Unit Pricing [NOTE 3, page 20]

The Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation as adopted by the NCWM and published in the National Institute of Standards 

and Technology Handbook 130, “Uniform Laws and Regulations,” and supplements thereto or revisions thereof, shall 

apply to unit pricing in the state, except insofar as modified or rejected by regulation.

(Added 1983)

Section 8. Requirements for the Registration of Servicepersons and Service Agencies for 

Commercial Weighing and Measuring Devices [NOTE 3, page 20]

The Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration of Servicepersons and Service Agencies for Commercial 

Weighing and Measuring Devices as adopted by the National NCWM and published in the National Institute of 

Standards and Technology Handbook 130, “Uniform Laws and Regulations,” and supplements thereto or revisions 

thereof, shall apply to the registration of servicepersons and service agencies in the state, except insofar as modified 

or rejected by regulation.

(Added 1983)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weights and Measures Law 

21

Section 9. Requirements for Open Dating [NOTE 3, page 20]

The Uniform Open Dating Regulation as adopted by the NCWM and published in the National Institute of Standards 

and Technology Handbook 130, “Uniform Laws and Regulations,” and supplements thereto or revisions thereof, shall 

apply to open dating in the state, except insofar as modified or rejected by regulation.

(Added 1983)

Section 10. Requirements for Type Evaluation[NOTE 3, page 20]

The Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation as adopted by the NCWM and published in National Institute 

of Standards and Technology Handbook 130, “Uniform Laws and Regulations,” and supplements thereto or revisions 

thereof, shall apply to type evaluation in the state, except insofar as modified or rejected by regulation.

(Added 1985)

Section 11. State Weights and Measures Division

There shall be a State Division of Weights and Measures located for administrative purposes within the Department 

of _________ (agency, etc.). The Division is charged with, but not limited to, performing the following functions on 

behalf of the citizens of the state:

(a) Assuring that weights and measures in commercial services within the state are suitable for their intended 

use, properly installed, and accurate, and are so maintained by their owner or user.

(b) Preventing unfair or deceptive dealing by weight or measure in any commodity or service advertised, 

packaged, sold, or purchased within the state.

(c) Making available to all users of physical standards or weighing and measuring equipment the precision 

calibration and related metrological certification capabilities of the weights and measures facilities of the 

Division.

(d) Promoting uniformity, to the extent practicable and desirable, between weights and measures requirements 

of this state and those of other states and federal agencies.

(e) Encouraging desirable economic growth while protecting the consumer through the adoption by rule of 

weights and measures requirements as necessary to assure equity among buyers and sellers.

(Added 1976)

Section 12. Powers and Duties of the Director

The Director shall:

(a) maintain traceability of the state standards as demonstrated through laboratory accreditation or recognition;

(Amended 2005)

(b) enforce the provisions of this Act;

(c) issue reasonable regulations for the enforcement of this Act, which regulations shall have the force and effect 

of law;

(d) establish labeling requirements, establish requirements for the presentation of cost per unit information, 

establish standards of weight, measure, or count, and reasonable standards of fill for any packaged 

commodity; and establish requirements for open dating information;

(Added 1973)
Uniform Weights and Measures Law Handbook 130 – 2017

22

(e) grant any exemptions from the provisions of this Act or any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto when 

appropriate to the maintenance of good commercial practices within the state;

(f) conduct investigations to ensure compliance with this Act;

(g) delegate to appropriate personnel any of these responsibilities for the proper administration of this office;

(h) verify the field standards for weights and measures used by any jurisdiction within the state, before being put 

into service, tested annually or as often thereafter as deemed necessary by the Director based on statistically 

evaluated data, and approve the same when found to be correct;

(Amended 2005)

(i) have the authority to inspect and test commercial weights and measures kept, offered, or exposed for sale;

(Amended 1995)

(j) inspect and test, to ascertain if they are correct, weights and measures commercially used:

(1) in determining the weight, measure, or count of commodities or things sold, or offered or exposed for 

sale, on the basis of weight, measure, or count; or

(2) in computing the basic charge or payment for services rendered on the basis of weight, measure, or count.

(k) test all weights and measures used in checking the receipt or disbursement of supplies in every institution, 

the maintenance of which funds are appropriated by the legislature of the state;

(l) approve for use, and may mark, such commercial weights and measures as are found to be correct, and shall 

reject and order to be corrected, replaced, or removed such commercial weights and measures as are found 

to be incorrect. Weights and measures that have been rejected may be seized if not corrected within the time 

specified or if used or disposed of in a manner not specifically authorized. The Director shall remove from 

service and may seize the weights and measures found to be incorrect that are not capable of being made 

correct;

(Amended 1995)

(m) weigh, measure, or inspect packaged commodities kept, offered, or exposed for sale, sold, or in the process 

of delivery, to determine whether they contain the amounts represented and whether they are kept, offered, 

or exposed for sale in accordance with this Act or regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. In carrying out 

the provisions of this section, the Director shall employ recognized sampling procedures, such as are adopted 

by the NCWM and are published in the National Institute of Standards and Technology Handbook 133, 

“Checking the Net Contents of Packaged Goods;”

(Amended 1984, 1988, and 2000)

(n) prescribe, by regulation, the appropriate term or unit of weight or measure to be used, whenever the Director 

determines that an existing practice of declaring the quantity of a commodity or setting charges for a service 

by weight, measure, numerical count, time, or combination thereof, does not facilitate value comparisons by 

consumers, or offers an opportunity for consumer confusion;

(Amended 1991)

(o) allow reasonable variations from the stated quantity of contents, which shall include those caused by loss or 

gain of moisture during the course of good distribution practice or by unavoidable deviations in good 

manufacturing practice only after the commodity has entered intrastate commerce;

(p) provide for the training of weights and measures personnel, and may establish minimum training and 

performance requirements, which shall then be met by all weights and measures personnel, whether county, 

municipal, or state. The Director may adopt the training standards of the National Conference on Weights 
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weights and Measures Law 

23

and Measures’ National Training Program and the laboratory metrology standards specified by the NIST 

accreditation and/or recognition requirements; and

(Added 1991) (Amended 2005)

(q) verify advertised prices, price representations, and point-of-sale systems, as deemed necessary, to determine:

(1) the accuracy of prices and computations and the correct use of the equipment; and

(2) if such system utilizes scanning or coding means in lieu of manual entry, the accuracy of prices printed 

or recalled from a database. In carrying out the provisions of this section, the Director shall:

i. employ recognized procedures, such as are designated in National Institute of Standards and 

Technology Handbook 130, Uniform Laws and Regulations in the Areas of Legal Metrology and 

Engine Fuel Quality, “Examination Procedures for Price Verification;”

ii. issue necessary rules and regulations regarding the accuracy of advertised prices and automated 

systems for retail price charging (referred to as “point-of-sale systems”) for the enforcement of this 

section, which rules shall have the force and effect of law; and

iii. conduct investigations to ensure compliance.

(Added 1995)

Section 13. Special Police Powers

When necessary for the enforcement of this Act or regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, the Director is:

(a) Authorized to enter any commercial premises during normal business hours, except that in the event such 

premises are not open to the public, he/she shall first present his/her credentials and obtain consent before 

making entry thereto, unless a search warrant has previously been obtained.

(b) Empowered to issue stop use, hold, and removal orders with respect to any weights and measures 

commercially used, stop sale, hold, and removal orders with respect to any packaged commodities or bulk 

commodities kept, offered, or exposed for sale.

(c) Empowered to seize, for use as evidence, without formal warrant, any incorrect or unapproved weight, 

measure, package, or commodity found to be used, retained, offered, or exposed for sale or sold in violation 

of the provisions of this Act or regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

(d) Empowered to stop any commercial vehicle and, after presentation of his credentials, inspect the contents, 

require the person in charge of that vehicle to produce any documents in his possession concerning the 

contents, and require him to proceed with the vehicle to some specified place for inspection.

(e) With respect to the enforcement of this Act, the Director is hereby vested with special police powers, and is 

authorized to arrest, without formal warrant, any violator of this Act.

Section 14. Powers and Duties of Local Officials

Any weights and measures official appointed for a county or city shall have the duties and powers enumerated in this 

Act, excepting those duties reserved to the state by law or regulation. These powers and duties shall extend to their 

respective jurisdictions, except that the jurisdiction of a county official shall not extend to any city for which a weights 

and measures official has been appointed. No requirement set forth by local agencies may be less stringent than or 

conflict with the requirements of the state.

(Amended 1984)
Uniform Weights and Measures Law Handbook 130 – 2017

24

Section 15. Misrepresentation of Quantity

No person shall:

(a) sell, offer, or expose for sale a quantity less than the quantity represented; nor

(b) take more than the represented quantity when, as buyer, he/she furnishes the weight or measure by means of 

which the quantity is determined; nor

(c) represent the quantity in any manner calculated or tending to mislead or in any way deceive another person.

(Amended 1975 and 1990)

Section 16. Misrepresentation of Pricing

No person shall misrepresent the price of any commodity or service sold, offered, exposed, or advertised for sale by 

weight, measure, or count, nor represent the price in any manner calculated or tending to mislead or in any way deceive 

a person.

Section 17. Method of Sale

Except as otherwise provided by the Director or by firmly established trade custom and practice,

(a) commodities in liquid form shall be sold by liquid measure or by weight; and

(b) commodities not in liquid form shall be sold by weight, by measure, or by count.

The method of sale shall provide accurate and adequate quantity information that permits the buyer to make price and 

quantity comparisons.

(Amended 1989)

Section 18. Sale from Bulk

All bulk sales in which the buyer and seller are not both present to witness the measurement, all bulk deliveries of 

heating fuel, and all other bulk sales specified by rule or regulation of the director shall be accompanied by a delivery 

ticket containing the following information:

(a) the name and address of the buyer and seller;

(b) the date delivered;

(c) the quantity delivered and the quantity upon which the price is based, if this differs from the delivered 

quantity for example, when temperature compensated sales are made;

(Amended 1991)

(d) the unit price, unless otherwise agreed upon by both buyer and seller;

(Added 1991)

(e) the identity in the most descriptive terms commercially practicable, including any quality representation

made in connection with the sale; and

(f) the count of individually wrapped packages, if more than one, in the instance of commodities bought from 

bulk but delivered in packages.

(Amended 1983 and 1991)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weights and Measures Law 

25

Section 19. Information Required on Packages

Except as otherwise provided in this Act or by regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, any package, whether a 

random package or a standard package, kept for the purpose of sale, or offered or exposed for sale, shall bear on the 

outside of the package a definite, plain, and conspicuous declaration of:

(a) the identity of the commodity in the package, unless the commodity is a food, other than meat or poultry, 

that was repackaged in a retail establishment and the food is displayed to the purchaser under either of the 

following circumstances: 

(1) its interstate labeling is clearly in view or with a counter card, sign or other appropriate device bearing 

prominently and conspicuously the common or usual name of the food; or 

(2) the common or usual name of the food is clearly revealed by its appearance.

(Amended 2001)

(b) the quantity of contents in terms of weight, measure, or count; and,

(c) the name and place of business of the manufacturer, packer, or distributor, in the case of any package kept, 

offered, or exposed for sale, or sold in any place other than on the premises where packed.

(Amended 1991)

Section 20. Declarations of Unit Price on Random Weight Packages

In addition to the declarations required by Section 19. Information Required on Packages of this Act, any package 

being one of a lot containing random weights of the same commodity, at the time it is offered or exposed for sale at 

retail, shall bear on the outside of the package a plain and conspicuous declaration of the price per kilogram or pound 

and the total selling price of the package.

(Amended 1986)

Section 21. Advertising Packages for Sale

Whenever a packaged commodity is advertised in any manner with the retail price stated, there shall be closely and 

conspicuously associated with the retail price a declaration of quantity as is required by law or regulation to appear 

on the package.

(Amended 1993)

Section 22. Prohibited Acts

No person shall:

(a) use or have in possession for use in commerce any incorrect weight or measure;

(b) sell or offer for sale for use in commerce any incorrect weight or measure;

(c) remove any tag, seal, or mark from any weight or measure without specific written authorization from the 

proper authority;

(d) hinder or obstruct any weights and measures official in the performance of his or her duties; or

(e) violate any provisions of this Act or regulations promulgated under it.
Uniform Weights and Measures Law Handbook 130 – 2017

26

Section 23. Civil Penalties

23.1. Assessment of Penalties. – Any person who by himself or herself, by his or her servant or agent, or as the 

servant or agent of another person, commits any of the acts enumerated in Section 22. Prohibited Acts may be assessed 

by the __________ a civil penalty of:

(a) not less than $__________ nor more than $__________ for a first violation;

(b) not less than $__________ nor more than $__________ for a second violation within __________ from the 

date of the first violation; and

(c) not less than $__________ nor more than $__________ for a third violation within __________ from the 

date of the first violation.

23.2. Administrative Hearing. – Any person subject to a civil penalty shall have a right to request an administrative 

hearing within __________ days of receipt of the notice of the penalty. The Director or his/her designee shall be 

authorized to conduct the hearing after giving appropriate notice to the respondent. The decision of the Director shall 

be subject to appropriate judicial review.

23.3. Collection of Penalties. – If the respondent has exhausted his or her administrative appeals and the civil penalty

has been upheld, he or she shall pay the civil penalty within __________ days after the effective date of the final 

decision. If the respondent fails to pay the penalty, a civil action may be brought by the Director in any court of 

competent jurisdiction to recover the penalty. Any civil penalty collected under this Act shall be transmitted 

to __________.

(Added 1989) (Amended 1995)

Section 24. Criminal Penalties

24.1. Misdemeanors. – Any person who commits any of the acts enumerated in Section 22. Prohibited Acts shall be 

guilty of a Class __________ misdemeanor and upon a first conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of not less 

than $__________ nor more than $__________ or by imprisonment for not more than __________ months, or both. 

Upon a subsequent conviction thereof, he or she shall be punished by a fine of not less than $__________ nor more 

than $__________ or by imprisonment for up to __________, or both.

24.2. Felonies. – Any person who:

(a) intentionally violates any provisions of this Act or regulations under it;

(b) is convicted under the misdemeanor provisions of Section 24(a) more than three times in a two-year period;

or

(c) uses or has in his or her possession a device which has been altered to facilitate fraud shall be guilty of a 

Class __________ felony and upon a first offense shall be punished by a fine of not less than $__________, 

or by imprisonment for not more than __________, or both.

(Added 1989)

Section 25. Restraining Order and Injunction

The Director is authorized to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for a restraining order, or a temporary or 

permanent injunction, restraining any person from violating any provision of this Act.

(Retitled 1989)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weights and Measures Law 

27

Section 26. Presumptive Evidence

Whenever there shall exist a weight or measure or weighing or measuring device in or about any place in which or 

from which buying or selling is commonly carried on, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that such weight or 

measure or weighing or measuring device is regularly used for the business purposes of that place.

Section 27. Separability Provision

If any provision of this Act is declared unconstitutional, or the applicability thereof to any person or circumstance is 

held invalid, the constitutionality of the remainder of the Act and the applicability thereof to other persons and 

circumstances shall not be affected thereby.

Section 28. Repeal of Conflicting Laws

All laws and parts of laws contrary to or inconsistent with the provisions of this Act are repealed except as to offenses 

committed, liabilities incurred, and claims made there under prior to the effective date of this Act.

Section 29. Regulations to be Unaffected by Repeal of Prior Enabling Statute

The adoption of this Act or any of its provisions shall not affect any regulations promulgated pursuant to the authority 

of any earlier enabling statute unless inconsistent with this Act or modified or revoked by the Director.

Section 30. Effective Date

This Act shall become effective on __________.
Uniform Weights and Measures Law Handbook 130 – 2017

28

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weighmaster Law

29

B. Uniform Weighmaster Law

as adopted by

The National Conference on Weights and Measures*

1. Background

The “Model State Weighmaster Law” was first proposed by the 35th National Conference on Weights and Measures 

(NCWM) in 1950. It was formally adopted by the NCWM and recommended to the states in 1951.

Over the years, very few changes have been made to the Weighmaster Law until 1965. In that year, the format of the 

Weighmaster Law was revised to be in full accord with the Weights and Measures Law. The name was changed to 

“Uniform Weighmaster Law” in 1983. The law was again completely revised and updated in 1989. It was editorially 

revised in 1990.

It provides a registration, licensing, and enforcement program for “public weighmasters” or third-party measurers in 

commercial transactions.

2. Status of Promulgation

See the table beginning on page 6, Section II. Uniformity of Laws and Regulations of Handbook 130, Uniform Laws 

and Regulations in the Areas of Legal Metrology and Fuel Quality, for the status of adoption of the Uniform 

Weighmaster Law.

*The National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) is supported by the National Institute of Standards and 

Technology (NIST) in partial implementation of its statutory responsibility for “cooperation with the states in securing 

uniformity in weights and measures laws and methods of inspection.”
Uniform Weighmaster Law Handbook 130 – 2017

30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weighmaster Law

31

Uniform Weighmaster Law

Table of Contents

Section Page

Section 1. Purpose ......................................................................................................................................................33

Section 2. Scope .........................................................................................................................................................33

Section 3. Definitions.................................................................................................................................................33

3.1. Public Weighing.......................................................................................................................................33

3.2. Public Weighmaster. ................................................................................................................................33

3.3. Vehicle.....................................................................................................................................................33

3.4. Director. ...................................................................................................................................................33

Section 4. Enforcing Officer: Rules and Regulations................................................................................................33

Section 5. Qualifications for Weighmaster.................................................................................................................34

Section 6. License Application ...................................................................................................................................34

Section 7. Evaluation of Qualifications of Applicants................................................................................................34

Section 8. Issuance and Records of Licenses..............................................................................................................34

Section 9. License Fees ..............................................................................................................................................34

Section 10. Certificate: Required Entries...................................................................................................................34

Section 11. Certificate: Execution, Requirements.....................................................................................................35

Section 12. Measurement Practices and Equipment Used..........................................................................................36

Section 13. Scale Used: Capacity, Platform Size, One-Draft Weighing....................................................................36

Section 14. Copies of Certificates ..............................................................................................................................36

Section 15. Reciprocal Acceptance of Certificates.....................................................................................................36

Section 16. Optional Licensing...................................................................................................................................36

Section 17. Prohibited Acts ........................................................................................................................................37

Section 18. Suspension and Revocation of License....................................................................................................37

Section 19. Civil Penalties..........................................................................................................................................38

19.1. Assessment of Penalties...........................................................................................................................38

19.2. Administrative Hearing............................................................................................................................38

19.3. Collection of Penalties. ............................................................................................................................38

Section 20. Criminal Penalties....................................................................................................................................38

20.1. Misdemeanor. ..........................................................................................................................................38

20.2. Felony. .....................................................................................................................................................38
Uniform Weighmaster Law Handbook 130 – 2017

32

Section 21. Restraining Order and Injunction.............................................................................................................38

Section 22. Validity of Prosecutions...........................................................................................................................38

Section 23. Separability Provision..............................................................................................................................39

Section 24. Repeal of Conflicting Laws.....................................................................................................................39

Section 25. Citation ....................................................................................................................................................39

Section 26. Effective Date ..........................................................................................................................................39
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weighmaster Law

33

Uniform Weighmaster Law

Section 1. Purpose

The purpose of this Act is to ensure accurate measurements by public weighmasters.

Section 2. Scope

This Act:

(a) establishes a registration, licensing, and enforcement program;

(b) provides authority for license fee collection;

(c) empowers the state to promulgate regulations as needed to carry out the provisions of the Act;

(d) provides for optional or voluntary licensing when the employing organization or other organizations require 

it as part of the condition for employment; and

(e) provides for civil and criminal penalties.

Section 3. Definitions

As used in this Act:

3.1. Public Weighing. – The weighing, measuring, or counting, upon request, of vehicles, property, produce, 

commodities, or articles other than those that the weigher or his/her employer, if any, is either buying or selling.

3.2. Public Weighmaster. – Any person who performs public weighing as defined in 3.1. Public Weighing.

3.3. Vehicle. – Any device (except railroad freight cars) in, upon, or by which any property, produce, commodity, or 

article is or may be transported or drawn.

3.4. Director. – The __________ of the Department of __________.

Section 4. Enforcing Officer: Rules and Regulations

The Director is authorized to:

(a) enforce the provisions of this Act;

(b) issue reasonable regulations for the enforcement of this Act that shall have the force and effect of law; and

(c) adopt rules that include, but are not limited to, determining:

(1) the qualifications of the applicant for a license as a public weighmaster;

(2) renewal or refusal of a license;

(3) the period of license validity;

(4) measurement practices that must be followed, including the measurement or recording of tare;
Uniform Weighmaster Law Handbook 130 – 2017

34

(5) the required information to be submitted with or as part of a certificate; and

(6) the period of recordkeeping.

Section 5. Qualifications for Weighmaster

To receive authorization to act as a public weighmaster, a person must receive a license from the Director. In order 

to qualify for a license, a person must:

(a) be able to weigh or measure accurately;

(b) be able to generate correct certificates; and

(c) possess other qualifications required by regulations promulgated under the Act.

Section 6. License Application

Using a form provided by the Director, the applicant for a license as a public weighmaster shall furnish evidence that 

he/she has the qualifications required by Section 5. Qualifications for Weighmaster of this Act and regulations 

promulgated under the Act.

Section 7. Evaluation of Qualifications of Applicants

The Director will determine the qualifications of the applicant based on:

(a) the information provided on the application; and

(b) supplementary information as determined by the Director.

The Director may also determine the qualifications of the applicant based on the results of an examination of the 

applicant’s knowledge.

Section 8. Issuance and Records of Licenses

The Director will:

(a) grant licenses as public weighmasters to qualified applicants;

(b) keep a record of all applications submitted and of all licenses issued; and

(c) establish the period of validity of licenses issued.

Section 9. License Fees

The Director shall have the authority to set fees for the administration and effective enforcement of the provisions of 

this Act. Before the issuance of a new license or renewal of a license as a public weighmaster, the applicant must pay 

a fee of $__________ to the Director.

Section 10. Certificate: Required Entries

(a) The certificate, when properly filled out and signed shall be prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the 

measurements shown.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weighmaster Law

35

(b) The design of and the information to be furnished on a weight certificate shall be prescribed by the Director 

and will include, but not be limited to, the following:

(1) the name and license number of the public weighmaster;

(2) the kind of commodity weighed, measured, or counted;

(3) the name of the owner, agent, or consignee of the commodity;

(4) the name of the recipient of the commodity, if applicable;

(5) the date the certificate is issued;

(6) the consecutive number of the certificate;

(7) the identification, including the identification number, if any, of the carrier transporting the commodity 

and the identification number or license number of the vehicle;

(8) other information needed to distinguish or identify the commodity from a like kind;

(9) the number of units of the commodity, if applicable;

(10) the measure of the commodity, if applicable;

(11) the weight [NOTE 1, page 35] of the commodity and the vehicle or container (if applicable) broken down as 

follows:

i. the gross weight of the commodity and the associated vehicle or container;

ii. the tare weight of the unladened vehicle or container; or

iii. both the gross and tare weight and the resultant net weight of the commodity;

(12) signature of the public weighmaster who determined the weight, measure, or count.

NOTE 1: When used in this Law, the term “weight” means “mass.” (See paragraph L. “Mass” and “Weight” in

Section I. Introduction, of NIST Handbook 130 for an explanation of these terms.)

(Note added 1993)

Section 11. Certificate: Execution, Requirements

(a) When filling out a certificate, a public weighmaster shall:

(1) enter the measurement values to clearly show that the measurements were actually determined;

(2) enter only the measurement values personally determined; and

(3) not enter measurement values determined by other persons.

(b) If the certificate provides for entries of gross, tare, or net, the public weighmaster shall:

(1) strike out or otherwise cancel the printed entries for the values not determined; or
Uniform Weighmaster Law Handbook 130 – 2017

36

(2) enter the scale and date on which the values were determined on the certificate if the values were not 

determined on the same scale or on the same date shown on the certificate.

Section 12. Measurement Practices and Equipment Used

A public weighmaster shall use measurement practices and equipment:

(a) in accordance with the requirements of the latest edition of NIST Handbook 44, “Specifications, Tolerances, 

and Other Technical Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices”; and

(b) examined, tested, and approved for use by a weights and measures officer of this state.

Section 13. Scale Used: Capacity, Platform Size, One-Draft Weighing

(a) A public weighmaster shall not weigh a vehicle, or combination of vehicles, when part of the vehicle or 

connected combination, is not resting fully, completely, and as one entire unit on the scale.

(b) When weighing a combination of vehicles that will not rest fully, completely, and as one complete unit on 

the scale platform:

(1) the combination shall be disconnected and weighed in single drafts; and

(2) the weights of the single drafts may be combined in order to issue a single certificate for the combination, 

provided the certificate indicates that the total represents a combination of single draft weighings.

Section 14. Copies of Certificates

A public weighmaster shall keep and preserve for the period specified in the regulations a legible copy of each 

certificate issued by him or her. The certificates shall be available for inspection by any weights and measures officer 

of this state during normal office hours.

Section 15. Reciprocal Acceptance of Certificates

The Director is authorized to recognize and accept certificates issued by licensed public weighmasters of other states 

that recognize and accept certificates issued by licensed weighmasters of this state.

Section 16. Optional Licensing

The following persons shall be authorized, but are not required, to obtain licenses as public weighmasters:

(a) a law enforcement or weights and measures officer or other qualified employee of a state, city, or county 

agency or institution when acting within the scope of his/her official duties;

(b) a person weighing property, produce, commodities, or articles:

(1) that he/she or his/her employer is either buying or selling; or

(2) in conformity with the requirements of federal statutes or the statutes of this state relative to 

warehousemen or processors.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weighmaster Law

37

Section 17. Prohibited Acts

It is a prohibited act for any person

(a) without a valid license to:

(1) assume the title of public weighmaster or any title of similar import;

(2) perform the duties or acts to be performed by a public weighmaster;

(3) hold himself or herself out as a public weighmaster;

(4) issue any certificate, ticket, memorandum, or statement for which a fee is charged; or

(5) engage in full-time or part-time business of measuring for hire.

(b) to use or operate any device for certification purposes that does not meet, nor in a manner not in accordance 

with, the requirements of the latest edition of NIST Handbook 44, “Specifications, Tolerances, and Other 

Technical Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices”;

(c) to falsify a certificate or to falsely certify any gross, tare, or net weight or measure required by the Act to be 

on the certificate;

(d) to refuse without cause to weigh or measure any article or thing which it is his/her duty to weigh or measure, 

or refuse to state in any certificate anything required to be therein;

(e) to hinder or obstruct in any way the Director or his/her authorized agent in the performance of the Director’s 

official duties under this Act;

(f) to violate any provision of this Act or any regulation promulgated under this Act;

(g) to delegate his/her authority to any person not licensed as a public weighmaster;

(h) to request a false certificate or to request a public weighmaster to weigh, measure, or count any vehicle, 

property, produce, commodity, or article falsely or incorrectly;

(i) to issue a certificate simulating the certificate in the Act; or

(j) to use or have in his/her possession a device which has been altered to facilitate fraud.

Section 18. Suspension and Revocation of License

The Director is authorized to suspend or revoke the license of any public weighmaster:

(a) when, after a hearing held following 10 days’ notice to the licensee, he/she is satisfied that the licensee has 

violated any provision of this Act or any regulation under this Act;

(b) when the licensee has been convicted in any court of competent jurisdiction of violating any provision of this 

Act or any regulation under this Act; or

(c) when the licensee is convicted of any felony.
Uniform Weighmaster Law Handbook 130 – 2017

38

Section 19. Civil Penalties

19.1. Assessment of Penalties. – Any person who by himself or herself, by his or her servant or agent, or as the 

servant or agent of another person commits any of the acts enumerated in Section 22. Validity of Prosecutions may be 

assessed by the __________ a civil penalty of:

(a) not less than $ nor more than $ for a first violation,

(b) not less than $ nor more than $ for a second violation within from the date of the first 

violation, and

(c) not less than $ nor more than $ for a third violation within from the date of the first 

violation.

19.2. Administrative Hearing. – Any person subject to a civil penalty shall have a right to request an administrative 

hearing within __________ days of receipt of the notice of the penalty. The Director or his/her designee shall be 

authorized to conduct the hearing after giving appropriate notice to the respondent. The decision of the Director shall 

be subject to appropriate judicial review.

19.3. Collection of Penalties. – If the respondent has exhausted his or her administrative appeals and the civil penalty

has been upheld, he or she shall pay the civil penalty within __________ days after the effective date of the final 

decision. If the respondent fails to pay the penalty, a civil action may be brought by the Director in any court of 

competent jurisdiction to recover the penalty. Any civil penalty collected under this Act shall be transmitted 

to __________.

(Added 1989) (Amended 1995)

Section 20. Criminal Penalties

20.1. Misdemeanor. – Any person who by himself/herself, by his/her servant or agent, or as the servant or agent of 

another person commits any of the acts enumerated in Section 17. Prohibited Acts or violates any other provision of 

this Act shall be guilty of a Class __________ misdemeanor and upon conviction shall be punished by a fine not less 

than $__________, nor more than $__________, or by imprisonment for not less than __________ nor more 

than __________, or both fine and imprisonment.

20.2. Felony. – Any person who by himself/herself, by his/her servant or agent, or as the servant or agent of another 

person intentionally commits any of the acts enumerated in Section 17. Prohibited Acts or repeatedly violates any 

other provision of this Act shall be guilty of a Class __________ felony and upon conviction shall be punished by a 

fine not less than $__________ and/or by imprisonment for not less than __________, nor more than __________, or 

more than __________.

Section 21. Restraining Order and Injunction

The Director is authorized to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for a restraining order, or a temporary or 

permanent injunction, restraining any person from violating any provision of this Act.

Section 22. Validity of Prosecutions

Prosecutions for violation of any provision of this Act are declared to be valid and proper notwithstanding the existence 

of any other valid general or specific Act of this state dealing with matters that may be the same as or similar to those 

covered by this Act.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Weighmaster Law

39

Section 23. Separability Provision

If any provision of this Act is declared unconstitutional, or the applicability thereof to any person or circumstance is 

held invalid, the constitutionality of the remainder of the Act and the applicability thereof to other persons and 

circumstances shall not be affected.

Section 24. Repeal of Conflicting Laws

All laws and parts of laws contrary to or inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, and specifically __________, are 

repealed insofar as they might operate in the future; but as to offenses committed, liabilities incurred, and claims now 

existing there under, the existing law shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 25. Citation

This Act may be cited as the “Public Weighmaster Act of __________.”

Section 26. Effective Date

This Act shall become effective on __________.
Uniform Weighmaster Law Handbook 130 – 2017

40

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law

41

C. Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law

as adopted by

The National Conference on Weights and Measures*

1. Background

In 1984, the National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) adopted a section in the Uniform Regulation 

for the Method of Sale of Commodities requiring that motor fuel containing alcohol be labeled to disclose to the retail 

purchaser that the fuel contains alcohol. The delegates deemed this action necessary since motor vehicle 

manufacturers were qualifying their warranties with respect to some gasoline-alcohol blends, motor fuel users were 

complaining to weights and measures officials about fuel quality and vehicle performance, and the American Society 

for Testing and Materials (ASTM) had not yet finalized quality standards for oxygenated (which includes alcoholcontaining) fuels. While many argued that weights and measures officials should not cross the line from quantity 

assurance programs to programs regulating quality, the delegates were persuaded that the issue needed immediate 

attention.

A Motor Fuels Task Force was appointed in 1984 to develop mechanisms for achieving uniformity in the evaluation 

and regulation of motor fuels. The Task Force developed the Uniform Motor Fuel Inspection Law and the Uniform 

Motor Fuel Regulation (see the Uniform Regulations section of this Handbook) to accompany the Law. The 

recommended Law required registration and certification of motor fuel as meeting ASTM standards. It established a 

motor fuel quality testing capability by the state. Funding for the installation and support of the testing facility was 

established by a fee per liter or per gallon on all fuel marketed within the state.

In 1992, the NCWM established the Petroleum Subcommittee under the Laws and Regulations Committee. The 

Subcommittee recommended major revisions to the Law that was adopted at the 80th NCWM in 1995. The scope of 

the Law was expanded to include all engine fuels, petroleum products, and automotive lubricants, and its title was 

changed accordingly. Other changes included expansion of the definitions section, limitation of the scope of the 

registration section to engine fuels designed for special use, and addition of sections on administrative and civil 

penalties and on criminal penalties.

In 2007, the Fuel and Lubricants Subcommittee (formerly the Petroleum Subcommittee) undertook a review of this 

uniform law to update it to eliminate reference to “petroleum products” and reflect the addition of new engine fuels 

to the marketplace. The amendments included new provisions to provide officials with the authority to review delivery 

records and grant waivers of requirements adopted under the law in times of emergency or natural disasters.

At the 2008 NCWM Interim Meeting, the Laws and Regulations Committee changed the Petroleum Subcommittee’s 

name to the Fuels and Lubricants Subcommittee (FALS) in recognition of its work with a wide variety of fuels 

including petroleum and biofuels.

2. Status of Promulgation

The current Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law was recommended for adoption by the 

Conference in 2008. The table beginning on page 6, Section II. Uniformity of Laws and Regulations of Handbook 

130 shows the status of adoption of the law.

(Amended 2008)

*The National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) is supported by the National Institute of Standards and 

Technology (NIST) in partial implementation of its statutory responsibility for “cooperation with the states in securing 

uniformity in weights and measures laws and methods of inspection.”
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law Handbook 130 – 2017

42

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law

43

Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law

Table of Contents

Section Page

Section 1. Purpose ......................................................................................................................................................45

Section 2. Scope .........................................................................................................................................................45

Section 3. Definitions.................................................................................................................................................45

3.1. Engine Fuel. .............................................................................................................................................45

3.2. Director. ...................................................................................................................................................45

3.3. Person. .....................................................................................................................................................45

3.4. ASTM International. ................................................................................................................................45

3.5. Automotive Lubricants. ...........................................................................................................................45

3.6. Engine Fuel Designed for Special Use.....................................................................................................45

3.7. Sold..........................................................................................................................................................45

3.8. Non-engine Fuels.....................................................................................................................................45

Section 4. Administration, Adoption of Standards, and Rules ...................................................................................45

Section 5. General Duties and Powers........................................................................................................................46

Section 6. Registration of Engine Fuels Designed for Special Use ............................................................................46

Section 7. Inspection Fee............................................................................................................................................46

Section 8. Prohibited Acts ..........................................................................................................................................47

Section 9. Civil Penalties............................................................................................................................................47

9.1. Assessment of Penalties...........................................................................................................................47

9.2. Administrative Hearing............................................................................................................................47

9.3. Collection of Penalties. ............................................................................................................................47

Section 10. Criminal Penalties....................................................................................................................................47

10.1. Misdemeanor. ..........................................................................................................................................47

10.2. Felony. .....................................................................................................................................................48

Section 11. Restraining Order and Injunction.............................................................................................................48

Section 12. Severability Provisions............................................................................................................................48

Section 13. Repeal of Conflicting Laws.....................................................................................................................48

Section 14. Citation ....................................................................................................................................................48

Section 15. Effective Date ..........................................................................................................................................48
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law Handbook 130 – 2017

44

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law

45

Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law

Section 1. Purpose

There should be uniform requirements for engine fuels, non-engine fuels, and automotive lubricants among the states. 

This Act provides for the establishment of quality specifications for these products.

(Amended 2008)

Section 2. Scope

The Act establishes a sampling, testing, and enforcement program, provides authority for fee collection, requires 

registration of engine fuels, and empowers the state to promulgate regulations as needed to carry out the provisions of 

the Act. It also provides for administrative, civil, and criminal penalties.

Section 3. Definitions

As used in this act:

3.1. Engine Fuel. – Any liquid or gaseous matter used for the generation of power in an internal combustion engine.

3.2. Director. – The ______ of the Department of ________ and designated agents.

3.3. Person. – An individual, corporation, company, society, association, partnership, or governmental entity.

3.4. ASTM International. (www.astm.org) – An international voluntary consensus standards organization formed 

for the development of standards on characteristics and performance of materials, products, systems, and services, 

and the promotion of related knowledge.

3.5. Automotive Lubricants. – Any material interposed between two surfaces that reduces the friction or wear 

between them.

3.6. Engine Fuel Designed for Special Use. – Engine fuels designated by the Director requiring registration. These 

fuels normally have no ASTM or other national consensus standards applying to their quality or usability; common 

special fuels are racing fuels and those intended for agricultural and other off-road applications.

3.7. Sold. – Kept, offered, or exposed for sale.

3.8. Non-engine Fuels. – Any liquid or gaseous matter used for the generation of heat, power, or similar uses.

(Added 2008)

Section 4. Administration, Adoption of Standards, and Rules

The provisions of this Act shall be administered by the Director. For the purpose of administering and giving effect 

to the provisions of this Act, the specification and test method standards set forth in the most recent version available 

of ASTM International standards as published on its website www.astm.org are adopted except as amended or 

modified as required by the Director to comply with federal and state laws. When no ASTM standard exists, other 

generally recognized national consensus standards may be used. The Director is empowered to write rules and 

regulations on the advertising, posting of prices, labeling, standards for, and identity of fuels, non-engine fuels, and 

automotive lubricants and is authorized to establish a testing laboratory.

(Amended 2008)
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law Handbook 130 – 2017

46

Section 5. General Duties and Powers

The Director shall have the authority to:

5.1. Enforce and administer all the provisions of this Act by inspections, analyses, and other appropriate actions.

5.2. Have access during normal business hours to all places where engine fuels, non-engine fuels, and automotive 

lubricants are kept, transferred, offered, exposed for sale, or sold for the purpose of examination, inspection, taking of 

samples, and review of fuel storage, receipts, transfers, sales records, or delivery records for determining compliance 

with this Act. If such access is refused by the owner, agent, or other persons leasing the same, the Director may obtain 

an administrative search warrant from a court of competent jurisdiction.

(Amended 2008)

5.3. Collect, or cause to be collected, samples of engine fuels, non-engine fuels, and automotive lubricants marketed 

in this state, and cause such samples to be tested or analyzed for compliance with the provisions of this Act.

(Amended 2008)

5.4. Define engine fuels for special use and refuse, revoke, suspend, or issue a stop-order if found not to be in 

compliance and remand stop-order if the engine fuel for special use is brought into full compliance with this Act.

5.5. Issue a stop-sale order for any engine fuel, non-engine fuels, and automotive lubricant found not to be in 

compliance and remand a stop-sale order if the engine fuel, petroleum product, or automotive lubricant is brought into 

full compliance with this Act.

(Amended 2008)

5.6. Refuse, revoke, or suspend the registration of an engine fuel, petroleum product, or automotive lubricant.

5.7. Delegate to appropriate personnel any of these responsibilities for the proper administration of this Act.

5.8. The Director is empowered to waive specific state requirements adopted under this Act or may establish 

alternative requirements for fuels as determined to be necessary in the event of an emergency or a natural disaster for 

a specified period of time.

(Added 2008)

Section 6. Registration of Engine Fuels Designed for Special Use

All engine fuels designed for special use must be registered with the Director. Such registration shall include:

6.1. Name, brand, or trademark under which the fuel will be sold.

6.2. Name and address of person registering the engine fuel.

6.3. The special use for which the engine fuel is designed.

6.4. A certification, declaration, or affidavit stating the fuel specifications.

Section 7. Inspection Fee

There shall be a fee of $__________ per appropriate unit of measure on all products covered under the scope of this 

Act marketed within this state for the purposes of administering and effectively enforcing the provisions of this Act.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law

47

Section 8. Prohibited Acts

It shall be unlawful to:

8.1. Represent engine fuels, non-engine fuels, or automotive lubricants in any manner that may deceive or tend to 

deceive the purchaser as to the nature, brand, price, quantity, and/or quality of such products.

(Amended 1996 and 2008)

8.2. Fail to register an engine fuel designed for special use.

8.3. Submit incorrect, misleading, or false information regarding the registration of an engine fuel designed for 

special use.

8.4. Hinder or obstruct the Director in the performance of the Director’s duties.

8.5. Represent an engine fuel, non-engine fuels, or automotive lubricant that is contrary to the provisions of this Act.

(Amended 2008)

8.6. Represent automotive lubricants with an S.A.E. (Society of Automotive Engineers) viscosity grade or API 

(American Petroleum Institute) service classification other than those specified by the intended purchaser.

(Added 1996)

Section 9. Civil Penalties

9.1. Assessment of Penalties. – Any person who, by himself or herself, by his or her servant or agent, or as the 

servant or agent of another person commits any of the acts enumerated in Section 8. Prohibited Acts may be assessed 

by the __________ a civil penalty of:

(a) not less than $__________ nor more than $__________ for a first violation;

(b) not less than $__________ nor more than $__________ for a second violation within __________ from the 

date of the first violation; and

(c) not less than $__________ nor more than $__________ for a third violation within __________ from the 

date of the first violation.

9.2. Administrative Hearing. – Any person subject to a civil penalty shall have a right to request an administrative 

hearing within __________ days of receipt of the notice of the penalty. The Director or his/her designee shall be 

authorized to conduct the hearing after giving appropriate notice to the respondent. The decision of the Director shall 

be subject to appropriate judicial review.

9.3. Collection of Penalties. – If the respondent has exhausted his or her administrative appeals and the civil penalty

has been upheld, he or she shall pay the civil penalty within __________ days after the effective date of the final 

decision. If the respondent fails to pay the penalty, a civil action may be brought by the Director in any court of 

competent jurisdiction to recover the penalty. Any civil penalty collected under this Act shall be transmitted 

to __________.

Section 10. Criminal Penalties

10.1. Misdemeanor. – Any person who violates any provision of this Act or regulations promulgated thereto shall 

be guilty of a Class __________ misdemeanor and upon conviction shall be punished by a fine of not less than 

$__________ nor more than $__________, or imprisonment for not less than __________ nor more than __________, 

or both.
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law Handbook 130 – 2017

48

10.2. Felony. – Any person who intentionally violates any provision of this Act or regulations promulgated thereto 

or is convicted under the misdemeanor provisions of this section more than three times in a two-year period shall be 

guilty of a Class __________ felony and upon conviction shall be punished by a fine of not less than $__________ 

nor more than $__________, or imprisonment for not less than __________ nor more than __________, or both.

Section 11. Restraining Order and Injunction

The Director is authorized to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for a restraining order or a temporary or 

permanent injunction restraining any person from violating any provision of this Act.

Section 12. Severability Provisions

If any word, phrase, provision, or portion of this Act shall be held in a court of competent jurisdiction to be 

unconstitutional or invalid, the unconstitutionality or invalidity shall apply only to such word, phrase, provision, or 

portion, and for this purpose the provisions of this Act are declared to be severable.

Section 13. Repeal of Conflicting Laws

All laws and parts of laws contrary to or inconsistent with the provisions of this Act are repealed except as to offense 

committed, liabilities incurred, and claims made there under prior to the effective date of this Act.

Section 14. Citation

This Act may be cited as the “Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Act of __________.”

(Amended 2008)

Section 15. Effective Date

This Act shall become effective on __________.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulations

49

IV. Uniform Regulations

Page

A. Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation ......................................................................................................51

B. Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities..............................................................................93

C. Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation .......................................................................................................................135

D. Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration of Servicepersons and Service Agencies for 

Commercial Weighing and Measuring Devices.................................................................................................141

E. Uniform Open Dating Regulation ......................................................................................................................149

F. Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation ............................................................................................157

G. Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation .........................................................................165
Uniform Regulations Handbook 130 – 2017

50

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

51

A. Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

as adopted by

The National Conference on Weights and Measures*

1. Background

The Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation was first adopted during the 37th Annual Meeting of the National 

Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) in 1952. Reporting to the Conference, the Committee on Legislation 

stated:

The National Conference should adopt a model package regulation for the guidance of those states authorized to adopt 

such a regulation under provisions of their weights and measures laws. Since so much of the work of weights and 

measures officials in the package field concerns food products, the importance of uniformity between the Federal 

(FDA) regulations and any model regulations to be adopted by this Conference cannot be overemphasized.

Since its inception, the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation has been continually revised to meet the 

complexities of an enormous expansion in the packaging industry – an expansion that, in late 1966, brought about the 

passage of the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act (FPLA). Recognizing the need for compatibility with the Federal 

Act, in 1968 the Committee on Laws and Regulations of the 53rd Annual Meeting of the National Conference amended 

the “Model Packaging and Labeling Regulation” (renamed in 1983) to parallel regulations adopted by federal agencies 

under FPLA. The process of amending and revising this Regulation is a continuing one in order to keep it current 

with practices in the packaging field and make it compatible with appropriate federal regulations. Amendments and 

additions since 1971 are noted at the end of each section.

The revision of 1978 provided for the use of the metric system (SI) on labels as well as allowing SI-only labels for 

those commodities not covered by federal laws or regulations. “SI” means the International System of Units as 

established in 1960 by the General Conference on Weights and Measures and interpreted or modified for the United 

States by the Secretary of Commerce. [See the “Interpretation of the International System of Units for the United 

States” in the “Federal Register” (Volume 73, No. 96, pages 28432 to 28433) for May 16, 2008, and 15 United States 

Code, Section 205a - 205l “Metric Conversion.” See also NIST Special Publication 330 “The International System 

of Units (SI)” 2008 edition and NIST Special Publication 811 “Guide for the Use of the International System of Units 

(SI)” 2008 edition that are available at https://www.nist.gov/pml/weights-and-measures/publications/metricpublications or by contacting TheSI@nist.gov.] In 1988, Congress amended the Metric Conversion Law to declare 

that it is the policy of the United States to designate the International System of Units of measurement as the preferred 

system of weights and measures for U.S. trade and commerce. In 1992, Congress amended the federal FPLA to 

require the most appropriate units of the SI and the U.S. customary systems of measurement on certain consumer 

commodities. The 1993 amendments to NIST Handbook 130 require SI and U.S. customary units on certain consumer 

commodities in accordance with federal laws or regulations. Requirements for labeling in both units of measure were 

effective February 14, 1994, under FPLA and as specified in Section 15 Effective Date; except as specified in 

Section 11.32. SI Units, Exemptions for Consumer Commodities.

In 2015, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) conducted a periodic review of its regulations issued under the FPLA 

and recently published several revisions which go into effect on December 17, 2015. [See the “Rules, Regulations, 

Statements of General Policy or Interpretation and Exemptions Under the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act] Final 

Rule” in the “Federal Register” (Volume 80, No. 221, pages 71686 to 71689) dated Tuesday, November 17, 2015. In 

response to comments from the NCWM’s Packaging and Labeling Subcommittee, the FTC amended its regulations 

to clarify that exponents may be used in conjunction with U.S. customary units and recognized that with today’s online 

resources the location of a business can be readily obtained in lieu of using a printed telephone directory. The FTC 

amended its regulations on the Declaration of Responsibility to allow the street address to be omitted if it is accessible 

in a printed or online telephone directory, or any readily accessible, widely published and publicly available resource. 

In response to a concern that the existing regulation included a limited table of metric conversions, the FTC decided 

to incorporate the more comprehensive metric conversion tables to provide users with the wide range of factors in 

NIST Handbook 133 (2015) “Checking the Net Contents of Packaged Goods,” Appendix E, General Tables of Units 
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

52

of Measurements. The FTC also revoked regulations on certain retail price sale representations, since they are no 

longer used in the marketplace. The regulation was also amended to aid state and local compliance efforts by alerting 

users of the role of the states in regulating packages that fall outside the scope of the FTC’s purview under the FPLA.

(Added 2016)

Nothing contained in this regulation should be construed to supersede any labeling requirement specified in federal 

law or to require the use of SI units on non-consumer packages.

2. Status of Promulgation

The table beginning on page 6, Section II. Uniformity of Laws and Regulations of Handbook 130 shows the status of 

adoption of the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation.

*The National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) is supported by the National Institute of Standards and 

Technology (NIST) in partial implementation of its statutory responsibility for “cooperation with the states in securing 

uniformity in weights and measures laws and methods of inspection.”
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

53

Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

Table of Contents

Section Page

Preamble ....................................................................................................................................................................57

Section 1. Application ................................................................................................................................................57

Section 2. Definitions.................................................................................................................................................57

2.1. Package.........................................................................................................................................................57

2.2. Consumer Package of Consumer Commodity..............................................................................................57

2.3. Non-consumer Package: Package of Non-Consumer Commodity. .............................................................58

2.4. Random Package. .........................................................................................................................................58

2.5. Label.............................................................................................................................................................58

2.6. Person. ..........................................................................................................................................................58

2.7. Principal Display Panel or Panels.................................................................................................................58

2.8. Multi-unit Package. ......................................................................................................................................58

2.9. Combination Package...................................................................................................................................58

2.10. Variety Package..........................................................................................................................................58

2.11. Petroleum Products.....................................................................................................................................58

2.12. Spot Label...................................................................................................................................................59

2.13. Header Strip................................................................................................................................................59

2.14. Standard Package........................................................................................................................................59

2.15. SI or SI Units..............................................................................................................................................59

Section 3. Declaration of Identity: Consumer Package ..............................................................................................59

3.1. Declaration of Identity: Consumer Package. ...............................................................................................59

3.1.1. Parallel Identity Declaration: Consumer Package.......................................................................60

Section 4. Declaration of Identity: Non-consumer Package ......................................................................................60

Section 5. Declaration of Responsibility: Consumer and Non-Consumer Packages.................................................60

Section 6. Declaration of Quantity: Consumer Packages..........................................................................................60

6.1. General. ........................................................................................................................................................60

6.2. Largest Whole Unit. .....................................................................................................................................61

6.3. Net Quantity. ................................................................................................................................................61

6.3.1. Use of “Net Mass” or “Net Weight.”...........................................................................................61

6.3.2. Lines of Print or Type..................................................................................................................61

6.4. Terms: Weight, Measure, Volume, or Count...............................................................................................61

6.4.1. Combination Declaration.............................................................................................................62

6.5. SI Units: Mass, Measure..............................................................................................................................62

6.5.1. Symbols. ......................................................................................................................................63

6.5.2. Fractions and Prefixes..................................................................................................................64

6.6. Prescribed Units, SI. .....................................................................................................................................64

6.6.1. Less than 1 Meter, 1 Square Meter, 1 Kilogram, 1 Cubic Meter, or 1 Liter. ...............................64

6.6.2. One Meter, 1 Square Meter, 1 Kilogram, 1 Liter, 1 Cubic Meter, or More.................................64

6.7. U.S. Customary Units: Weight, Measure. ...................................................................................................65

6.7.1. Symbols and Abbreviations. ........................................................................................................65

6.7.2. Units of Two or More Meanings. ................................................................................................66

6.8. Prescribed Units, U.S. Customary System. ..................................................................................................66
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

54

6.8.1. Less than 1 foot, 1 square foot, 1 pound, or 1 pint.......................................................................66

6.8.2. One Foot, 1 Square Foot, 1 Pound, 1 Pint, 1 Gallon, or More.....................................................66

6.9. Bi-dimensional Commodities. ......................................................................................................................67

6.10. Count: Ply..................................................................................................................................................68

6.11. Fractions. ....................................................................................................................................................68

6.12. Supplementary Quantity Declarations........................................................................................................68

6.13. Rounding. ...................................................................................................................................................68

6.14. Qualification of Declaration Prohibited......................................................................................................69

6.15. Character of Declaration: Average. ...........................................................................................................69

6.16. Random Packages.......................................................................................................................................69

Section 7. Declaration of Quantity: Non-consumer Packages...................................................................................69

7.1. General. ........................................................................................................................................................69

7.2. Location........................................................................................................................................................69

7.3. Terms: Weight, Liquid Measure, Dry Measure, or Count. ..........................................................................69

7.4. SI Units: Mass, Measure..............................................................................................................................70

7.4.1. Symbols. ......................................................................................................................................70

7.5. U.S. Customary Units: Weight, Measure. ...................................................................................................70

7.5.1. Symbols and Abbreviations. ........................................................................................................71

7.6. Character of Declaration: Average. .............................................................................................................71

Section 8. Prominence and Placement: Consumer Packages.....................................................................................71

8.1. General. ........................................................................................................................................................71

8.1.1. Location. ......................................................................................................................................71

8.1.2. Style of Type or Lettering............................................................................................................71

8.1.3. Color Contrast..............................................................................................................................71

8.1.4. Free Area. ....................................................................................................................................71

8.1.5. Parallel Quantity Declaration.......................................................................................................71

8.2. Calculation of Area of Principal Display Panel for Purposes of Type Size..................................................72

8.2.1. Minimum Height of Numbers and Letters...................................................................................73

8.2.2. Numbers and Letters: Proportion................................................................................................73

Section 9. Prominence and Placement: Non-consumer Packages .............................................................................73

9.1. General. ........................................................................................................................................................73

Section 10. Requirements: Specific Consumer Commodities, Non-consumer Commodities ...................................73

10.1. Display Card Package.................................................................................................................................73

10.2. Eggs............................................................................................................................................................73

10.3. Aerosols and Other Pre-pressurized Containers Dispensing Product Under Pressure................................73

10.4. Multi-unit Packages....................................................................................................................................74

10.5. Combination Packages. ..............................................................................................................................74

10.6. Variety Packages. .......................................................................................................................................75

10.7. Cylindrical Containers................................................................................................................................76

10.8. Measurement of Container-Type Commodities, How Expressed...............................................................76

10.8.1. General.......................................................................................................................................76

10.8.2. Capacity. ....................................................................................................................................76

10.8.3. Terms. ........................................................................................................................................77

10.9. Textile Products, Threads, and Yarns.........................................................................................................77

10.9.1. Wearing Apparel........................................................................................................................77

10.9.2. Textiles. .....................................................................................................................................77

10.9.3. Sewing Threads, Handicraft Threads, and Yarns.......................................................................79

10.10. Packaged Seed..........................................................................................................................................79
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

55

Section 11. Exemptions..............................................................................................................................................79

11.1. Random Packages.......................................................................................................................................79

11.1.1. Indirect Sale of Random Packages.............................................................................................80

11.2. Small Confections. .....................................................................................................................................80

11.3. Small Packages of Meat or Meat Products. ................................................................................................80

11.4. Individual Servings.....................................................................................................................................80

11.5. Cuts, Plugs, and Twists of Tobacco and Cigars. ........................................................................................81

11.6. Reusable (Returnable) Glass Containers. ...................................................................................................81

11.7. Cigarettes and Small Cigars. ......................................................................................................................81

11.8. Packaged Commodities with Labeling Requirements Specified in Federal Law. ......................................81

11.9. Fluid Dairy Products, Ice Cream, and Similar Frozen Desserts. ................................................................81

11.10. Single Strength and Less than Single-Strength Fruit Juice Beverages, Imitations thereof, and Drinking 

Water........................................................................................................................................................81

11.11. Soft Drink Bottles.....................................................................................................................................82

11.12. Multi-unit Soft Drink Packages................................................................................................................82

11.13. Butter........................................................................................................................................................82

11.14. Eggs..........................................................................................................................................................82

11.15. Flour. ........................................................................................................................................................82

11.16. Small Packages.........................................................................................................................................82

11.17. Decorative Containers. .............................................................................................................................82

11.18. Combination and Variety Packages..........................................................................................................82

11.19. Margarine. ................................................................................................................................................83

11.20. Corn Flour and Corn Meal........................................................................................................................83

11.21. Prescription and Insulin Containing Drugs...............................................................................................83

11.22. Camera Film, Video Recording Tape, Audio Recording Tape, and Other Image and Audio Recording 

Media Intended for Retail Sale and Consumer Use. ................................................................................83

11.23. Tint Base Paint. ........................................................................................................................................83

11.24. Motor Oil in Cans.....................................................................................................................................84

11.25. Pillows, Cushions, Comforters, Mattress Pads, Sleeping Bags, and Similar Products. ..........................................84

11.26. Commodities’ Variable Weights and Sizes. ..............................................................................................84

11.27. Packaged Commodities Sold by Count. ...................................................................................................84

11.28. Textile Packages.......................................................................................................................................84

11.29. Spot Label.................................................................................................................................................85

11.30. Header Strip..............................................................................................................................................85

11.31. Decorative Wallcovering Borders. ...........................................................................................................85

11.32. SI Units, Exemptions - Consumer Commodities......................................................................................85

11.33. U.S. Customary Units, Exemptions - Consumer Commodities................................................................85

Section 12. Variations to be Allowed .........................................................................................................................86

12.1. Packaging Variations..................................................................................................................................86

12.1.1. Variations from Declared Net Quantity. ....................................................................................86

12.1.2. Variations Resulting from Exposure..........................................................................................86

12.2. Magnitude of Permitted Variations. ...........................................................................................................86

Section 13. Revocation of Conflicting Regulations....................................................................................................86

Section 14. Effective Date ..........................................................................................................................................86

UPLR Appendix A: SI/U.S. Customary Conversion Factors.....................................................................................87

UPLR Appendix B: Converting U.S. Customary Units to SI Units ...........................................................................89
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

56

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

57

Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

Preamble

The purpose of this regulation is to provide accurate and adequate information on packages as to the identity and

quantity of contents so that purchasers can make price and quantity comparisons.

(Added 1989)

Section 1. Application

This regulation shall apply to packages, but shall not apply to:

(a) inner wrappings not intended to be individually sold to the customer;

(b) shipping containers or wrapping used solely for the transportation of any commodities in bulk or in quantity 

to manufacturers, packers, or processors, or to wholesale or retail distributors, but in no event shall this 

exclusion apply to packages of consumer or non-consumer commodities as defined herein;

(Added 1971)

(c) auxiliary containers or outer wrappings used to deliver packages of such commodities to retail customers if 

such containers or wrappings bear no printed matter pertaining to any particular commodity;

(d) containers used for retail tray pack displays when the container itself is not intended to be sold (e.g., the tray 

that is used to display individual envelopes of seasonings, gravies, etc., and the tray itself is not intended to 

be sold);

(e) open carriers and transparent wrappers or carriers for containers when the wrappers or carriers do not bear 

any written, printed, or graphic matter obscuring the label information required by this regulation; or

(f) packages intended for export to foreign countries.

(Amended 1994 and 1998)

Section 2. Definitions

2.1. Package. – Except as modified by Section 1. Application, the term “package,” whether standard package or 

random package, means any commodity:

(a) enclosed in a container or wrapped in any manner in advance of wholesale or retail sale; or

(b) whose weight [NOTE 1, page 57] or measure has been determined in advance of wholesale or retail sale. An 

individual item or lot of any commodity on which there is marked a selling price based on an established 

price per unit of weight or of measure shall be considered a package or packages.

(Amended 1988 and 1991)

NOTE 1: When used in this regulation, the term “weight” means “mass.” (See paragraphs L. “Mass” and “Weight” 

in Section I. Introduction of NIST Handbook 130 for an explanation of these terms.)

2.2. Consumer Package of Consumer Commodity. – A package that is customarily produced or distributed for 

sale through retail sales agencies or instrumentalities for consumption or use by individuals for the purposes of 

personal care or in the performance of services ordinarily rendered in or about the household or in connection with 

personal possessions.

(Amended 1988 and 1991)
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

58

2.3. Non-consumer Package: Package of Non-Consumer Commodity. – Any package other than a consumer 

package, and particularly a package intended solely for industrial or institutional use or for wholesale distribution.

(Amended 1988 and 1991)

2.4. Random Package. – A package that is one of a lot, shipment, or delivery of packages of the same consumer 

commodity with no fixed pattern of net contents.

(Amended 1988 and 1990)

2.5. Label. – Any written, printed, or graphic matter affixed to, applied to, attached to, blown into, formed, molded 

into, embossed on, or appearing upon or adjacent to a consumer commodity, or a package containing any consumer 

commodity, for purposes of branding, identifying, or giving any information with respect to the commodity or to the 

contents of the package, except that an inspector’s tag or other non-promotional matter affixed to or appearing upon 

a consumer commodity shall not be considered a label requiring the repetition of label information required by this 

regulation.

(Amended 1988)

2.6. Person. – The term “person” means either singular or plural and shall include any individual, partnership, 

company, corporation, association, or society.

(Amended 1988)

2.7. Principal Display Panel or Panels. – That part, or those parts, of a label that is, or are, so designed as to most 

likely be displayed, presented, shown, or examined under normal and customary conditions of display and purchase. 

Wherever a principal display panel appears more than once on a package, all requirements pertaining to the “principal 

display panel” shall pertain to all such “principal display panels.”

(Amended 1988)

2.8. Multi-unit Package. – A package containing two or more individual packages of the same commodity, in the 

same quantity, intended to be sold as a multi-unit package, but where the component packages are labeled individually 

in full compliance with all requirements of this regulation.

(Amended 1988)

2.9. Combination Package. – A package intended for retail sale, containing two or more individual packages or units 

of dissimilar commodities.

Examples:

antiquing or housecleaning kit

sponge and cleaner

lighter fluid and flints

(Added 1989)

2.10. Variety Package. – A package intended for retail sale, containing two or more individual packages or units of 

similar, but not identical, commodities. Commodities that are generically the same, but that differ in weight, measure, 

volume, appearance, or quality, are considered similar, but not identical.

Examples:

two sponges of different sizes

plastic tableware, consisting of 4 spoons, 4 knives, and 4 forks

(Added 1989)

2.11. Petroleum Products. – Gasoline, diesel fuel, kerosene, or any product (whether or not such a product is actually 

derived from naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures known as “petroleum”) commonly used in powering, 

lubricating, or idling engines or other devices, or is labeled as fuel to power camping stoves or lights. Therefore, 

sewing machine lubricant, camping fuels, and synthetic motor oil are “petroleum products” for the purposes of this 
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

59

regulation. Brake fluid, copier machine dispersant, antifreeze, cleaning solvents, and alcohol are not “petroleum 

products.”

(Added 1987) (Amended 1988)

2.12. Spot Label. – A spot label is a label clearly defined by means of 

a border, indentation, or other means that covers only a small portion 

of the surface of a principal display panel of a package; the entire 

portion of the principal display panel outside the area of the label 

contains no printed or graphic matter of any kind. A spot label may 

contain all required labeling information (identity, responsibility, and 

net contents), but it must at least indicate the identity and net contents. 

See Section 11.29. Spot Label for net contents placement exemption 

for a spot label.

(Added 1990) (Amended 1991)

2.13. Header Strip. – A header label or header strip is a label that is attached across the top of a transparent or opaque 

bag or other container that bears no other printed or graphic material. See Section 11.30. Header Strip for net contents 

placement exemptions.

(Added 1990)

2.14. Standard Package. – A package that is one of a lot, shipment, 

or delivery of packages of the same commodity with identical net 

contents declarations.

Examples:

1 L bottles or 12 fl oz cans of carbonated soda

500 g or 5 lb bags of sugar

100 m packages of rope

(Added 1991)

2.15. SI or SI Units. – SI or SI Units means the International System of Units as established in 1960 by the General 

Conference on Weights and Measures and interpreted or modified for the United States by the Secretary of Commerce. 

See the “Interpretation of the International System of Units for the United States” in the “Federal Register”

(Volume 73, No. 96, pages 28432 to 28433) for May 16, 2008, and 15 United States Code, Section 205a - 2051 

“Metric Conversion.” See also NIST Special Publication 330, The International System of Units (SI), 2008 edition

and NIST Special Publication 811, Guide for the Use of the International System of Units (SI), 2008 edition that are 

available at https://www.nist.gov/pml/weights-and-measures/publications/metric-publications or by contacting

TheSI@nist.gov.

(Added 1993)

Section 3. Declaration of Identity: Consumer Package

3.1. Declaration of Identity: Consumer Package. – A separate declaration of identity [NOTE 2, page 60] on a consumer 

package shall appear on the principal display panel and shall not be misleading or deceptive. The identity shall be in 

terms of:

(a) the name specified in or required by any applicable federal or state law or regulation or, in the absence of 

this;

(b) the common or usual name or, in the absence of this;

(c) the generic name or other appropriate description, including a statement of function (such as “cleaning 

powder”).

(Amended 1990) (Note added 1986)

Identity

Spot Label

Net Quantity
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

60

NOTE 2: Section 19.(a) of the Uniform Weights and Measures Law (and 21 CFR 101.100 (b) (3) for non-meat and 

non-poultry foods) specifically exempts food packages from identity statements if the commodity is a food, other than 

meat or poultry, that was repackaged in a retail establishment and the food is displayed to the purchaser under either 

of the following circumstances: “(1) its interstate labeling is clearly in view or with a counter card, sign, or other 

appropriate device bearing prominently and conspicuously the common or usual name of the food, or (2) the common 

or usual name of the food is clearly revealed by its appearance.”

(Added 1986) (Amended 2001)

3.1.1. Parallel Identity Declaration: Consumer Package. – A declaration of the identity on a consumer 

package shall appear generally parallel to the base on which the package rests as it is designed to be displayed.

Section 4. Declaration of Identity: Non-consumer Package

A declaration of identity [NOTE 2, page 60] on a non-consumer package shall appear on the outside of a package and shall 

not be misleading or deceptive. The identity shall be in terms of:

(a) the name specified in or required by any applicable federal or state law or regulation or, in the absence of 

this;

(b) the common or usual name or, in the absence of this;

(c) the generic name or other appropriate description, including a statement of function (such as “cleaning 

powder”).

(Amended 1990) (Note added 1986)

Section 5. Declaration of Responsibility: Consumer and Non-Consumer Packages

Any package kept, offered, or exposed for sale, or sold at any place other than on the premises where packed shall 

specify conspicuously on the label of the package the name and address of the manufacturer, packer, or distributor. 

The name shall be the actual corporate name, or, when not incorporated, the name under which the business is 

conducted. The address shall include street address, city, state (or country if outside the United States), and ZIP Code 

(or the mailing code, if any, used in countries other than the United States); however, the street address may be omitted 

if it is listed in any readily accessible, well-known, widely published, and publicly available resource, including but 

not limited to a print directory, electronic database, or Web site. 

(Amendment effective December 17, 2015)

If a person manufactures, packs, or distributes a commodity at a place other than his principal place of business, the 

label may state the principal place of business in lieu of the actual place where the commodity was manufactured or 

packed or is to be distributed, unless such statement would be misleading. Where the commodity is not manufactured 

by the person whose name appears on the label, the name shall be qualified by a phrase that reveals the connection 

such person has with such commodity, such as “Manufactured for and packed by __________,” “Distributed 

by __________,” or any other wording of similar import that expresses the facts.

(Amended 2016) 

Section 6. Declaration of Quantity: Consumer Packages

6.1. General. [NOTE 3, page 61] – The International System of Units (SI), known as the metric system and the U.S. 

customary system of weights and measures are recognized as proper systems to be used in the declaration of quantity. 

Effective February 14, 1994, appropriate units of both systems shall be presented in a declaration of quantity except 

as specified in Section 11.32. SI Units, Exemptions for Consumer Commodities and Section 11.33. U.S. Customary

Units, Exemptions - Consumer Commodities.

(Amended 1985, 1990, 1993, and 1999)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

61

NOTE 3: Packages subject to this Section and/or the Federal Fair Packaging and Labeling Act shall be labeled in 

units of the International System of Units (SI) and the U.S. customary system of measure effective February 14, 1994, 

[except for seed (see Section 10.10. Packaged Seed) and camera film and recording tape (see Section 11.22. Camera 

Film, Video Recording Tape, Audio Recording Tape and Other Image and Audio Recording Media Intended for Retail 

Sale and Consumer Use), and as specified in Section 11.32. SI Units, Exemptions - Consumer Commodities]. SI units 

may appear first.

(Added 1982) (Amended 1990 and 1993)

6.2. Largest Whole Unit. – Where this regulation requires that the quantity declaration be in terms of the largest 

whole unit, the declaration shall, with respect to a particular package, be in terms of the largest whole unit of weight 

or measure with any remainder expressed (following the requirements of Section 6.5.2. (a) Fractions and Section 6.11. 

Fractions):

(a) SI Units. – in decimal fractions of such largest whole unit.

(b) U.S. Customary Units.

(1) in common or decimal fractions of such largest whole unit; or

(2) in the next smaller whole unit or units with any further remainder in terms of common or decimal 

fractions of the smallest unit present in the quantity declaration.

6.3. Net Quantity. – A declaration of net quantity of the commodity in the package, exclusive of wrappers and any 

other material packed with such commodity (except as noted in Section 10.3. Aerosols and Other Pre-pressurized 

Containers Dispensing Product Under Pressure), shall appear on the principal display panel of a consumer package 

and, unless otherwise specified in this regulation (see Sections 6.6. Prescribed Units, SI, through 6.9. Bi-dimensional 

Commodities), shall be in terms of the largest whole unit.

6.3.1. Use of “Net Mass” or “Net Weight.” – A quantity declaration may stand alone [e.g., “200 g (7 oz)” or 

“1 lb (453 g)”] or may include the term “net mass” or “net weight” either preceding or following the declaration. 

The term “net” by itself may be used on food labels. However, the quantity of contents shall always declare the 

net quantity of contents even when such terms are not used.

(Amended 1993)

6.3.2. Lines of Print or Type. – A declaration of quantity may appear on one or more lines of print or type.

(Amended 1982)

6.4. Terms: Weight, Measure, Volume, or Count. – The declaration of the quantity shall be expressed in terms of

Table 6.4. Weight, Measure, Volume or Count:

Table 6.4.

Weight, Measure, Volume, or Count

If the commodity is: The declaration of the quantity of a particular 

commodity shall be expressed in terms of:

(a) solid, semisolid, viscous, or a mixture of solid 

and liquid

weight or mass

(b) liquid fluid volume measure

(c) dry dry measure

(d) or labeled by linear measure or area linear measure or area

(e) or labeled by numerical units (count) numerical count
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

62

However, if there exists a firmly established general consumer usage and trade custom with respect to the terms used 

in expressing a declaration of quantity of a particular commodity, such a declaration of quantity may be expressed in 

its traditional terms, provided such traditional declaration gives accurate and adequate information as to the quantity 

of the commodity. Any net content statement that does not permit price and quantity comparisons is forbidden.

(Amended 1989 and 2015)

6.4.1. Combination Declaration.

(a) A declaration of quantity in terms of weight or volume shall be combined with appropriate declarations 

of the measure, count, and size of the individual units unless a declaration of weight alone is fully 

informative.

(b) A declaration of quantity in terms of measure shall be combined with appropriate declarations of the 

weight, volume, count, and size of the individual units unless a declaration of measure alone is fully 

informative.

(c) A declaration of quantity in terms of count shall be combined with appropriate declarations of the weight, 

volume, measure, and size of the individual units unless a declaration of count alone is fully informative.

(Added 1971)

6.5. SI Units: Mass, Measure. [NOTE 3, page 61] – A declaration of quantity shall be expressed in terms of Table 6.5. SI 

Units: Mass, Measure, and the requirements in 6.5.(f), (g), and (h):

Table 6.5.

SI Units: Mass, Measure

If a declaration of quantity is in units of: The units shall be in:

(a) mass kilogram, gram, or milligram

(b) liquid measure liter or milliliter and shall express the volume at 

20 °C, except for:

(1) petroleum products or distilled spirits for 

which the declaration shall express the 

volume at 15.6 °C;

(2) a commodity that is normally sold and 

consumed while frozen for which the 

declaration shall express the volume at the 

frozen temperature; and

(3) malt beverages or a commodity that must be 

maintained in the refrigerated state for which 

the declaration shall express the volume at 

4 °C.

(c) linear measure meter, centimeter, or millimeter

(d) area measure square meter, square decimeter, square centimeter, 

or square millimeter

(e) volume other than liquid measure liter or milliliter, except that units cubic meter and 

cubic centimeter shall be used only when 

specifically designated as a method of sale
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

63

(f) Rule of 1000. – The selected multiple or submultiple prefixes for SI units shall result in numerical values 

between 1 and 1000. This rule allows centimeters or millimeters to be used where a length declaration is less 

than 100 centimeters.

Examples:

500 g, not 0.5 kg

1.96 kg, not 1960 g

750 mL, not 0.75 L

750 mm or 75 cm, not 0.75 m

(Added 1993)

(g) SI declarations should be shown in three digits except where the quantity is below 100 grams, milliliters, 

centimeters, square centimeters, or cubic centimeters, where it may be shown in two digits. In either case, 

any final zero appearing to the right of the decimal point need not be shown; and

(Added 1993)

(h) the declaration of net quantity of contents shall not be expressed in mixed units.

Example: 

1.5 kg, not 1 kg 500 g

(Added 1993)

(Amended 2015)

6.5.1. Symbols. – Any of the following symbols for SI units, and none other, may be employed in the quantity 

statement on a package of commodity:

centimeter cm cubic meter m3

cubic centimeter cm3 kilogram kg

meter m gram g

milligram mg millimeter mm

liter L or l square meter m2

milliliter mL or ml cubic decimeter dm3

square centimeter cm2 square decimeter dm2

micrometer μm microgram μg or mcg

(a) Symbols [NOTE 4, page 63]

, except for liter, are not capitalized unless the unit is derived from a proper name. 

Periods shall not be used after the symbol. Symbols shall always be written in the singular form. Adding 

“s” to an SI symbol to express the plural of the symbol is prohibited.

(b) The “L” symbol and the “mL” symbol are preferred; however, the “l” symbol for liter and “ml” symbol 

for milliliter are permitted.

(Amended 1980 and 1993)

NOTE 4: The “e” mark shall not be considered to be a qualifying word or phrase and may be used as part of the 

statement of the net quantity of contents where warranted. When used, the “e” mark shall be at least 3 mm 

(approximately 1⁄8 in) in height. The term “e” mark refers to the symbol “e” used in connection with the quantity 

declarations on labels of some consumer commodities marketed primarily in the European Union (EU) and South 

Africa. The “e” mark constitutes a representation by the packer or importer that the package to which it is applied 

has been filled in accordance with the average system of quantity specified by the EU. The average system is a method 

of declaring package fill in the EU and other countries of the world, including the United States.

(Added 1993)
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

64

6.5.2. Fractions and Prefixes.

(a) Fractions: An SI statement in a declaration of net quantity of contents of any consumer commodity 

may contain only decimal fractions.

(b) Prefixes: The following chart indicates SI prefixes that may be used on a broad range of consumer 

commodity labels to form multiples and submultiples of SI units:

Prefix Symbol

Multiplying

Factor*

kilo- k × 103

deka-** da × 10 

deci-** d × 10-1

centi-*** c × 10-2

milli- m × 10-3

micro-**** μ × 10-6

*102 = 100; 103 = 1000; 10-1 = 0.1; 10-2 = 0.01

Thus, 2 kg = 2 × 1000 g = 2000 g and 3 cm = 3 × 0.01 m = 0.03 m

**Not permitted on food labels.

***Should only be used with “meter.”

 Shall only be used for measurements less than 1 mm.

(Amended 1993)

6.6. Prescribed Units, SI. [NOTE 3, page 61]

6.6.1. Less than 1 Meter, 1 Square Meter, 1 Kilogram, 1 Cubic Meter, or 1 Liter. – The declaration of 

quantity shall be expressed as follows:

(a) length measure of less than 1 meter: in centimeters or millimeters;

(Amended 1979)

(b) area measure of less than 1 m2

: in square decimeters and decimal fractions of a square decimeter or in 

square centimeters and decimal fractions of a square centimeter;

(c) mass of less than 1 kg: in grams and decimal fractions of a gram, but if less than 1 g, then in milligrams;

(d) liquid or dry measure of less than 1 L: in milliliters; and

(e) cubic measure less than 1 m3

: in cubic centimeters or cubic decimeters (liters);

(Added 1993)

provided the quantity declaration appearing on a random mass package may be expressed in units of decimal 

fractions of the largest appropriate unit, the fraction being carried out to not more than three decimal places.

(Amended 1980 and 1993)

6.6.2. One Meter, 1 Square Meter, 1 Kilogram, 1 Liter, 1 Cubic Meter, or More. – In the case of:

(a) length measure of 1 m or more: in meters and decimal fractions to not more than three places;

(b) area measure of 1 m2 or more: in square meters and decimal fractions to not more than three places;

(c) mass of 1 kg or more: in kilograms and decimal fractions to not more than three places;
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

65

(d) liquid or dry measure of 1 L or more: in liters and decimal fractions to not more than three places; and

(Added 1986) (Amended 1993)

(e) cubic measure of 1 m3 or more: in cubic meters and decimal fractions to not more than three places.

(Added 1993)

6.7. U.S. Customary Units: Weight, Measure. – A declaration of quantity shall be expressed in terms of Table 6.7. 

U.S. Customary Units: Weight, Measure:

Table 6.7.

U.S. Customary Units: Weight, Measure

If a declaration of quantity is in units of: The unit shall be in:

(a) weight avoirdupois pound or ounce

(b) liquid measure U.S. gallon of 231 in3 or liquid quart, liquid pint, or 

fluid-ounce subdivisions of the gallon and shall express 

the volume at 68 °F, except in the case of:

(1) petroleum products or distilled spirits for which 

the declaration shall express the volume at 60 °F;

(2) a commodity that is normally sold and consumed 

while frozen for which the declaration shall 

express the volume at the frozen temperature;

(3) a commodity that must be maintained in the 

refrigerated state for which the declaration shall 

express the volume at 40 °F; and

(4) malt beverages for which the declaration shall 

express the volume at 39.1 °F.

(c) linear measure yard, foot, or inch

(d) area measure square yard, square foot, or cubic inch

(e) volume measure cubic yard, cubic foot, or cubic inch

(f) dry measure U.S. bushel of 2150.42 in3, or peck, dry quart, and dry 

pint subdivisions of the bushel

(Amended 2015)

6.7.1. Symbols and Abbreviations. – Any of the following symbols and abbreviations, and none other, shall be 

employed in the quantity statement on a package of commodity:

avoirdupois avdp ounce oz

piece pc count ct

pint pt cubic cu

pound lb each ea

feet or foot ft quart qt

fluid fl square sq

gallon gal weight wt

inch in yard yd

liquid liq drained dr

diameter dia
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

66

A period should not be used after the abbreviation. Abbreviations should be written in singular form; and “s” 

should not be added to express the plural. (For example, “oz” is the symbol for both “ounce” and “ounces.”) 

Both upper and lowercase letters and exponents are acceptable.

(Amendment effective December 17, 2017)

(Added 1974) (Amended 1980, 1990, 1993, and 2016)

6.7.2. Units of Two or More Meanings. – When the term “ounce” is employed in a declaration of liquid quantity, 

the declaration shall identify the particular meaning of the term by the use of the term “fluid;” however, such 

distinction may be omitted when, by association of terms (for example, as in “1 pint 4 ounces”), the proper 

meaning is obvious. Whenever the declaration of quantity is in terms of the dry pint or dry quart, the declaration 

shall include the word “dry.”

(Amended 1982)

6.8. Prescribed Units, U.S. Customary System.

6.8.1. Less than 1 foot, 1 square foot, 1 pound, or 1 pint. – The declaration of quantity shall be expressed in 

the following terms:

(a) in the case of length measure of less than 1 ft, in inches and fractions of inches;

(b) in the case of area measure of less than 1 ft2

, in square inches and fractions of square inches;

(c) in the case of weight of less than 1 lb, in ounces and fractions of ounces; and

(d) in the case of liquid measure of less than 1 pt, in fluid ounces and fractions of fluid ounces, provided, 

the quantity declaration appearing on a random package may be expressed in terms of decimal fractions 

of the largest appropriate unit, the fraction being carried out to not more than three decimal places.

(Amended 1984)

6.8.2. One Foot, 1 Square Foot, 1 Pound, 1 Pint, 1 Gallon, or More. – The declaration of quantity shall be 

expressed in the following terms (see Section 6.2. Largest Whole Unit and Section 6.11. Fractions):

(a) Linear Measure. – If 1 ft or more, expressed in terms of the largest whole unit (a yard or a foot) with 

any remainder expressed in inches and fractions of the inch or in fractions of the foot or yard, except that 

it shall be optional to include a statement of length in terms of inches.

(b) Area Measure.

(1) If 1 ft2 or more, but less than 4 ft2

, expressed in square feet with any remainder expressed in square 

inches and fractions of a square inch or in fractions of a square foot; and

(2) If 4 ft2 or more, expressed in terms of the largest whole unit (e.g., square yards or square feet) with 

any remainder expressed in square inches and fractions of a square inch or in fractions of the square 

foot or square yard.

(c) Weight. – If 1 lb or more, expressed in terms of the largest whole unit with any remainder expressed in 

ounces and fractions of an ounce or in fractions of the pound.

(d) Liquid Volume.

(1) If 1 pt or more, but less than 1 gal, expressed in the largest whole unit (quarts, quarts and pints, or 

pints, as appropriate) with any remainder expressed in fluid ounces or fractions of the pint or quart, 

except that 2 qt may be declared as 1⁄2 gal, and it shall be optional to include an additional expression 

of net quantity in fluid ounces; or
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

67

(2) If 1 gal or more, expressed in terms of the largest whole unit (gallons followed by fractions of a

gallon or by the next smaller whole unit or units [for example, quarts and pints]) with any remainder

expressed in fluid ounces or fractions of the pint or quart, except that it shall be optional to include

an additional expression of net quantity in fluid ounces.

(e) Dry Measure. – If 1 dry pt or more, expressed in terms of the largest whole unit with the remainder

expressed in fractions of a dry pint, dry quart, peck, or bushel, provided the quantity declaration on a

random package may be expressed in decimal fractions of the largest appropriate unit carried out to not

more than three decimal places.

(Amended 1993)

6.9. Bi-dimensional Commodities. – For bi-dimensional commodities(including roll-type commodities) the quantity 

declaration shall be expressed in both SI and U. S. customary units of measurement as follows:

(a) if the area is less than 929 cm2 (1 ft2

), in terms of length and width (expressed in the largest whole unit for SI

and in linear inches and fractions of linear inches for U.S. customary);

Example: 

20.3 cm × 25.4 cm (8 in × 10 in)

(b) if the area is at least 929 cm2 (1 ft2

), but less than 37.1 dm2 (4 ft2), in terms of area (expressed in the largest

whole unit for SI and in square inches for U.S. customary), followed by a declaration of the length and width

in terms of the largest whole unit:

Example: 

31 dm2 (49 cm × 64 cm) 3.36 ft2 (1.6 ft × 2.1 ft), provided:

(1) bi-dimensional commodities having a width of 10 cm (4 in) or less, the declaration of net quantity shall

be expressed in terms of width and length in linear measure; no declaration of area is required;

(2) an U.S. customary dimension of less than 2 ft may be stated in inches;

(3) commodities consisting of usable individual units (e.g., paper napkins) require a declaration of unit area

but not a declaration of total area of all such units (except roll-type commodities with individual usable

units created by perforations, for which see Section 6.10. Count: Ply); and

(4) U.S. customary declarations may include after the statement of the linear dimensions in the largest whole

unit a parenthetical declaration of the same dimensions in inches.

Example: 

25 ft2 (12 in × 8.33 yd) (12 in × 300 in)

(c) if the area is 37.1 dm2 (4 ft2

) or more, in terms of area (expressed in the largest whole unit for SI and in square

feet for U.S. customary), followed by a declaration of the length and width, in terms of the largest whole unit,

provided:

(1) no declaration of area is required for a bi-dimensional commodity with a width of 10 cm (4 in) or less;

(2) bi-dimensional commodities with a width of 10 cm (4 in) or less, the U.S. customary statement of width

shall be expressed in terms of linear inches and fractions thereof, and length shall be expressed in the

largest whole unit (yard or foot) with any remainder in terms of fractions of the yard or foot, except that

it shall be optional to express the length in the largest whole unit followed by a statement of length in

inches or to express the length in inches followed by a statement of length in the largest whole unit;
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

68

Examples:

5 cm × 9.14 m (2 in × 10 yd)

5 cm × 9.14 m (2 in × 10 yd) (360 in)

5 cm × 9.14 m (2 in × 360 in) (10 yd)

(3) an U.S. customary dimension of less than 2 ft may be stated in inches; and

(d) no declaration of area is required for commodities for which the length and width measurements are critical 

in terms of end use (such as wallpaper border) if such commodities clearly present the length and width 

measurements on the label.

6.10. Count: Ply. – If the commodity is in individually usable units of one or more components or plies, the quantity 

declaration shall, in addition to complying with other applicable quantity declaration requirements of this regulation, 

include the number of plies and total number of usable units.

Roll type commodities, when perforated so as to identify individual usable units, shall not be deemed to be made up 

of usable units; however, such roll type commodities shall be labeled in terms of:

(a) total area measurement;

(b) number of plies;

(c) count of usable units; and

(d) dimensions of a single usable unit.

(Amended 1988)

6.11. Fractions.

(a) U.S. Customary: An U.S. customary unit statement of net quantity of contents of any consumer commodity 

may contain common or decimal fractions. A common fraction shall be in terms of halves, quarters, eighths, 

sixteenths, or thirty-seconds, except that:

(1) if there exists a firmly established general consumer usage and trade custom of employing different 

common fractions in the net quantity declaration of a particular commodity, they may be employed; and

(2) if linear measurements are required in terms of yards or feet, common fractions may be in terms of thirds.

(b) Common fractions: A common fraction shall be reduced to its lowest term.

Example: 2

/4 becomes 1⁄2

(c) Decimal fractions: A decimal fraction shall not be carried out to more than three places.

(Amended 1986 and 1993)

6.12. Supplementary Quantity Declarations. – The required quantity declaration may be supplemented by one or 

more declarations of weight, measure, or count, such declaration appearing other than on a principal display panel. 

Such supplemental statement of quantity of contents shall not include any term qualifying a unit of weight, measure, 

or count that tends to exaggerate the amount of commodity contained in the package (e.g., “giant” quart, “larger” liter, 

“full” gallon, “when packed,” “minimum,” or words of similar import).

6.13. Rounding. [NOTE 5, page 69] – In all conversions for the purpose of showing an equivalent SI or U.S. customary

quantity to a rounded U.S. customary or SI quantity, or in calculated values to be declared in the net quantity statement, 

the number of significant digits retained must be such that accuracy is neither sacrificed nor exaggerated. Conversions, 
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

69

the proper use of significant digits, and rounding must be based on the packer’s knowledge of the accuracy of the 

original measurement that is being converted. In no case shall rounded net contents declarations overstate a quantity; 

the packer may round the converted values down to avoid overstating the net contents.

(Amended 1993)

NOTE 5: When as a result of rounding SI or U.S. customary declarations the resulting declarations are not exact, 

the largest declaration (either metric or U.S. customary) will be used for enforcement purposes to determine whether 

a package contains at least the declared amount of the product.

6.14. Qualification of Declaration Prohibited. – In no case shall any declaration of quantity be qualified by the 

addition of the words “when packed,” “minimum,” or “not less than” or any words of similar import (e.g., 

“approximately”), nor shall any unit of weight, measure, or count be qualified by any term (such as “jumbo,” “giant,” 

“full,” or the like) that tends to exaggerate the amount of commodity.

(Amended 1998)

6.15. Character of Declaration: Average. – The average quantity of contents in the packages of a particular lot, 

shipment, or delivery shall at least equal the declared quantity, and no unreasonable shortage in any package shall be 

permitted even though overages in other packages in the same shipment, delivery, or lot compensate for such shortage.

(Added 1981)

6.16. Random Packages. – A random weight package must bear a label conspicuously declaring:

(a) the net weight;

(b) unit price; and

(c) the total price.

In the case of a random package packed at one place for subsequent sale at another, neither the price per unit of weight 

nor the total selling price need appear on the package, provided the package label includes both such prices at the time 

it is offered or exposed for sale at retail.

(Added 1999)

Section 7. Declaration of Quantity: Non-consumer Packages

7.1. General. – The SI and U.S. customary systems of weights and measures are recognized as proper systems to be 

used in the declaration of quantity. Units of both systems may be combined in a dual declaration of 

quantity. [NOTE 6, page 69] (See Section 6.3. Net Quantity, and Section 6.3.1. Use of “Net Mass” or “Net Weight.”)

NOTE 6: Although non-consumer packages under this Regulation may bear SI declarations only, this Regulation 

should not be construed to supersede any labeling requirement specified in federal law.

7.2. Location. – A non-consumer package shall bear on the outside a declaration of the net quantity of contents. Such 

declaration shall be in terms of the largest whole unit (see Section 6.2. Largest Whole Unit; for small packages, see 

Section 11.16. Small Packages).

7.3. Terms: Weight, Liquid Measure, Dry Measure, or Count. – The declaration of the quantity of a particular 

commodity shall be expressed in terms of liquid measure if the commodity is liquid, in terms of dry measure if the 

commodity is dry, in terms of weight if the commodity is solid, semisolid, viscous, or a mixture of solid and liquid, 

or in terms of numerical count. However, if there exists a firmly established general consumer usage and trade custom 

with respect to the terms used in expressing a declaration of quantity of a particular commodity, such declaration of 

quantity may be expressed in its traditional terms if such traditional declaration gives accurate and adequate 

information as to the quantity of the commodity.
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

70

7.4. SI Units: Mass, Measure. – A declaration of quantity:

(a) in units of mass shall be in terms of the kilogram, gram, or milligram;

(b) in units of liquid measure shall be in terms of the liter or milliliter, and shall express the volume at 20 °C,

except in the case of petroleum products or distilled spirits, for which the declaration shall express the volume

at 15.6 °C, and except also in the case of a commodity that is normally sold and consumed while frozen, for

which the declaration shall express the volume at the frozen temperature, and except also in the case of malt

beverages or a commodity that is normally sold in the refrigerated state, for which the declaration shall

express the volume at 4 °C;

(Amended 1985)

(c) in units of linear measure shall be in terms of the meter, centimeter, or millimeter;

(d) in units of area measure shall be in terms of the square meter, square decimeter, square centimeter or square

millimeter;

(e) in units of volume other than liquid measure shall be in terms of the liter and milliliter, except that the terms

cubic meter, cubic decimeter, and cubic centimeter will be used only when specifically designated as a

method of sale;

(f) Rule of 1000. – The selected multiple or submultiple prefixes for SI units shall result in numerical values

between 1 and 1000. This rule allows centimeters or millimeters to be used where a length declaration is less

than 100 centimeters;

Examples:

500 g, not 0.5 kg

1.96 kg, not 1960 g

750 mL, not 0.75 L

750 mm or 75 cm, not 0.75 m

(Added 1993)

(g) SI declarations should be shown in three digits except where the quantity is below 100 grams, milliliters,

centimeters, square centimeters, or cubic centimeters where it can be shown in two digits. In either case, any

final zero appearing to the right of the decimal point need not be shown; and

(Added 1993)

(h) the declaration of net quantity of contents shall not be expressed in mixed units.

Example: 

1.5 kg, not 1 kg 500 g

7.4.1. Symbols. – Only those symbols as detailed in Section 6.5.1. Symbols, and none other, may be employed 

in the quantity statement on a package of commodity.

7.5. U.S. Customary Units: Weight, Measure. – A declaration of quantity:

(a) in units of weight shall be in terms of the avoirdupois pound or ounce;

(b) in units of liquid measure shall be in terms of the United States gallon of 231 cubic inches or liquid quart,

liquid pint, or fluid ounce subdivisions of the gallon and shall express the volume at 68 °F, except in the case

of petroleum products or distilled spirits, for which the declaration shall express the volume at 60 °F, and

except also in the case of a commodity that is normally sold and consumed while frozen, for which the

declaration shall express the volume at the frozen temperature, and except also in the case of a commodity
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

71

that is normally sold in the refrigerated state, for which the declaration shall express the volume at 40 °F, and 

except also in the case of malt beverages, for which the declaration shall express the volume at 39.1 °F;

(Amended 1985)

(c) in units of linear measure shall be in terms of the yard, foot, or inch;

(d) in units of area measure shall be in terms of the square yard, square foot, or square inch;

(e) in units of volume measure shall be in terms of the cubic yard, cubic foot, or cubic inch; and

(f) in units of dry measure, shall be in terms of the United States bushel of 2150.42 in3

, or peck, dry quart, and 

dry pint subdivisions of the bushel.

7.5.1. Symbols and Abbreviations. – Any generally accepted symbol and abbreviation of a unit name may be 

employed in the quantity statement on a package of commodity. (For commonly accepted symbols and 

abbreviations, see Section 6.7.1. Symbols and Abbreviations.)

7.6. Character of Declaration: Average. – The average quantity of contents in the packages of a particular lot, 

shipment, or delivery shall at least equal the declared quantity, and no unreasonable shortage in any package shall be 

permitted, even though overages in other packages in the same shipment, delivery, or lot compensate for such shortage.

Section 8. Prominence and Placement: Consumer Packages

8.1. General. – All information required to appear on a consumer package shall appear thereon in the English 

language and shall be prominent, definite, plain, and conspicuous as to size and style of letters and numbers and as to 

color of letters and numbers in contrast to color of background. Any required information that is either in hand 

lettering or hand script shall be entirely clear and equal to printing in legibility.

8.1.1. Location. – The declaration or declarations of quantity of the contents of a package shall appear in the 

bottom 30 % of the principal display panel or panels. For cylindrical containers, see also

Section 10.7. Cylindrical Containers for additional requirements. For small packages, see Section 11.16. Small 

Packages.

(Amended 1975)

8.1.2. Style of Type or Lettering. – The declaration or declarations of quantity shall be in such a style of type 

or lettering as to be boldly, clearly, and conspicuously presented with respect to other type, lettering, or graphic 

material on the package, except that a declaration of net quantity blown, formed, or molded on a glass or plastic 

surface is permissible when all label information is blown, formed, or molded on the surface.

8.1.3. Color Contrast. – The declaration or declarations of quantity shall be in a color that contrasts 

conspicuously with its background, except that a declaration of net quantity blown, formed, or molded on a glass 

or plastic surface shall not be required to be presented in a contrasting color if no required label information is on 

the surface in a contrasting color.

8.1.4. Free Area. – The area surrounding the quantity declaration shall be free of printed information:

(a) above and below, by a space equal to at least the height of the lettering in the declaration; and

(b) to the left and right, by a space equal to twice the width of the letter “N” of the style and size of type 

used in the declaration.

8.1.5. Parallel Quantity Declaration. – The quantity declaration shall be presented in such a manner as to be 

generally parallel to the declaration of identity and to the base on which the package rests as it is designed to be 

displayed.
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

72

8.2. Calculation of Area of Principal Display Panel for Purposes of Type Size. – The area of the principal display 

panel shall be:

(a) in the case of a rectangular container, one entire side that properly can be considered to be the principal 

display panel, the product of the height times the width of that side;

For Figure 3, the area of the principal display panel is 20 cm (8 in) × 15 cm (6 in) = 300 cm2 (48 in2

).

Figure 3. Calculation of the Area of the 

Principal Display Area of a Rectangular 

Container

Figure 4. Calculation of the Area of the 

Principal Display Area of a Cylindrical

Container

(b) in the case of a cylindrical or nearly cylindrical container, 40 % of the product of the height of the container 

times the circumference;

For Figure 4, the area of the principal display panel is:

25 cm (10 in) × 5 cm (2 in) = 125 cm (20 in2

) × 0.40 = 50 cm2 (8 in2)

(see also Section 10.7. Cylindrical Containers).

The area of the principal display panel is the same in both examples. The declaration of net quantity of 

contents must be of the same height in both cases. It is not the size of the label that is used to determine the 

minimum type size of the quantity statement, but the size of the surface of the package exposed to view to 

the customer. The package on the right side of the figure has a spot label (see Section 2.12. Spot Label and 

Section 11.29. Spot Label); and

(c) in the case of any other shaped container, 40 % of the total surface of the container, unless such container 

presents an obvious principal display panel (e.g., the top of a triangular or circular package of cheese, or the 

top of a can of shoe polish), in which event the area shall consist of the entire such surface.

Circumference

Height

Figure 5. Other Shaped Containers.

Determination of the principal display panel shall exclude tops, bottoms, flanges at tops and bottoms of cans, and 

shoulders and necks of bottles or jars.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

73

8.2.1. Minimum Height of Numbers and Letters. – The height of any letter or number in the required quantity 

declaration shall be not less than that shown in Table 1 with respect to the area of the panel, and the height of 

each number of a common fraction shall meet one-half the minimum height standards. When upper and lowercase 

or all lowercase letters are used, it is the lowercase “o” or its equivalent that shall meet the minimum height 

requirement. When upper and lowercase or all lowercase letters are used in SI symbols, it is the uppercase “L,” 

lowercase “d,” or their equivalent in the print or type that shall meet the minimum height requirement. However, 

no letter shall be less than 1.6 mm (1

/16 in) in height. Other letters and exponents must be presented in the same 

type style and in proportion to the type size used.

(Amended 1993)

8.2.2. Numbers and Letters: Proportion. – No number or letter shall be more than three times as high as it is 

wide.

Table 1. Minimum Height of Numbers and Letters

Area of

Principal Display Panel

Minimum Height of 

Numbers and Letters

Minimum Height; Label Information Blown, 

Formed, or Molded on Surface of Container

≤ 32 cm2

(5 in2)

1.6 mm

(1/16 in)

3.2 mm

(1/8 in)

> 32 cm2

(5 in2) ≤ 161 cm2 (25 in2)

3.2 mm

(1/8 in)

4.8 mm

(3/16 in)

> 161 cm2

(25 in2)

≤ 645 cm2

(100 in2)

4.8 mm

(3

/16 in)

6.4 mm

(1⁄4 in)

> 645 cm2

(100 in2) ≤ 2581 cm2 (400 in2)

6.4 mm

(1⁄4 in)

7.9 mm

(5/16 in)

> 2581 cm2

(400 in2)

12.7 mm

(1⁄2 in)

14.3 mm

(9/16 in)

Symbols: ≤ means less than or equal to; < means less than; > means greater than.

NOTE: The type size requirements specified in this table do not apply to the “e” mark [NOTE 4, page 63].

Section 9. Prominence and Placement: Non-consumer Packages

9.1. General. – All information required to appear on a non-consumer package shall be definitely and clearly stated 

thereon in the English language. Any required information that is either in hand lettering or hand script shall be 

entirely clear and equal to printing in legibility.

Section 10. Requirements: Specific Consumer Commodities, Non-consumer Commodities, 

Packages, Containers

(Title amended 1979)

10.1. Display Card Package. – For an individual package affixed to a display card, or for a commodity and display 

card together comprising a package, the type size of the quantity declaration is governed by the dimensions of the 

display card.

10.2. Eggs. – When cartons containing 12 eggs have been designed so as to permit division in half by the retail 

purchaser, the required quantity declaration shall be so positioned as to have its context destroyed when the carton is 

divided.

10.3. Aerosols and Other Pre-pressurized Containers Dispensing Product Under Pressure. – The declaration of 

quantity on an aerosol and on other pre-pressurized containers dispensing products under pressure shall disclose the 
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

74

net quantity of the commodity (including propellant, where applicable) in terms of weight that will be expelled when 

the instructions for use as shown on the container are followed.

Note: Enforceable on packages using bag-on-valve (BOV) technology after January 1, 2018.

(Amended 2014)

10.4. Multi-unit Packages. [NOTE 7, page 74] – Any package containing more than one individual “commodity in package 

form” (see Section 2.1. Package) of the same commodity shall bear on the outside of the package a declaration of:

(a) the number of individual units;

(b) the quantity of each individual unit; and

(c) the total quantity of the contents of the multi-unit package.

Example:

soap bars, 6 Bars, Net Wt 100 g (3.53 oz) each

total Net Wt 600 g (1.32 lb).

The term “total” or the phrase “total contents” may precede the quantity declaration.

A multi-unit package containing unlabeled individual packages which are not intended for retail sale separate 

from the multi-unit package may contain, in lieu of the requirements of section (a), a declaration of quantity of 

contents expressing the total quantity of the multi-unit package without regard for inner packaging. For such 

multi-unit packages it shall be optional to include a statement of the number of individual packages when such a 

statement is not otherwise required by the regulations.

Examples:

Deodorant Cakes –

5 cakes, Net Wt 113 g (4 oz) each, Total Net Wt 566 g (1.25 lb); or

5 cakes, Total Net Wt 566 g (1 lb 4 oz)

Soap Packets –

10 packets, Net Wt 56.6 g (2 oz) each, Total Net Wt 566 g (1.25 lb); or Net Wt 566 g (1 lb 4 oz); or 

10 packets, Total Net Wt 566 g (1 lb 4 oz)

(Amended 1993)

NOTE 7: For foods, a “multi-unit” package means a package containing two or more individually packaged units 

of the identical commodity in the same quantity, intended to be sold as part of the multi-unit package but labeled to 

be individually sold in full compliance with this regulation. Open multi-unit retail food packages under the authority 

of the FDA or the USDA that do not obscure the number of units or prevent examination of the labeling on each of 

the individual units are not required to declare the number of individual units or the total quantity of contents of the 

multi-unit package if the labeling of each individual unit complies with requirements so that it is capable of being sold 

individually. (See also Section 11.11. Soft Drink Bottles and Section 11.12. Multi-Unit Soft-Drink Bottles.)

(Added 1984)

10.5. Combination Packages. – A combination package is a package intended for retail sale, containing two or more 

individual packages or units of dissimilar commodities. The declaration of net quantity for a combination package 

shall contain an expression of weight, volume, measure, or count or a combination thereof, as appropriate, for each 

individual package or unit, provided the quantity statements for identical packages or units shall be combined. This 

section does not apply to food or other commodities subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 USC).
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

75

Examples:

Lighter Fluid and Flints –

2 cans lighter fluid – each 236 mL (8 fl oz)

1 package – 8 flints

Sponges and Cleaner –

2 sponges – each 10 cm × 15 cm × 2.5 cm (4 in × 6 in × 1 in)

1 box cleaner – Net Mass 170 g (6 oz)

Picnic Pack –

20 spoons, 10 knives, and 10 forks

10 2-ply napkins 25 cm × 25 cm (10 in × 10 in)

10 cups – 177 mL (6 fl oz)

(Amended 1993)

10.6. Variety Packages. – A variety package is a package intended for retail sale, containing two or more individual 

packages or units of similar but not identical commodities. Commodities that are generically the same but that differ 

in weight, measure, volume, appearance, or quality are considered similar but not identical. This section does not 

apply to foods or other commodities subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 USC). The declaration 

of net quantity for a variety package will be expressed as follows:

(a) the number of units for each identical commodity followed by the weight, volume, or measure of that 

commodity;

(b) the total quantity by weight, volume, measure, and count, as appropriate, of the variety package. The 

statement of total quantity shall appear as the last item in the declaration of net quantity and shall not be of 

greater prominence than other terms used.

Examples:

Sponges –

11 sponges 11 cm × 20.3 cm × 1.9 cm (4 in × 8 in × 3⁄4 in)

14 sponges 5.7 cm × 10 cm × 1.2 cm (21⁄4 in × 4 in × 1⁄2 in)

Total: 25 sponges

Soap –

2 soap bars 85 g (3 oz) ea

1 soap bar 142 g (5 oz)

Total: 3 soap bars 312 g (11 oz)

Liquid Shoe Polish –

1 brown 89 mL (3 fl oz)

1 black 89 mL (3 fl oz)

1 white 148 mL (5 fl oz)

Total: 326 mL (11 fl oz)

Picnic Ware –

34 spoons

33 forks

33 knives

Total: 100 pieces

(Amended 1993)

When individual units in a variety package are either packaged or labeled and are intended for retail sale as individual 

units, each unit shall be labeled in compliance with the applicable sections of this regulation.
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

76

10.7. Cylindrical Containers. – In the case of cylindrical or nearly cylindrical containers, information required to 

appear on the principal display panel shall appear within that 40 % of the circumference which is most likely to be 

displayed, presented, shown, or examined under customary conditions of display for retail sale.

10.8. Measurement of Container-Type Commodities, How Expressed.

10.8.1. General. – Commodities designated and sold at retail to be used as containers for other materials or 

objects, such as bags, cups, boxes, and pans, shall be labeled with the declaration of net quantity as follows:

(a) For bag-type commodities, in terms of count followed by linear dimensions of the bag (whether packaged 

in a perforated roll or otherwise). The linear dimensions shall be expressed:

(1) in SI units: in millimeters or centimeters, except that a dimension of 1 meter or more will be 

expressed in meters with the remainder in terms of decimal fractions of the meter; and

(2) in U.S. customary units: in inches, except that a dimension of 2 ft or more will be expressed in feet 

with any remainder in terms of inches or common or decimal fractions of the foot.

(b) When the unit bag is characterized by two dimensions because of the absence of a gusset, the width and 

length will be stated.

Examples:

25 bags, 12.7 cm × 10 cm (5 in × 4 in) or

50 bags, 75 cm × 1.2 m (2.5 ft × 3.9 ft)

(c) When the unit bag is gusseted, the dimensions will be expressed as width, depth, and length.

Examples:

25 bags, 43 cm × 10 cm × 50 cm (17 in × 4 in × 20 in) or

100 bags, 50.8 cm × 30.4 cm × 76.2 cm (20 in × 12 in × 21⁄2 ft)

(d) For other square, oblong, rectangular, or similarly shaped containers, in terms of count followed by 

length, width, and depth, except depth need not be listed when less than 5 cm or 2 in. The linear 

dimensions shall be expressed as specified in Section 10.8.1.(a).

Example:

bag-type commodities: 2 Pans, 20 cm × 20 cm (8 in × 8 in)

(e) For circular or other generally round-shaped containers, except cups and the like, in terms of count 

followed by diameter and depth, except depth need not be listed when less than 5 cm or 2 in.

Example: 

4 pans, 20 cm (8 in) diameter × 10 cm (4 in)

(f) Cups – Notwithstanding the above requirements, the net quantity statement for containers such as cups 

will be listed in terms of count and liquid capacity per unit.

Example: 

24 cups, 177 mL (6 fl oz) capacity

10.8.2. Capacity. – When the functional use of the container is related by label references in standard terms of 

measure to the capability of holding a specific quantity of substance or class of substances such references shall 

be a part of the net quantity statement and shall specify capacity as follows:
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

77

(a) in SI units: in terms of volume for all containers and liners. The expressed capacity will be stated in 

terms of milliliters, except that a quantity of 1 liter or more shall be expressed in liters with the remainder 

in terms of decimal fractions of the liter; and

(b) in U.S. customary units:

(1) In terms of liquid measure for containers that are intended to be used for liquids, semisolids, viscous 

materials, or mixtures of solids and liquids. The expressed capacity will be stated in terms of the 

largest whole unit (gallon, quart, pint, fluid ounce) with any remainder in terms of common or 

decimal fractions of that unit.

Example: 

Freezer Boxes –

4 Boxes, 946 mL capacity, 15 cm × 15 cm × 10 cm (1 qt capacity, 6 in × 6 in × 4 in)

(2) In terms of dry measure for containersthat are intended to be used for solids. The expressed capacity 

will be stated in terms of the largest whole unit (bushel, peck) with any remainder in terms of 

common or decimal fractions of that unit.

Example: 

Leaf Bags –

8 bags, 211 L capacity, 1.21 m × 1.52 m (6 bu capacity, 4 ft × 5 ft)

(3) Where containers are used as liners for other more permanent containers, in the same terms as are 

normally used to express the capacity of the more permanent containers.

Example: 

Garbage Can Liners –

10 liners, 76.2 cm × 93.9 cm, fits up to 113 L cans (2 ft 6 in × 3 ft 1 in, fits up to 30 gal cans)

10.8.3. Terms. – For purposes of this section, the use of the terms “capacity,” “diameter,” and “fluid” is optional.

10.9. Textile Products, Threads, and Yarns.

10.9.1. Wearing Apparel. – Wearing apparel (including non-textile apparel and accessories such as leather 

goods and footwear) sold as single unit items, or if normally sold in pairs (such as hosiery, gloves, and shoes) 

sold as single unit pairs, shall be exempt from the requirements for net quantity statement by count, as required 

by Section 6.4. Terms: Weight, Liquid Measure, Dry Measure, or Count of this regulation.

10.9.2. Textiles. – Bed sheets, blankets, pillowcases, comforters, quilts, bedspreads, mattress covers and pads, 

afghans, throws, dresser and other furniture scarves, tablecloths and napkins, flags, curtains, drapes, dishtowels, 

dishcloths, towels, facecloths, utility cloths, bathmats, carpets and rugs, potholders, fixture and appliance covers, 

nonrectangular diapers, slipcovers, etc., shall be exempt from the requirements of Section 6.9. Bi-dimensional 

Commodities of this regulation, provided:

(a) The quantity statement for fitted sheets and mattress covers shall state, in centimeters and inches, the 

length and width of the mattress for which the item is designed and the size designation of the mattress 

if the item is intended to fit a mattress identified as “twin,” “double,” “queen,” “king,” “California king,” 

etc.

Example: 

double sheet for 137 cm × 190 cm (54 in × 75 in) mattress

(Amended 1987)

(b) The quantity statement for flat sheets shall state, in centimeters and inches, the length and width of the 

mattress for which the sheet is designed, followed in parentheses by a statement, in centimeters and 
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

78

inches, of the length and width of the finished sheet. The quantity statement shall also state the size 

designation of the mattress for which the sheet is designed, such as “twin,” “double,” “queen,” “king,” 

“California king,” if the item is intended to fit such a mattress.

Example: 

twin flat sheet for 99 cm × 190 cm (39 in × 75 in) mattress 167 cm × 244 cm (66 in × 96 in) 

finished size

(Amended 1987)

(c) The quantity statement for pillowcases shall state, in centimeters and inches, the length and width of the 

pillow for which the pillowcase is designed, followed in parentheses by a statement, in centimeters and 

inches of the length and width of the finished pillowcase. The quantity statement for pillowcases shall 

also state the size designation of the pillow for which the pillowcase is designed, for example, “youth,” 

“standard,” “queen,” etc., if the item is intended to fit such pillows.

Example: 

standard pillowcase for 51 cm × 66 cm (20 in × 26 in) pillow, 51 cm × 76 cm (20 in × 30 in) in 

finished size

(Amended 1977 and 1987)

(d) The quantity statement for blankets, comforters, quilts, bedspreads, mattress pads, afghans, and throws 

shall state, in centimeters and inches, the length and width of the finished item. The quantity statement 

shall also state the length of any ornamentation and the size designation of the mattress for which the 

item is designed, if it is intended to fit, for example, a “twin,” “double,” “queen,” “king,” “California 

king,” etc., mattress.

(Amended 1988)

(e) The quantity statement for tablecloths and napkins shall state, in centimeters and inches, the length and 

width of the finished item. The quantity statement also may state parenthetically, in centimeters and 

inches, the length and width of the item before hemming and be properly identified as such.

(f) The quantity statement for curtains, drapes, flags, furniture scarves, etc., shall state, in centimeters and 

inches, the length and width of the finished item. The quantity statement also may state parenthetically, 

in centimeters and inches, the length of any ornamentation.

(g) The quantity statement for carpets and rugs shall state, in meters and feet, with any remainder in decimal 

fractions of the meter for SI sizes or common or decimal fractions of the foot or in inches for U.S. 

customary sizes, the length and width of the item. The quantity statement also may state parenthetically, 

in centimeters and inches, the length of any ornamentation.

(h) The quantity statement for woven dishtowels, dishcloths, towels, facecloths, utility cloths, bathmats, etc., 

shall state, in centimeters and inches, the length and width of the item. The quantity statement for such 

items, when knitted, need not state the dimensions.

(i) The quantity statement for textile products such as potholders, fixture and appliance covers, slipcovers, 

non-rectangular diapers, etc., shall be stated in terms of count and may include size designations and 

dimensions.

(j) The quantity statement for other than rectangular textile products identified in Sections (a) through (h) 

shall state the geometric shape of the product and the dimensions that are customarily used in describing 

such geometric shape.

Examples:

round scarf, 190 cm (74 in) in diameter;
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

79

oval tablecloth, 177 cm × 254 cm (70 in × 100 in) representing the maximum length and width in 

this case.

(k) The quantity statement for packages of remnants of textile products of assorted sizes, when sold by 

count, shall be accompanied by the term “irregular dimensions” and the minimum size of such remnants.

(Added 1971)

10.9.3. Sewing Threads, Handicraft Threads, and Yarns. – Sewing and handicraft threads shall be labeled as 

follows:

(a) The net quantity for sewing and handicraft threads shall be expressed in terms of meters and yards.

(b) The net quantity statement for yarns shall be expressed in terms of mass or weight.

(c) Thread products may, in lieu of name and address, bear a trademark, symbol, brand, or other mark that 

positively identifies the manufacturer, packer, or distributor provided such marks are filed with the 

Director.

(d) Each unit of industrial thread shall be marked to show its net length in terms of meters and yards or its 

net weight in terms of kilograms or grams and avoirdupois pounds or ounces, except that ready-wound 

bobbins that are not sold separately shall not be required to be individually marked to show the number 

of bobbins contained therein and the net meters and yards of thread on each bobbin.

10.10. Packaged Seed. – Packages of seeds intended for planting with net contents of less than 225 g or 8 oz shall 

be labeled in full accord with this regulation except as follows:

(a) The quantity statement shall appear in the upper 30 % of the principal display panel.

(b) The quantity statement shall be in terms of:

(1) the largest whole SI unit for all packages with weights up to 7 g; and

(2) in grams and ounces for all other packages with weights less than 225 g or 8 oz.

(Amended 1995)

(c) The quantity statement for coated seed, encapsulated seed, pelletized seed, pre-planters, seed tapes, etc., shall 

be in terms of count.

(Added 1972) (Amended 1975 and 1993)

Section 11. Exemptions [NOTE 8, page 79]

NOTE 8: Section 11. Exemptions include several requirements that refer only to the historic use of U.S. customary

units or are direct restatements of exemptions contained in federal laws or regulations which do not include SI units. 

SI equivalents are omitted in most of these requirements because the SI units would not be meaningful or useful.

(Added 1993) (Amended 1995)

11.1. Random Packages. – A random package bearing a label conspicuously declaring:

(a) the net weight;

(b) unit price; and

(c) the total price
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

80

shall be exempt from the SI units, type size, location, and free area requirements of this regulation. In the case of a 

random package packed at one place for subsequent sale at another, neither the price per unit of weight nor the total 

selling price need appear on the package, provided the package label includes both such prices at the time it is offered 

or exposed for sale at retail.

This section shall also apply to uniform weight packages of fresh fruit or vegetables labeled by count, in the same 

manner and by the same type of equipment as random packages exempted by this section, and cheese and cheese 

products labeled in the same manner and by the same type of equipment as random packages exempted by this section.

(Amended 1989)

11.1.1. Indirect Sale of Random Packages. – A random package manufactured or produced and offered for 

indirect sale (e.g., e-commerce, online, phone, fax, catalog, and similar methods) shall be exempt from the 

labeling requirements of:

(a) unit price

(b) total price

when the following requirements are met:

At the time of the delivery, each package need only bear a statement of net weight, provided that:

(a) the unit price is set forth and established in the initial product offering;

(b) the maximum possible net weight, unit price, and maximum possible price are provided to the customer 

by order confirmation when the product is ordered; and

(c) when the product is delivered, the customer receives a receipt bearing the following information: 

identity, declared net weight, unit price, and the total price.

Indirect Sales: For the purpose of Section 11.1.1. Indirect Sale of Random Packages, indirect sales are sales 

where the customer makes a selection and places an order, but cannot be present when the determination of the

net quantity is made. Examples of such indirect methods include, without limitation, Internet or online sales, 

sales conducted by telephone or facsimile, and catalog sales.

(Added 2001) (Amended 2002)

11.2. Small Confections. – Individually wrapped pieces of “penny candy” and other confectionery of less than 15 g 

or 1⁄2 oz net weight per individual piece shall be exempt from the labeling requirements of this regulation when the 

container in which such confectionery is shipped is in conformance with the labeling requirements of this regulation. 

Similarly, when such confectionery items are sold in bags or boxes, such items shall be exempt from the labeling 

requirements of this regulation, including the required declaration of net quantity of contents, when the declaration of 

the bag or box meets the requirements of this regulation.

11.3. Small Packages of Meat or Meat Products. – Individually wrapped and labeled packages of meat or meat 

products of less than 15 g or 1⁄2 oz net weight, which are in a shipping container, need not bear a statement of the net 

quantity of contents when the statement of the net quantity of contents on the shipping container is in conformance 

with the labeling requirements of this regulation.

(Added 1987)

11.4. Individual Servings. – Individual serving size packages of foods containing less than 15 g or 1⁄2 oz or less than

15 mL or 1⁄2 fl oz for use in restaurants, institutions, and passenger carriers, and not intended for sale at retail, shall be 

exempt from the required declaration of net quantity of contents specified in this regulation.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

81

11.5. Cuts, Plugs, and Twists of Tobacco and Cigars. – When individual cuts, plugs, and twists of tobacco and 

individual cigars are shipped or delivered in containers that conform to the labeling requirements of this regulation, 

such individual cuts, plugs, and twists of tobacco and cigars shall be exempt from such labeling requirements.

11.6. Reusable (Returnable) Glass Containers. – Nothing in this Regulation shall be deemed to preclude the 

continued use of reusable (returnable) glass containers, provided such glass containers ordered after the effective date 

of this regulation shall conform to all requirements of this regulation.

11.7. Cigarettes and Small Cigars. – Cartons of cigarettes and small cigars, containing ten individual packages of 

twenty, labeled in accordance with the requirements of this regulation shall be exempt from the requirements set forth 

in Section 8.1.1. Location, Section 8.2.1. Minimum Height of Numbers and Letters, and Section 10.4. Multi-unit 

Packages, provided such cartons bear a declaration of the net quantity of commodity in the package.

11.8. Packaged Commodities with Labeling Requirements Specified in Federal Law. – Packages of meat and 

meat products, poultry products, tobacco and tobacco products, pesticides, and alcoholic beverages shall be exempt 

from those portions of these regulations specifying location and minimum type size of the net quantity declaration, 

provided quantity labeling requirements for such products are specified in federal law so as to follow reasonably sound 

principles of providing consumer information. (See also Section 11.32. SI Units, Exemptions - Consumer 

Commodities.)

11.9. Fluid Dairy Products, Ice Cream, and Similar Frozen Desserts.

(a) When packaged in 1⁄2 liq pt and 1⁄2 gal containers, are exempt from the requirements for stating net contents 

of 8 fl oz and 64 fl oz, which may be expressed as 1⁄2 pt and 1⁄2 gal, respectively.

(b) When measured by and packaged in measure containers as defined in “Measure Container Code” of the NIST 

Handbook 44, “Specifications, Tolerances, and Other Technical Requirements for Weighing Measuring 

Devices” are exempt from the requirements of Section 8.1.1. Location that the declaration of net contents be 

located within the bottom 30 % of the principal display panel.

(c) Milk and milk products when measured by and packaged in glass or plastic containers of 1⁄2 pt, 1 pt, 1 qt, 

1⁄2 gal, and 1 gal capacities are exempt from the placement requirement of Section 8.1.1. Location that the 

declaration of net contents be located within the bottom 30 % of the principal display panel, provided other 

required label information is conspicuously displayed on the cap or outside closure and the required net 

quantity of contents declaration is conspicuously blown, formed, or molded on, or permanently applied to 

that part of the glass or plastic container that is at or above the shoulder of the container.

(Amended 1993)

11.10. Single Strength and Less than Single-Strength Fruit Juice Beverages, Imitations thereof, and Drinking 

Water.

(a) When packaged in glass, plastic, or fluid milk type paper containers of 8 fl oz and 64 fl oz capacity, are 

exempt from the requirements of Section 6.2. Largest Whole Unit to the extent that net contents of 8 fl oz 

and 64 fl oz (or 2 qt) may be expressed as 1⁄2 pt (or half pint) and 1⁄2 gal (or half gallon), respectively.

(b) When packaged in glass or plastic containers of 1⁄2 pt, 1 pt, 1 qt, 1⁄2 gal, and 1 gal capacities, are exempt from 

the placement requirements of Section 8.1.1. Location that the declaration of net contents be located within 

the bottom 30 % of the principal display panel, provided other label information is conspicuously displayed 

on the cap or outside closure and the required net quantity of contents declaration is conspicuously blown, 

formed, or molded into or permanently applied to that part of the glass or plastic container that is at or above 

the shoulder of the container.

(Amended 1993)
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

82

11.11. Soft Drink Bottles. – Bottles of soft drinks shall be exempt from the placement requirements for the 

declaration of:

(a) identity when such declaration appears on the bottle closure; and

(b) quantity when such declaration is blown, formed, or molded on or above the shoulder of the container and 

when all other information required by this regulation appears only on the bottle closure.

11.12. Multi-unit Soft Drink Packages. – Multi-unit packages of soft drinks are exempt from the requirement for a 

declaration of:

(a) responsibility when such declaration appears on the individual units and is not obscured by the multi-unit 

packaging or when the outside container bears a statement to the effect that such declaration will be found 

on the individual units inside; and

(b) identity when such declaration appears on the individual units and is not obscured by the multi-unit 

packaging.

11.13. Butter. – When packaged in 4 oz, 8 oz, and 1 lb packages with continuous label copy wrapping, butter is 

exempt from the requirements that the statement of identity (Section 3.1.1. Parallel Identity Declaration: Consumer 

Package) and the net quantity declaration (Section 8.1.5. Parallel Quantity Declaration) be generally parallel to the 

base of the package. When packaged in 8 oz and 1 lb units, butter is exempt from the requirement for location 

(Section 8.1.1. Location) of net quantity declaration.

(Amended 1980 and 1993)

11.14. Eggs. – Cartons containing 12 eggs shall be exempt from the requirement for location 

(Section 8.1.1. Location) of net quantity declaration. When such cartons are designed to permit division in half, each 

half shall be exempt from the labeling requirements of this regulation if the undivided carton conforms to all such 

requirements.

11.15. Flour. – Packages of wheat flour in conventional 2, 5, 10, 25, 50, and 100 lb packages shall be exempt from

the requirement in this regulation for location (Section 8.1.1. Location) of the net quantity declaration.

(Amended 1980 and 1993)

11.16. Small Packages. – On a principal display panel of 32 cm2 (5 in2

) or less, the declaration of quantity need not 

appear in the bottom 30 % of the principal display panel if that declaration satisfies the other requirements of this 

regulation.

(Amended 1980)

11.17. Decorative Containers. – The principal display panel of a cosmetic marketed in a “boudoir-type” container, 

including decorative cosmetic containers of the “cartridge,” “pill box,” “compact,” or “pencil” variety, and those with 

a capacity of 7.4 mL (1⁄4 oz) or less, may be a tear-away tag or tape affixed to the decorative container and bearing the 

mandatory label information as required by this regulation.

(Amended 1980)

11.18. Combination and Variety Packages. – Combination and variety packages are exempt from the requirements 

in this regulation for:

(a) location (see Section 8.1.1. Location);

(b) free area (see Section 8.1.4. Free Area); and

(c) minimum height of numbers and letters (see Section 8.2.1. Minimum Height of Numbers and Letters).

(Amended 1989)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

83

11.19. Margarine. – Margarine in 1 lb rectangular packages, except for packages containing whipped or soft 

margarine or packages containing more than four sticks, shall be exempt from the requirement in this regulation for 

location (see Section 8.1.1. Location) of the net quantity declaration.

(Amended 1980 and 1993)

11.20. Corn Flour and Corn Meal. – Corn flour and corn meal packaged in conventional 5, 10, 25, 50, and 100 lb 

bags shall be exempt from the requirement in this regulation for location (see Section 8.1.1. Location) of the net 

quantity declaration.

(Amended 1978 and 1980)

11.21. Prescription and Insulin Containing Drugs. – Prescription and insulin containing drugs subject to the 

provisions of Section 503(b) (1) or 506 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act shall be exempt from the 

provisions of this regulation.

11.22. Camera Film, Video Recording Tape, Audio Recording Tape, and Other Image and Audio Recording 

Media Intended for Retail Sale and Consumer Use. – Image and audio media packaged and labeled for retail sale 

are exempt from the net quantity statement requirements of this regulation that specify how measurement of 

commodities should be expressed, provided:

(a) Unexposed or Unrecorded Media. – The net quantity of contents of unexposed or unrecorded image and 

audio media is expressed:

(1) For still film, tape, or other still image media, in terms of the usable or guaranteed number of available 

still image exposures. The length and width measurements of the individual exposures, expressed in 

millimeters or inches, are authorized as an optional statement.

Examples:

36 exposures, 36 mm × 24 mm, or

12 exposures, 21⁄4 in × 21⁄4 in

(2) For bulk or movie film, in terms of length (in meters or feet) of film available for exposure.

(3) For all other image and/or audio media, in terms of length of time of electronic media available for 

recording, together with recording and/or playing speed or other machine settings as necessary. 

Supplemental information concerning the length of the media [NOTE 9, page 83] may be provided.

Supplemental information may be provided on other than the principal display panel.

NOTE 9: Size, length of media, and format details to ensure interchangeability and other characteristics of audio 

and imaging media are available in the applicable American National Standards.

(b) Exposed, Recorded, or Processed Media. – The net quantity of contents of exposed or processed film or 

prerecorded electronic media shall be expressed in terms of the length of time that is of entertainment value.

“Entertainment value” is defined as that portion of a film, tape, or other media that commences with the 

first frame of sound or picture, whichever comes first after the countdown sequence (if any), and ends with 

either: (a) the last frame of credits; (b) the last frame of the phrase “The End”; or (c) the end of sound, 

whichever is last.

(Amended 1990)

11.23. Tint Base Paint. – Tint base paint may be labeled on the principal display panel in terms of a liter, quart, or a 

gallon, including the addition of colorant selected by the purchaser, provided the system employed ensures that the 

purchaser always obtains a liter, quart, or a gallon; and further provided, in conjunction with the required quantity 

statement on the principal display panel, a statement indicating that the tint base paint is not to be sold without the 
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

84

addition of colorant is presented; and further provided the contents of the container, before the addition of colorant, is 

stated in fluid ounces elsewhere on the label.

Wherever the above conditions cannot be met, containers of tint base paint must be labeled with a statement of the 

actual net contents prior to the addition of colorant in full accord with all the requirements of this regulation.

(Added 1972) (Amended 1980 and 1993)

11.24. Motor Oil in Cans. – Motor oils when packed in cans bearing the principal display panel on the body of the 

container are exempt from the requirements of Section 3. Declaration of Identity: Consumer Package to the extent 

that the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) viscosity number is required to appear on the principal display panel, 

provided the SAE viscosity number appears on the can lid and is expressed in letters and numerals in type size of at 

least 6 mm or 1⁄4 in.

(Amended 1974, 1980, and 1993)

11.25. Pillows, Cushions, Comforters, Mattress Pads, Sleeping Bags, and Similar Products. – Those products including 

pillows, cushions, comforters, mattress pads, and sleeping bags that bear a permanent label as designated by the International 

Association of Bedding and Furniture Law Officials (iabflo.org) or the Department of Consumer Affairs, Bureau of Electronic 

and Appliance Repair, Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation (BEARHFTI) (www.bearhfti.ca.gov) shall be exempt from 

the requirements for location (Section 8.1.1. Location), size of letters or numbers (Sections 8.2.1. Minimum Height of Numbers 

and Letters and 8.2.2. Numbers and Letters: Proportion), free area (Section 8.1.4. Free Area), and the declarations of identity and 

responsibility (Sections 3.1. Declaration of Identity and 5. Declaration of Responsibility: Consumer and Nonconsumer Packages), 

provided declarations of identity, quantity, and responsibility are presented on a permanently attached label and satisfy the other 

requirements of this Regulation, and further provided the information on such permanently attached label be fully observable to 

the purchaser.

(Added 1973)

11.26. Commodities’ Variable Weights and Sizes. – Individual packaged commodities put up in variable weights 

and sizes for sale intact and intended to be weighed and marked with the correct quantity statement prior to or at the 

point of retail sale are exempt from the requirements of Section 6. Declaration of Quantity: Consumer Packages while 

moving in commerce and while held for sale prior to weighing and marking, provided the outside container bears a 

label declaration of the total net weight.

(Added 1973)

11.27. Packaged Commodities Sold by Count. [NOTE 10, page 84] – When a packaged consumer commodity is properly 

measured in terms of count only, or in terms of count and some other appropriate unit, and the individual units are 

fully visible to the purchaser, such packages shall be labeled in full accord with this Regulation, except that those 

containing six or less items need not include a statement of count.

(Added 1973)

NOTE 10: When the net contents declaration of a package that may enter interstate commerce includes count, federal 

regulations under the Federal Fair Packaging and Labeling Act provide no exemption from declaring the count unless 

the count is one (1).

(Added 1990)

11.28. Textile Packages. – Packages of textiles that are required by Section 6.4.1. Combination Declaration to 

provide a combination declaration stating the quantity of each individual unit and the count shall be exempt from the 

requirements in this regulation for:

(a) Location (see Section 8.1.1. Location);

(b) Free area (see Section 8.1.4. Free Area); and
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

85

(c) Minimum height of numbers and letters (see Section 8.2.1. Minimum Height of Numbers and Letters).

(Added 1971) (Amended 1989)

11.29. Spot Label. – The declaration of quantity of the contents of a package is exempt from Section 8.1.1. Location 

requiring the quantity declaration to appear in the bottom 30 % of the principal display panel, as long as the declaration

of quantity appears in the lower 30 % of the spot label. In no case may the size of the spot label be used to determine 

the minimum type size; see Section 8.2. Calculation of Area of Principal Display Panel for Purposes of Type Size for 

this determination.

(Added 1990)

11.30. Header Strip. – The declaration of quantity of the contents of a package is exempt from 

Section 8.1.1. Location requiring the quantity declaration to appear in the bottom 30 % of the principal display panel, 

as long as the declaration of quantity appears in the lower 30 % of the header strip or header label. In no case may 

the size of the header strip be used to determine the minimum type size; see Section 8.2. Calculation of Area of 

Principal Display Panel for Purposes of Type Size for this determination.

(Added 1990)

11.31. Decorative Wallcovering Borders. – Decorative wallcovering borders when packaged and labeled for retail 

sale shall be exempt from the requirements of Sections 6.6.2. One Meter, 1 Square Meter, 1 Kilogram, l Liter, 1 Cubic 

Meter, or More; 6.8.2. One Foot, 1 Square Foot, 1 Pound, 1 Pint, 1 Gallon or More; and 6.9. Bi-dimensional 

Commodities provided the length and width of the border are presented in terms of the largest whole unit in full accord 

with the other requirements of the regulation.

(Added 1992) (Amended 1993)

11.32. SI Units, Exemptions - Consumer Commodities. – The requirements for statements of quantity in SI units 

(except for those in Section 10.10. Packaged Seed and Section 11.22. Camera Film, Video Recording Tape, Audio 

Recording Tape and Other Image and Audio Recording Media Intended for Retail Sale and Consumer Use) in 

Section 6. Declaration of Quantity: Consumer Packages shall not apply to:

(a) foods packaged at the retail store level;

(b) random weight packages (see Sections 2.4. Random Package and 11.1. Random Packages);

(c) package labels printed before February 14, 1994;

(d) meat and poultry products subject to the Federal Meat or Poultry Products Inspection Acts;

(e) tobacco or tobacco products;

(f) any beverage subject to the Federal Alcohol Administration Act;

(g) any product subject to the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act;

(h) drugs and cosmetics subject to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act;

(i) nutrition labeling information.

11.33. U.S. Customary Units, Exemptions - Consumer Commodities. – The requirements for statements of 

quantity in U.S. customary units shall not apply to packages that bear appropriate SI units. This exemption does not 

apply to foods, drugs, or cosmetics or to packages subject to regulation by the FTC, meat and poultry products subject 

to the Federal Meat or Poultry Products Inspection Acts

(www.fsis.usda.gov/wps/portal/fsis/topics/rulemaking/federal-meat-inspection-act), and tobacco or tobacco 

products.

(Added 1999)
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

86

Section 12. Variations to be Allowed

12.1. Packaging Variations.

12.1.1. Variations from Declared Net Quantity. – Variations from the declared net weight, measure, or count 

shall be permitted when caused by unavoidable deviations in weighing, measuring, or counting the contents of 

individual packages that occur in current good manufacturing practice, but such variations shall not be permitted 

to such extent that the average of the quantities in the packages of a particular commodity or a lot of the 

commodity that is kept, offered, or exposed for sale, or sold is below the quantity stated, and no unreasonable 

shortage in any package shall be permitted even though overages in other packages in the same shipment, delivery, 

or lot compensate for such shortage. Variations above the declared quantity shall not be unreasonably large.

12.1.2. Variations Resulting from Exposure. – Variations from the declared weight or measure shall be 

permitted when caused by ordinary and customary exposure to conditions that normally occur in good distribution 

practice and that unavoidably result in change of weight or measure, but only after the commodity is introduced 

into intrastate commerce, provided the phrase “introduced into intrastate commerce” as used in this paragraph 

shall be construed to define the time and the place at which the first sale and delivery of a package is made within 

the state, the delivery being either:

(a) directly to the purchaser or to his/her agent; or

(b) to a common carrier for shipment to the purchaser,

and this paragraph shall be construed as requiring that so long as a shipment, delivery, or lot of packages of a 

particular commodity remains in the possession or under the control of the packager or the person who introduces 

the package into intrastate commerce, exposure variations shall not be permitted.

12.2. Magnitude of Permitted Variations. – The magnitude of package variations of this regulation permitted under 

Sections 12. Variations to be Allowed, 12.1. Package Variations, 12.1.1. Variations from Declared Net Quantity, 

and 12.1.2. Variations Resulting from Exposure shall be those expressly set forth in this regulation and variations such 

as those contained in the procedures and tables of the latest version of NIST Handbook 133, “Checking the Net 

Contents of Packaged Goods.”

(Amended 1976, 1980, 1984, and 1988)

Section 13. Revocation of Conflicting Regulations

All provisions of all orders and regulations heretofore issued on this same subject that are contrary to or inconsistent 

with the provisions of this regulation and specifically __________ are hereby revoked.

Section 14. Effective Date

This regulation shall become effective on __________.

Given under my hand and the seal of my office in the City of __________ on this __________ day of __________.

Signed ________________________________________
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

87

UPLR Appendix A: SI/U.S. Customary Conversion Factors ** 

LENGTH

1 mil (0.001 in) = 25.4 μm* 1 micrometer = 0.039 370 mil

1 inch = 2.54 cm* 1 millimeter = 0.039 370 1 in

1 foot = 30.48 cm* 1 centimeter = 0.393 701 in

1 yard = 0.914 4 m* 1 meter = 3.280 84 ft

1 rod = 5.029 2 m*

AREA

1 square inch = 6.451 6 cm2* 1 square centimeter = 0.155 000 in2

1 square foot = 929.030 cm2 1 square decimeter = 0.107 639 ft2

1 square yard = 0.836 127 m2 1 square meter = 10.763 9 ft2

VOLUME or CAPACITY

1 cubic inch = 16.387 1 cm3 1 cubic centimeter = 0.061 023 74 in3

1 cubic foot = 0.028 316 8

28.316 8

m3

L

1 cubic decimeter = 0.035 314 7 ft3

1 cubic meter = 35.314 7

1.307 95

ft3

yd3

1 cubic yard = 0.764 555 m3

1 fluid ounce = 29.573 5 mL 1 milliliter (cm3) = 0.033 814 fl oz

1 liquid pint = 473.177

0.473 177

mL

L 1 liter = 1.056 690.264 172

liq qt

gal

1 liquid quart = 946.353

0.946 353

mL

L

1 dry pint = 550.610 5 mL

1 dry quart = 1.101 221 L

1 gallon = 3.785 41 L 1 peck = 8.809 768 L

1 bushel = 35.239 1 L 1 gill = 118.294 1 mL

MASS (weight)

1 ounce = 28.349 5 g 1 milligram = 0.000 035 274

0.015 432 4

oz

grain 1 pound = 453.592 37

0.453 592

g*

kg 1 gram = 0.035 274 oz

1 grain = 64.798 91 mg 1 kilogram = 2.204 62 lb

TEMPERATURE

= 1.8 + 32* F C t  t  ( 32)* 9

5 = − C F t  t 

* Exactly

** These conversion factors are given to six or more significant digits in the event such accuracy is 

necessary. To convert to U.S. customary units, divide the factor rather than multiplying.

(Amended 1998)
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

88

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

89

UPLR Appendix B: Converting U.S. Customary Units to SI Units

for Quantity Declarations on Packages

1. Conversion.

To convert an U.S. customary quantity to an SI quantity, multiply the appropriate conversion factor in Table 1 in 

Appendix A by the U.S. customary unit and round according to the following rules.

2. Rounding and Significant Digits.

It is the packager’s responsibility to round converted values appropriately and select the appropriate number of 

significant digits to use in quantity declaration. [These rounding rules are for converting quantity determinations on 

packages and do not apply to digital scales that automatically round indications to the nearest indicated value.] 

Conversions, the proper use of significant digits, and rounding must be based on the packer’s knowledge of the 

accuracy of the original measurement that is being converted. For example, if a package is labeled 453.59 g (1 lb), 

the packer is implying that the package declaration is accurate within ± 0.005 g (or ± 5 mg). For liquid volume 

measure, a label declaration of 473 mL (16 fl oz) implies that the package declaration is accurate to within 

± 0.5 mL (0.01 fl oz). The requirements of 6.13. Rounding apply to all quantity declarations that are derived from 

converted values:

6.13. Rounding. – In all conversions for the purpose of showing an equivalent SI or U.S. customary

quantity to a rounded U.S. customary or SI quantity, or in calculated values to be declared in the net quantity 

statement, the number of significant digits retained must be such that accuracy is neither sacrificed nor 

exaggerated. Conversions, the proper use of significant digits, and rounding must be based on the packer’s 

knowledge of the accuracy of the original measurement that is being converted. In no case shall rounded 

net contents declarations overstate a quantity; the packer may round the converted values down to avoid 

overstating the net contents.

NOTE: When as a result of rounding SI or U.S. customary declarations calculated based on the conversion factors 

in Appendix A, the resulting declarations are not exact, the largest declaration, whether metric or U.S. customary, 

will be used for enforcement purposes to determine whether a package contains at least the declared amount of the 

product.

Do not round conversion factors or any other quantity used or determined in the calculation; only round the final 

quantity to the number of significant digits needed to maintain the accuracy of the original quantity. Use the rounding 

rules presented below in Table 1 as guidance to round the final result. In general, quantity declarations on consumer 

commodities should only be shown to two or three significant digits (for example, 453 g or 85 g). Any final zeros to 

the right of the decimal point need not be expressed. The U.S. customary and SI declarations of quantity must be 

accurate and equivalent to each other. For example, a package bearing a net weight declaration of 2 lb (32 oz) must 

also include an SI declaration of 907 g.
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

90

Table 1. Rounding Rules

When The First Digit 

Dropped is:

The Last 

Digit 

Retained is:

Examples

less than 5 Unchanged 2.44 to 2.4

2.429 to 2.4

more than 5, or 5

followed by at least 1 digit

other than 0

Increased by 1 2.46 to 2.5

2.451 to 2.5

5 followed by zeros

Unchanged if 

Even, or 

Increased by 1

if Odd

2.450 to 2.4

2.550 to 2.6

(a) When the first digit discarded is less than 5, the last digit retained should not be changed. For example, if 

the quantity 984.3 is to be declared to 3 significant digits, the number 3 to the right of the decimal point must 

be discarded since it is less than 5 and the last digit to be retained (the number 4) will remain unchanged. 

The rounded number will read 984. The same rationale applies to numbers declared to two significant digits 

(for example 68.4 and 7.34); again, the final digit is dropped and the last digit retained remains unchanged 

so that the “rounded-off” numbers become 68 and 7.3 respectively.

(b) When the first digit to be discarded is greater than 5, or it is a 5 followed by at least one digit other than zero, 

the last digit to be retained should be increased by one unit.

Examples:

984.7 becomes 985

984.51 becomes 985

6.86 becomes 6.9

6.88 becomes 6.9

(c) When the first digit to be discarded is exactly 5, followed only by zeros, the final digit to be retained should 

be rounded up if it is an odd number (1, 3, 5, 7, or 9), but no adjustment should be made if it is an even 

number (2, 4, 6, or 8).

Examples:

984.50 becomes 984

985.50 becomes 986

68.50 becomes 68

7.450 becomes 7.4

7.550 becomes 7.6

*NOTE: See additional examples in Table 2.

3. Additional Advice on Rounding and Significant Digits

(a) These rules require the packer to use good judgment in making decisions on how to round and the number of 

significant digits to use in quantity declarations. Rounding should always be done in one step; for example, 

if 16.946 47 g has to be rounded to three significant digits, it should be rounded to 16.9 g, not 16.946 5, then 

to 16.946, then to 16.95 which would then round to 17.0 g (see rounding rules above).
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation

91

(b) Do not use rounded SI values to calculate quantities. For example, using 1 in = 25.4 mm, rounded to 25 mm, 

should not be multiplied by 2 to determine the SI equivalent for 2 in. The SI equivalent for 2 in is determined 

by multiplying 2 in × 25.4 mm = 50.8 mm, then rounding to 51 mm.

(c) If a dimension given as 8 ft is valid to the nearest 1

/10 in, consider it to mean 96.0 in and treat it as having 

3 significant digits. The rounded dimension would then be 2.44 m instead of 2.4 m.

(d) Conversions using a multiple digit conversion factor usually give a product with more digits than the original 

quantity. The final product should contain no more significant digits than are contained in the number with 

the fewest significant digits used in the conversion. For example, the area of a sheet of paper is determined 

on a calculator by multiplying 1.25 cm (length) × 1.5 cm (width) = 1.875 cm2

. The product given to 

four significant digits on the calculator cannot be any more accurate than two significant digits (the number 

of significant digits in 1.5 cm), so the area should be declared as 1.9 cm2

.

(e) Packagers of consumer commodities should be aware that when a converted value is rounded up, there may 

be a need to (1) increase the package contents and/or, (2) select a converted value that does not exaggerate 

the precision of the quantity or overstate the net contents. For example, under the rules above, a net weight 

declaration of 16 oz (453.592 37 g) may be rounded up to 454 g for three significant digits. Inspections by 

weights and measures officials are typically conducted using devices with a resolution of 0.5 g or less. If the 

packer does not address this possibility, some lots of commodities may pass when the U.S. customary

declaration is tested, but fail when the SI declaration is verified.
Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

92

Table 2. Examples

Weight:

To convert ounces to grams, multiply ounces by 28.349 5 grams

U.S. Customary Calculated SI Rounded SI

1.0 oz 28.349 5 g 28 g

5.0 oz 141.747 6 g 142 g

101⁄4 oz 290.582 38 g 291 g*

16.0 oz 453.592 4 g 454 g*

32.0 oz 907.184 g 907 g

48.0 oz 1360.776 g 1.36 kg

5 lb 2.267 962 kg 2.27 kg*

10 lb 4.535 924 kg 4.54 kg*

25 lb 11.339 81 kg 11.3 kg

Liquid Volume:

to convert fluid ounces to milliliters, multiply fluid ounces by 29.573 5 milliliters

U.S. Customary Calculated SI Rounded SI

1.0 fl oz 29.573 5 mL 30 mL*

8.0 fl oz 236.588 mL 237 mL*

16.0 fl oz 473.176 mL 473 mL

32.0 fl oz 946.353 mL 946 mL

1 gal 3.785 41 L 3.79 L*

21⁄2 gal 9.463 525 L 9.46 L

5 gal 18.927 05 L 18.9 L

Dry Measure:

to convert dry pints to milliliters, multiply dry pints by 550.610 5 milliliters

U.S. Customary Calculated SI Rounded SI

1 dry pt 550.610 5 mL 551 mL*

1 dry qt 1.101 221 L 1.1 L

Length:

to convert inches to millimeters, multiply inches by 25.4 millimeters

U.S. Customary Calculated SI Rounded SI

10.5 in 266.7 mm 267 mm* or 26.7 cm*

1 ft 30.48 cm 305 mm* or 30.5 cm*

5 ft 152.4 cm 152 cm or 1.5 m

50 ft 15.240 03 m 15.2 m

100 ft 30.480 06 m 30.5 m*

* See 6.13. Rounding located under UPLR Appendix B
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

93

B. Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

as adopted by

The National Conference on Weights and Measures*

1. Background

The National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) has long been concerned with the proper units of 

measurement to be used in the sale of all commodities. This approach has gradually broadened to concerns of 

standardized package sizes and general identity of particular commodities. Requirements for individual products were 

at one time made a part of the Weights and Measures Law or were embodied in separate individual Model Regulations. 

In 1971, this “Model State Method of Sale of Commodities Regulation” was established (renamed in 1983); 

amendments have been adopted by the Conference almost annually since that time.

Sections with “added 1971” dates refer to those sections that were originally incorporated in the Weights and Measures 

Law or in individual Model Regulations recommended by the NCWM. Subsequent dates reflect the actual amendment 

or addition dates.

The 1979 edition included, for the first time, requirements for items packaged in quantities of the International System 

of Units (SI), the modernized metric system, as well as continuing to present requirements for U.S. customary

quantities. It should be stressed that nothing in this Regulation requires changing to the SI system of measurement. 

SI values are given for the guidance of those wishing to adopt new SI quantities of the commodities governed by this 

Regulation. SI means the International System of Units as established in 1960 by the General Conference on Weights 

and Measures and interpreted or modified for the United States by the Secretary of Commerce.

This Regulation assimilates all of the actions periodically taken by the Conference with respect to certain food items, 

non-food items, and general method of sale concepts. Its format is such that it will permit the addition of individual 

items at the end of appropriate sections as the need arises. Its adoption as a regulation by individual jurisdictions will 

eliminate the necessity for legislative consideration of changes in the method of sale of particular commodities. Such 

items will be able to be handled through the normal regulation-making process.

2. Status of Promulgation

The table beginning on page 6 shows the status of adoption of the Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of 

Commodities.

*The National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) is supported by the National Institute of Standards and 

Technology (NIST) in partial implementation of its statutory responsibility for “cooperation with the states in securing 

uniformity in weights and measures laws and methods of inspection.”
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

94

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

95

Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

Table of Contents

Section Page

Preamble ..................................................................................................................................................................101

Section 1. Food Products..........................................................................................................................................101

1.1. Berries and Small Fruits.............................................................................................................................101

1.1.1. Definitions. ................................................................................................................................101

1.1.2. Methods of Sale. ........................................................................................................................101

1.1.3. Marking Requirements for Shipping Containers. ......................................................................101

1.2. Bread. .........................................................................................................................................................101

1.3. Butter, Oleomargarine ................................................................................................................................102

1.4. Flour, Corn Meal, and Hominy Grits..........................................................................................................102

1.5. Meat, Poultry, Fish, and Seafood................................................................................................................102

1.5.1. In Combination with Other Foods. ............................................................................................102

1.5.2. Clams, Mussels, Oysters, and Other Mollusks. .........................................................................102

1.5.2.1. Whole Clams, Oysters, Mussels, or Other Mollusks in the Shell................................102

1.5.2.2. Whole Clams, Oysters, Mussels, or Other Mollusks on the Half Shell.......................102

1.5.2.3. Fresh Oysters Removed from the Shell. ......................................................................103

1.5.2.4. Processed Clams, Mussels, Oysters, or Other Mollusks on the Half Shell..................103

1.5.2.5. Canned (heat-processed) Mussels, Clams, Oysters, or Other Mollusks. .....................103

1.6. Fluid Milk Products....................................................................................................................................103

1.7. Other Milk Products. ..................................................................................................................................103

1.7.1. Factory Packaged Ice Cream and Similar Frozen Products. ......................................................103

1.7.2. Pelletized Ice Cream and Similar Pelletized Frozen Desserts...................................................103

1.7.2.1. Method of Retail Sale..................................................................................................103

1.8. Pickles. .......................................................................................................................................................103

1.9. Advertising and Price Computing of Bulk Food Commodities..................................................................103

1.9.1. Total Price Computing...............................................................................................................103

1.9.2. Unit Price Advertising. ..............................................................................................................103

1.9.3. Individual Piece Advertising......................................................................................................104

1.10. Generic Terms for Meat Cuts. ..................................................................................................................104

1.11. Sale of Meat by Carcass, Side, or Primal Cut...........................................................................................104

1.11.1. Prior to Delivery. .....................................................................................................................104

1.11.2. At the Time of Delivery...........................................................................................................105

1.11.3. Exemptions. .............................................................................................................................105

1.11.4. Right of Cancellation. ..............................................................................................................105

1.12. Ready-to-Eat Food....................................................................................................................................105

1.12.1. Definition - Ready-to-Eat Food. ..............................................................................................105

1.12.2. Methods of Sale. ......................................................................................................................105

1.13. Home Food Service Plan Sales.................................................................................................................105

1.13.1. Definitions. ..............................................................................................................................105

1.13.2. Contract and Disclosure Requirements....................................................................................106

1.13.2.1. At the Time of Sale....................................................................................................106

1.13.2.2. At the Time of Delivery.............................................................................................107

1.13.3. Advertisement of Home Food Service Plans. ..........................................................................107

Section 2. Non-food Products...................................................................................................................................107

2.1. Advertising and Price Computing of Bulk Commodities...........................................................................107

2.2. Fence Wire Products...................................................................................................................................108

2.3. Coatings......................................................................................................................................................108
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

96

2.4. Fireplace and Stove Wood..........................................................................................................................108

2.4.1. Definitions. ................................................................................................................................108

2.4.1.1. Fireplace and Stove Wood...........................................................................................108

2.4.1.2. Cord.............................................................................................................................108

2.4.1.3. Representation. ............................................................................................................108

2.4.1.4. Flavoring Chips. ..........................................................................................................108

2.4.2. Identity.......................................................................................................................................108

2.4.3. Quantity. ....................................................................................................................................108

2.4.4. Prohibition of Terms..................................................................................................................109

2.4.5. Delivery Ticket or Sales Invoice................................................................................................109

2.5. Peat and Peat Moss.....................................................................................................................................109

2.5.1. Declaration of Quantity. ............................................................................................................109

2.5.2. Units...........................................................................................................................................109

2.5.2.1. Weight. ........................................................................................................................109

2.5.2.2. Cubic Measure.............................................................................................................110

2.6. Prefabricated Utility Buildings...................................................................................................................110

2.7. Roofing and Roofing Material....................................................................................................................110

2.7.1. Definitions. ................................................................................................................................110

2.7.1.1. Square Meter. ..............................................................................................................110

2.7.1.2. Square..........................................................................................................................110

2.7.1.3. Square Foot..................................................................................................................110

2.7.2. Declaration of Quantity. ............................................................................................................110

2.7.2.1. Common Fractions. .....................................................................................................110

2.7.2.2. Quantity Statement. .....................................................................................................110

2.8. Sealants.......................................................................................................................................................111

2.9. Sod and Turf...............................................................................................................................................111

2.9.1. Application. ...............................................................................................................................111

2.9.2. Definitions. ................................................................................................................................111

2.9.2.1. Sod...............................................................................................................................111

2.9.2.2. Turf..............................................................................................................................111

2.9.2.3. Turf plug......................................................................................................................111

2.9.2.4. Turf sod. ......................................................................................................................111

2.9.2.5. Turf sprig.....................................................................................................................111

2.9.3. Quantity. ....................................................................................................................................111

2.9.3.1. Turf sod. ......................................................................................................................111

2.9.3.2. Turf plugs. ...................................................................................................................111

2.9.3.3. Turf sprigs. ..................................................................................................................111

2.10. Softwood Lumber.....................................................................................................................................111

2.10.1. Definitions. ..............................................................................................................................112

2.10.1.1. Dressed Lumber.........................................................................................................112

2.10.1.2. Boards........................................................................................................................112

2.10.1.3. Timbers......................................................................................................................112

2.10.1.4. Dimension Lumber....................................................................................................112

2.10.1.5. Rough Lumber...........................................................................................................112

2.10.1.6. Matched Lumber........................................................................................................112

2.10.1.7. Patterned Lumber. .....................................................................................................112

2.10.1.8. Shiplapped Lumber....................................................................................................112

2.10.1.9. Grade. ........................................................................................................................112

2.10.1.10. Species.....................................................................................................................112

2.10.1.11. Species Group..........................................................................................................112

2.10.1.12. Representation. ........................................................................................................112

2.10.1.13. Minimum Dressed Sizes (width and thickness).......................................................112

2.10.2. Identity.....................................................................................................................................112

2.10.3. Quantity. ..................................................................................................................................113

2.11. Carpet. ......................................................................................................................................................115

2.12. Hardwood Lumber - Retail Sales. ............................................................................................................115
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

97

2.12.1. Definitions. ..............................................................................................................................115

2.12.1.1. Board Foot.................................................................................................................115

2.12.1.2. Surfaced Lumber. ......................................................................................................115

2.12.1.3. Kiln Drying................................................................................................................115

2.12.1.4. Surface Measure. .......................................................................................................115

2.12.1.5. Species.......................................................................................................................115

2.12.1.6. Species Group............................................................................................................115

2.12.1.7. Standard Lengths. ......................................................................................................115

2.12.1.8. Stock Widths. ............................................................................................................115

2.12.2. Identity.....................................................................................................................................115

2.12.3. Surfaced (S4S) Lumber Manufactured to Stock Widths..........................................................115

2.12.3.1. Quantity. ....................................................................................................................115

2.12.3.2. Representations..........................................................................................................116

2.12.3.3 Minimum surfaced sizes for Kiln Dried Lumber (width and thickness).....................116

2.12.4. Random Width Lumber. ..........................................................................................................117

2.12.4.1. Sales of Random Width Hardwood Lumber..............................................................117

2.13. Polyethylene Products. .............................................................................................................................117

2.13.1. Consumer and Non-consumer Products...................................................................................117

2.13.1.1. Sheeting and Film......................................................................................................117

2.13.2. Consumer Products..................................................................................................................117

2.13.2.1. Food Wrap.................................................................................................................117

2.13.2.2. Lawn and Trash Bags. ...............................................................................................118

2.13.2.3. Food and Sandwich Bags. .........................................................................................118

2.13.3. Non-consumer Products...........................................................................................................118

2.13.3.1. Bags...........................................................................................................................118

2.13.4. Declaration of Weight..............................................................................................................118

2.14. Insulation. .................................................................................................................................................119

2.14.1. Packaged Loose-Fill Insulation Except Cellulose....................................................................119

2.14.2. Packaged Loose-Fill Cellulose Insulation................................................................................119

2.14.3. Batt and Blanket Insulation......................................................................................................120

2.14.4. Installed Insulation...................................................................................................................120

2.15. Solid Fuel Products...................................................................................................................................120

2.16. Compressed or Liquefied Gases in Refillable Cylinders..........................................................................120

2.16.1. Application. .............................................................................................................................120

2.16.2. Net Contents. ...........................................................................................................................120

2.16.3. Cylinder Labeling. ...................................................................................................................120

2.16.3.1. Tare weights. .............................................................................................................120

2.16.3.2. Acetylene Gas Cylinder Tare Weights. .....................................................................121

2.16.3.3. Acetylene Gas Cylinder Volumes. ............................................................................121

2.16.3.4. Compressed Gases such as Oxygen, Argon, Nitrogen, Helium, and Hydrogen. .......121

2.17. Precious Metals. .......................................................................................................................................121

2.17.1. Definition.................................................................................................................................121

2.17.1.1. Precious Metals. ........................................................................................................121

2.17.2. Quantity. ..................................................................................................................................121

2.18. Mulch........................................................................................................................................................121

2.18.1. Definition.................................................................................................................................121

2.18.1.1. Mulch.........................................................................................................................121

2.18.2. Quantity. ..................................................................................................................................121

2.19. Kerosene (Kerosine).................................................................................................................................121

2.19.1. Retail Sale from Bulk. .............................................................................................................122

2.20. Gasoline-Oxygenate Blends. ....................................................................................................................122

2.20.1. Method of Retail Sale. .............................................................................................................122

2.20.2. Documentation for Dispenser Labeling Purposes....................................................................122

2.21. Liquefied Petroleum Gas..........................................................................................................................122

2.22. Liquid Oxygen Used for Respiration........................................................................................................123

2.23. Animal Bedding........................................................................................................................................123
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

98

2.23.1. Definitions. ..............................................................................................................................123

2.23.1.1. Compressed Animal Bedding....................................................................................123

2.23.1.2. Useable Volume. .......................................................................................................123

2.23.2. Method of Sale.........................................................................................................................123

2.23.3. Exemption - Non-Consumer Packages Sold to Laboratory Animal Research Industry...........124

2.24. Wiping Cloths...........................................................................................................................................124

2.25. Baler Twine. .............................................................................................................................................124

2.26. Potpourri...................................................................................................................................................124

2.27. Retail Sales of Natural Gas Sold as a Vehicle Fuel. .................................................................................124

2.27.1. Definitions. ..............................................................................................................................124

2.27.1.1. Compressed Natural Gas (CNG). ..............................................................................124

2.27.1.2. Gasoline Gallon Equivalent (GGE). ..........................................................................125

2.27.1.3. Diesel Gallon Equivalent (DGE). ..............................................................................125

2.27.1.4. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG)....................................................................................125

2.27.2. Method of Retail Sale and Dispenser Labeling........................................................................125

2.27.2.1. Method of Retail Sale for Compressed Natural Gas..................................................125

2.27.2.2. Dispenser Labeling Compressed Natural Gas. ..........................................................125

2.27.2.3. Method of Retail Sale for Liquefied Natural Gas......................................................125

2.27.2.4. Dispenser Labeling of Retail Liquefied Natural Gas.................................................125

2.28. Communication Paper. .............................................................................................................................125

2.28.1. Definitions. ..............................................................................................................................125

2.28.1.1. Communication Paper. ..............................................................................................125

2.28.1.2. Basis Weight..............................................................................................................125

2.28.2. Method of Retail Sale and Labeling. .......................................................................................126

2.28.2.1. Method of Retail Sale................................................................................................126

2.28.2.2. Labeling.....................................................................................................................126

2.29. Sand, Rock, Gravel, Stone, Paving Stone, and Similar Materials, when Sold in Bulk.............................126

2.30. Ethanol Flex Fuel. ....................................................................................................................................126

2.30.1. How to Identify Ethanol Flex Fuel. .........................................................................................126

2.30.2. Labeling Requirements. ...........................................................................................................126

2.31. Biodiesel and Biodiesel Blends. ...............................................................................................................127

2.31.1. Identification of Product. .........................................................................................................127

2.31.2. Labeling of Retail Dispensers..................................................................................................127

2.31.2.1. Labeling of Grade Required. .....................................................................................127

2.31.2.2. EPA Labeling Requirements also Apply. ..................................................................127

2.31.2.3. Automotive Fuel Rating. ...........................................................................................127

2.31.2.4. Biodiesel Blends........................................................................................................127

2.31.3. Documentation for Dispenser Labeling Purposes....................................................................127

2.31.4. Exemption................................................................................................................................127

2.32. Retail Sales of Hydrogen Fuel (H). ..........................................................................................................127

2.32.1. Definitions for Hydrogen Fuel. ..............................................................................................127

2.32.2. Method of Retail Sale and Dispenser Labeling ......................................................................127

2.32.3. Retail Dispenser Labeling. .....................................................................................................127

2.32.4. Street Sign Prices and Advertisements. ..................................................................................128

2.33. Oil.............................................................................................................................................................128

2.33.1. Labeling of Vehicle Engine (Motor) Oil..................................................................................128

2.33.1.1. Viscosity....................................................................................................................128

2.33.1.2. Brand. ........................................................................................................................128

2.33.1.3. Engine Service Category. ..........................................................................................128

2.33.1.4. Tank Trucks or Rail Cars...........................................................................................129

2.33.1.5. Documentation ..........................................................................................................129

2.34. Retail Sales of Electricity Sold as a Vehicle Fuel.....................................................................................129

2.34.1. Definitions. ..............................................................................................................................129

2.34.1.1. Electricity Sold as Vehicle Fuel. ...............................................................................129

2.34.1.2. Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE). ............................................................129

2.34.1.3. Fixed Service. ............................................................................................................129
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

99

2.34.1.4. Variable Service. .......................................................................................................129

2.34.1.5. Nominal Power..........................................................................................................129

2.34.2. Method of Sale.........................................................................................................................129

2.34.3. Retail Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) Labeling..................................................130

2.34.4. Street Sign Prices and Other Advertisements. .........................................................................130

2.35. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). ....................................................................................................................131

2.35.1. Definition.................................................................................................................................131

2.35.1.1. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).......................................................................................131

2.35.2. Labeling of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)...................................................................................131

2.35.2.1. Retail Dispenser Labeling..........................................................................................131

2.35.2.2. Documentation for Retailers of Bulk Product. ..........................................................131

2.35.2.3. Labeling of Packaged Product...................................................................................131

2.35.2.4. Documentation for Bulk Deliveries...........................................................................131

Section 3. General.....................................................................................................................................................132

3.1. Presentation of Price...................................................................................................................................132

3.2. Allowable Differences: Combination Quantity Declarations. ...................................................................132

3.2.1. Beverageware: Pressed and Blown Tumblers and Stemware. ..................................................132

3.3. Labeling of Machines that Dispense Packaged Commodities....................................................................132

3.4. Railroad Car Tare Weights. ........................................................................................................................132

3.4.1. Newly Stenciled Tare Weights. .................................................................................................132

3.4.2. Allowable Difference.................................................................................................................133

3.4.3. Verification or Change of Tare Weights....................................................................................133

3.4.4. Special Cars. ..............................................................................................................................133

Section 4. Revocation of Conflicting Regulations....................................................................................................133

Section 5. Effective Date ..........................................................................................................................................133
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

100

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

101

Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

Preamble

The purpose of this regulation is to require accurate and adequate information about commodities so that purchasers 

can make price and quantity comparisons.

(Added 1989)

Section 1. Food Products[NOTE 1, page 101]

1.1. Berries and Small Fruits

1.1.1. Definitions. – “Small fruits” includes, but is not limited to, cherries, currants, and cherry tomatoes. 

“Berries” includes all fruit whose names end in the term “berry.”

(Added 1991)

NOTE 1: Packages subject to this Section and the Federal Fair Packaging and Labeling Act shall be labeled in units 

of the International System of Units (SI) and U.S. customary systems of measure effective February 14, 1994, [except 

for seed (see Section 10.10. Packaged Seed) and camera film and recording tape (see Section 11.22. Camera Film, 

Video Recording Tape, Audio Recording Tape, and Other Image and Audio Recording Media Intended for Retail Sale 

and Consumer Use), and as specified in the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation under Section 11.32. SI 

Units, Exemptions - Consumer Commodities]. SI units may appear first.

(Added 1982) (Amended 1990 and 1993)

1.1.2. Methods of Sale. – Berries and small fruits shall be offered and exposed for sale and sold by weight [NOTE 2,

page 101] or by volume. If sold by volume, they must:

(Amended 1991)

(a) be in measure containers that are either open or else covered by uncolored transparent lids or other 

wrappings that do not obscure the contents, and

(b) have capacities per Section 1.1.2.(b)(1) or Section 1.1.2.(b)(2). When selling berries and small fruits by 

volume in measure containers, whether or not covered, the measure containers themselves shall not be 

packages for labeling purposes.

(1) SI Capacities – 250 milliliters, 500 milliliters, or 1 liter.

(Added 1979) (Amended 1985)

(2) U.S. Customary Capacities – 1⁄2 dry pint, 1 dry pint, or 1 dry quart.

NOTE 2: When used in this regulation, the term “weight” means “mass.” (See paragraphs K. “Mass” and “Weight” 

in Section I. Introduction of NIST Handbook 130 for an explanation of these terms.)

1.1.3. Marking Requirements for Shipping Containers. – If two or more measure containers are placed in a 

shipping package, the crate or package shall show the number of measure containers and the quantity of contents 

of each.

(Added 1971) (Amended 1979, 1985, 1989, and 1991)

1.2. Bread. – Bread kept, offered, or exposed for sale, whether or not packaged or sliced, shall be sold by weight. 

The wrappers of bread that is sold and expressly represented at the time of sale as “stale bread” shall not be considered 

packages for labeling purposes.

(Added 1971) (Amended 1979, 1980, 1985, 1987, 1991, and 1992)
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

102

1.3. Butter, Oleomargarine, Margarine, Butter-Like, and/or Margarine-Like Spreads. –Shall be offered and 

exposed for sale and sold by weight. “Butter-like and/or margarine-like spreads” are those products that meet the 

Federal Standard of Identity for butter or margarine and oleomargarine, except that they contain less than 80 % fat 

and may contain other safe and suitable ingredients.

(Added 1971) (Amended 1979, 1985, 1986, and 1994)

1.4. Flour, Corn Meal, and Hominy Grits. – Wheat flour, whole wheat flour, graham flour, self-rising wheat flour, 

phosphated wheat flour, bromated flour, corn flour, corn meal, and hominy grits, whether enriched or not, shall be 

packaged, kept, offered, or exposed for sale and sold by weight.

(Amended 1994)

1.5. Meat, Poultry, Fish, and Seafood. [NOTE 3, page 102] – Shall be sold by weight, except that whole shellfish in the 

shell may be sold by weight, measure, and/or count. Shellfish are aquatic animals having a shell, such as mollusks 

(for example, scallops) or crustaceans (for example, lobster or shrimp).

(a) When meat, poultry, fish, or seafood is kept, offered or exposed for sale from bulk (e.g., direct service 

counters) by the portion or piece according to a pre-determined fixed weight, the product identity and net 

weight shall be displayed, as well as the unit price at which it is offered for sale. This information shall 

appear on a label or sign immediately adjacent to the meat, poultry, fish, or seafood and must be presented 

in an easy-to-read type style and color. The font size of the net weight and unit price declaration shall be 

equal to or greater than the font size used for the product identity.

(b) The unit price required under Sections 1.5.(a) shall be in terms of the unit price per kilogram or unit price per

pound and not in common or decimal fractions of the permitted units. A supplemental declaration of a price 

per unit (i.e., price per ounce) is permitted. 

(c) Similar or competing commodities kept, offered, or exposed for sale from bulk in any single display or facility 

shall have unit prices posted or advertised in the same terms uniformly and consistently expressed (i.e., all in 

either prices per kilogram or prices per pound; not in differing units) to readily facilitate value comparison. 

(Amended 1988 and 2016)

NOTE 3: See Section 1.12. Ready-to-Eat Food for additional requirement.

1.5.1. In Combination with Other Foods. – When meat, poultry, fish, or seafood is combined with some other 

food element to form a distinctive food product, the quantity representation may be in terms of the total weight 

of the product or combination, and a quantity representation need not be made for each element provided a 

statement listing the ingredients in order of their predominance by weight must also appear on the label.

NOTE: See Interpretations and Guidelines Section 2.2.13. Declaration of Identity: Consumer Package and 

Labeling Regulation (UPLR). 

(Amended 1989)

1.5.2. Clams, Mussels, Oysters, and Other Mollusks.

1.5.2.1. Whole Clams, Oysters, Mussels, or Other Mollusks in the Shell (fresh or frozen). – Shall be 

sold by weight (including the weight of the shell, but not including the liquid or ice packed with them), dry 

measure (e.g., bushel), and/or count. In addition, size designations may be provided.

1.5.2.2. Whole Clams, Oysters, Mussels, or Other Mollusks on the Half Shell (fresh, cooked, smoked, 

or frozen, with or without sauces or spices added). – Shall be sold by weight (excluding the weight of the 

shell) or by count. Size designations may also be provided.

(Added 1989)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

103

1.5.2.3. Fresh Oysters Removed from the Shell. – Shall be sold by weight, drained weight, or by fluid 

volume. For oysters sold by weight or by volume, a maximum of 15 % free liquid by weight is permitted.

(Amended 1991)

1.5.2.4. Processed Clams, Mussels, Oysters, or Other Mollusks on the Half Shell (fresh or frozen). –

Shall be sold by net weight excluding the weight of the shell. The term “processed” means removing the 

meat from the shell and chopping it or cutting it or commingling it with other solid foods.

(Amended 1989)

1.5.2.5. Canned (heat-processed) Mussels, Clams, Oysters, or Other Mollusks. – Shall be sold by net 

weight. A maximum of 41 % free liquid by weight is permitted for canned oysters.

(Added 1986 and 1971) (Amended 1982, 1985, 1986, and 1989)

1.6. Fluid Milk Products. – All fluid milk products, including, but not limited to milk, lowfat milk, skim milk, 

cultured milks, and cream, shall be sold in terms of fluid volume.

(Amended 1995)

1.7. Other Milk Products. – Cottage cheese, cottage cheese products, and other milk products that are solid, semisolid, viscous, or a mixture of solid and liquid, as defined in the Pasteurized Milk Ordinance of the U.S. Public Health 

Service, as amended in 1965, shall be sold in terms of weight.

(Amended 1995)

1.7.1. Factory Packaged Ice Cream and Similar Frozen Products. – Ice cream, ice milk, frozen yogurt, and 

similar products shall be kept, offered, or exposed for sale or sold in terms of fluid volume.

(Amended 1995)

1.7.2. Pelletized Ice Cream and Similar Pelletized Frozen Desserts. – A semi-solid food product 

manufactured at very low temperatures using a nitrogen process and consisting of small beads of varying 

sizes. Bits of inclusions (cookies, candy, etc.) that also vary in size and weight may be mixed with the pellets. 

1.7.2.1. Method of Retail Sale. – Packaged pelletized ice cream or similar pelletized frozen desserts shall 

be kept, offered, or exposed for sale on the basis of net weight. 

NOTE: This method of sale for pelletized ice cream shall be enforceable after April 17, 2010, and after 

August 2, 2011, for similar pelletized frozen desserts.

(Added 2010) (Amended 2011)

1.8. Pickles. – The declaration of net quantity of contents on pickles and pickle products, including relishes but 

excluding one or two whole pickles in a transparent wrapping, which may be declared by count, shall be expressed in 

terms of liquid measure. Sales of pickles from bulk may be by count.

(Added 1971)

1.9. Advertising and Price Computing of Bulk Food Commodities.

1.9.1. Total Price Computing. – The price of food commodities sold from bulk by weight shall be computed in 

terms of whole units of weight (i.e., price per kilogram, pound, gram, ounce, etc.) and not in common or decimal 

fractions.

(Amended 2016)

1.9.2. Unit Price Advertising. – The unit price of food commodities sold from bulk shall be advertised or 

displayed in terms of the price per whole units of weight units in kilograms or pounds only, not in common or 

decimal fractions of a kilogram or pound or in ounces. A supplemental declaration of a price per unit (i.e., price 
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

104

per ounce) is permitted in font size no larger than the whole unit price. This supplemental declaration may be 

expressed in common or decimal fractions or in ounces.

(Added 1976) (Amended 1985, 1987, 1991, and 2016)

1.9.3. Individual Piece Advertising. – The unit price and net weight of any food commodity offered or exposed 

for sale from bulk by the portion or piece, according to a pre-determined fixed weight, shall be advertised or 

displayed to include a declaration of the individual item price, a unit price in terms of kilogram or pound and net 

weight in terms of kilograms or pounds or decimal fractions, thereof. The font size of the net weight and the unit 

price declaration shall be equal to or greater than the font size used for the product identity.

(Added 2016)

NOTE: For specific requirements on Meat, Poultry, Fish and Seafood refer to Section 1.5. Meat, Poultry, Fish, 

and Seafood. 

(Added 2016)

1.10. Generic Terms for Meat Cuts. – A declaration of identity for meat cuts shall be limited to generic terms, such 

as those listed in the Uniform Retail Meat Identity Standards.

The following abbreviations may be used:

BAR B Q Barbecue POT-RST Pot Roast

BI Bone In RND Round

BNLS Boneless RST Roast

DBLE Double SHLDR Shoulder

LGE Large SQ Square

N.Y. (NY) New York STK Steak

PK Pork TRMD Trimmed

(Added 1976)

1.11. Sale of Meat by Carcass, Side, or Primal Cut. – The seller of a carcass, side, quarter, or primal cut on a gross 

or hanging weight basis shall provide to the buyer a written statement giving the following information at the times 

indicated:

(Amended 1985)

1.11.1. Prior to Delivery. 

(a) the name and address of the seller (firm);

(b) the date of the contract;

(c) the name and address of the buyer;

(c) the total net weight (hanging weight) of the carcass, side, or primal cut prior to cutting or processing;

(e) the USDA quality grade and yield grade of the meat to be supplied, if so represented;

(f) the price per pound for each species (not including any inducements) and the total price of the sale order;

(g) the estimated cutting loss on the order in terms of percentage and weight (e.g., 40 %, 72.5 kg [160 lb]);

(h) a list by name and estimated count of each cut to be derived from each primal source;

(i) additional costs, listed separately, for cutting, wrapping, freezing, and finance charges, if any; and
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

105

(j) that the buyer may keep the cutting loss.

(Added 1985)

1.11.2. At the Time of Delivery.

(a) the name and address of the buyer and seller;

(b) the date of delivery;

(c) the total net weight of the meat delivered;

(d) a list, by name and count, of each cut derived from each primal cut; and

(e) a separate indication of the quantity of any meat or other commodity(s) received by the purchaser as an 

inducement in connection with the purchase of the carcass, side, or primal cut.

(Added 1985)

1.11.3. Exemptions. – This subsection shall not apply to the sale of any carcass, side, quarter, or primal cut of 

meat that individually or collectively has a gross or hanging weight of 22.6 kg (50 lb) or less.

(Added 1985)

1.11.4. Right of Cancellation. – The buyer shall have the right to cancel any carcass, side, quarter, or primal cut 

meat contract until midnight of the third business day after the day on which the buyer executed the contract or 

after the day on which the seller provided the buyer with a fully executed copy of the contract, whichever is later.

(Added 1985 and 1977) (Amended 1980 and 1985)

1.12. Ready-to-Eat Food.

1.12.1. Definition - Ready-to-Eat Food. – Restaurant style food offered or exposed for sale, whether in 

restaurants, supermarkets, or similar food service establishments, that is ready for consumption, though not 

necessarily on the premises where sold. Ready-to-Eat Food does not include sliced luncheon products, such as 

meat, poultry, or cheese when sold separately.

NOTE: The sale of an individual piece of fresh fruit (like an apple, banana, or orange) is allowed by count.

(Added 2004)

1.12.2. Methods of Sale. – Ready-to-Eat Food sold from bulk or in single servings packed on the premises may 

be sold by weight, measure, or count (count includes servings).

(Amended 1993)

1.13. Home Food Service Plan Sales.

1.13.1. Definitions.

As used in this section, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

(a) Home Food Service Plan. – The offering for sale to a consumer, in the consumer’s home, any food 

item, or food item in combination with any nonfood item and/or services, whether or not a membership 

fee or similar charge is involved.

(b) Seller. – Any person, partnership, corporation, or association, however organized, engaged in the sale

of a home food service plan.
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

106

(c) Buyer. – Both the actual and prospective purchaser, but does not include persons purchasing for resale.

(d) Contract. – All of the collective written agreements subscribed by a buyer at the time of sale relating to 

the purchase of a home food service plan, except promissory notes or other financing agreements.

(e) Food Item. – Each edible product sold as part of a home food service plan, including, but not limited to, 

each constituent part or kind of meat cut from a primal source, each kind of whole poultry or poultry

part, seafood products, and other like products.

(f) Nonfood Item. – Each inedible product sold as part of a home food service plan, including, but not 

limited to, paper products, health and beauty products, detergents, cleaners and disinfectants, rolls of 

wrapping, and like products. The term does not include food items and durable consumer goods such as 

appliances.

(g) Unit Price. – The price of a food or nonfood item sold as part of a home food service plan, computed to 

the nearest tenth of 1 cent when less than 1 dollar, and to the nearest cent when 1 dollar or more. The 

unit price, exclusive of any service charge(s), shall be expressed in terms of the price per unit of weight, 

measure, or count set forth in the “Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation” in the current edition of NIST 

Handbook 130.

(h) Service Charge. – The total price for any additional features, services, and processing associated with 

the purchase of a home food service plan, whether stated in terms of membership fees or otherwise.

(i) Primal Source. – Refers to the following cuts:

(1) for beef, the primal sources are the round, flank, loin, rib, plate, brisket, chuck, and shank;

(2) for veal and lamb or mutton, the primal sources are the leg, flank, loin, rack (rib), and shoulder; and

(3) for pork, the primal sources are the belly, loin, ham, spareribs, shoulder, and jowl.

1.13.2. Contract and Disclosure Requirements.

1.13.2.1. At the Time of Sale:

(a) At the time of sale, the Seller shall provide the Buyer with a single document, referred to in this 

subsection as the “written agreement,” which shall clearly and conspicuously disclose the following:

(1) the name, address, and telephone number of the Seller and the name and address of the Buyer;

(2) the date of the contract;

(3) the price of the food and nonfood items of the home food service plan;

(4) the service charge or the price of any service charges associated with the home food service plan;

(5) the total price of the home food service plan, including the price of the food and nonfood items, and 

the price of any service charge; and

(6) a statement that the Buyer shall have the right to cancel the home food service plan contract until 

midnight of the third business day after the date on which the Buyer executed the contract or after 

the day on which the Seller provided the Buyer with a fully executed copy of the contract, whichever 

is later, by giving written notice of cancellation to the Seller. Compliance with requirements of 

federal statutes, rules, or regulations governing form of notice of right of cancellation shall be 

deemed satisfactory notice of the requirements of this regulation.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

107

(b) In addition to the above disclosures required in the written agreement, the following disclosures are 

required to be given to the Buyer at the time of sale:

(1) A written list of all food and nonfood items to be sold, which shall include:

i. the identity of each unit and, where applicable, the USDA quality grade of the item, if so 

graded; the primal source; and the brand or trade name;

ii. the quantity of each item sold;

iii. the estimated serving size by net weight of each piece of meat, poultry, and seafood item 

offered for sale under the home food service plan, provided, however, that such estimates shall 

not differ from the actual weight at the time of delivery by more than 5 % and the dollar value 

of the meat, poultry, and seafood items delivered is equal to or greater than that represented to 

the Buyer; and

iv. the net weight, measure, or count of all other food and nonfood items offered for sale.

(2) A current unit price list stating in dollars and cents the price per kilogram or pound or other 

appropriate unit of measure, and the total sale price of each item to be delivered. This price list shall 

clearly and conspicuously make reference to the fact of whether there are additional costs disclosed 

in the written agreement relating to any “service charges” associated with the purchase of the home 

food service plan.

(3) If a membership is sold, a written statement of all terms, conditions, benefits, and privileges 

applicable to the membership.

(1) If a service charge is included, a written statement specifically identifying the service(s) provided 

and the price(s) charged for them.

1.13.2.2. At the Time of Delivery:

(a) At the time of delivery, the Seller shall provide a receipt, for signature by the Buyer, disclosing the 

following information:

(1) the identity of the item and the net quantity of the contents in terms of either weight, measure, 

or count, as required by applicable law. The net weight of each food item delivered shall be 

within the limit specified in Section 1.13.2.1.b(i)(iii) Contract and Disclosure Requirements; 

and

(2) the unit price and total sales price of each food and nonfood item. The unit price shall be the 

same as that specified on the unit price list given to the Buyer at the time of sale.

1.13.3. Advertisement of Home Food Service Plans. – Any advertisement of a home food service plan which 

discloses item pricing information in accordance with the provisions of this section shall set forth, in a clear and 

conspicuous manner, whether there are any service charges or other additional costs associated with the purchase 

of the home food service plan.

(Added 1992)

Section 2. Non-food Products [NOTE 1, page 101]

2.1. Advertising and Price Computing of Bulk Commodities. – The price of bulk commodities or commodities not 

in package form and sold by weight shall be advertised, displayed, and computed in terms of whole units of weight 

(i.e., grams, kilograms, pounds, ounces, etc.), and not in common or decimal fractions.

(Added 1989)
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

108

2.2. Fence Wire Products. – Rolls of fence wire products shall be sold by:

(a) Gauge of wire.

(b) Height in terms of inches or centimeters, if applicable.

(c) Length in terms of rods, meters, or feet.

(Added 1979)

2.3. Coatings. – Asphalt paints, coatings, and plastics shall be sold in terms of liquid measure.

(Added 1971)

2.4. Fireplace and Stove Wood. – For the purpose of this regulation, this section shall apply to the sale of all wood, 

natural and processed, for use as fuel or flavoring.

(Amended 1999)

2.4.1. Definitions.

2.4.1.1. Fireplace and Stove Wood. – Any kindling, logs, boards, timbers, or other wood, natural or 

processed, split or not split, advertised, offered for sale, or sold for use as fuel.

(Amended 1991)

2.4.1.2. Cord. – The amount of wood that is contained in a space of 128 ft3 when the wood is ranked and 

well stowed. For the purpose of this regulation, “ranked and well stowed” shall be construed to mean that 

pieces of wood are placed in a line or row, with individual pieces touching and parallel to each other, and 

stacked in a compact manner.

2.4.1.3. Representation. – This shall be construed to mean any advertisement, offering, invoice, or the like 

that pertains to the sale of fireplace or stove wood.

2.4.1.4. Flavoring Chips. – Any kindling, logs, boards, timbers, or other natural or processed, split or unsplit 

wood that is advertised, offered for sale, or sold for flavoring smoked or barbequed foods.

(Added 1999)

2.4.2. Identity. – A representation may include a declaration of identity that indicates the species group (for 

example, 50 % hickory, 50 % miscellaneous softwood). Such a representation shall indicate, within 10 % 

accuracy, the percentages of each group.

2.4.3. Quantity. – Fireplace and stove wood shall be advertised, offered for sale, and sold only by measure, using 

the term “cord” and fractional parts of a cord or the cubic meter, except that:

(a) Packaged natural wood. – Natural wood offered for sale in packaged form in quantities less than 

0.45 m3 (1

/8 cord or 16 ft3) shall display the quantity in terms of:

(1) liters, to include fractions of liter, and may also include a declaration of quantity in terms of cubic 

foot or feet to include fractions of a cubic foot.

(Amended 2010 and 2016)

NOTE: Implementation for the requirement for use of the liter in (1) package may continue to show the 

dim3 level instead of liter (L) for three years after the effective date of this regulation to allow for the use 

of current packages inventories.

(Added 2016)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

109

(b) Artificial compressed or processed logs. – A single fireplace log shall be sold by weight, and packages 

of such individual logs shall be sold by weight plus count.

(c) Stove wood pellets or chips. – Pellets or chips not greater than 15 cm (6 in) in any dimension shall be 

sold by weight. This requirement does not apply to flavoring chips.

(Amended 1976 and 1991)

(d) Flavoring chips. – Flavoring chips offered for sale in packaged form in quantities less than 0.45 m3

(

1

/8 cord or 16 ft3) shall display the quantity in terms of:

(1) liters, to include fractions of liters, and may also include a declaration of quantity in terms of cubic 

foot or feet to include fractions of a cubic foot.

(Added 1998) (Amended 2010 and 2016)

NOTE: In determining the appropriate Method of Sale, a clear distinction must be made as to whether the 

wood is being sold primarily as fuel (some wood is sold as fuel but flavoring is a byproduct) or strictly as a 

wood flavoring.

(Added 2010)

(Amended 1976, 1991, 1998, 2010, and 2016)

2.4.4. Prohibition of Terms. – The terms “face cord,” “rack,” “pile,” “truckload,” or terms of similar import 

shall not be used when advertising, offering for sale, or selling wood for use as fuel.

2.4.5. Delivery Ticket or Sales Invoice. – A delivery ticket or sales invoice shall be presented by the seller to 

the purchaser whenever any non-packaged fireplace or stove wood is sold. The delivery ticket or sales invoice 

shall contain at least the following information:

(a) the name and address of the vendor;

(b) the name and address of the purchaser;

(c) the date delivered;

(d) the quantity delivered and the quantity upon which the price is based, if this differs from the delivered 

quantity;

(e) the price of the amount delivered; and

(f) the identity, in the most descriptive terms commercially practicable, including any quality representation 

made in connection with the sale.

(Added 1975)

2.5. Peat and Peat Moss. – Applies only with respect to organic matter of geological origin, excluding coal and 

lignite, originating principally from dead vegetative remains through the agency of water in the absence of air and 

occurring in a bog, swampland, or marsh, and containing an ash content not exceeding 25 % on a dry weight basis 

[dried in an oven at 105 oC (221 oF) until no further weight loss can be determined].

2.5.1. Declaration of Quantity. – The declaration of quantity of peat and peat moss shall be expressed in terms 

of weight units or in cubic measure units.

2.5.2. Units.

2.5.2.1. Weight. – Peat and peat moss sold in terms of weight shall be offered and exposed for sale only in 

kilograms and/or pounds.
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

110

2.5.2.2. Cubic Measure. – Peat and peat moss sold in terms of cubic measure shall be offered and exposed 

for sale only in liters and/or cubic feet. If the commodity is labeled in terms of compressed cubic 

measurement, the quantity declaration shall represent the quantity in the compressed state.

(Added 1971) (Amended 1975, 1979, 1983, and 1997)

2.6. Prefabricated Utility Buildings. – Shall be offered for retail sale on the basis of usable inside space as follows:

(a) length, measured from inside surface of wall panels at the base;

(b) width, measured from inside surface of wall panels at the base;

(c) height, measured from the base to the top of the shortest wall panel.

Inside dimensions in SI units shall be declared to the nearest 0.01 meter; inside dimensions in U.S. customary units 

shall be declared to the nearest inch.

If total usable inside space is declared in a supplemental declaration, it shall be to the nearest cubic decimeter or cubic 

foot.

(Added 1975)

2.7. Roofing and Roofing Material. – Shall be sold by the square meter only if sold in SI units, by the square, or by 

the square foot only if sold in U.S. customary units.

(Amended 1979)

2.7.1. Definitions.

2.7.1.1. Square Meter. – The quantity of roofing or roofing material that, when applied according to the 

directions or instructions of the manufacturer, will cover one square meter exclusive of side laps or side 

joints.

(Added 1979)

2.7.1.2. Square. – The quantity of roofing or roofing material that, when applied according to directions or 

instructions of the manufacturer, will cover an area of 100 ft2 exclusive of side laps or side joints, provided, 

in the case of roofing or roofing material of corrugated design, the side lap or side joint shall be one full 

corrugation.

2.7.1.3. Square Foot. – The quantity of roofing or roofing material that, when applied according to the 

directions or instructions of the manufacturer, will cover 1 ft2 (144 in2

) exclusive of side laps or side joints.

2.7.2. Declaration of Quantity. – When the declaration of quantity on a package of roofing or roofing material 

contains the term “square,” it shall include, plainly and conspicuously, a numerical definition of the term “square.”

Example:

“One square covers 100 ft2 of roof area.”

2.7.2.1. Common Fractions. – The use of the common fraction one-third (1⁄3) is specifically authorized in 

the quantity statement of a package of roofing or roofing material when, and only when, used as the common 

fraction of the “square.”

2.7.2.2. Quantity Statement. – The primary declaration if in U.S. customary units shall only be in terms of 

squares or square feet, and if in metric units shall only be in terms of square meters. There is no prohibition 

against the use of supplementary quantity declarations, such as shingle dimensions, but in no case shall the 
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

111

weight of the material be stated or implied. However, the use of numerical descriptions for rolls of felt 

roofing material may continue to be used.

(Added 1971) (Amended 1979)

2.8. Sealants. – Caulking compounds, glazing compounds, and putty shall be sold in terms of liquid measure, except 

that rope caulk shall be sold by weight.

(Added 1971) (Amended 1981)

2.9. Sod and Turf.

2.9.1. Application. – For the purpose of this regulation, this section shall apply to all sod, including turf sod, turf 

plugs, and turf sprigs.

2.9.2. Definitions.

2.9.2.1. Sod. – Shall mean “turf sod,” “turf plugs,” or “turf sprigs” of a single kind or variety or a mixture 

of kinds and varieties.

2.9.2.2. Turf. – The live population of one or more kinds of grasses, legumes, or other plant species used 

for lawns, recreational use, soil erosion control, or other such purposes.

2.9.2.3. Turf plug. – A small section cut from live turf of those kinds of turf normally vegetatively 

propagated (such as zoysia grass) that when severed contain sufficient plant material to remain intact.

2.9.2.4. Turf sod. – A strip or section of live turf that when severed contains sufficient plant material to 

remain intact.

2.9.2.5. Turf sprig. – A live plant, stolon, crown, or section cut from stolonifera plants used as turf.

2.9.3. Quantity. – Sod shall be advertised, offered for sale, and sold by measure or by a combination of count 

and measure as prescribed by this subsection.

2.9.3.1. Turf sod. – Turf sod shall be advertised for sale and sold in terms of the square meter, square foot, 

or square yard, as appropriate.

(Amended 1979)

2.9.3.2. Turf plugs. – Turf plugs shall be advertised for sale and sold in terms of count, combined with a 

statement of the plug diameter.

2.9.3.3. Turf sprigs. – Turf sprigs shall be advertised for sale and sold in terms of the liter or bushel.

(Added 1976) (Amended 1979)

2.10. Softwood Lumber. – Applies to softwood boards, timbers, and dimension lumber that have been surfaced; to 

other products set forth in the lastest version of the U.S. Department of Commerce, Voluntary Product Standard PS 

20-15, “American Softwood Lumber Standard,” Tables 1 through 4; but shall not apply to rough lumber or lumber 

(other than products in the tables) remanufactured or joined so as to have changed the form or identity, such as 

individually assembled or packaged millwork items. “Nominal sizes”are customary dimensions to describe 

approximate, rather than actual, sizes of lumber. “Nominal sizes” were originally derived from the dimensions of 

rough lumber before surfacing and are always greater than the actual or minimum dressed dimensions; thus, a dry 

“2 × 4” is surfaced to the actual dimensions of 11⁄2 in × 31⁄2 in (38 mm × 89 mm). The requirements in Section 2.10.1. 

Definitions refer to actual sizes of lumber. Examples of nominal sizes and minimum dressed sizes for board and 

dimension lumber are shown in Table 1. Softwood Lumber Sizes. A more complete listing of nominal size categories 

are found in the latest version of PS 20-15, “American Softwood Standard” in Tables 1 through 4. 

(Amended 2016)
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

112

2.10.1. Definitions.

2.10.1.1. Dressed Lumber. – Lumber that has been surfaced by a machine (to attain smoothness of surface 

and uniformity of size) on one side (S1S), on two sides (S2S), one edge (S1E), two edges (S2E), or a 

combination of sides and edges (S1S1E, S1S2E, S2S1E, S4S).

(Amended 2016)

2.10.1.2. Boards. – Lumber 38 mm (11⁄2 in) or less in actual thickness and 38 mm (11⁄2 in) or more in actual 

width. Lumber less than 140 mm (51⁄2 in) in actual width may be classified as strips.

(Amended 2016)

2.10.1.3. Timbers. – Lumber 114 mm (41⁄2 in) or more in smallest dimension. Timbers may be designated 

as beams, stringers, posts, caps, sills, girders, or purlins.

2.10.1.4. Dimension Lumber. – Lumber from 38 mm (11⁄2 in) to, but not including, 114 mm (41⁄2 in) in 

actual thickness, and 38 mm (11⁄2 in) or more in actual width. Dimension lumber may be designated as 

framing, joists, planks, rafters, or studs.

2.10.1.5. Rough Lumber. – Lumber that has not been dressed, but that has been sawed, edged, and trimmed 

at least to the extent of showing saw marks, or other primary manufacturing marks in the wood, on the four 

longitudinal surfaces of each piece for its overall length.

(Amended 2016)

2.10.1.6. Matched Lumber. – Lumber that has been worked with a tongue on one edge of each piece and a 

groove on the opposite edge to provide a close tongue and groove joint by fitting two pieces together; when 

end-matched, the tongue and groove are worked in the ends also.

2.10.1.7. Patterned Lumber. – Lumber that is shaped to a pattern or a molded form, in addition to being 

dressed, matched, or shiplapped, or any combination of these workings.

2.10.1.8. Shiplapped Lumber. – Lumber that has been worked or rabbeted on both edges of each piece to 

provide a closelapped joint by fitting two pieces together.

2.10.1.9. Grade. – The commercial designation assigned to lumber meeting specifications established by a 

nationally recognized grade rule writing organization.

2.10.1.10. Species. – The commercial name assigned to a species of trees.

2.10.1.11. Species Group. – The commercial name assigned to two or more individual species having 

similar characteristics.

2.10.1.12. Representation. – A “representation” shall be construed to mean any advertisement, offering, 

invoice, or the like that pertains to the sale of lumber.

2.10.1.13. Minimum Dressed Sizes (width and thickness). – The standardized width and thickness at 

which lumber is dressed when manufactured in accordance with the U.S. Department of Commerce 

Voluntary Product Standard PS 20-15), “American Softwood Lumber Standard,” or latest edition, and 

regional grading rules conforming to the latest version of PS 20-15. (See Table 1. Softwood Lumber Sizes

containing examples of some minimum dressed sizes.)

(Amended 2016)

2.10.2. Identity. – Representations shall include a declaration of identity that specifies the grade or grades, 

species or species group, and whether the lumber is unseasoned (green) or dry.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

113

2.10.3. Quantity. – Representations shall be in terms of:

(a) the number of pieces; 

(b) the minimum dressed width and thickness or actual width and thickness, except that the use of nominal 

dimensions shall be allowed as long as:

(1) the term “nominal” or “nom” is also used, and

(2) the actual or minimum dressed sizes are prominently displayed to the customer either by means of 

a table or label.

(c) either the length of individual pieces or the lineal footage.

(Amended 2016)
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

114

Table 1. Softwood Lumber Sizes

Examples of the minimum dressed sizes at the time of manufacture for both unseasoned (green and dry lumber in 

the latest version of the U.S. Department of Commerce in Voluntary Product Standard PS 20-15.

Product Classification

(Nominal Size)

Minimum Dressed Sizes**

Unseasoned Dry

Inches Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters

Surfaced Lumber*

2 × 2 19/16 × 19/16 40 × 40 11⁄2 × 11⁄2 38 × 38

2 × 21⁄2 19/16 × 21/16 40 × 52 11⁄2 × 2 38 × 51

2 × 3 19/16 × 29/16 40 × 65 11⁄2 × 21⁄2 38 × 64

2 × 4 19/16 × 39/16 40 × 90 11⁄2 × 31⁄2 38 × 89

2 × 6 19/16 × 55/8 40 × 143 11⁄2 × 51⁄2 38 × 140

2 × 8 19/16 × 71⁄2 40 × 190 11⁄2 × 71⁄4 38 × 184

2 × 10 19/16 × 91⁄2 40 × 241 11⁄2 × 91⁄4 38 × 235

2 × 12 19/16 × 111⁄2 40 × 292 11⁄2 × 111⁄4 38 × 286

Board Lumber

1 × 2 25/32× 19/16 20 × 40 3⁄4 × 11⁄2 19 × 38

1 × 3 25/32× 29/16 20 × 65 3⁄4 × 21⁄2 19 × 64

1 × 4 25/32 × 39/16 20 × 90 3⁄4 × 31⁄2 19 × 89

1 × 6 25/32 × 55/8 20 × 143 3⁄4 × 51⁄2 19 × 140

1 × 8 25/32 × 71⁄2 20 × 190 3⁄4 × 71⁄4 19 × 184

1 × 10 25/32 × 91⁄2 20 × 241 3⁄4 × 91⁄4 19 × 235

1 × 12 25/32 × 111⁄2 20 × 292 3⁄4 × 111⁄4 19 × 286

*The dry thicknesses of nominal 3 in and 4 in lumber are 21⁄2 in (64 mm) and 31⁄2 in (89 mm); unseasoned thicknesses 

are 29

/16 in (65 mm) and 39/16 (90 mm). Widths for these thicknesses are the same as shown above.

**PS 20-15 defines dry lumber as being 19 % or less in moisture content and unseasoned lumber as being over 19 % 

moisture content. The size of lumber changes approximately 1 % for each 4 % change in moisture content. Lumber 

stabilizes at approximately 15 % moisture content under normal use conditions.

(Added 1971) (Amended 2016)

(Added 1971) (Amended 1990, 1993, and 2016)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

115

2.11. Carpet. – Anyone who sells carpet shall provide the purchaser with written statements at the time of sale giving 

the following information:

(a) The name and address of the manufacturer.

(b) The style name and roll number of the carpet.

(c) The generic name of the fiber and the type of backing material.

(d) The amount delivered (exact size shipped).

(e) The price per square meter if sold in SI units, or the price per square foot if sold in U.S. customary units, and 

the total price.

(Added 1977) (Amended 1979 and 1999)

2.12. Hardwood Lumber - Retail Sales. – The requirements of this section apply to retail sales of hardwood lumber, 

but not to hardwood flooring, molding, or other pre-formed products.

2.12.1. Definitions.

2.12.1.1. Board Foot. – The U.S. customary unit of volume measurement for hardwood lumber. A board 

foot is the volume of a board 1 ft long, 1 ft wide, and 1 in thick or its equivalent (144 in3 of wood).

2.12.1.2. Surfaced Lumber. – Lumber that has been surfaced for the purpose of attaining smoothness of 

surface and uniformity of size.

2.12.1.3. Kiln Drying. – A specialized process used to minimize dimensional changes in service. Hardwood 

lumber used for most products must have moisture removed by placing it in a drying kiln with controlled 

humidity and heat for a period of time determined by the initial and the final moisture content, the species, 

and the thickness.

2.12.1.4. Surface Measure. – A rounded area measurement for hardwood lumber. The surface measure 

shall be determined by multiplying the full width of the piece in inches and fractions by the standard length 

(see Section 2.12.1.7. Standard Lengths) in feet, dividing by 12, and rounding up or down to the nearest 

whole square foot. (Fractions less than or equal to one-half square foot are rounded down and those greater 

than one-half square foot are rounded up.)

2.12.1.5. Species. – The commercial name assigned to a species of trees.

2.12.1.6. Species Group. – The commercial name assigned to two or more individual species having similar 

characteristics.

2.12.1.7. Standard Lengths. – 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16 feet. Fractional lengths are 

rounded down to the next lower standard length (for example, if a board is 6 ft 8 in long, its length is rounded 

down to 6 ft).

2.12.1.8. Stock Widths. – Special items manufactured to predetermined widths, normally for retail sale.

2.12.2. Identity. – Representations shall include a declaration of identity that specifies the species or species 

group.

2.12.3. Surfaced (S4S) Lumber Manufactured to Stock Widths.

2.12.3.1. Quantity. – Representations shall be in terms of one of the following:
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

116

(a) by linear measure when surfaced width and thickness are stated; or

(b) by count when length and surfaced width and thickness are stated; or

(c) by surface measure (square feet) when a thickness is stated.

2.12.3.2. Representations. – The use of nominal dimensions shall be allowed if the table of Minimum 

Surfaced Sizes for Kiln Dried Hardwood Lumber or the actual dimensions are prominently displayed to the 

customer, and the term “nominal” or “nom” is used in conjunction with any representation of nominal 

dimensions.

2.12.3.3 Minimum surfaced sizes for Kiln Dried Lumber (width and thickness). – Table 2. Minimum 

Surfaced Sizes for Kiln Dried Hardwood Lumber shows the minimum sizes for the stock widths listed. This 

table includes dimensions for thicknesses of 1 in and 2 in thick stock lumber. Hardwood lumber is also 

manufactured in thicknesses of 11⁄4 in (1 in surfaced) and 11⁄2 in (13/16 in surfaced). For other thicknesses, use 

the nominal and minimum widths from the table. For example: a board with the nominal dimensions of 

11⁄4 in x 4 in would have minimum thickness of 1 in and minimum width of 31⁄2 in.

Table 2. Minimum Surfaced Sizes for Kiln Dried Hardwood Lumber

SI Units for Thickness and Width Thickness and Width in Inches

Minimum Sizes in Millimeters Nominal Sizes Minimum Sizes

38 × 89 2 × 4 11⁄2 × 31⁄2

 38 × 140 2 × 6 11⁄2 × 51⁄2

 38 × 184 2 × 8 11⁄2 × 71⁄4

 38 × 235 2 × 10 11⁄2 × 91⁄4

 38 × 286 2 × 12 11⁄2 × 111⁄4

19 × 19 1 × 1 3⁄4 × 3⁄4

19 × 38 1 × 2 3⁄4 × 11⁄2

19 × 63 1 × 3 3⁄4 × 21⁄2

19 × 89 1 × 4 3⁄4 × 31⁄2

 19 × 140 1 × 6 3⁄4 × 51⁄2

 19 × 184 1 × 8 3⁄4 × 71⁄4

 19 × 235 1 × 10 3⁄4 × 91⁄4

 19 × 286 1 × 12 3⁄4 × 111⁄4

The dry thickness of nominal 11⁄2 in lumber is 13/16 in. The dry thickness of nominal 11⁄4 in lumber is 1 in. Sizes are 

shown in inches and millimeters. Minimum sizes in millimeters are calculated by multiplying the size in inches by 

25.4 and rounding to the nearest millimeter. The rule for rounding is: round up for numbers greater than 0.50 mm 

and round down for numbers less than or equal to 0.50 mm. In case of a dispute on size measurements, the inch 

measurement takes precedence. Nominal and minimum widths for these thicknesses are shown above. The SI 

equivalents for 1 in and 13

/16 in lumber are 25.4 mm and 30.1 mm, respectively.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

117

2.12.4. Random Width Lumber.

2.12.4.1. Sales of Random Width Hardwood Lumber. – Sales of random width hardware lumber

measured after kiln drying shall be quoted, invoiced, and delivered on the basis of net board footage with no 

addition of footage for kiln drying shrinkage or surfacing. Sales of hardwood lumber measured and sold 

prior to kiln drying or surfacing shall be quoted, invoiced, and delivered on the basis of net board footage 

before kiln drying or surfacing. If the lumber is to be kiln dried or surfaced at the request of the purchaser, 

the kiln drying or surfacing charge shall be clearly shown and identified on the quotation and invoice.

(Amended 1993)

2.13. Polyethylene Products.

2.13.1. Consumer and Non-consumer Products. – Offered and exposed for sale shall be sold in the terms given 

in Section 2.13.1.1. Sheeting and film.

2.13.1.1. Sheeting and Film.

Consumer products shall include quantity statements in both SI and U.S. customary units.

Consumer products:

(a) length and width (in SI and U.S. customary units)

(b) area (in square meters and square feet)

(c) thickness (in micrometers and mils [NOTE 4, page 117]

)

(d) weight (in SI and U.S. customary units)

Non-Consumer Products:

(a) length and width (in SI or U.S. customary units)

(b) area (in square meters or square feet)

(c) thickness (in micrometers or mils [NOTE 4, page 117]

)

(d) weight (in SI or U.S. customary units)

(Added 1982) (Amended 1979, 1993, and 1998)

NOTE 4: 1 mil = 0.001 in = 25.4 micrometers (μm). 1 micrometer = 0.000 039 37 in.

(Amended 1993)

2.13.2. Consumer Products. – At retail shall be sold in the terms given in Section 2.13.2.1. Food wrap, 

Section 2.13.2.2. Lawn and trash bags, and Section 2.13.2.3. Food and sandwich bags.

2.13.2.1. Food Wrap.

(a) length and width

(b) area in square meters and square feet

(Amended 1979)
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

118

2.13.2.2. Lawn and Trash Bags.

(a) count

(b) dimensions

(c) thickness in micrometers and mils

(Amended 1993)

(d) capacity [NOTE 5, page 118]

2.13.2.3. Food and Sandwich Bags. – The capacity statement does not apply to fold-over sandwich bags.

(a) count

(b) dimensions

(c) capacity [NOTE 5, page 118]

NOTE 5: See Section 10.8.2. Capacity of the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation.

2.13.3. Non-consumer Products. – Shall be offered and exposed for sale in the terms given in Section 2.13.3.1. Bags. 

(Package shall be labeled in SI or U.S. customary units and may include both units.)

(Amended 1998)

2.13.3.1. Bags.

(a) count

(b) dimensions

(c) thickness in micrometers or mils

(d) weight

(e) capacity [NOTE 5, page 118]

2.13.4. Declaration of Weight. – The labeled statement of weight for polyethylene sheeting and film products 

under Sections 2.13.1.1. Sheeting and film, and 2.13.3.1. Bags, shall be equal to or greater than the weight 

calculated by using the formula below. The final value shall be calculated to four digits, and declared to three 

digits, dropping the final digit as calculated (for example, if the calculated value is 2.078 lb, then the declared net 

weight shall be 2.07 lb).

For SI dimensions:

M = T × A × D/1000, where:

M = net mass in kilograms

T = nominal thickness in centimeters

A = nominal length in centimeters times nominal width [NOTE 6, page 119] in centimeters

D = minimum density in grams per cubic centimeter as defined by the latest version of ASTM 

Standard D1505, “Standard Test Method for Density of Plastics by the Density-Gradient 

Technique” and the latest version of ASTM Standard D883, “Standards Terminology Relating to 

Plastics.” 
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

119

For the purpose of this regulation, the minimum density (D) for linear low density polyethylene plastics (LLDPE)

shall be 0.92 g/cm3 (when D is not known).

For the purpose of this regulation, the minimum density (D) for linear medium density polyethylene plastics 

(LMDPE) shall be 0.93 g/cm3 (when D is not known).

For the purpose of this regulation, the minimum density (D) for high density polyethylene plastics (HDPE) shall 

be 0.94 g/cm3 (when D is not known).

For U.S. customary dimensions:

W = T × A × 0.03613 × D, where:

W = net weight in pounds

T = nominal thickness in inches;

A = nominal length in inches times nominal width [NOTE 6, page 118] in inches

D = minimum density in grams per cubic centimeter as defined by the latest version of ASTM 

Standard D1505, “Standard Test Method for Density of Plastics by the Density-Gradient 

Technique” and the latest version of ASTM Standard D883, “Standards Terminology Relating to 

Plastics.” 

0.03613 is a factor for converting g/cm3 to lb/in3

For the purpose of this regulation, the minimum density (D) for linear low density polyethylene plastics (LLDPE) 

shall be 0.92 g/cm3 (when D is not known).

For the purpose of this regulation, the minimum density (D) for linear medium density polyethylene plastics 

(LMDPE) shall be 0.93 g/cm3 (when D is not known).

For the purpose of this regulation, the minimum density (D) for high density polyethylene plastics (HDPE) shall 

be 0.94 g/cm3 (when D is not known).

(Added 1977) (Amended 1980, 1982, 1987, 1989, 1990, 1993, and 2012)

NOTE 6: The nominal width for bags in this calculation is twice the labeled width.

2.14. Insulation.

2.14.1. Packaged Loose-Fill Insulation Except Cellulose. – The label shall declare:

(a) the type of insulation and the net weight with no qualifying statement; and

(b) the minimum thickness, maximum net coverage area, and minimum weight per square foot at R values 

of 11, 19, and 22. This information shall also be supplied for any additional R values listed.

(Amended 1990)

2.14.2. Packaged Loose-Fill Cellulose Insulation. – The label shall declare:

(a) the type of insulation and the net weight with no qualifying statement; and

(b) the minimum thickness, maximum net coverage area, number of bags per 1000 ft2

, and minimum weight 

per square foot at R values of 13, 19, 24, 32, and 40. This information shall also be supplied for any 

additional R values listed.

(Amended 1990)
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

120

2.14.3. Batt and Blanket Insulation. – The principal display panel of packaged batt or blanket insulation shall 

declare the square feet of insulation in the package and the length and width of the batt or blanket. In addition, 

R value and thickness shall be declared on the package.

2.14.4. Installed Insulation. – Installed insulation must be accompanied by a contract or receipt. For all 

insulation except loose-fill and aluminum foil, the receipt must show the coverage area, thickness, and R value of 

the insulation installed. For loose-fill, the receipt must show the coverage area, thickness, and R value of the 

insulation, plus the number of bags used. For aluminum foil, the receipt must show the number and thickness of 

the air spaces, the direction of heat flow, and R value. The receipt must be dated and signed by the installer.

Example: This is to certify that the insulation has been installed in conformance with the requirements 

indicated by the manufacturer to provide a value of R 19 using 31.5 bags of insulation to cover 1500 ft2 area. 

Signed and dated.

(Added 1979) (Amended 1983)

2.15. Solid Fuel Products. – Anthracite, semi anthracite, bituminous, semi-bituminous or lignite coal, and any other 

natural, manufactured, or patented fuel, not in liquid or gaseous form, except fireplace and stove wood, shall be 

offered, exposed for sale, or sold by net weight when in package form.

(Added 1979)

2.16. Compressed or Liquefied Gases in Refillable Cylinders.

2.16.1. Application. – This section does not apply to disposable cylinders of compressed or liquefied gases.

2.16.2. Net Contents. – The net contents shall be expressed in terms of cubic meters or cubic feet, kilograms, or 

pounds and ounces. See Section 2.21. Liquefied Petroleum Gas for permitted expressions of net contents for 

liquefied petroleum gas. A standard cubic foot of gas is defined as a cubic foot at a temperature of 21 oC (70 oF) 

and a pressure of 101.35 kilopascals (14.696 psia), except for liquefied petroleum gas as stated in Section 2.21.

2.16.3. Cylinder Labeling. – Whenever cylinders are used for the sale of compressed or liquefied gases by 

weight, or are filled by weight and converted to volume, the following shall apply:

2.16.3.1. Tare weights.

(a) Stamped or Stenciled Tare Weight. – For safety purposes, the tare weight shall be legibly and 

permanently stamped or stenciled on the cylinder. All tare weight values shall be preceded by the 

letters “TW” or the words “tare weight.” The tare weight shall include the weight of the cylinder 

(including paint), valve, and other permanent attachments. The weight of a protective cap shall not 

be included in tare or gross weights. The Code of Federal Regulations Title 49, Section 178.50-22 

requires the maker of cylinders to retain test reports verifying the cylinder tare weight accuracy to a 

tolerance of 1 %.

(b) Tare Weight for Purposes of Determining the Net Contents. – The tare weight used in the 

determination of the final net contents may be either:

(1) the stamped or stenciled tare weight; or

(2) the actual tare determined at the time of filling the cylinder. If the actual tare is determined at 

the time of filling the cylinder, it must be legibly marked on the cylinder or on a tag attached to 

the cylinder at the time of filling.

(c) Allowable difference. – If the stamped or stenciled tare is used to determine the net contents of the 

cylinder, the allowable difference between the actual tare weight and the stamped (or stenciled) tare 

weight, or the tare weight on a tag attached to the cylinder for a new or used cylinder, shall be:
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

121

(1) 1⁄2 % for tare weights of 9 kg (20 lb) or less; or

(2) 1⁄4 % for tare weights of more than 9 kg (20 lb).

(d) Average requirement. – When used to determine the net contents of cylinders, the stamped or 

stenciled tare weights of cylinders at a single place of business found to be in error predominantly 

in a direction favorable to the seller and near the allowable difference limit shall be considered to 

be not in conformance with these requirements.

2.16.3.2. Acetylene Gas Cylinder Tare Weights. – Acetone in the cylinder shall be included as part of the 

tare weight.

2.16.3.3. Acetylene Gas Cylinder Volumes. – The volumes of acetylene shall be determined from the 

product weight using approved tables such as those published in NIST Handbook 133 or those developed 

using 70 oF (21 oC) and 14.7 ft3 (101.35 kPa) per pound at 1 atmosphere as conversion factors.

2.16.3.4. Compressed Gases such as Oxygen, Argon, Nitrogen, Helium, and Hydrogen. – The volumes 

of compressed gases such as oxygen, argon, nitrogen, helium, or hydrogen shall be determined using the 

tables and procedures given in NIST Technical Note 1079, Tables of Industrial Gas Container Contents and 

Density for Oxygen, Argon, Nitrogen, Helium, and Hydrogen and supplemented by additional procedures 

and tables in NIST Handbook 133.

(Added 1981) (Amended 1990)

2.17. Precious Metals.

2.17.1. Definition.

2.17.1.1. Precious Metals. – Gold, silver, platinum, or any item composed partly or completely of these 

metals or their alloys and in which the market value of the metal in the item is principally the gold, silver, or 

platinum component.

2.17.2. Quantity. – The unit of measure and the method of sale of precious metals, if the price is based in part 

or wholly on a weight determination, shall be either troy weight or SI units. When the measurement or method 

of sale is expressed in SI units of mass, a conversion chart to troy units shall be prominently displayed so as to 

facilitate price comparison. The conversion chart shall also display a table of troy weights indicating grains, 

pennyweights, and troy ounces.

(Added 1982)

2.18. Mulch.

2.18.1. Definition.

2.18.1.1. Mulch. – Any product or material except peat or peat moss (see Section 2.5. Peat and Peat Moss) 

that is advertised, offered for sale, or sold for primary use as a horticultural, aboveground dressing, for 

decoration, moisture control, weed control, erosion control, temperature control, or other similar purposes.

(Added 1987)

2.18.2. Quantity. – All mulch shall be sold, offered, or exposed for sale in terms of volume measure in SI units 

in terms of the cubic meter or liter or in U.S. customary units in terms of the cubic yard or cubic foot.

(Added 1983) (Amended 1987)

2.19. Kerosene (Kerosine). – All kerosene kept, offered, exposed for sale, or sold shall be identified as such and will 

include, with the word kerosene, an indication of its compliance with the latest version of the standard specification 

ASTM Standard D3699, “Standard Specification for Kerosine.”
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

122

Example: 

1K Kerosene; Kerosene - 2K.

(Added 1983)

2.19.1. Retail Sale from Bulk. – All kerosene kept, offered, or exposed for sale and sold from bulk at retail shall 

be in terms of the gallon or liter. 

(Added 2012)

2.20. Gasoline-Oxygenate Blends.

2.20.1. Method of Retail Sale. – Type of Oxygenate must be Disclosed. – All automotive gasoline or automotive 

gasoline-oxygenate blends kept, offered, or exposed for sale, or sold at retail containing at least 1.5 mass percent 

oxygen shall be identified as “with” or “containing” (or similar wording) the predominant oxygenate in the engine 

fuel. For example, the label may read “contains ethanol” or “with MTBE.” The oxygenate contributing the 

largest mass percent oxygen to the blend shall be considered the predominant oxygenate. Where mixtures of only 

ethers are present, the retailer may post the predominant oxygenate followed by the phrase “or other ethers” or 

alternatively post the phrase “contains MTBE or other ethers.” In addition, gasoline-methanol blend fuels 

containing more than 0.15 mass percent oxygen from methanol shall be identified as “with” or “containing” 

methanol. This information shall be posted on the upper 50 % of the dispenser front panel in a position clear and 

conspicuous from the driver’s position in a type at least 12.7 mm (1⁄2 in) in height, 1.5 mm (1

/16 in) stroke (width 

of type).

(Amended 1996)

2.20.2. Documentation for Dispenser Labeling Purposes. – The retailer shall be provided, at the time of 

delivery of the fuel, on product transfer documents such as an invoice, bill of lading, shipping paper, or other 

documentation:

(a) Information that complies with 40 CFR § 80.1503 when the fuel contains ethanol. 

(b) For fuels that do not contain ethanol, information that complies with 40 CFR § 80.1503 and a declaration 

of the predominant oxygenate or combination of oxygenates present in concentrations sufficient to yield 

an oxygen content of at least 1.5 mass percent in the fuel. Where mixtures of only ethers are present, 

the fuel supplier may identify either the predominant oxygenate in the fuel (i.e., the oxygenate 

contributing the largest mass percent oxygen) or alternatively, use the phrase “contains MTBE or other 

ethers.” 

(c) Gasoline containing more than 0.15 mass percent oxygen from methanol shall be identified as “with” or 

“containing” methanol.

(Added 1984) (Amended 1985, 1986, 1991, 1996, and 2014)

2.21. Liquefied Petroleum Gas. – All liquefied petroleum gas, including, but not limited to propane, butane, and 

mixtures thereof, shall be kept, offered, exposed for sale, or sold by the pound, metered cubic foot [NOTE 7, page 125] of 

vapor (defined as 1 ft3 at 60 oF [15.6 °C]), or the gallon (defined as 231 in3 at 60 oF [15.6 °C]). All metered sales by 

the gallon, except those using meters with a maximum rated capacity of 20 gal/min or less, shall be accomplished by 

use of a meter and device that automatically compensates for temperature.

(Added 1986)

NOTE 7: Sources: American National Standards Institute, Inc., “American National Standard for Gas Displacement 

Meters (500 Cubic Feet per Hour Capacity and Under),” First edition, 1974, and NIST Handbook 44, “Specifications, 

Tolerances, and Other Technical Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices.”
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

123

2.22. Liquid Oxygen Used for Respiration.

(a) If sold by weight, liquid oxygen must be weighed on an appropriate, sealed commercial scale. A pressure or 

other type of gauge may not be used to determine weight.

(b) A delivery ticket or sales invoice shall be provided and shall contain at least the following information:

(1) date delivered;

(2) name and address of vendor;

(3) name and address of the purchaser;

(4) if sold by weight:

i. weight of cylinder before filling;

ii. weight of cylinder after filling; and

iii. the net weight of liquid oxygen delivered;

(5) if sold by measure:

i. measurement and any computation used to arrive at the net quantity of liquid oxygen delivered;

(6) the unit price;

(7) the total computed price; and

(8) weigher’s or measurer’s signature.

(Added 1989)

2.23. Animal Bedding.

(Amended 2016)

2.23.1. Definitions. 

2.23.1.1. Compressed Animal Bedding. – Means the volume of the bedding was reduced under pressure 

during the packaging process.

(Added 2016)

2.23.1.2. Useable Volume. – The volume of the product that can be recovered from a package by the 

consumer after it is unwrapped and, if necessary, uncompressed.

(Added 2016)

2.23.2. Method of Sale.

(a) Packaged animal bedding of all kinds, except for baled straw, shall be advertised, labeled, offered for 

sale and sold by volume in either a compressed or an uncompressed package. A package of compressed 

animal bedding shall be advertised, labeled, offered, and exposed for sale and sold on the basis of the 

“Useable Volume.” If unit pricing is provided for use by retail customers to make a value comparison,

it shall be in terms of the price per liter.
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

124

(b) A quantity declaration shall be in terms of the largest whole unit of the milliliter, liter, or cubic meter. 

A declaration may also include the quantity in terms of largest whole unit of the cubic inch, cubic foot, 

or cubic yard only. The terms “Useable Volume” must appear in the quantity declaration on a package 

of compressed animal bedding.

Examples for Uncompressed Animal Bedding: 

Volume 41 Liters (1.4 Cubic Feet)

Volume 125 Liters 

Examples for Compressed Animal Bedding:

Useable Volume 1.4 Cubic Feet (41 Liters)

Useable Volume 27.9 Liters (1700 Cubic Inches)

Useable Volume 113 L (4 Cubic Feet) 

Useable Volume 226 L 

(c) The display of a net or gross weight, pre-compression volume, compressed volume, or supplementary 

dry measure quantities (e.g., dry pint, dry quart, or bushel) anywhere on the package is prohibited.

(Added 2016)

2.23.3. Exemption - Non-Consumer Packages Sold to Laboratory Animal Research Industry. – Packaged 

animal bedding consisting of granular corncobs and other dry (8 % or less moisture), pelleted, and/or noncompressible bedding materials that are sold to commercial (non-retail) end users in the laboratory animal 

research industry (government, medical, university, preclinical, pharmaceutical, research, biotech, and research 

institutions) may be sold on the basis of weight.

(Added 2010)

NOTE: This method of sale for animal bedding shall be enforceable after January 1, 2018.

(Added 2016)

2.24. Wiping Cloths. – Wiping cloths shall be sold by net weight or by count plus size of wiping cloths. When sold 

by count plus size, and the wiping cloths are of assorted sizes, the term “irregular dimensions” and the minimum size 

of such cloths must be declared. The gross weight may not be printed on any package, either consumer or nonconsumer.

(Added 1991)

2.25. Baler Twine. – Baler twine shall be sold on the basis of length in meters or feet, and net mass or weight by 

kilograms or pounds.

(Added 1992)

2.26. Potpourri. – Potpourri shall be sold as follows:

(a) Potpourri packaged in advance of sale shall be sold by weight, except when sold in a decorative container or

sachet, which may be sold by count.

(b) Potpourri sold from bulk shall be sold by weight or by dry volume.

(Added 1992)

2.27. Retail Sales of Natural Gas Sold as a Vehicle Fuel.

2.27.1. Definitions.

2.27.1.1. Compressed Natural Gas(CNG). – A gaseous fuel composed primarily of methane that is suitable 

for compression and dispensing into a fuel storage container(s) for use as an engine fuel.

(Amended 2016)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

125

2.27.1.2. Gasoline Gallon Equivalent (GGE). – Gasoline gallon equivalent (GGE) means 2.567 kg 

(5.660 lb) of compressed natural gas.

(Amended 2016)

2.27.1.3. Diesel Gallon Equivalent (DGE). – Diesel gallon equivalent means 6.384 lb of compressed 

natural gas or 6.059 lb of liquefied natural gas.

(Added 2016) 

2.27.1.4. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG). – Natural gas, which is predominantly methane, that has been 

liquefied at – 162 °C (− 260 °F) at 14.696 psia and stored in insulated cryogenic fuel storage tanks for use as 

an engine fuel.

(Added 2016) 

2.27.2. Method of Retail Sale and Dispenser Labeling.

2.27.2.1. Method of Retail Sale for Compressed Natural Gas. – All compressed natural gas kept, offered, 

or exposed for sale and sold at retail as a vehicle fuel shall be measured in terms of mass, and indicted in the 

gasoline gallon equivalent (GGE), diesel gallon equivalent (DGE) units, or mass.

(Amended 2016)

2.27.2.2. Dispenser Labeling Compressed Natural Gas. – All retail compressed natural gas dispensers

shall be labeled with the equivalent conversion factor in terms of pounds (lb). The label shall be permanently 

and conspicuously displayed on the face of the dispenser and shall have the statement “1 Gasoline Gallon

Equivalent (GGE) means 5.660 lb of Compressed Natural Gas” or “1 Diesel Gallon Equivalent (DGE) means

6.384 lb of Compressed Natural Gas” consistent with the method of sale used.

(Amended 2016)

2.27.2.3. Method of Retail Sale for Liquefied Natural Gas. – All liquefied natural gas kept, offered, or 

exposed for sale and sold at retail as a vehicle fuel shall be measured in mass and indicated in diesel gallon 

equivalent (DGE) units or mass.

(Added 2016) 

2.27.2.4. Dispenser Labeling of Retail Liquefied Natural Gas. – All retail liquefied natural gas dispensers 

shall be labeled with the equivalent conversion factor in terms of pounds (lb). The label shall be permanently 

and conspicuously displayed on the face of the dispenser and shall have the statement “1 Diesel Gallon 

Equivalent (DGE) means 6.059 lb of Liquefied Natural Gas.”

(Added 2016) 

2.28. Communication Paper.

2.28.1. Definitions.

2.28.1.1. Communication Paper. – Packaged bond, mimeo, spirit duplicator, xerographic, and other papers, 

including cut-sized office paper and computer paper.

2.28.1.2. Basis Weight. – As used in this regulation for labeling means the grade, category, or identity of 

the paper determined according to the latest version of ASTM Standard Method D646, “Grammage of Paper 

and Paperboard.” Basis weight is used as a standard of identity and is not considered a net weight declaration.
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

126

2.28.2. Method of Retail Sale and Labeling.

2.28.2.1. Method of Retail Sale. – All packaged communication paper kept, offered, or exposed for sale 

and sold at retail shall be sold in terms of sheet length and width and count.

2.28.2.2. Labeling. – Communication paper in package form shall bear a label that includes:

(a) a declaration of quantity, in terms of sheet length and width and count, in the lower 30 % of the 

principal display panel.

(b) a declaration of identity including the basis weight, and may include such other information as grain 

direction, color, brightness, printed lines, and hole punch information. Due to the variation in basis 

weight in manufacturing and analysis, the basis weight declared on the label shall correspond to the 

basis weight declared by the original manufacturer.

(Added 1994)

2.29. Sand, Rock, Gravel, Stone, Paving Stone, and Similar Materials, when Sold in Bulk. – All sand, rock, 

gravel, stone, paving stone, and similar materials kept, offered, or exposed for sale in bulk must be sold as follows:

(a) Top soil, fill dirt, aggregate or chipped rock, sand (including concrete and mortar sand), decomposed granite, 

landscape type rock, and cinders must be sold by the cubic meter or cubic yard or by weight.

(b) Flagstone must be sold by weight.

(c) Dimensional cut stone must be sold by square meter, square foot, or weight.

(d) This requirement does not apply to single stones with engraving such as gravestones, natural or manmade 

artwork, landscape boulders, and pre-cast uniform size blocks.

(Added 2000)

2.30. Ethanol Flex Fuel.

2.30.1. How to Identify Ethanol Flex Fuel. – Ethanol flex fuel shall be identified as “Ethanol Flex Fuel or EXX 

Flex Fuel.”

2.30.2. Labeling Requirements.

(a) Ethanol flex fuel with an ethanol concentration no less than 51 and no greater than 83 volume percent 

shall be labeled “Ethanol Flex Fuel, minimum 51 % ethanol.” 

(Amended 2014)

(b) Ethanol flex fuel with an ethanol concentration less than or equal to 50 volume percent shall be labeled 

“EXX Flex Fuel, minimum YY % ethanol,” where the XX is the target ethanol concentration in volume 

percent and YY is XX minus five (− 5). The actual ethanol concentration of the fuel shall be XX volume 

percent plus or minus five (± 5) volume percent. 

(Added 2014)

(c) A label shall be posted which states “For Use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles (FFV) Only.” This information 

shall be clearly and conspicuously posted on the upper 50 % of the dispenser front panel in a type at least 

12.7 mm (1⁄2 in) in height, 1.5 mm (1/16 in) stroke (width of type). A label shall be posted which states, 

“CHECK OWNERS MANUAL,” and shall not be less than 6 mm (1⁄4 in) in height by 0.8 mm (1/32 in) 
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

127

stroke; block style letters and the color shall be in definite contrast to the background color to which it 

is applied.

(Amended 2014)

(Added 2007) (Amended 2014)

2.31. Biodiesel and Biodiesel Blends.

2.31.1. Identification of Product. – Biodiesel shall be identified by the term “Biodiesel” with the designation 

“B100.” Biodiesel Blends shall be identified by the term “Biodiesel Blend.”

2.31.2. Labeling of Retail Dispensers.

2.31.2.1. Labeling of Grade Required. – Biodiesel shall be identified by the grades S15 or S500. biodiesel 

blends shall be identified by the grades No. 1-D, No. 2-D, or No. 4-D.

2.31.2.2. EPA Labeling Requirements also Apply. – Retailers and wholesale purchaser-consumers of 

biodiesel blends shall comply with EPA pump labeling requirements for sulfur under 40 CFR § 80.570.

2.31.2.3. Automotive Fuel Rating. – Biodiesel and biodiesel blends shall be labeled with its automotive 

fuel rating in accordance with 16 CFR Part 306.

2.31.2.4. Biodiesel Blends. – When biodiesel blends greater than 20 % by volume are offered by sale, each 

side of the dispenser where fuel can be delivered shall have a label conspicuously placed that states “Consult 

Vehicle Manufacturer Fuel Recommendations.” The lettering of this legend shall not be less than 6 mm 

(1⁄4in) in height by 0.8 mm (1

/32 in) stroke; block style letters and the color shall be in definite contrast to the 

background color to which it is applied.

2.31.3. Documentation for Dispenser Labeling Purposes. – The retailer shall be provided, at the time of 

delivery of the fuel, a declaration of the volume percent biodiesel on an invoice, bill of lading, shipping paper, or 

other document. This documentation is for dispenser labeling purposes only; it is the responsibility of any 

potential blender to determine the amount of biodiesel in the diesel fuel prior to blending.

2.31.4. Exemption. – Biodiesel blends that contain less than or equal to 5 % biodiesel by volume are exempt 

from the requirements of Sections 2.31.1. Identification of Product, 2.31.2. Labeling of Retail Dispensers, and 

2.31.3. Documentation for Dispenser Labeling Purposes when it is sold as diesel fuel.

(Added 2008)

2.32. Retail Sales of Hydrogen Fuel (H).

2.32.1. Definitions for Hydrogen Fuel. – A fuel composed of molecular hydrogen intended for consumption 

in a surface vehicle or electricity production device with an internal combustion engine or fuel cell.

(Amended 2012)

2.32.2. Method of Retail Sale and Dispenser Labeling. – All hydrogen fuel kept, offered, or exposed for sale 

and sold at retail shall be in mass units in terms of the kilogram. The symbol for hydrogen vehicle fuel shall be 

the capital letter “H” (the word Hydrogen may also be used).

2.32.3. Retail Dispenser Labeling.

(a) A computing dispenser must display the unit price in whole cents on the basis of price per kilogram.

(b) The service pressure(s) of the dispenser must be conspicuously shown on the user interface in bar or the 

SI unit of pascal (Pa) (e.g., MPa).
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

128

(c) The product identity must be shown in a conspicuous location on the dispenser.

(d) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) labeling requirements also apply.

(e) Hydrogen shall be labeled in accordance with 16 CFR 309 – FTC Labeling Alternative Fuels.

2.32.4. Street Sign Prices and Advertisements.

(a) The unit price must be in terms of price per kilogram in whole cents (e.g., $3.49 per kg, not 

$3.499 per kg).

(b) The sign or advertisement must include the service pressure (expressed in megapascals) at which the 

dispenser(s) delivers hydrogen fuel (e.g., H35 or H70).

(Added 2010)

2.33. Oil.

2.33.1. Labeling of Vehicle Engine (Motor) Oil. – Vehicle engine (motor) oil shall be labeled.

2.33.1.1. Viscosity. – The label on any vehicle engine (motor) oil container, receptacle, dispenser, or storage 

tank, and any invoice or receipt from service on an engine that includes the installation of vehicle engine 

(motor) oil dispensed from a receptacle, dispenser, or storage tank, shall contain the viscosity grade 

classification preceded by the letters “SAE” in accordance with SAE International’s latest version of 

SAE J300, “Engine Oil Viscosity Classification.”

NOTE: If an invoice or receipt from service on an engine has limited room for identifying the viscosity, 

brand, and service category, then abbreviated versions of each may be used on the invoice or receipt and the 

letters “SAE” may be omitted from the viscosity classification.

(Note added 2014)

(Amended 2014) 

2.33.1.2. Brand. – The label on any vehicle engine (motor) oil container and the invoice or receipt from 

service on an engine that includes the installation of bulk vehicle engine (motor) oil dispensed from a 

receptacle, dispenser, or storage tank shall contain the name, brand, trademark, or trade name of the vehicle 

engine (motor) oil.

(Amended 2014)

2.33.1.3. Engine Service Category. – The label on any vehicle engine (motor) oil container, receptacle, 

dispenser, or storage tank and the invoice or receipt from service on an engine that includes the installation 

of bulk vehicle engine (motor) oil dispensed from a receptacle, dispenser, or storage tank shall contain the 

engine service category, or categories, displayed in letters not less than 3.18 mm (1/8 in) in height, as defined 

by the latest version of SAE J183, “Engine Oil Performance and Engine Service Classification (Other than 

“Energy Conserving”),” API Publication 1509, “Engine Oil Licensing and Certification System,” European 

Automobile Manufacturers Association (ACEA), “European Oil Sequences,” or other Vehicle or Engine 

Manufacturer standards as approved in Section 2.33.1.3.1. Vehicle or Engine Manufacturer Standard.

(Amended 2014) 

2.33.1.3.1. Vehicle or Engine Manufacturer Standard. – The label on any vehicle engine (motor) 

oil container, receptacle, dispenser, or storage tank and the invoice or receipt from service on an engine 

that includes the installation of vehicle engine (motor) oil dispensed from a receptacle, dispenser, or 

storage tank shall identify the specific vehicle or engine manufacturer standard, or standards, met in 

letters not less than 3.18 mm (1/8 in) in height. If the vehicle (motor) oil only meets a vehicle or engine 
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

129

manufacturer standard, the label must clearly identify that the oil is only intended for use where 

specifically recommended by the vehicle or engine manufacturer.

(Added 2014)

2.33.1.3.2. Inactive or Obsolete Service Categories. – The label on any vehicle engine (motor) oil 

container, receptacle, dispenser, or storage tank and the invoice or receipt from service on an engine 

that includes the installation of bulk vehicle engine (motor) oil dispensed from a receptacle, dispenser, 

or storage tank shall bear a plainly visible cautionary statement in compliance with the latest version of 

SAE J183, Appendix A, whenever the vehicle engine (motor) oil in the container or in bulk does not 

meet an active API service category as defined by the latest version of SAE J183, “Engine Oil 

Performance and Engine Service Classification (Other than “Energy Conserving”).” If a vehicle engine 

(motor) oil is identified as only meeting a vehicle or engine manufacturer standard, the labeling 

requirements in Section 2.33.1.3.1. Vehicle or Engine Manufacturer Standard applies.

(Amended 2014)

2.33.1.4. Tank Trucks or Rail Cars. – Tank trucks, rail cars, and other types of delivery trucks that are 

used to deliver bulk vehicle engine (motor) oil are not required to display the SAE viscosity grade and service 

category or categories on such tank trucks, rail cars, and other types of delivery trucks.

(Amended 2013 and 2014)

2.33.1.5. Documentation. – When the engine (motor) oil is sold in bulk, an invoice, bill of lading, shipping 

paper, or other documentation must accompany each delivery. This document must identify the quantity of 

bulk engine (motor) oil delivered as defined in Sections 2.33.1.1. Viscosity; 2.33.1.2. Brand; 2.33.1.3. Engine 

Service Category; the name and address of the seller and buyer; and the date and time of the sale. For inactive 

or obsolete service categories, the documentation shall also bear a plainly visible cautionary statement as 

required in Section 2.33.1.3.2. Inactive or Obsolete Service Categories. Documentation must be retained at 

the retail establishment for a period of not less than one year.

(Added 2013) (Amended 2014)

(Added 2012) (Amended 2013 and 2014)

2.34. Retail Sales of Electricity Sold as a Vehicle Fuel.

2.34.1. Definitions. 

2.34.1.1. Electricity Sold as Vehicle Fuel. – Electrical energy transferred to and/or stored onboard an 

electric vehicle primarily for the purpose of propulsion.

2.34.1.2. Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE). – The conductors, including the ungrounded, 

grounded, and equipment grounding conductors; the electric vehicle connectors; attachment plugs; and all 

other fittings, devices, power outlets, or apparatuses installed specifically for the purpose of measuring, 

delivering, and computing the price of electrical energy delivered to the electric vehicle.

2.34.1.3. Fixed Service. – Service that continuously provides the nominal power that is possible with the 

equipment as it is installed.

2.34.1.4. Variable Service. – Service that may be controlled resulting in periods of reduced, and/or 

interrupted transfer of electrical energy.

2.34.1.5. Nominal Power. – Refers to the “intended” or “named” or “stated” as opposed to “actual” rate of 

transfer of electrical energy (i.e., power).

2.34.2. Method of Sale. – All electrical energy kept, offered, or exposed for sale and sold at retail as a vehicle 

fuel shall be in units in terms of the megajoule (MJ) or kilowatt-hour (kWh). In addition to the fee assessed for 
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

130

the quantity of electrical energy sold, fees may be assessed for other services; such fees may be based on time 

measurement and/or a fixed fee.

2.34.3. Retail Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) Labeling.

(a) A computing EVSE shall display the unit price in whole cents (e.g., $0.12) or tenths of one cent 

(e.g., $0.119) on the basis of price per megajoule (MJ) or kilowatt-hour (kWh). In cases where the 

electrical energy is unlimited or free of charge, this fact shall be clearly indicated in place of the unit 

price.

(b) For fixed service applications, the following information shall be conspicuously displayed or posted on 

the face of the device:

(1) the level of EV service expressed as the nominal power transfer (i.e., nominal rate of electrical 

energy transfer), and

(2) the type of electrical energy transfer (e.g., AC, DC, wireless).

(c) For variable service applications, the following information shall be conspicuously displayed or posted 

on the face of the device:

(1) the type of delivery (i.e., variable);

(2) the minimum and maximum power transfer that can occur during a transaction, including whether 

service can be reduced to zero;

(3) the condition under which variations in electrical energy transfer will occur; and

(4) the type of electrical energy transfer (e.g., AC, DC, wireless).

(d) Where fees will be assessed for other services in direct connection with the fueling of the vehicle, such 

as fees based on time measurement and/or a fixed fee, the additional fees shall be displayed.

(e) The EVSE shall be labeled in accordance with 16 CFR, Part 309 – FTC Labeling Requirements for 

Alternative Fuels and Alternative Fueled Vehicles.

(f) The EVSE shall be listed and labeled in accordance with the National Electric Code® (NEC) NFPA 70, 

Article 625 Electric Vehicle Charging Systems (www.nfpa.org).

2.34.4. Street Sign Prices and Other Advertisements. – Where electrical energy unit price information is 

presented on street signs or in advertising other than on EVSE:

(a) The electrical energy unit price shall be in terms of price per megajoule (MJ) or kilowatt-hour (kWh) in 

whole cents (e.g., $0.12) or tenths of one cent (e.g., $0.119). In cases where the electrical energy is 

unlimited or free of charge, this fact shall be clearly indicated in place of the unit price.

(b) In cases where more than one electrical energy unit price may apply over the duration of a single 

transaction to sales to the general public, the terms and conditions that will determine each unit price and 

when each unit price will apply shall be clearly displayed.

(c) For fixed service applications, the following information shall be conspicuously displayed or posted:

(1) the level of EV service expressed as the nominal power transfer (i.e., nominal rate of electrical 

energy transfer), and
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

131

(2) the type of electrical energy transfer (e.g., AC, DC, wireless).

(d) For variable service applications, the following information shall be conspicuously displayed or posted:

(1) the type of delivery (i.e., variable);

(2) the minimum and maximum power transfer that can occur during a transaction, including whether 

service can be reduced to zero;

(3) the conditions under which variations in electrical energy transfer will occur; and

(4) the type of electrical energy transfer (e.g., AC, DC, wireless).

Where fees will be assessed for other services in direct connection with the fueling of the vehicle, such as fees 

based on time measurement and/or a fixed fee, the additional fees shall be included on all street signs or other 

advertising.

(Added 2013)

2.35. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).

2.35.1. Definition.

2.35.1.1. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). – A preparation of aqueous urea [(NH2)2CO], containing 32.5 % by 

mass of technically-pure urea in high-purity water with quality characteristics defined by the latest version 

of ISO 22241, “Diesel engines - NOx reduction agent AUS 32.”

2.35.2. Labeling of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). – DEF shall be labeled.

2.35.2.1. Retail Dispenser Labeling. – A label shall be clearly and conspicuously placed on the front panel 

of the Diesel Exhaust Fluid dispenser stating “for operation of selective catalytic reduction (SCR) converters 

in motor vehicles with diesel engines.”

2.35.2.2. Documentation for Retailers of Bulk Product. – A DEF supplier shall provide, at the time of 

delivery of the bulk shipment of DEF, identification of the fluid’s origin including the name of the fluid 

manufacturer, the brand name, trade name, or trademark, and a statement identifying the fluid as DEF 

conforming to specifications given in the latest version of ISO 22241, “Diesel engines - NOx reduction agent 

AUS 32.” This information shall be provided by the supplier on an invoice, bill of lading, shipping paper, 

or other document.

2.35.2.3. Labeling of Packaged Product. – Any diesel exhaust fluid retail package shall bear a label that 

includes the name of the fluid manufacturer, the brand name, trade name, or trademark, a statement 

identifying the fluid as DEF conforming to specifications given in the latest version of ISO 22241 “Diesel 

engines - NOx reduction agent AUS 32,” and the statement, “It is recommended to store DEF between − 5°C 

to 30 °C (23 °F to 86 °F).”

2.35.2.4. Documentation for Bulk Deliveries. – A carrier that transports or accepts for transportation any 

bulk shipment by tank truck, freight container, cargo tank, railcar, or any other vehicle used to transport or 

deliver bulk quantities of DEF shall, at the time of delivery of the DEF, provide identification of the fluid’s 

origin including the name of the fluid manufacturer, the brand name, trade name, or trademark, and a 

statement identifying the fluid as DEF conforming to specifications given in the latest version of ISO 22241, 

“Diesel engines - NOx reduction agent AUS 32.” This information shall be provided to the recipient on an 

invoice, bill of lading, shipping paper, or other document.

Effective date shall be January 1, 2016.

(Added 2014)
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

132

Section 3. General

3.1. Presentation of Price. – Whenever an advertised, posted, or labeled price per unit of weight, measure, or count 

for any commodity includes a fraction of a cent, all elements of the fraction shall be prominently displayed, and the 

numerals expressing the fraction shall be immediately adjacent to, of the same general design and style as, and at least 

one half the height and width of, the numerals representing the whole cent.

(Added 1976)

3.2. Allowable Differences: Combination Quantity Declarations. – Whenever the method of sale for a bulk or 

packaged commodity requires the use of a statement that includes count in addition to weight, measure, or size, the 

following shall apply to the particular commodity:

3.2.1. Beverageware: Pressed and Blown Tumblers and Stemware. – The allowable difference between 

actual and declared capacity shall be:

(a) SI Units:

(1) plus or minus 10 mL for items of 200 mL capacity or less; and

(2) plus or minus 5 % of the stated capacity for items over 200 mL capacity.

(Added 1973) (Amended 1974, 1979, and 1980)

(b) U.S. Customary Units:

(1) plus or minus 1⁄4 fl oz for items of 5 fl oz capacity or less; and

(2) plus or minus 5 % of the stated capacity for items over 5 fl oz capacity.

3.3. Labeling of Machines that Dispense Packaged Commodities. – All vending machines dispensing packaged 

commodities shall indicate:

(a) product identity;

(b) net quantity; and

(c) the party responsible for the vending machine.

Examples:

“For service or refunds contact: the XYZ Cola Company, Rockville, MD 20800; 

Telephone: (301) 555-1000,” or “See attendant inside for refunds.”

(Amended 1995)

(d) the requirements for product identity and net quantity can be met either by display of the package or by 

information posted on the outside of the machine.

(Added 1972)

3.4. Railroad Car Tare Weights. – Whenever stenciled tare weights on freight cars are employed in the sale of 

commodities or the assessment of freight charges, the following conditions and requirements shall apply:

3.4.1. Newly Stenciled Tare Weights. – All newly stenciled or re-stenciled tare weights shall be accurately 

represented to the nearest 50 kg for metric units and to the nearest 100 lb for U.S. customary units, and the 

representation shall include the date of weighing.

(Amended 1979)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities

133

3.4.2. Allowable Difference. – The allowable difference between actual tare weight and stenciled tare weight on 

freight cars in use shall be per Section 3.4.2.(a) SI allowable difference or Section 3.4.2.(b) U.S. customary

allowable difference.

(a) SI allowable difference:

(1) plus or minus 150 kg for cars 25 000 kg or less;

(2) plus or minus 200 kg for cars over 25 000 kg to and including 30 000 kg; and

(3) plus or minus 250 kg for cars over 30 000 kg.

(Added 1979)

(b) U.S. customary allowable difference:

(1) plus or minus 300 lb for cars 50 000 lb or less;

(2) plus or minus 400 lb for cars over 50 000 lb to and including 60 000 lb; and

(3) plus or minus 500 lb for cars over 60 000 lb.

3.4.3. Verification or Change of Tare Weights. – Tare weight determinations for verification or change of 

stenciled weights shall only be made on properly prepared and adequately cleaned freight cars.

3.4.4. Special Cars. – Tank cars, covered hopper cars, flat cars equipped with multi-deck racks or special 

superstructure, mechanical refrigerator cars, and house type cars equipped with special lading protective devices 

must be reweighed and re-stenciled only by owners or their authorized representatives:

(a) when car bears no lightweight (empty weight) stenciling; and

(b) when repairs or alterations result in a change of weight in excess of the permissible lightweight tolerance.

(Added 1974) (Renumbered 1985)

(Added 1973) (Amended 1974, 1979, and 1985)

Section 4. Revocation of Conflicting Regulations

All provisions of all orders and regulations heretofore issued on this same subject that are contrary to or inconsistent 

with the provisions of this regulation, and specifically __________, are hereby revoked.

(Added 1971)

Section 5. Effective Date

This regulation shall become effective on _____________.

Given under my hand and the seal of my office in the City of __________ on this __________ day of __________.

Signed ______________________________________

(Added 1971) (Amended 1973)
Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities Handbook 130 – 2017

134

THIS PAGE INTENIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation

135

C. Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation

as adopted by

The National Conference on Weights and Measures*

1. Background

The Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation (UPR) (renamed in 1983) provides a national approach to the subject for those 

jurisdictions choosing to adopt such a regulation. The traditional approach of the Conference in drafting Uniform 

Regulations has been to design specific implementing Regulations for the enforcement of the broader requirements of the 

Uniform Weights and Measures Law. Given the authority of Sections 12.(c) and (d), and the mandate of Section 16. of this 

Law, as well as the trend in unit pricing, both voluntary and mandatory, the UPR is considered appropriate. Unit pricing

has been a concern of the weights and measures official and has been required for random weight packages for a long time.

In 1993, the NCWM was contacted by several weights and measures jurisdictions and retail trade associations who requested 

that the UPR be updated to add new commodity groups and pricing requirements. The comments indicated that many 

commodity groups for non-food products were not included in the table and that some of the required units may not be 

appropriate for many of the new products being sold in stores. Another concern was that the UPR specified pricing only on 

the basis of price per pound on most products sold by weight. This has resulted in some jurisdictions not enforcing the 

requirements on stores that voluntarily unit price on the basis of price per ounce instead of price per pound. The NCWM 

agreed that the UPR should be revised to encourage wider adoption and use of the uniform regulation and that provisions 

for unit pricing in metric units should be included.

At the 1997 Annual Meeting, the NCWM adopted revisions to the regulation to permit retail stores that voluntarily provide 

unit pricing to present prices using various units of measure.

The NCWM eliminated the table of product groupings because it is difficult to keep it current and inclusive, so some newer 

products were not included under the uniform requirements. The table was replaced with requirements that specify that the 

unit price is to be based on price per ounce or pound, or price per 100 grams or kilogram, if the packaged commodity is 

labeled by weight. For example, the proposed revisions would require the unit price for soft drinks sold in various package 

sizes (e.g., 12 fl oz cans through 2 L bottles) to be uniformly and consistently displayed in terms of either price per fluid 

ounce, price per quart, or price per liter. The NCWM also increased the price of commodities exempted from unit pricing

from 10 cents to 50 cents. The NCWM believed these revisions would ensure that unit pricing information facilitates value 

comparison between different package sizes and/or brands offered for sale in a store.

The NCWM also considered several comments on this item from members of the U.S. Metric Association (USMA). Most 

of these comments suggested that the UPR be amended to require unit pricing in metric units and permit U.S. customary

unit pricing to be provided voluntarily. When it developed the proposed revisions, the NCWM included guidelines for both 

U.S. customary and metric unit pricing and believes this is the correct approach to implementing metric revisions in the 

regulation. The NCWM would like to make it clear that the UPR applies only when stores voluntarily provide unit pricing

information. Its purpose is to provide a standard that retailers must follow to ensure that consumers will have pricing 

information that helps them make value comparisons. The decision to provide unit price information in metric or U.S. 

customary units rests with retailers who will respond to consumer preference. The NCWM believes that consumer 

preference will be the deciding factor as to when and how quickly metric unit pricing is used in the marketplace. Therefore, 

the NCWM does not support amendments to include mandatory provisions in the UPR as these provisions would take the 

decision to go to metric unit pricing out of the hands of consumers and retailers. Finally, the NCWM does not want to 

include any requirement that may discourage retailers from voluntarily providing unit price information.

(Amended 1997)

In December 2014, NIST published a unit pricing best practice guide, NIST SP 1181, “Unit Pricing Guide, A Best 

Practice Approach to Unit Pricing,” which can be found at https://www.nist.gov/node/560476?pub_id=917668. The 

guide was developed to provide retailers with information about the best practice requirements for the unit pricing of 

pre-packaged commodities, which will improve the accuracy, usability, and uniformity of unit pricing information 

offered in retail stores. The guide is not intended to conflict with the UPR. Mandatory regulations should be consulted 
Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

136

to ensure those requirements are met before the recommended best practice requirements in this guide are 

implemented. 

*The National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) is supported by the National Institute of Standards and 

Technology (NIST) in partial implementation of its statutory responsibility for “cooperation with the states in securing 

uniformity in weights and measures laws and methods of inspection.”

2. Status of Promulgation

The table beginning on page 6 shows the status of adoption of the Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation

137

Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation

Table of Contents

Section Page

Section 1. Application ..............................................................................................................................................139

Section 2. Terms for Unit Pricing.............................................................................................................................139

Section 3. Exemptions..............................................................................................................................................139

Section 4. Pricing......................................................................................................................................................139

Section 5. Presentation of Price ................................................................................................................................140

Section 6. Uniformity ...............................................................................................................................................140

Section 7. Effective Date ..........................................................................................................................................140
Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

138

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation

139

Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation

Section 1. Application

Except for random and uniform weight packages that clearly state the unit price in accordance with existing 

regulations, any retail establishment providing unit price information for packaged commodities shall provide the unit 

price information in the manner prescribed herein.

Section 2. Terms for Unit Pricing

The declaration of the unit price of a particular commodity in all package sizes offered for sale in a retail establishment 

shall be uniformly and consistently expressed in terms of:

(a) Price per kilogram or 100 g, or price per pound or ounce, if the net quantity of contents of the commodity is 

in terms of weight.

(b) Price per liter or 100 mL, or price per dry quart or dry pint, if the net quantity of contents of the commodity 

is in terms of dry measure or volume.

(c) Price per liter or 100 mL, or price per gallon, quart, pint, or fluid ounce, if the net quantity of contents of the 

commodity is in terms of liquid volume.

(d) Price per individual unit or multiple units if the net quantity of contents of the commodity is in terms of count.

(e) Price per square meter, square decimeter, or square centimeter, or price per square yard, square foot, or square 

inch, if the net quantity of contents of the commodity is in terms of area.

Section 3. Exemptions

(a) Small Packages. – Commodities shall be exempt from these provisions when packaged in quantities of less 

than 28 g (1 oz) or 29 mL (1 fl oz) or when the total retail price is 50 cents or less.

(b) Single Items. – Commodities shall be exempt from these provisions when only one brand in only one size is 

offered for sale in a particular retail establishment.

(c) Infant Formula. – For “infant formula,” unit price information may be based on the reconstituted volume. 

“Infant formula” means a food that is represented for special dietary use solely as a food for infants by reason 

of its simulation of human milk or suitability as a complete or partial substitute for human milk.

(d) Variety and Combination Packages. – Variety and Combination Packages as defined in Section 2.9 and 

Section 2.10 in the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation [NOTE 1, page 139] shall be exempt from these 

provisions.

NOTE 1: See “Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation.”

Section 4. Pricing

(a) The unit price shall be to the nearest cent when a dollar or more.

(b) If the unit price is under a dollar, it shall be listed:

(1) to the tenth of a cent; or

(2) to the whole cent.
Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

140

The retail establishment shall have the option of using (b)(1) or (b)(2), but shall not implement both methods.

The retail establishment shall accurately and consistently use the same method of rounding up or down to compute 

the price to the whole cent.

Section 5. Presentation of Price

(a) In any retail establishment in which the unit price information is provided in accordance with the provisions 

of this regulation, that information may be displayed by means of a sign that offers the unit price for one or 

more brands and/or sizes of a given commodity, by means of a sticker, stamp, sign, label, or tag affixed to 

the shelf upon which the commodity is displayed, or by means of a sticker, stamp, sign, label, or tag affixed 

to the consumer commodity.

(b) Where a sign providing unit price information for one or more sizes or brands of a given commodity is used, 

that sign shall be displayed clearly and in a non-deceptive manner in a central location as close as practical 

to all items to which the sign refers.

(c) If a single sign or tag includes the unit price information for more than one brand or size of a given 

commodity, the following information shall be provided:

(1) the identity and the brand name of the commodity;

(2) the quantity of the packaged commodity, if more than one package size per brand is displayed;

(3) the total retail sales price; and

(4) the price per appropriate unit, in accordance with Section 2. Terms for Unit Pricing.

Section 6. Uniformity

(a) If different brands or package sizes of the same consumer commodity are expressed in more than one unit of 

measure (e.g., soft drinks are offered for sale in 2 L bottles and 12 fl oz cans), the retail establishment shall 

unit price the items consistently.

(b) When metric units appear on the consumer commodity in addition to other units of measure, the retail 

establishment may include both units of measure on any stamps, tags, labels, signs, or lists.

Section 7. Effective Date

This regulation shall become effective on __________, 20__.

Given under my hand and the seal of my office in the City of __________ on this __________ day of ________, 20__.

Signed _________________________________________

(Amended 1997)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration

141

D. Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration of Servicepersons and 

Service Agencies for Commercial Weighing and Measuring Devices

as adopted by

The National Conference on Weights and Measures*

1. Background

The Uniform Regulation covering the registration of servicepersons and service agencies was developed and adopted 

by the National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) in 1966, retitled in 1983, and substantially revised in 

1984. It is designed to promote uniformity among those jurisdictions that provide for or are contemplating the 

establishment of some type of control over the servicing of commercial weighing and measuring devices. It offers to 

a serviceperson or to a service agency the opportunity to register and carries with it the privilege of restoring devices 

to service and of placing new or used devices in service.

Two unique features of the registration plan are its voluntary nature and the provision for reciprocity. Registration is 

not required; however, the privileges gained make it attractive. Also, in order to provide maximum effectiveness of 

the program and to reduce legal obstacles to a minimum to service across state lines, provision is made for reciprocity 

in certification of standards and testing equipment among states.

2. Status of Promulgation

The table beginning on page 6 shows the status of adoption of the Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration 

of Servicepersons and Service Agencies for Commercial Weighing and Measuring Devices.

*The National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) is supported by the National Institute of Standards and 

Technology (NIST) in partial implementation of its statutory responsibility for “cooperation with the states in securing 

uniformity in weights and measures laws and methods of inspection.”
Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration Handbook 130 – 2017

142

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration

143

Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration of Servicepersons and Service Agencies

for Commercial Weighing and Measuring Devices

Table of Contents

Section Page

Section 1. Policy.......................................................................................................................................................145

Section 2. Definitions...............................................................................................................................................145

2.1. Registered Serviceperson. ..........................................................................................................................145

2.2. Registered Service Agency.........................................................................................................................145

2.3. Commercial and Law Enforcement Weighing and Measuring Devices.....................................................145

Section 3. Registration Fee .......................................................................................................................................146

Section 4. Voluntary Registration.............................................................................................................................146

Section 5. Minimum Equipment...............................................................................................................................146

Section 6. Certificate of Registration........................................................................................................................146

Section 7. Privileges and Responsibilities of a Voluntary Registrant.......................................................................146

Section 8. Placed in Service Report..........................................................................................................................147

Section 9. Examination and Calibration or Certification of Standards and Testing Equipment...............................147

Section 10. Revocation of Certificate of Registration ..............................................................................................147

Section 11. Publication of Lists of Registered Servicepersons and Registered Service Agencies ...........................147

Section 12. Effective Date ........................................................................................................................................147
Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration Handbook 130 – 2017

144

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration

145

Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration of Servicepersons 

and Service Agencies for Commercial Weighing and Measuring Devices

Section 1. Policy

For the benefit of the users, manufacturers, and distributors of commercial weighing and measuring devices, it shall 

be the policy of the Director of Weights and Measures, hereinafter referred to as “Director,” to accept registration of

(a) an individual and (b) an agency providing acceptable evidence that he, she, or it is fully qualified by training or 

experience to install, service, repair, or recondition a commercial weighing or measuring device; has a thorough 

working knowledge of all appropriate weights and measures laws, orders, rules, and regulations; and has possession 

of, or has available for use, and will use suitable and calibrated weights and measures field standards and testing 

equipment appropriate in design and adequate in amount. (An employee of the government shall not be eligible for 

registration.)

The Director will check the qualifications of each applicant. It will be necessary for an applicant to have available 

sufficient field standards and equipment (see Section 5, Minimum Equipment).

It shall also be the policy of the Department to issue a “Certificate of Registration” to qualified applicants whose 

applications for registration are approved. This Certificate grants authority to remove rejection seals and tags placed 

on Commercial and Law Enforcement Weighing and Measuring Devices by authorized weights and measures 

officials, to place in service repaired devices that were rejected, and to place in service devices that have been newly 

installed.

The Director is NOT guaranteeing the work or fair dealing of a Registered Serviceperson or Service Agency. He will, 

however, remove from the registration list any Registered Serviceperson or Service Agency that performs 

unsatisfactory work or takes unfair advantage of a device owner.

Registration with the Director shall be on a voluntary basis. The Director shall reserve the right to limit or reject the 

application of any Serviceperson or Service Agency and to revoke his, her, or its permit to remove rejection seals or 

tags for good cause.

This policy shall in no way preclude or limit the right and privilege of any individual or agency not registered with 

the Director to install, service, repair, or recondition a commercial weighing or measuring device (see Section 7, 

Privileges and Responsibilities of a Voluntary Registrant).

(Added 1966) (Amended 1984 and 2005)

Section 2. Definitions

2.1. Registered Serviceperson. – Any individual who for hire, award, commission, or any other payment of any 

kind, installs, services, repairs, or reconditions a commercial weighing or measuring device, and who voluntarily 

registers with the Director of Weights and Measures.

(Added 1966)

2.2. Registered Service Agency. – Any agency, firm, company, or corporation that for hire, award, commission, or 

any other payment of any kind installs, services, repairs, or reconditions a commercial weighing or measuring device, 

and that voluntarily registers with the Director of Weights and Measures. Under agency registration, identification of 

individual servicepersons shall be required.

(Added 1966) (Amended 1984)

2.3. Commercial and Law Enforcement Weighing and Measuring Devices. – Any weight or measure or weighing 

or measuring device commercially used or employed in establishing the size, quantity, extent, area, or measurement 

of quantities, things, produce, or articles for distribution or consumption, purchased, offered, or submitted for sale, 
Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration Handbook 130 – 2017

146

hire, or award, or in computing any basic charge or payment for services rendered on the basis of weight or measure. 

It shall also include any accessory attached to or used in connection with a commercial weighing or measuring device 

when such accessory is so designed or installed that its operation affects the accuracy of the device. It also includes 

weighing and measuring equipment in official use for the enforcement of law or for the collection of statistical 

information by government agencies.

(Added 1966) (Amended 1984)

Section 3. Registration Fee

There shall be charged by the Director an annual fee of $__________ per Registered Serviceperson and $__________ 

per Registered Service Agency to cover costs at the time application for registration is made, and annually, thereafter.

(Added 1966) (Amended 1984)

Section 4. Voluntary Registration

An individual or agency qualified by training or experience may apply for registration to service weighing devices or 

measuring devices on an application form supplied by the Director. Said form, duly signed and witnessed, shall 

include certification by the applicant that the individual or agency is fully qualified to install, service, repair, or 

recondition whatever devices for the service of which competence is being registered; has in possession or available 

for use, and will use, all necessary testing equipment and standards; and has full knowledge of all appropriate weights 

and measures laws, orders, rules, and regulations. An applicant also shall submit appropriate evidence or references 

as to qualifications. Application for registration shall be voluntary, but the Director is authorized to reject or limit any

application.

(Added 1966) (Amended 1984)

Section 5. Minimum Equipment

Applicants must have available sufficient standards and equipment to adequately test devices as set forth in the Notes 

section of each applicable code in NIST Handbook 44, “Specifications, Tolerances, and Other Technical 

Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices.” This equipment will meet the specifications of NIST 105-series 

standards (or other suitable and designated standards). This section shall not preclude the use of additional field 

standards and/or equipment, as approved by the Director, for uniform evaluation of device performance (see Section 9, 

Examination and Calibration or Certification of Standards and Testing Equipment).

(Added 1984) (Amended 2005)

Section 6. Certificate of Registration

The Director will review and check the qualifications of each applicant. The Director shall issue to the applicant a 

“Certificate of Registration,” including an assigned registration number if it is determined that the applicant is 

qualified. The “Certificate of Registration” will expire 1 year from the date of issuance.

(Added 1966) (Amended 1984)

Section 7. Privileges and Responsibilities of a Voluntary Registrant

A bearer of a Certificate of Registration shall have the authority to remove an official rejection tag or mark placed on 

a weighing or measuring device by the authority of the Director; place in service, until such time as an official 

examination can be made, a weighing or measuring device that has been officially rejected; and place in service, until 

such time as an official examination can be made, a new or used weighing or measuring device. The registered 

serviceperson or service agency is responsible for installing, repairing, and adjusting devices such that the devices are 

adjusted as closely as practicable to zero error.

(Added 1966) (Amended 1984)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration

147

Section 8. Placed in Service Report

The Director shall furnish each registered serviceperson and registered service agency with a supply of report forms 

to be known as “Placed in Service Reports.” Such a form shall be executed in triplicate, shall include the assigned 

registration number, and shall be signed by a registered serviceperson or by a serviceperson representing a registered 

agency for each rejected device restored to service and for each newly installed device placed in service. Within 

24 hours after a device is restored to service or placed in service, the original of the properly executed Placed in 

Service Report, together with any official rejection tag removed from the device, shall be forwarded to the Director 

at ________(address). The duplicate copy of the report shall be handed to the owner or operator of the device, and 

the triplicate copy of the report shall be retained by the Registered Serviceperson or Registered Service Agency.

(Added 1966) (Amended 2005)

Section 9. Examination and Calibration or Certification of Standards and Testing 

Equipment

All field standards that are used for servicing and testing weights and measures devices for which competence is 

registered shall be submitted to the Director for initial and subsequent verification and calibration at intervals 

determined by the Director. A registered serviceperson or registered service agency shall not use in servicing 

commercial weighing or measuring devices any field standards or testing equipment that have not been calibrated or 

verified by the Director. In lieu of submission of physical standards, the Director may accept calibration and/or 

verification reports from any laboratory that is formally accredited or recognized. The Director shall maintain a list 

of organizations from which the state will accept calibration reports. The state shall retain the right to periodically 

monitor calibration results and/or to verify field standard compliance to specifications and tolerances when field 

standards are initially placed into service or at any intermediate point between calibrations.

(Added 1966) (Amended 1984, 1999, and 2005)

Section 10. Revocation of Certificate of Registration

The Director is authorized to suspend or revoke a Certificate of Registration for good cause which shall include, but 

not be limited to: taking of unfair advantage of an owner of a device; failure to have test equipment or standards 

certified; failure to use adequate testing equipment; or failure to adjust commercial or law enforcement devices to 

comply with Handbook 44 subsequent to service or repair.

(Added 1966) (Amended 1984)

Section 11. Publication of Lists of Registered Servicepersons and Registered Service 

Agencies

The Director shall publish, from time to time as he deems appropriate, and may supply upon request, lists of Registered 

Servicepersons and Registered Service Agencies.

(Added 1966)

Section 12. Effective Date

This regulation shall become effective on __________.

(Added 1966)
Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration Handbook 130 – 2017

148

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Open Dating Regulation

149

E. Uniform Open Dating Regulation

as adopted by

The National Conference on Weights and Measures*

1. Background

Numerous state and local jurisdictions have provided for, or are considering, mandatory open dating of certain 

packaged commodities. Additionally, many commodities in the marketplace are now voluntarily open dated. Lack 

of uniformity between jurisdictions could impede the orderly flow of commerce.

In 1985, the National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM), in concert with the Association of Food and 

Drug Officials, wrote a new Uniform Regulation. It resolved the differences in the versions developed independently 

by the two organizations.

The regulation provides two options for implementation by the states. One requires open dating on all perishable 

foods and the other permits voluntary open dating of such foods. In the latter (voluntary) case, the open dating must 

then conform to the uniform regulation. Notes to Sections 1.1. Purpose and 3.1. “Sell By” Date indicate the alternate 

wording for the voluntary version of the Regulation.

2. Status of Promulgation

The table beginning on page 6 shows the status of adoption of the Uniform Open Dating Regulation.

*The National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) is supported by the National Institute of Standards and 

Technology (NIST) in partial implementation of its statutory responsibility for “cooperation with the states in securing 

uniformity in weights and measures laws and methods of inspection.”
Uniform Open Dating Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

150

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Open Dating Regulation

151

Uniform Open Dating Regulation

Table of Contents

Section Page

Section 1. Purpose, Scope, and Application .............................................................................................................153

1.1. Purpose. ......................................................................................................................................................153

1.2. Scope and Application................................................................................................................................153

Section 2. Definitions...............................................................................................................................................153

2.1. “Sell By” Date. ...........................................................................................................................................153

2.2. Perishable Food. .........................................................................................................................................153

2.3. Semi Perishable Food. ................................................................................................................................153

2.4. Long Shelf Life Food. ................................................................................................................................153

2.5. Prepackaged................................................................................................................................................153

2.6. “Best If Used By” Date. .............................................................................................................................153

2.7. Person. ........................................................................................................................................................153

Section 3. Sale of Perishable Food and Date Determination ....................................................................................153

3.1. “Sell By” Date. ...........................................................................................................................................153

3.2. Sale After Expiration of “Sell By” Date.....................................................................................................154

3.2.1. Advertisement............................................................................................................................154

3.2.2. Responsibility for Advertisement. .............................................................................................154

3.3. Determination of “Sell By” Date................................................................................................................154

3.3.1. Reasonable Period for Consumption..........................................................................................154

3.3.2. Responsibility for “Sell By” Date..............................................................................................154

3.4. Manner of Expressing Date. .......................................................................................................................154

3.4.1. Month and Day, or Day of Week...............................................................................................154

3.4.2. The term “Sell By”. ...................................................................................................................154

3.4.3. Abbreviation of Weekday..........................................................................................................154

3.4.4. Expression of Month and Day. ..................................................................................................154

3.4.5. Expression of the Year...............................................................................................................154

Section 4. Sale of Semi Perishable and Long Shelf Life Food .................................................................................155

4.1. “Best If Used By” Date. .............................................................................................................................155

4.2. Sale After Expiration of “Best If Used By” Date. ......................................................................................155

4.3. Manner of Expressing Date. .......................................................................................................................155

Section 5. Placement of the Date..............................................................................................................................155

Section 6. Factors for the Date Determination..........................................................................................................155

Section 7. Records....................................................................................................................................................155

Section 8. Exemptions..............................................................................................................................................155

Section 9. Preemption of Local, County, and Municipal Ordinance ........................................................................156

Section 10. Effective Date ........................................................................................................................................156
Uniform Open Dating Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

152

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Open Dating Regulation

153

Uniform Open Dating Regulation [NOTE 1, page 153]

Section 1. Purpose, Scope, and Application

1.1. Purpose. [NOTE 1, page 153] – The purpose of this regulation is to prescribe mandatory uniform date labeling of 

prepackaged, perishable foods and to prescribe optional uniform date labeling that must be used whenever a packager 

elects to use date labeling on prepackaged foods that are not perishable. Open dating is intended for use and 

understanding by both distributors and consumers when judging food qualities.

NOTE 1: Alternatively, this regulation may be adopted to require uniformity of open dating of perishable foods 

whenever a packager voluntarily elects to use date labeling. In such instances Sections 1.1. Purpose and 3.1. “Sell 

By” Date are reworded in the following manner:

1.1. Purpose. – The purpose of this regulation is to prescribe uniform date labeling that must be used whenever 

a packager elects to use date labeling on a prepackaged food. Open date labeling is intended for use and 

understanding by both distributors and consumers when judging food qualities.

3.1. “Sell By” Date. – If a retail food establishment elects to sell or offer for sale a prepackaged perishable food 

identified with a “sell by” date, the “sell by” date used must be as prescribed by this regulation.

1.2. Scope and Application. – This regulation prescribes the manner of date labeling, the method of determining the 

appropriate date, required records, responsible persons, and the foods subject to this regulation. This regulation 

provides for the permissible sale of a regulated food after the expiration of the date on the label. This regulation does 

not apply to any food that is not prepackaged or is exempted by Section 8.

Section 2. Definitions

2.1. “Sell By” Date. – A recommended last date of sale that permits a subsequent period before deterioration of 

qualities described in 2.2. Perishable Food, 2.3. Semi Perishable Food, and 2.4. Long Shelf Life Food.

2.2. Perishable Food. – Any food having a significant risk of spoilage, loss of value, or loss of palatability within 

60 days of the date of packaging.

2.3. Semi Perishable Food. – Any food for which a significant risk of spoilage, loss of value, or loss of palatability 

occurs only after a minimum of 60 days, but within 6 months, after the date of packaging.

2.4. Long Shelf Life Food. – Any food for which a significant risk of spoilage, loss of value, or loss of palatability 

does not occur sooner than 6 months after the date of packaging, including foods preserved by freezing, dehydrating, 

or being placed in a hermetically sealed container.

2.5. Prepackaged. – Food packaged prior to being displayed or offered for retail sale.

2.6. “Best If Used By” Date. – A date prior to deterioration of qualities described in 2.3. Semi Perishable Food 

and 2.4. Long Shelf Life Food.

2.7. Person. – An individual, partnership, association, or corporation.

Section 3. Sale of Perishable Food and Date Determination

3.1. “Sell By” Date. [NOTE 1, page 153] – A retail food establishment shall not sell or offer for sale a prepackaged 

perishable food unless it is identified with a “sell by” date as prescribed by this regulation.
Uniform Open Dating Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

154

3.2. Sale After Expiration of “Sell By” Date.

3.2.1. Advertisement. – Perishable food shall not be offered for sale after the “sell by” date unless it is 

wholesome and advertised in a conspicuous manner as being offered for sale after the recommended last date of 

sale. The placement of a sign, sticker, or tag is acceptable for such advertising if it is easily readable and clearly 

identifies the perishable food as having passed the recommended last date of sale.

3.2.2. Responsibility for Advertisement. – The retailer or final seller is responsible for the advertisement, 

described in Section 3.2.1. Advertisement, of a perishable food offered for sale after the recommended last date 

of sale.

3.3. Determination of “Sell By” Date.

3.3.1. Reasonable Period for Consumption. – A manufacturer, processor, packer, re-packer, retailer, or other 

person who prepackages perishable food, shall determine a date that allows a reasonable period after sale for 

consumption of the food without physical spoilage, loss of value, or loss of palatability. A reasonable period for 

consumption shall consist of at least one third of the approximate total shelf life of the perishable food.

3.3.2. Responsibility for “Sell By” Date. – A retailer who purchases prepackaged perishable food may upon 

written agreement with the person prepackaging such food determine, identify, and be responsible for the “sell 

by” date placed on or attached to each package of such food.

3.4. Manner of Expressing Date.

3.4.1. Month and Day, or Day of Week. – A person described in Section 3.3.1. Reasonable Period for 

Consumption or 3.3.2. Responsibility for “Sell By” Date shall place or attach to each package of perishable food 

a date by month and day. However, bakery products with a shelf life of not more than seven days may be dated 

with the day of the week representing the last recommended day of sale.

3.4.2. The term “Sell By.” – The “sell by” date shall be displayed with the term “sell by” or words of similar 

import immediately preceding or immediately over the designated date unless a prominent notice is on the label 

describing the date as a “sell by” date and indicating the location of the date.

3.4.3. Abbreviation of Weekday. – If the day of the week is solely designated as provided in 

Section 3.4.1. Month and Day, or Day of Week the name of the day may be abbreviated by the use of either the 

first two or first three letters of the name of the day.

3.4.4. Expression of Month and Day. – Except as provided for in Section 3.4.1. Month and Day, or Day of 

Week the date shall be designated by:

(a) the first three letters of the month, preceded or followed by a numeral indicating the calendar day; or

(b) the month represented numerically followed by a numeral designation of the calendar day.

The month and day designation shall be separated by a period, slash, dash, or spacing. When a numeral 

designation of the first nine days of the month is used, the number shall include a zero as the first digit; for 

example, 01 or 03.

(Amended 1987)

3.4.5. Expression of the Year. – The “sell by” date may include the year following the day if such year is 

expressed as a two or four-digit number separated as described in Section 3.4.4. Expression of Month and Day.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Open Dating Regulation

155

Section 4. Sale of Semi Perishable and Long Shelf Life Food

4.1. “Best If Used By” Date. – A manufacturer, processor, packer, re-packer, or other person who prepackages semi 

perishable or long shelf life food may place upon or attach to the package an open date providing it is designated by 

the “best if used by” date.

4.2. Sale After Expiration of “Best If Used By” Date. – A retail food establishment may sell or offer for sale food 

beyond the designated “best if used by” date provided the food is wholesome and the sensory physical quality 

standards for that food have not significantly diminished.

4.3. Manner of Expressing Date. – The “best if used by” date as required by Section 4.1. “Best If Used By” Date

shall be placed upon or attached to each container or package and be limited to the terms “best if used by” or words 

of similar import followed by or immediately over the date designated by the month and year unless a prominent 

notice is on the label describing the date as a “best if used by” date and indicating the location of the date. The date 

shall be designated by the first three letters of the month followed by a numeral indicating the year. The use of the 

day of the month is permissible provided that the day of the month is placed prior to the month; for example, 30 Jun 81.

Section 5. Placement of the Date

The date, whether “sell by” or “best if used by,” shall be printed, stamped, embossed, perforated, or otherwise shown 

on the package, label on the package, or tag attached to the package in a manner that is easily readable and separate 

from other information, graphics, or lettering so as to be clearly visible to a prospective purchaser. The date shall not 

be superimposed on other required information or obscured by other information, graphics, or pricing. Regardless of 

the type size used, the date shall be easily readable. These requirements do not preclude a supplemental notice 

elsewhere on a package describing and/or indicating the location of the date.

Section 6. Factors for the Date Determination

A person who, as provided for in this regulation, places either the “sell by” date or “best if used by” date on a package 

shall determine the date by taking into consideration the food quality, characteristics, formulation, processing impact, 

packaging or container and other protective wrapping or coating, customary transportation, and storage and display 

conditions. For purposes of calculating this date, home storage conditions shall be considered to be similar to those 

in the usual retail store except that the date for refrigerated food may be calculated by using a home storage temperature 

standard of 40 oF (4.4 oC).

Section 7. Records

A person who is responsible for establishing the date for perishable, semi perishable, and long shelf life food shall 

keep a record of the method used to determine the date. A record revision is necessary whenever a factor affecting 

date determination is altered. Such record shall be retained for not less than six months after the most recent “sell by” 

or “best if used by” date and shall be available during normal business hours for examination upon request 

by __________ (agency name).

Section 8. Exemptions

8.1. This regulation does not apply to perishable fruits or vegetables in a container permitting sensory examination.

8.2. This regulation does not apply to prepackaged perishable foods open dated according to requirements of federal 

law or regulation.
Uniform Open Dating Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

156

Section 9. Preemption of Local, County, and Municipal Ordinance

A municipality or county shall not adopt or impose standards or requirements other than those provided for in this 

regulation.

Section 10. Effective Date

This regulation shall become effective on and after __________.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation

157

F. Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation

as adopted by

The National Conference on Weights and Measures*

1. Background

The Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation was adopted by the NCWM at the 68th Annual Meeting in 1983 

and is a necessary adjunct to recognize and enable participation in the National Type Evaluation Program administered 

by the National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM). The Regulation specifically authorizes: type 

evaluation; recognition of a NCWM “Certificate of Conformance” of type; the State Measurement Laboratory to 

operate as a Participating Laboratory, if authorized by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)

under its program of recognition of State Measurement Laboratories; and, the state to charge fees to those persons 

who seek type evaluation of weighing and measuring devices.

(Amended 2000)

At the 81st Annual Meeting in 1996, the NCWM adopted major revisions to the Uniform Regulation for National Type 

Evaluation. These revisions were made to clarify the requirements and incorporate the policies and guidelines adopted 

by the Executive Committee as published in NCWM Publication 14, “Technical Policy, Checklists, and Test 

Procedures.”

(Amended 1997)

2. Intent

It is the intent of this regulation to have all states use the National Type Evaluation, as approved by the NCWM, as 

their examining procedure. If a state does not wish to establish a Participating Laboratory, Section 2.4. Participating 

Laboratory and Section 4. Participating Laboratory may be deleted.

3. Status of Promulgation

The table beginning on page 6 shows the status of adoption of the Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation.

*The National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) is supported by the National Institute of Standards and 

Technology in partial implementation of its statutory responsibility for “cooperation with the states in securing 

uniformity in weights and measures laws and methods of inspection.”
Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation Handbook 130 – 2017

158

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation

159

Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation

Table of Contents

Section Page

Section 1. Application ..............................................................................................................................................161

Section 2. Definitions...............................................................................................................................................161

2.1. Active Certificate of Conformance (CC).....................................................................................................161

2.2. Device.........................................................................................................................................................161

2.3. Director.......................................................................................................................................................161

2.4. Manufactured Device. ................................................................................................................................161

2.5. National Type Evaluation Program. ...........................................................................................................161

2.6. One-of-a-Kind Device. ...............................................................................................................................161

2.7. Participating Laboratory.............................................................................................................................162

2.8. Person. ........................................................................................................................................................162

2.9. Remanufactured Device. ............................................................................................................................162

2.10. Remanufactured Element. ........................................................................................................................162

2.11. Repaired Device. ......................................................................................................................................162

2.12. Repaired Element. ....................................................................................................................................162

2.13. Type..........................................................................................................................................................162

2.14. Type Evaluation........................................................................................................................................162

2.15. Commercial and Law Enforcement Equipment........................................................................................162

Section 3. Certificate of Conformance (CC).............................................................................................................163

Section 4. Prohibited Acts and Exemptions..............................................................................................................163

Section 5. Participating Laboratory and Agreements ...............................................................................................164

Section 6. Revocation of Conflicting Regulations....................................................................................................164

Section 7. Effective Date ..........................................................................................................................................164
Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation Handbook 130 – 2017

160

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation

161

Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation

Section 1. Application

This regulation shall apply to [NOTE 1, page 161] any type of device and/or equipment covered in National Institute of 

Standards and Technology (NIST) Handbook 44 for which evaluation procedures have been published in the National 

Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM), Publication 14, “National Type Evaluation Program, Technical 

Policy, Checklists, and Test Procedures.”

NOTE 1: This section can be amended to include a list of devices or device types to which NTEP evaluation criteria 

does not apply. Additionally, a state can amend this section to allow it to conduct a type evaluation and issue a 

“Certificate of Approval.” This approach should be limited to occasions where formal NTEP Type Evaluation criteria 

does not apply and to new technologies or device applications where the development of criteria is deemed necessary 

by the Director.

Section 2. Definitions

2.1. Active Certificate of Conformance (CC). – A document issued based on testing by a Participating Laboratory, 

which the certificate holder maintains in active status under the National Type Evaluation Program (NTEP). The 

document constitutes evidence of conformance of a type with the requirements of this document, NIST Handbook 44, 

“Specifications, Tolerances, and Other Technical Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices,” and the test 

procedures contained in NCWM Publication 14. By maintaining the Certificate in active status, the Certificate holder 

declares the intent to continue to manufacture or remanufacture the device consistent with the type and in conformance 

with the applicable requirements. A device is traceable to an active CC if: (a) it is of the same type identified on the 

Certificate, and (b) it was manufactured during the period that the Certificate was maintained in active status. For 

manufacturers of grain moisture meters, maintenance of active status also involves annual participation in the NTEP 

Laboratory On-going Calibration Program, OCP (Phase II).

(Amended 2000, 2001, and 2004)

2.2. Device. – A piece of commercial or law enforcement equipment as defined in Section 2.15. Commercial and Law 

Enforcement Equipment. A device may be a single unit or a combination of separate and compatible main elements. 

A device shall include, at a minimum, those main elements that: (a) perform the measurement, and (b) process the 

measurement signals up to the first indicated or recorded value of the final quantity upon which the transaction is 

based.

(Amended 2004)

2.3. Director. – Means the __________ of the Department of __________.

2.4. Manufactured Device. – Any commercial weighing or measuring device shipped as new from the original 

equipment manufacturer.

(Added 2001)

2.5. National Type Evaluation Program. – A program of cooperation between the NCWM, NIST, other federal 

agencies, the states, and the private sector for determining, on a uniform basis, conformance of a type with the relevant 

provisions of National Institute of Standards and Technology Handbook 44, “Specifications, Tolerances, and Other 

Technical Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices,” and NCWM, Publication 14, “National Type 

Evaluation Program, Technical Policy, Checklists, and Test Procedures.”.

(Amended 2000)

2.6. One-of-a-Kind Device. – A (non-NTEP) device designed to meet unique demands for a specific installation and 

of a specific design which is not commercially available elsewhere (one such device per manufacturer). If a device 

manufactured for sale by a company has been categorized and tested as a “one-of-a-kind” device and the manufacturer 

then decides to manufacture an additional device or devices of that same type, the device will no longer be considered 
Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation Handbook 130 – 2017

162

a “one-of-a-kind.” This also applies to a device that has been determined to be a “one-of-a-kind” device by a weights 

and measures jurisdiction in one state and the manufacturer decides to manufacture and install another device of that 

same type in another state. In this case, the manufacturer of the device must request an NTEP evaluation on the device 

through the normal application process unless NTEP has already deemed that such evaluation will not be conducted.

(Amended 1998)

2.7. Participating Laboratory. – Any State Measurement Laboratory or State Weights and Measures Agency or 

other laboratory that has been authorized to conduct a type evaluation under the NTEP.

(Amended 2001)

2.8. Person. – The term “person” means both singular and plural, as the case demands, and includes individuals, 

partnerships, corporations, companies, societies, and associations.

2.9. Remanufactured Device. – A device that is disassembled, checked for wear, parts replaced or fixed, 

reassembled, and made to operate like a new device of the same type.

(Amended 2001)

2.10. Remanufactured Element. – An element that is disassembled, checked for wear, parts replaced or fixed, 

reassembled, and made to operate like a new element of the same type.

(Added 2001)

2.11. Repaired Device. – A device on which work is performed that brings the device back into proper operating 

condition.

(Amended 2001)

2.12. Repaired Element. – An element on which work is performed that brings the element back into proper operating 

condition.

(Added 2001)

2.13. Type. – A model or models of a particular device, measurement system, instrument, or element that positively 

identifies the design. A specific type may vary in its measurement ranges, size, performance, and operating 

characteristics as specified in the CC.

2.14. Type Evaluation. – The testing, examination, and/or evaluation of a type by a Participating Laboratory under 

the NTEP.

2.15. Commercial and Law Enforcement Equipment.

(a) Weighing and measuring equipment commercially used or employed in establishing the size, quantity, extent, 

area, or measurement of quantities, things, produce, or articles for distribution or consumption, purchased, 

offered, or submitted for sale, hire, or award, or in computing any basic charge or payment for services 

rendered on the basis of weight or measure. 

(b) Any accessory attached to or used in connection with a commercial weighing or measuring device when such 

accessory is so designed that its operation affects the accuracy of the device.

 

(c) Weighing and measuring equipment in official use for the enforcement of law or for the collection of 

statistical information by government agencies. [NOTE 2, page 162]

NOTE 2: The section is identical to G-A.1. Commercial and Law Enforcement Equipment, Section 1.10. General 

Code, National Institute of Standards and Technology Handbook 44 for definition of “commercial” and “law 

enforcement equipment.”
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation

163

Section 3. Certificate of Conformance (CC)

The Director shall require a device to be traceable to an active Certificate of Conformance (CC) prior to its installation 

or use for commercial or law enforcement purposes. If the device consists of separate and compatible main elements, 

each main element shall be traceable to a CC. A device is traceable to a CC if: 

(b) it is of the same type identified on the Certificate; and 

(b) it was manufactured during the period that the Certificate was maintained in active status.

(Amended 2001 and 2004)

Section 4. Prohibited Acts and Exemptions

(a) Except for a device exempted by this section, no person shall sell a device unless it is traceable to an active 

CC.

(Amended 2001)

(b) Except for a device exempted by this section, no person shall use a device unless it is traceable to an active 

CC.

(Amended 2001)

(c) A device in service in this State prior to __________, ____, (date) that meets the specifications, tolerances, 

and other technical requirements of National Institute of Standards and Technology Handbook 44 shall not 

be required to be traceable to an active CC.

(Amended 2001)

(d) A device in service in this State prior to __________, ____, (date) removed from service by the owner or on 

which the department has issued a removal order after __________, ____, (date) and returned to service at a 

later date shall be modified to meet all specifications, tolerances, and other technical requirements of National 

Institute of Standards and Technology Handbook 44 effective on the date of the return to service. Such a 

device shall not be required to be traceable to an active CC.

(Amended 2001)

(e) A device in service in this State prior to __________, ____, (date) which is repaired after such date shall 

meet the specifications, tolerances, and other technical requirements of National Institute of Standards and 

Technology Handbook 44 and shall not be required to be traceable to an active CC.

(Amended 2001)

(f) A device in service in this State prior to __________, ____, (date) that is still in use may be installed at 

another location in this state provided the device meets requirements in effect as of the date of installation in 

the new location; however, the device shall not be required to be traceable to an active CC.

(Amended 2001)

(g) A device in service in another State prior to __________, ____, (date) may be installed in this State; however, 

the device shall meet the specifications, tolerances, and technical requirements for weighing and measuring 

devices in National Institute of Standards and Technology Handbook 44 and be traceable to an active CC.

(Amended 2001)

(h) One-of-a-kind Device. – The Director may accept the design of a one-of-a-kind device without an NTEP 

evaluation pending inspection and performance testing to satisfy that the device complies with Handbook 44 

and is capable of performing within the Handbook 44 requirements for a reasonable period of time under 

normal conditions of use. Indicators and load cells in all “one-of-a-kind” scale installations must have an 

active NTEP CC as evidence that the system meets the influence factor requirements of Handbook 44.
Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation Handbook 130 – 2017

164

(Amended 1998 and 2001)

(i) Repaired Device. – If a person makes changes to a device to the extent that the metrological characteristics 

are changed, that specific device is no longer traceable to the active CC.

(Amended 2001)

(j) Remanufactured Device. – If a person repairs or remanufactures a device, they are obligated to repair or 

remanufacture it consistent with the manufacturer’s original design; otherwise, that specific device is no 

longer traceable to an active CC.

(Amended 2001)

(k) Copy of a Device. – The manufacturer who copies the design of a device that is traceable to an active CC, 

but which is made by another company, must obtain a separate CC for the device. The CC for the original 

device shall not apply to the copy.

(l) Device Components. – If a person buys a load cell(s) and an indicating element that are traceable to CCs

and then manufactures a device from the parts, that person shall obtain an active CC for the device.

(Amended 2001)

Section 5. Participating Laboratory and Agreements

The Director is authorized to:

(a) Operate a Participating Laboratory as part of the NTEP. In this regard, the Director is authorized to charge 

and collect fees for type evaluation services.

(b) Cooperate with and enter into agreements with any person in order to carry out the purposes of the act.

Section 6. Revocation of Conflicting Regulations

All provisions of all orders and regulations before issued on this same subject that are contrary to or inconsistent with 

the provisions of this regulation, are hereby revoked.

(Amended 2001)

Section 7. Effective Date

This regulation shall become effective on __________.

(Amended 2001)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

165

G. Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

as adopted by

The National Conference on Weights and Measures*

1. Background

In 1984, the National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) adopted a Section 2.20. in the Uniform 

Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities requiring that motor fuels containing alcohol be labeled to disclose 

to the retail purchaser that the fuel contains alcohol. The delegates deemed this action necessary since motor vehicle 

manufacturers were qualifying their warranties with respect to some gasoline-alcohol blends, motor fuel users were 

complaining to weights and measures officials about fuel quality and vehicle performance, and ASTM International

(ASTM) had not yet finalized quality standards for oxygenated (which includes alcohol-containing) fuels. While a 

few officials argued weights and measures officials should not cross the line from quantity assurance programs to 

programs regulating quality, the delegates were persuaded that the issue needed immediate attention.

A Motor Fuels Task Force was appointed in 1984 to develop mechanisms for achieving uniformity in the evaluation 

and regulation of motor fuels. The Task Force developed the Uniform Motor Fuel Inspection Law (see the Uniform 

Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law section of this handbook) and the Uniform Engine Fuel and 

Automotive Lubricants Regulation to accompany the law. The Uniform Law required registration and certification 

of motor fuel as meeting ASTM standards. The regulation defined the ASTM standards to be applied to motor fuel.

In 1992, the NCWM established the Petroleum Subcommittee under the Laws and Regulations Committee. The 

subcommittee recommended major revisions to the Regulation that was adopted at the 80th NCWM in 1995. The 

scope of the regulation was expanded to include all engine fuels, petroleum products, and automotive lubricants; its 

title was changed accordingly; and the fuel specifications and method of sale sections were revised to address the 

additional products. Other changes included expansion of the definitions section and addition of sections on retail 

storage tanks, condemned product, registration of engine fuels designed for special use, and test methods and 

reproducibility limits.

In 2007, the Petroleum Subcommittee (now referred to as the Fuels and Lubricants Subcommittee) undertook a review 

of this regulation to update it by eliminating reference to “petroleum products” and to reflect the addition of new 

engine fuels to the marketplace.

At the 2008 NCWM Interim Meeting, the Laws and Regulations Committee changed the Petroleum Subcommittee’s 

name to the Fuels and Lubricants Subcommittee (FALS) in recognition of its work with a wide variety of fuels 

including petroleum and biofuels.

2. Status of Promulgation

The Uniform Regulation for Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants was adopted by the NCWM in 1995. The status

of the state actions with respect to this Regulation is shown in the table beginning on page 6.

(Amended 2008) 

*The National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) is supported by the National Institute of Standards and

Technology (NIST) in partial implementation of its statutory responsibility for “cooperation with the states in securing 

uniformity in weights and measures laws and methods of inspection.”
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

166

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

167

Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

Table of Contents

Section Page

Section 1. Definitions...............................................................................................................................................171

1.1. ASTM International. ..............................................................................................................................171

1.2. Antiknock Index (AKI)..........................................................................................................................171

1.3. Automatic Transmission Fluid...............................................................................................................171

1.4. Automotive Fuel Rating.........................................................................................................................171

1.5. Automotive Gasoline, Automotive Gasoline-Oxygenate Blend. ...........................................................171

1.6. Aviation Gasoline. .................................................................................................................................171

1.7. Aviation Turbine Fuel............................................................................................................................171

1.8. Base Gasoline. .......................................................................................................................................171

1.9. Biodiesel. ...............................................................................................................................................171

1.10. Biodiesel Blend......................................................................................................................................171

1.11. Cetane Number. .....................................................................................................................................171

1.12. Compressed Natural Gas (CNG)............................................................................................................171

1.13. Denatured Fuel Ethanol. ........................................................................................................................171

1.14. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)...................................................................................................................172

1.15. Diesel Fuel. ............................................................................................................................................172

1.16. Distillate.................................................................................................................................................172

1.17. EPA........................................................................................................................................................172

1.18. Engine Fuel. ...........................................................................................................................................172

1.19. Engine Fuels Designed for Special Use. ................................................................................................172

1.20. Ethanol...................................................................................................................................................172

1.21. Ethanol Flex Fuel...................................................................................................................................172

1.22. Fuel Cell.................................................................................................................................................172

1.23. Fuel Oil. .................................................................................................................................................172

1.24. Gasoline. ................................................................................................................................................172

1.25. Gasoline-Alcohol Blend.........................................................................................................................172

1.26. Gasoline Gallon Equivalent (GGE). ......................................................................................................172

1.27. Gasoline Liter Equivalent (GLE)...........................................................................................................172

1.28. Gasoline-Oxygenate Blend. ...................................................................................................................172

1.29. Gear Oil..................................................................................................................................................172

1.30. Hydrogen Fuel. ......................................................................................................................................173

1.31. Internal Combustion Engine ..................................................................................................................173

1.32. Kerosene. ...............................................................................................................................................173

1.33. Lead Substitute. .....................................................................................................................................173

1.34. Lead Substitute Engine Fuel. .................................................................................................................173

1.35. Leaded....................................................................................................................................................173

1.36. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG). ...............................................................................................................173

1.37. Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG). ...........................................................................................................173

1.38. Low Temperature Operability................................................................................................................173

1.39. Lubricant................................................................................................................................................173

1.40. Lubricity.................................................................................................................................................173

1.41. M85 Fuel Methanol................................................................................................................................173

1.42. Motor Octane Number. ..........................................................................................................................173

1.43. Motor Oil. ..............................................................................................................................................173

1.44. MTBE ....................................................................................................................................................174

1.45. Oil. .........................................................................................................................................................174

1.46. Oxygen Content of Gasoline..................................................................................................................174

1.47. Oxygenate. .............................................................................................................................................174

1.48. Reformulated Gasoline (RFG)...............................................................................................................174

1.49. Research Octane Number.......................................................................................................................174
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

168

1.50. SAE (SAE International). ......................................................................................................................174

1.51. Substantially Similar..............................................................................................................................174

1.52. ThermStability .......................................................................................................................................174

1.53. Unleaded. ...............................................................................................................................................174

1.54. Wholesale Purchaser Consumer.............................................................................................................174

Section 2. Standard Fuel Specifications ...................................................................................................................174

2.1. Gasoline and Gasoline-Oxygenate Blends.............................................................................................174

2.1.1. Gasoline and Gasoline-Oxygenate Blends.................................................................................174

2.1.2. Gasoline-Ethanol Blends. ..........................................................................................................175

2.1.3. Minimum Antiknock Index (AKI).............................................................................................175

2.1.4. Minimum Motor Octane Number. .............................................................................................175

2.1.5. Minimum Lead Content to Be Termed “Leaded.”.....................................................................175

2.1.6. Lead Substitute Gasoline ...........................................................................................................175

2.1.6.1. Documentation of Exhaust Valve Seat Protection.......................................................175

2.1.7. Blending.....................................................................................................................................176

2.2. Diesel Fuel .............................................................................................................................................176

2.2.1. Premium Diesel Fuel. ................................................................................................................176

2.3. Aviation Turbine Fuels. .........................................................................................................................176

2.4. Aviation Gasoline. .................................................................................................................................176

2.5. Fuel Oils.................................................................................................................................................176

2.6. Kerosene (Kerosine). .............................................................................................................................176

2.7. Denatured Fuel Ethanol. ........................................................................................................................176

2.8. Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases............................................................................................................176

2.9. Compressed Natural Gas (CNG)............................................................................................................177

2.10. Ethanol Flex Fuel...................................................................................................................................177

2.11. M85 Fuel Methanol................................................................................................................................177

2.12. Engine (Motor) Oil. ...............................................................................................................................177

2.13. Products for Use in Lubricating Manual Transmissions, Gears, or Axles. ............................................177

2.14. Products for Use in Lubricating Automatic Transmissions. ..................................................................177

2.15. Biodiesel. ...............................................................................................................................................178

2.16. Biodiesel Blends. ...................................................................................................................................178

2.17. Hydrogen Fuel .......................................................................................................................................178

2.18. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). ....................................................................................................................178

Section 3. Classification and Method of Sale of Petroleum Products.......................................................................178

3.1. General Considerations..........................................................................................................................178

3.1.1. Documentation...........................................................................................................................178

3.1.2. Retail Dispenser Labeling..........................................................................................................178

3.1.3. Grade Name. ..............................................................................................................................178

3.2. Automotive Gasoline and Automotive Gasoline-Oxygenate Blends.....................................................179

3.2.1. Posting of Antiknock Index Required........................................................................................179

3.2.2. When the Term “Leaded” May be Used....................................................................................179

3.2.3. Use of Lead Substitute Must be Disclosed. ...............................................................................179

3.2.4. Nozzle Requirements for Leaded Fuel.......................................................................................179

3.2.5. Prohibition of Terms..................................................................................................................179

3.2.6. Method of Retail Sale. ...............................................................................................................179

3.2.7. Documentation for Dispenser Labeling Purposes......................................................................180

3.2.8. EPA Labeling Requirements also Apply. ..................................................................................180

3.3. Diesel Fuel. ............................................................................................................................................180

3.3.1. Labeling of Grade Required.......................................................................................................180

3.3.2. EPA Labeling Requirements Also Apply. .................................................................................180

3.3.3. Delivery Documentation for Premium Diesel............................................................................180

3.4. Aviation Turbine Fuels. .........................................................................................................................180
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

169

3.4.1. Labeling of Grade Required.......................................................................................................180

3.4.2. NFPA Labeling Requirements also Apply.................................................................................180

3.5. Aviation Gasoline. .................................................................................................................................181

3.5.1. Labeling of Grade Required.......................................................................................................181

3.5.2. NFPA Labeling Requirements also Apply.................................................................................181

3.6. Fuel Oils.................................................................................................................................................181

3.6.1. Labeling of Grade Required.......................................................................................................181

3.7. Kerosene (Kerosine). .............................................................................................................................181

3.7.1. Labeling of Grade Required.......................................................................................................181

3.7.2. Additional Labeling Requirements. ...........................................................................................181

3.8. Ethanol Flex Fuel...................................................................................................................................181

3.8.1. How to Identify Ethanol Flex Fuel. ...........................................................................................181

3.8.2. Labeling Requirements. .............................................................................................................181

3.9. M85 Fuel Methanol................................................................................................................................182

3.9.1. How to Identify M85 Fuel Methanol. ........................................................................................182

3.9.2. Retail Dispenser Labeling..........................................................................................................182

3.10. Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG). ...........................................................................................................182

3.10.1. How LPG is to be Identified. ...................................................................................................182

3.10.2. Retail Dispenser Labeling........................................................................................................182

3.10.3. Additional Labeling Requirements. .........................................................................................182

3.10.4. NFPA Labeling Requirements Also Apply..............................................................................182

3.11. Compressed Natural Gas (CNG)............................................................................................................182

3.11.1. How Compressed Natural Gas is to be Identified....................................................................182

3.11.2. Retail Sales of Compressed Natural Gas Sold as a Vehicle Fuel.............................................183

3.11.2.1. Retail Dispenser Labeling..........................................................................................183

3.11.3. Nozzle Requirements for CNG................................................................................................183

3.12. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG). ...............................................................................................................183

3.12.1. How Liquefied Natural Gas is to be Identified. .......................................................................183

3.12.2. Labeling of Retail Dispensers of Liquefied Natural Gas Sold as a Vehicle Fuel. ...................183

3.12.2.1. Identification of Product............................................................................................183

3.12.2.2. Automotive Fuel Rating. ...........................................................................................183

3.12.2.3. NFPA Labeling..........................................................................................................183

3.13. Oil. .........................................................................................................................................................183

3.13.1. Labeling of Vehicle Engine (Motor) Oil Required. .................................................................183

3.13.1.1. Viscosity....................................................................................................................183

3.13.1.2. Brand. ........................................................................................................................183

3.13.1.3. Engine Service Category. ..........................................................................................183

3.13.1.4. Tank Trucks or Rail Cars...........................................................................................184

3.13.1.5. Documentation. .........................................................................................................184

3.13.2. Labeling of Recreational Motor Oil.........................................................................................184

3.13.2.1. Viscosity....................................................................................................................184

3.13.2.2. Intended Use..............................................................................................................184

3.13.3. Labeling of Gear Oil. ...............................................................................................................184

3.13.3.1. Viscosity....................................................................................................................184

3.13.3.2. Service Category........................................................................................................185

3.14. Automatic Transmission Fluid...............................................................................................................185

3.14.1. Labeling. ..................................................................................................................................185

3.14.2. Documentation of Claims Made Upon Product Label.............................................................185

3.15. Biodiesel and Biodiesel Blends..............................................................................................................185

3.15.1. Identification of Product. .........................................................................................................185

3.15.2. Labeling of Retail Dispensers..................................................................................................185

3.15.2.1. Labeling of Grade Required. .....................................................................................185

3.15.2.2. EPA Labeling Requirements also Apply. ..................................................................185

3.15.2.3. Automotive Fuel Rating. ...........................................................................................185

3.15.2.4. Biodiesel Blends........................................................................................................185

3.15.3. Documentation for Dispenser Labeling Purposes....................................................................186
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

170

3.15.4. Exemption................................................................................................................................186

3.16. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). ....................................................................................................................186

3.16.1. Labeling of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). ................................................................................186

3.16.1.1. Retail Dispenser Labeling..........................................................................................186

3.16.1.2. Documentation for Retailers of Bulk Product. ..........................................................186

3.16.1.3. Labeling Packaged Product. ......................................................................................186

3.16.1.4. Documentation for Bulk Deliveries...........................................................................186

Effective date shall be January 1, 2016. ....................................................................................186

Section 4. Retail Storage Tanks and Dispenser Filters.............................................................................................186

4.1. Water in Gasoline-Alcohol Blends, Biodiesel Blends, Ethanol Flex Fuel, Aviation Gasoline, and 

Aviation Turbine Fuel............................................................................................................................186

4.2. Water in Gasoline, Diesel, Gasoline-Ether, and Other Fuels.................................................................186

4.3. Dispenser Filters. ...................................................................................................................................187

4.3.1. Engine Fuel Dispensers. ............................................................................................................187

4.3.2. Delivery of Aviation Fuel and Gasoline. ...................................................................................187

4.4. Product Storage Identification. ..............................................................................................................187

4.4.1. Fill Connection Labeling. ..........................................................................................................187

4.4.2. Declaration of Meaning of Color Code......................................................................................187

4.5. Volume of Product Information.............................................................................................................187

Section 5. Condemned Product.................................................................................................................................187

5.1. Stop-Sale Order at Retail. ......................................................................................................................187

5.2. Stop-Sale Order at Terminal or Bulk Plant Facility...............................................................................187

Section 6. Product Registration ................................................................................................................................188

6.1. Engine Fuels Designed for Special Use .................................................................................................188

6.1.1. Identity.......................................................................................................................................188

6.1.2. Address. .....................................................................................................................................188

6.1.3. Business Type............................................................................................................................188

6.1.4. Signature....................................................................................................................................188

6.1.5. Product Description. ..................................................................................................................188

6.1.6. Product Specification.................................................................................................................188

6.2. Renewal. ................................................................................................................................................188

6.3. Re-registration. ......................................................................................................................................188

6.4. Authority to Deny Registration..............................................................................................................188

6.5. Transferability........................................................................................................................................188

Section 7. Test Methods and Reproducibility Limits ...............................................................................................188

7.1. ASTM Standard Test Methods. .............................................................................................................188

7.1.1. Premium Diesel..........................................................................................................................188

7.2. Reproducibility Limits. ..........................................................................................................................189

7.2.1. AKI Limits.................................................................................................................................189

7.2.2. Reproducibility. .........................................................................................................................189

7.2.3. SAE Viscosity Grades for Engine Oils. .....................................................................................189

7.2.4. Dispute Resolution.....................................................................................................................189

7.2.5. Additional Enforcement Action.................................................................................................189
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

171

Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

Section 1. Definitions

1.1. ASTM International. (www.astm.org) – The international voluntary consensus standards organization formed 

for the development of standards on characteristics and performance of materials, products, systems, and services, and 

the promotion of related knowledge.

1.2. Antiknock Index (AKI). – The arithmetic average of the Research Octane Number (RON) and Motor Octane 

Number (MON): AKI = (RON+MON)/2. This value is called by a variety of names, in addition to antiknock index, 

including: octane rating, posted octane, (R+M)/2 octane.

1.3. Automatic Transmission Fluid. – A product intended for use in a passenger vehicle, other than a bus, as either

lubricant, coolant, or liquid medium in any type of fluid automatic transmission that contains a torque converter. For 

the purposes of this regulation, fluids intended for use in continuously variable transmissions are not considered 

“Automatic Transmission Fluid.”

(Added 2004)

1.4. Automotive Fuel Rating. – The automotive fuel rating required under the amended Octane Certification and 

Posting Rule (or as amended, the Fuel Rating Rule), 16 CFR Part 306. Under this Rule, sellers of liquid automotive 

fuels, including alternative fuels, must determine, certify, and post an appropriate automotive fuel rating. The 

automotive fuel rating for gasoline is the antiknock index (octane rating). The automotive fuel rating for alternative 

liquid fuels consists of the common name of the fuel, along with a disclosure of the amount, expressed as a minimum 

volume percent of the principal component of the fuel. For alternative liquid automotive fuels, a disclosure of other 

components, expressed as a minimum volume percent, may be included, if desired.

1.5. Automotive Gasoline, Automotive Gasoline-Oxygenate Blend. – A type of fuel suitable for use in spark 

ignition automobile engines and also commonly used in marine and non-automotive applications.

1.6. Aviation Gasoline. – A type of gasoline suitable for use as a fuel in an aviation spark-ignition internal 

combustion engine.

1.7. Aviation Turbine Fuel. – A refined middle distillate suitable for use as a fuel in an aviation gas turbine internal 

combustion engine.

1.8. Base Gasoline. – All components other than ethanol in a blend of gasoline and ethanol.

1.9. Biodiesel. – A fuel comprised of mono-alkyl esters of long chain fatty acids derived from vegetable oils or 

animal fats, designated B100.

1.10. Biodiesel Blend. – A fuel comprised of a blend of biodiesel fuel with petroleum-based diesel fuel, designated 

BXX. In the abbreviation BXX, (e.g., B20) represents the volume percentage of biodiesel fuel in the blend.

1.11. Cetane Number. – A numerical measure of the ignition performance of a diesel fuel obtained by comparing it 

to reference fuels in a standardized engine test.

1.12. Compressed Natural Gas (CNG). – Natural gas which has been compressed and dispensed into fuel storage 

containers and is suitable for use as an engine fuel.

1.13. Denatured Fuel Ethanol. – An ethanol blend component for use in gasoline-ethanol blends and ethanol flex 

fuel. The ethanol is rendered unfit for beverage use by the addition of denaturants under formulas approved by the 

Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB) (www.ttb.gov), by the latest version of ASTM D4806, “Standard 
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

172

Specification for Denatured Fuel Ethanol for Blending with Gasolines for Use as Automotive Spark Ignition Engine 

Fuel” describes the acceptable denaturants for denatured fuel ethanol to be blended into spark ignition engine fuels.

(Amended 2014)

1.14. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). – A preparation of aqueous urea [(NH2)2CO], containing 32.5 % by mass of 

technically-pure urea in high-purity water with quality characteristics defined by the latest version of ISO 22241, 

“Diesel engines – NOx reduction agent AUS 21.”

(Added 2014)

1.15. Diesel Fuel. – A refined middle distillate suitable for use as a fuel in a compression-ignition (diesel) internal 

combustion engine.

1.16. Distillate. – Any product obtained by condensing the vapors given off by boiling petroleum or its products.

1.17. EPA. – The United States Environmental Protection Agency (www.epa.gov).

1.18. Engine Fuel. – Any liquid or gaseous matter used for the generation of power in an internal combustion engine.

1.19. Engine Fuels Designed for Special Use. – Engine fuels designated by the Director as requiring registration. 

These fuels normally do not have ASTM or other national consensus standards applying to their quality or usability; 

common special fuels are racing fuels and those intended for agricultural and other off-road applications.

1.20. Ethanol. – Also known as “ethyl alcohol.” Ethanol is provided in gasoline-ethanol blends by blending 

denatured fuel ethanol. See Section 1.13. Denatured Fuel Ethanol.

(Amended 2014)

1.21. Ethanol Flex Fuel. – Blends of ethanol and hydrocarbons restricted for use as fuel in ground vehicles equipped 

with flexible-fuel spark-ignition engines.

(Amended 2014)

1.22. Fuel Cell. – An electrochemical energy conversion device in which fuel and an oxidant react to generate 

electricity without consumption, physically or chemically, of its electrodes or electrolytes.

(Added 2012)

1.23. Fuel Oil. – Refined oil middle distillates, heavy distillates, or residues of refining, or blends of these, suitable 

for use as a fuel for heating or power generation, the classification of which shall be defined by the latest version of 

ASTM D396.

1.24. Gasoline. – A volatile mixture of liquid hydrocarbons generally containing small amounts of additives suitable 

for use as a fuel in a spark-ignition internal combustion engine.

1.25. Gasoline-Alcohol Blend. – A fuel consisting primarily of gasoline and a substantial amount (more 

than 0.35 mass percent of oxygen, or more than 0.15 mass percent of oxygen if methanol is the only oxygenate) of 

one or more alcohols.

1.26. Gasoline Gallon Equivalent (GGE). – Equivalent to 2.567 kg (5.660 lb) of natural gas.

1.27. Gasoline Liter Equivalent (GLE). – Equivalent to 0.678 kg (1.495 lb) of natural gas.

1.28. Gasoline-Oxygenate Blend. – A fuel consisting primarily of gasoline along with a substantial amount (more 

than 0.35 mass percent of oxygen, or more than 0.15 mass percent of oxygen if methanol is the only oxygenate) of 

one or more oxygenates.

1.29. Gear Oil. – An oil used to lubricate gears, axles, or some manual transmissions.

(Added 2004)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

173

1.30. Hydrogen Fuel. – A fuel composed of molecular hydrogen intended for consumption in a surface vehicle or 

electricity production device with an internal combustion engine or fuel cell.

(Added 2012)

1.31. Internal Combustion Engine. – A device used to generate power by converting chemical energy bound in the 

fuel via spark-ignition or compression ignition combustion into mechanical work to power a vehicle or other device.

(Added 2012)

1.32. Kerosene. – (or “Kerosine”) A refined middle distillate suitable for use as a fuel for heating or illuminating, 

the classification of which shall be defined by the latest version of ASTM D3699, “Standard Specification for 

Kerosine.”

1.33. Lead Substitute. – An EPA-registered gasoline additive suitable, when added in small amounts to fuel, to 

reduce or prevent exhaust valve recession (or seat wear) in automotive spark-ignition internal combustion engines 

designed to operate on leaded fuel.

1.34. Lead Substitute Engine Fuel. – For labeling purposes, a gasoline or gasoline-oxygenate blend that contains a 

“lead substitute”.

1.35. Leaded. – For labeling purposes, any gasoline or gasoline-oxygenate blend which contains more than 0.013 g 

of lead per liter (0.05 g lead per U.S. gal). NOTE: EPA defines leaded fuel as one which contains more than 0.0013 g 

of phosphorus per liter (0.005 g per U.S. gal), or any fuel to which lead or phosphorus is intentionally added.

1.36. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG). – Natural gas that has been liquefied at – 162 oC (– 260 oF) and stored in 

insulated cryogenic tanks for use as an engine fuel.

(Amended 2016)

1.37. Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG). – A mixture of normally gaseous hydrocarbons, predominantly propane, or 

butane, or both, that has been liquefied by compression or cooling, or both to facilitate storage, transport, and handling.

1.38. Low Temperature Operability. – A condition which allows the uninterrupted operation of a diesel engine 

through the continuous flow of fuel throughout its fuel delivery system at low temperatures. Fuels with adequate low 

temperature operability characteristics have the ability to avoid wax precipitation and clogging in fuel filters.

(Added 1998) (Amended 1999)

1.39. Lubricant. – Oil. (See 1.45. Oil below.).

(Added 2008)

1.40. Lubricity. – A qualitative term describing the ability of a fluid to affect friction between, and wear to, surfaces

in relative motion under load.

(Added 2003)

1.41. M85 Fuel Methanol. – A blend of methanol and hydrocarbons of which the methanol portion is nominally 

70 to 85 volume percent.

1.42. Motor Octane Number. – A numerical indication of a spark-ignition engine fuel’s resistance to knock obtained 

by comparison with reference fuels in a standardized ASTM D2700, “Motor Method Engine Test.”

1.43. Motor Oil. – An oil that reduces friction and wear between the moving parts within a reciprocating internal 

combustion engine and also serves as a coolant. For the purposes of this regulation, “vehicle motor oil” refers to 

motor oil which is intended for use in light- to heavy-duty vehicles including cars, sport utility vehicles, vans, trucks, 

buses, and off-road farming and construction equipment. For the purposes of this regulation, “recreational motor oil” 
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

174

refers to motor oil which is intended for use in four-stroke cycle engines used in motorcycles, ATVs, and lawn and 

garden equipment. For the purposes of this regulation, motor oil also means engine oil.

(Added 2004)

1.44. MTBE. – Methyl tertiary-butyl ether.

(Added 2008)

1.45. Oil. – A motor oil, engine oil, and/or gear oil.

(Added 2004)

1.46. Oxygen Content of Gasoline. – The percentage of oxygen by mass contained in a gasoline. 

1.47. Oxygenate. – An oxygen-containing, ashless, organic compound, such as an alcohol or ether, which can be 

used as a fuel or fuel supplement.

1.48. Reformulated Gasoline (RFG). – A gasoline or gasoline-oxygenate blend certified to meet the specifications 

and emission reduction requirements established by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, as amended by the 

Energy Policy Act of 2005, required to be sold for use in automotive vehicles in extreme and severe ozone nonattainment areas and those areas which opt to require reformulated gasoline.

(Amended 2008)

1.49. Research Octane Number. – A numerical indication of a spark-ignition engine fuel’s resistance to knock 

obtained by comparison with reference fuels in a standardized ASTM D2699, “Research Method Engine Test.”

1.50. SAE (SAE International). – A technical organization for engineers, scientists, technicians, and others who 

cooperate closely in the engineering, design, manufacture, use, and maintainability of self-propelled vehicles.

1.51. Substantially Similar. – Refers to the EPA’s “Substantially Similar” rule, Section 211 (f) (1) of the Clean Air 

Act [42 U.S.C. 7545 (f) (1)].

1.52. ThermStability. – The ability of a fuel to resist the thermal stress which is experienced by the fuel when 

exposed to high temperatures in a fuel delivery system. Such stress can lead to formation of insoluble gums or organic 

particulates. Insolubles (e.g., gums or organic particulates) can clog fuel filters and contribute to injector deposits.

(Added 1998) (Amended 1999)

1.53. Unleaded. – When used in conjunction with “engine fuel” or “gasoline” means any gasoline or gasolineoxygenate blend to which no lead or phosphorus compounds have been intentionally added and which contains not 

more than 0.013 g of lead per liter (0.05 g lead per U.S. gallon) and not more than 0.0013 g of phosphorus per liter 

(0.005 g phosphorus per U.S. gallon).

1.54. Wholesale Purchaser Consumer. – Any person who is an ultimate consumer of gasoline, fuel methanol, 

ethanol flex fuel, diesel fuel, biodiesel, biodiesel blends, fuel oil, kerosene, aviation turbine fuels, natural gas, 

compressed natural gas, or liquefied petroleum gas and who purchases or obtains the product from a supplier and 

receives delivery of that product into a storage tank.

(Added 1998) (Amended 1999 and 2014)

Section 2. Standard Fuel Specifications

2.1. Gasoline and Gasoline-Oxygenate Blends.

2.1.1. Gasoline and Gasoline-Oxygenate Blends (as defined in this regulation). – Shall meet the latest version 

of ASTM D4814, “Standard Specification for Automotive Spark-Ignition Engine Fuel” except for the permissible 

offsets for ethanol blends as provided in Section 2.1.2. Gasoline-Ethanol Blends.

(Added 2009)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

175

2.1.2. Gasoline-Ethanol Blends. – When gasoline is blended with ethanol, the ethanol shall meet the latest 

version of ASTM D4806, “Standard Specification for Denatured Fuel Ethanol for Blending with Gasolines for 

Use as Automotive Spark-Ignition Engine Fuel,” and the blend shall meet the latest version of ASTM D4814,

“Standard Specification for Automotive Spark-Ignition Engine Fuel,” with the following permissible exceptions: 

(a) The maximum vapor pressure shall not exceed the ASTM D4814 limits by more than: 

(1) 1.0 psi for blends containing 9 to 10 volume percent ethanol from June 1 through September 15. 

(2) 1.0 psi for blends containing one or more volume percent ethanol for volatility classes A, B, C, D

from September 16 through May 31. 

(3) 0.5 psi for blends containing one or more volume percent ethanol for volatility Class E from 

September 16 through May 31.

The vapor pressure exceptions in subsections 2.1.2. Gasoline-Ethanol Blends will remain in effect until 

May 1, 2017, or until ASTM incorporates changes to the vapor pressure maximums for ethanol blends, whichever 

occurs earlier. (Effective July 28, 2016)

(Amend 2016)

NOTE 1: The temperature values (e.g., 54 °C, 50. °C, 41.5 °C) are presented in the format prescribed in ASTM 

E29 “Standard Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine Conformance with 

Specifications.”

NOTE 2: The values shown above appear only in U.S. customary units to ensure that the values are identical to 

those in ASTM standards and the Environmental Protection Agency regulation.

(Added 2009) (Amended 2012 and 2016)

2.1.3. Minimum Antiknock Index (AKI). – The AKI shall not be less than the AKI posted on the product 

dispenser or as certified on the invoice, bill of lading, shipping paper, or other documentation;

2.1.4. Minimum Motor Octane Number. – The minimum motor octane number shall not be less than 82 for 

gasoline with an AKI of 87 or greater;

2.1.5. Minimum Lead Content to Be Termed “Leaded.” – Gasoline and gasoline oxygenate blends sold as 

“leaded” shall contain a minimum of 0.013 g of lead per liter (0.05 g per U.S. gallon);

2.1.6. Lead Substitute Gasoline. – Gasoline and gasoline-oxygenate blends sold as “lead substitute” gasoline 

shall contain a lead substitute which provides protection against exhaust valve seat recession equivalent to at least 

0.026 g of lead per liter (0.10 g per U.S. gallon).

2.1.6.1. Documentation of Exhaust Valve Seat Protection. – Upon the request of the Director, the lead 

substitute additive manufacturer shall provide documentation to the Director that demonstrates that the 

treatment level recommended by the additive manufacturer provides protection against exhaust valve seat 

recession equivalent to or better than 0.026 g/L (0.1 g/gal) lead. The Director may review the documentation 

and approve the lead substitute additive before such additive is blended into gasoline. This documentation 

shall consist of:

(a) test results as published in the Federal Register by the EPA Administrator as required in 

Section 211(f)(2) of the Clean Air Act; or

(b) until such time as the EPA Administrator develops and publishes a test procedure to determine the 

additive’s effectiveness in reducing valve seat wear, test results and description of the test 
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

176

procedures used in comparing the effectiveness of 0.026 g per liter lead and the recommended 

treatment level of the lead substitute additive shall be provided.

2.1.7. Blending. – Leaded, lead substitute, and unleaded gasoline-oxygenate blends shall be blended according 

to the EPA “substantially similar” rule or an EPA waiver for unleaded fuel.

(Amended 2009)

2.2. Diesel Fuel. – Shall meet the latest version of ASTM D975, “Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils.”

2.2.1. Premium Diesel Fuel. – All diesel fuels identified on retail dispensers, bills of lading, invoices, shipping 

papers, or other documentation with terms such as premium, super, supreme, plus, or premier must conform to 

the following requirements:

(a) Cetane Number. – A minimum cetane number of 47.0 as determined by the latest version of ASTM 

D613, “Standard Test Method for Cetane Number of Diesel Fuel Oil.”

(b) Low Temperature Operability. – A cold flow performance measurement which meets the latest version 

of ASTM D975, “Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils,” tenth percentile minimum ambient air 

temperature charts and maps by either ASTM Standard Test Method D2500 (Cloud Point) or the latest 

version of ASTM Standard D4539, “Low Temperature Flow Test, LTFT.” Low temperature operability 

is only applicable October 1 to March 31 of each year.

(c) Thermal Stability. – A minimum reflectance measurement of 80 % as determined by the latest version 

of ASTM Standard Test Method D6468 (180 min, 150 °C).

(d) Lubricity. – A maximum wear scar diameter of 520 micrometers as determined by the latest version

ASTM D6079, “Standard Test Method for Evaluating Lubricity of Diesel Fuels by the High-Frequency 

Reciprocating Rig (HFRR).” If an enforcement jurisdiction’s single test of more than 560 micrometers

is determined, a second test shall be conducted. If the average of the two tests is more than 

560 micrometers, the sample does not conform to the requirements of this part.

(Amended 2003)

2.3. Aviation Turbine Fuels. – Shall meet the latest version of ASTM D1655, “Standard Specification for Aviation 

Turbine Fuels.”

2.4. Aviation Gasoline. – Shall meet the latest version of one of the following, as appropriate:

(a) ASTM D910 – “Standard Specification for Aviation Gasoline;” or

(b) ASTM D6227 – “Standard Specification for Grade 82 Unleaded Aviation Gasoline.”

(Amended 2008)

2.5. Fuel Oils. – Shall meet the latest version of ASTM D396, “Standard Specification for Fuel Oils.”

2.6. Kerosene (Kerosine). – Shall meet the latest version of ASTM D3699, “Standard Specification for Kerosine.”

2.7. Denatured Fuel Ethanol. – Intended for blending with gasoline shall meet the latest version of ASTM D4806, 

“Standard Specification for Denatured Fuel Ethanol for Blending with Gasolines for Use as Automotive SparkIgnition Engine Fuel.”

(Amended 2014)

2.8. Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases. – Shall meet the latest version ASTM D1835, “Standard Specification for 

Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases.”

NOTE: Also reference Gas Processors Association 2140, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Specification and Test Methods.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

177

2.9. Compressed Natural Gas (CNG). – Shall meet the latest version of SAE J1616, “Recommended Practice for 

Compressed Natural Gas Vehicle Fuel.”

2.10. Ethanol Flex Fuel. – Ethanol flex fuel is covered by one of two ASTM standards based on the ethanol 

concentration of blend:

(a) Ethanol flex fuel containing 51 to 83 volume percent ethanol shall meet the latest version of ASTM D5798, 

“Standard Specifications for Ethanol Fuel Blends for Flexible Fuel Automotive Spark-Ignition Engines”; and

(b) Ethanol flex fuel containing 16 to 50 volume percent ethanol shall be blended, stored, and conveyed for 

consumption in accordance with the latest version of ASTM D7794, “Standard Practice for Blending MidLevel Ethanol Fuel Blends for Flexible Fuel Vehicles with Automotive Spark-Ignition Engines.”

(Added 1997) (Amended 2014)

2.11. M85 Fuel Methanol. – Shall meet the latest version of ASTM D5797, “Standard Specification for Fuel 

Methanol M70-M85 for Automotive Spark Ignition Engines.”

(Added 1997)

2.12. Engine (Motor) Oil. – Shall not be sold or distributed for use unless the product conforms to the following 

specifications:

(a) performance claims listed on the label shall be evaluated against the latest version of SAE J183, “Engine Oil 

Performance and Engine Service Classification,” API 1509 “Engine Oil Licensing and Certification System,” 

European Automobile Manufacturers’ Association (ACEA), “European Oil Sequences,” or other “Vehicle 

or Engine Manufacturer Standards” as applicable; and

(b) the product shall meet its labeled viscosity grade specification as specified in the latest version of SAE J300, 

“Engine Oil Viscosity Classification.

(Added 2004) (Amended 2014)

2.13. Products for Use in Lubricating Manual Transmissions, Gears, or Axles. – Shall not be sold or distributed 

for use in lubricating manual transmissions, gears, or axles unless the product conforms to the following specifications:

(a) it is labeled with one or more of the service designations found in the latest version of the SAE Information 

Report on axle and manual transmission lubricants, SAE J308, and API Publication 1560, and meets all 

applicable requirements of those designations;

(b) the product shall meet its labeled viscosity grade classification as specified in the latest version of SAE J306;

and

(c) the product shall be free from water and suspended matter when tested by means of centrifuge, in accordance 

with the latest version of ASTM D2273, “Standard Test Method for Trace Sediment in Lubricating Oils.”

(Added 2004)

2.14. Products for Use in Lubricating Automatic Transmissions. – Any automatic transmission fluid sold without 

limitation as to type of transmission for which it is intended shall meet all automotive manufacturers’ recommended 

requirements for transmissions in general use in the state. Automatic transmission fluids that are intended for use only 

in certain transmissions, as disclosed on the label of its container, shall meet the latest automotive manufacturers’ 

recommended requirements for those transmissions. Adherence to automotive manufacturers’ recommended 

requirements shall be based on tests currently available to the lubricants’ industry and the state regulatory agency. 

Any material offered for sale or sold as an additive to automatic transmission fluids shall be compatible with the 

automatic transmission fluid to which it is added, and shall meet all performance claims as stated on the label. Any 
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

178

manufacturer of any such product sold in this state shall provide, upon request by a duly authorized representative of 

the Director, documentation of any claims made on their product label.

(Added 2004)

2.15. Biodiesel. – B100 biodiesel intended for blending with diesel fuel shall meet the latest version of ASTM D6751, 

“Standard Specification for Biodiesel Fuel (B100) Blend Stock for Distillate Fuels.”

(Added 2004)

2.16. Biodiesel Blends. – Blends of biodiesel and diesel fuels shall meet the following requirements:

(a) blends that contain less than or equal to 5 % must meet the latest version of ASTM D975, “Standard 

Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils”;

(b) blends greater than 5 % biodiesel and that contain less than or equal to 20 % by volume shall meet the latest 

version of ASTM D7467, “Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oil, Biodiesel Blend (B6 to B20)”;

(c) use of S15 biodiesel is required when blending into S15 low sulfur motor vehicle diesel fuel when the 

intention is to certify the fuel as S15 grade; and

(d) when blends greater than 20 % are offered for sale, the diesel fuel used in the blend shall meet the latest

version of ASTM D975, “Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils,” and the biodiesel blend stock shall 

meet the specifications of Section 2.15. Biodiesel.

(Added 2004) (Amended 2008)

2.17. Hydrogen Fuel. – Shall meet the latest version of SAE J2719, “Hydrogen Fuel Quality for Fuel Cell Vehicles.”

(Added 2012)

2.18. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). – Shall meet the latest version of the ISO 22241, “Diesel engines – NOx reduction 

agent AUS 32.”

(Added 2014)

Section 3. Classification and Method of Sale of Petroleum Products

3.1. General Considerations.

3.1.1. Documentation. – When products regulated by this rule are sold, an invoice, bill of lading, shipping paper,

or other documentation must accompany each delivery other than a retail sale. This document must identify the 

quantity, the name of the product, the particular grade of the product, the applicable automotive fuel rating, and 

oxygenate type and content (if applicable), the name and address of the seller and buyer, and the date and time of 

the sale. Documentation must be retained at the retail establishment for a period not less than one year.

(Amended 2008)

3.1.2. Retail Dispenser Labeling. – All retail dispensing devices must identify conspicuously the type of 

product, the particular grade of the product, and the applicable automotive fuel rating.

3.1.3. Grade Name. – The sale of any product under any grade name that indicates to the purchaser that it is of 

a certain automotive fuel rating or ASTM grade shall not be permitted unless the automotive fuel rating or grade 

indicated in the grade name is consistent with the value and meets the requirements of Section 2, Standard Fuel 

Specifications.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

179

3.2. Automotive Gasoline and Automotive Gasoline-Oxygenate Blends.

3.2.1. Posting of Antiknock Index Required. – All automotive gasoline and automotive gasoline-oxygenate 

blends shall post the antiknock index in accordance with applicable regulations, 16 CFR Part 306 issued pursuant 

to the Petroleum Marketing Practices Act, as amended.

3.2.2. When the Term “Leaded” May be Used. – The term “leaded” shall be used only when the fuel meets 

specification requirements of paragraph 2.1.5. Minimum Lead Content to be Termed “Leaded.”

3.2.3. Use of Lead Substitute Must be Disclosed. – Each dispensing device from which gasoline or gasolineoxygenate blends containing a lead substitute is dispensed shall display the following legend: “Contains Lead 

Substitute.” The lettering of this legend shall not be less than 12.7 mm (1⁄2 in) in height and the color of the 

lettering shall be in definite contrast to the background color to which it is applied.

3.2.4. Nozzle Requirements for Leaded Fuel. – Each dispensing device from which gasoline or gasolineoxygenate blends that contain lead in amounts sufficient to be considered “leaded” gasoline, or lead substitute 

engine fuel, is sold shall be equipped with a nozzle spout having a terminal end with an outside diameter of not 

less than 23.63 mm (0.930 in).

3.2.5. Prohibition of Terms. – It is prohibited to use specific terms to describe a grade of gasoline or gasolineoxygenate blend unless it meets the minimum antiknock index requirement shown in Table 1. Minimum 

Antiknock Index Requirements.

Table 1. 

Minimum Antiknock Index Requirements

Minimum Antiknock Index

Term ASTM D4814 Altitude Reduction 

Areas IV and V All Other ASTM D4814 Areas

Premium, Super, Supreme, High 

Test 90 91

Midgrade, Plus 87 89

Regular Leaded 86 88

Regular, Unleaded (alone) 85 87

Economy -- 86

(Table 1. Amended 1997)

3.2.6. Method of Retail Sale. – Type of Oxygenate must be disclosed. All automotive gasoline or automotive 

gasoline-oxygenate blends kept, offered, or exposed for sale, or sold at retail containing at least 1.5 mass percent 

oxygen shall be identified as “with” or “containing” (or similar wording) the predominant oxygenate in the engine 

fuel. For example, the label may read “contains ethanol” or “with methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE).” The 

oxygenate contributing the largest mass percent oxygen to the blend shall be considered the predominant

oxygenate. Where mixtures of only ethers are present, the retailer may post the predominant oxygenate followed 

by the phrase “or other ethers” or alternatively post the phrase “contains MTBE or other ethers.” In addition, 

gasoline-methanol blend fuels containing more than 0.15 mass percent oxygen from methanol shall be identified 

as “with” or “containing” methanol. This information shall be posted on the upper 50 % of the dispenser front 

panel in a position clear and conspicuous from the driver’s position in a type at least 12.7 mm (1⁄2 in) in height, 

1.5 mm (1/16 in) stroke (width of type).
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

180

(Amended 1996)

3.2.7. Documentation for Dispenser Labeling Purposes. – The retailer shall be provided, at the time of delivery 

of the fuel, on product transfer documents such as an invoice, bill of lading, shipping paper, or other 

documentation:

(a) Information that compiles with 40 CFR § 80.1503 when the fuel contains ethanol.

(Added 2014)

(b) For fuels that do not contain ethanol, information that complies with 40 CFR § 80.1503 and a declaration 

of the predominant oxygenate or combination of oxygenates present in concentrations sufficient to yield 

an oxygen content of at least 1.5 mass percent in the fuel. Where mixtures of only ethers are present, the 

fuel supplier may identify either the predominant oxygenate in the fuel (i.e., the oxygenate contributing 

the largest mass percent oxygen) or alternatively, use the phrase “contains MTBE or other ethers.”

(Added 2014)

(c) Gasoline containing more than 0.15 mass percent oxygen from methanol shall be identified as “with” or 

“containing” methanol.

(Added 2014)

(Amended 1996 and 2014)

3.2.8. EPA Labeling Requirements also Apply. – Retailers and wholesale purchaser-consumers of gasoline 

shall comply with the EPA pump labeling requirements for gasoline containing greater than 10 volume percent 

(v%) up to 15 volume percent (v%) ethanol (E15) under 40 CFR § 80.1501.

(Added 2012)

3.3. Diesel Fuel.

3.3.1. Labeling of Grade Required. – Diesel Fuel shall be identified by grades No. 1-D, No. 2-D, or No. 4-D.

3.3.2. EPA Labeling Requirements Also Apply. – Retailers and wholesale purchaser-consumers of diesel fuel 

shall comply with EPA pump labeling requirements for sulfur under 40 CFR § 80.570. 

3.3.3. Delivery Documentation for Premium Diesel. – Before or at the time of delivery of premium diesel fuel, 

the retailer or the wholesale purchaser-consumer shall be provided on an invoice, bill of lading, shipping paper, 

or other documentation a declaration of all performance properties that qualifies the fuel as premium diesel fuel 

as required in Section 2.2.1. Premium Diesel Fuel.

(Added 1998) (Amended 1999)

3.3.4. Nozzle Requirements for Diesel Fuel. – Each dispensing device from which diesel fuel is sold at retail 

shall be equipped with a nozzle spout with a diameter that conforms to the latest version of SAE J285, “Dispenser 

Nozzle Spouts for Liquid Fuels Intended for Use with Spark Ignition and Compression Ignition Engines.” 

(Enforceable effective July 1, 2013)

(Added 2012)

(Amended 1998, 1999, 2008, and 2012)

3.4. Aviation Turbine Fuels.

3.4.1. Labeling of Grade Required. – Aviation turbine fuels shall be identified by Jet A, Jet A 1, or Jet B.

3.4.2. NFPA Labeling Requirements also Apply. – Each dispenser or airport fuel truck dispensing aviation

turbine fuels shall be labeled in accordance with the most recent edition of National Fire Protection Association 

(NFPA 407), Standard for Aircraft Fuel Servicing.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

181

NOTE: For example, NFPA 407, 2007 edition: Section 4.3.18 Product Identification Signs. Each aircraft fuel 

servicing vehicle shall have a sign on each side and the rear to indicate the product. The sign shall have letters 

at least 75 mm (3 in) high of color sharply contrasting with its background for visibility. It shall show the word 

“FLAMMABLE” and the name of the product carried, such as “JET A,” “JET B,” “GASOLINE,” or “AVGAS.” 

(NOTE: Refer to the most recent edition NFPA 407.)

3.5. Aviation Gasoline.

3.5.1. Labeling of Grade Required. – Aviation gasoline shall be identified by Grade 80, Grade 91, Grade 100, 

or Grade 100LL, or Grade 82UL

(Amended 2008)

3.5.2. NFPA Labeling Requirements also Apply. – Each dispenser or airport fuel truck dispensing aviation

gasoline shall be labeled in accordance with the most recent edition of National Fire Protection Association 

(NFPA) 407, Standard for Aircraft Fuel Servicing.

NOTE: For example, NFPA 407, 2007 edition: Section 4.3.18 Product Identification Signs. Each aircraft fuel 

servicing vehicle shall have a sign on each side and the rear to indicate the product. The sign shall have letters 

at least 3 in (75 mm) high of color sharply contrasting with its background for visibility. It shall show the word 

“FLAMMABLE” and the name of the product carried, such as “JET A,” “JET B,” “GASOLINE,” or “AVGAS.” 

(NOTE: Refer to the most recent edition NFPA 407.)

3.6. Fuel Oils.

3.6.1. Labeling of Grade Required. – Fuel Oil shall be identified by the grades of No. 1 S500, No. 1 S5000, 

No. 2 S500, No. 2 S5000, No. 4 (Light), No. 4, No. 5 (Light), No. 5 (Heavy), or No. 6.

(Amended 2008)

3.7. Kerosene (Kerosine).

3.7.1. Labeling of Grade Required. – Kerosene shall be identified by the grades No. 1-K or No. 2-K.

3.7.2. Additional Labeling Requirements. – Each retail dispenser of kerosene shall be labeled as 1-K Kerosene 

or 2-K. In addition, No. 2-K dispensers shall display the following legend:

“Warning - Not Suitable For Use In Unvented Heaters Requiring No. 1-K.”

The lettering of this legend shall not be less than 12.7 mm (1⁄2 in) in height by 1.5 mm (1/16 in) stroke; block style 

letters and the color of lettering shall be in definite contrast to the background color to which it is applied.

3.8. Ethanol Flex Fuel.

3.8.1. How to Identify Ethanol Flex Fuel. – Ethanol flex fuel shall be identified as Ethanol Flex Fuel or EXX 

Flex Fuel.

3.8.2. Labeling Requirements.

(a) Ethanol flex fuel with an ethanol concentration no less than 51 and no greater than 83 volume percent

shall be labeled “Ethanol Flex Fuel, minimum 51 % ethanol.”

(b) Ethanol flex fuel with an ethanol concentration less than or equal to 50 volume percent shall be labeled 

“EXX Flex Fuel, minimum YY % ethanol,” where the XX is the ethanol concentration in volume percent 
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

182

and YY is XX minus five (− 5). The actual ethanol concentration of the fuel shall be XX volume percent 

plus or minus five (± 5) volume percent.

(Added 2014)

(c) A label shall be posted which states “For Use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles (FFV) Only.” This information 

shall be clearly and conspicuously posted on the upper 50 % of the dispenser front panel in a type at least 

12.7 mm (1⁄2 in) in height, 1.5 mm (1/16 in) stroke (width of type). A label shall be posted which states, 

“CHECK OWNER’S MANUAL,” and shall not be less than 6 mm (1⁄4 in) in height by 0.8 mm (1

/32 in) 

stroke; block style letters and the color shall be in definite contrast to the background color to which it 

is applied.

(Amended 2007, 2008, and 2014)

3.9. M85 Fuel Methanol.

3.9.1. How to Identify M85 Fuel Methanol. – Fuel methanol shall be identified as M85.

Example: 

M85

3.9.2. Retail Dispenser Labeling.

(a) Fuel methanol shall be labeled with its automotive fuel rating in accordance with 16 CFR Part 306.

Example: 

M85 Methanol

(b) A label shall be posted which states “For Use in Vehicles Capable of Using M85 Only.” This information 

shall be clearly and conspicuously posted on the upper 50 % of the dispenser front panel in a type of at 

least 12.7 mm (1⁄2 in) in height, 1.5 mm (1/16 in) stroke (width of type).

(Amended 2008)

3.10. Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG).

3.10.1. How LPG is to be Identified. – Liquefied petroleum gases shall be identified by grades Commercial 

Propane, Commercial Butane, Commercial PB Mixtures or Special-Duty Propane (HD5).

3.10.2. Retail Dispenser Labeling. – Each retail dispenser of LPGs shall be labeled as “Commercial Propane,” 

“Commercial Butane,” “Commercial PB Mixtures,” or “Special-Duty Propane (HD5).”

3.10.3. Additional Labeling Requirements. – LPG shall be labeled with its automotive fuel rating in accordance 

with 16 CFR Part 306.

3.10.4. NFPA Labeling Requirements Also Apply. (Refer to the most recent edition of NFPA 58.)

3.11. Compressed Natural Gas (CNG).

3.11.1. How Compressed Natural Gas is to be Identified. – For the purposes of this regulation, compressed 

natural gas shall be identified by the term “Compressed Natural Gas” or “CNG.”
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

183

3.11.2. Retail Sales of Compressed Natural Gas Sold as a Vehicle Fuel.

3.11.2.1. Retail Dispenser Labeling.

3.11.2.1.1. Identification of Product. – Each retail dispenser of CNG shall be labeled as “Compressed 

Natural Gas.”

3.11.2.1.2. Pressure. – CNG is dispensed into vehicle fuel containers with working pressures of 

20 684 kPa (3000 psi), or 24 821 kPa (3600 psi). The dispenser shall be labeled 20 684 kPa (3000 psi), 

or 24 821 kPa (3600 psi) corresponding to the pressure of the CNG dispensed by each fueling hose.

(Amended 2016)

3.11.2.1.3. NFPA Labeling. – NFPA Labeling requirements also apply. (Refer to NFPA 52.)

3.11.3. Nozzle Requirements for CNG. – CNG fueling nozzles shall comply with ANSI/AGA/CGA NGV 1.

3.12. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG).

3.12.1. How Liquefied Natural Gas is to be Identified. – For the purposes of this regulation, liquefied natural 

gas shall be identified by the term “Liquefied Natural Gas” or “LNG.”

3.12.2. Labeling of Retail Dispensers of Liquefied Natural Gas Sold as a Vehicle Fuel.

3.12.2.1. Identification of Product. – Each retail dispenser of LNG shall be labeled as “Liquefied Natural 

Gas.”

3.12.2.2. Automotive Fuel Rating. – LNG automotive fuel shall be labeled with its automotive fuel rating 

in accordance with 16 CFR Part 306.

3.12.2.3. NFPA Labeling. – NFPA Labeling requirements also apply. (Refer to NFPA 57.)

3.13. Oil.

3.13.1. Labeling of Vehicle Engine (Motor) Oil Required.

3.13.1.1. Viscosity. – The label on any vehicle engine (motor) oil container, receptacle, dispenser, or storage 

tank and the invoice or receipt from service on an engine that includes the installation of bulk vehicle engine 

(motor) oil dispensed from a receptacle, dispenser, or storage tank shall contain the viscosity grade 

classification preceded by the letters “SAE” in accordance with the SAE International’s latest version of 

SAE J300, “Engine Oil Viscosity Classification.”

(Amended 2012 and 2014)

3.13.1.2. Brand. – The label on any vehicle engine (motor) oil container and the invoice or receipt from 

service on an engine that includes the installation of bulk vehicle engine (motor) oil dispensed from a 

receptacle, dispenser, or storage tank shall contain the name, brand, trademark, or trade name of the vehicle 

engine (motor) oil.

(Added 2012 and 2014)

3.13.1.3. Engine Service Category. – The label on any vehicle engine (motor) oil container, receptacle, 

dispenser or storage tank and the invoice or receipt from service on an engine that includes the installation 

of bulk vehicle engine (motor) oil dispensed from a receptacle, dispenser, or storage tank shall contain the 

engine service category, or categories, displayed in letters not less than 3.18 mm (1

/8 in) in height, as defined 

by the latest version of SAE J183, “Engine Oil Performance and Engine Service Classification (Other than 

“Energy Conserving”)” API Publication 1509, “Engine Oil Licensing and Certification System,” European 
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

184

Automobile Manufacturers Association (ACEA), “European Oil Sequences,” or other “Vehicle or Engine 

Manufacturer Standards” as provided in Section 3.13.1.3.1.

(Amended 2012 and 2014)

3.13.1.3.1. Vehicle or Engine Manufacturer Standard. – The label on any vehicle engine (motor) oil 

container, receptacle, dispenser, or storage tank and the invoice or receipt from service on an engine that 

includes the installation of vehicle engine (motor) oil dispensed from a receptacle, dispenser, or storage 

tank shall identify the specific vehicle or engine manufacturer standard, or standards, met in letters not 

less than 3.18 mm (1/8 in) in height. If the vehicle (motor) oil only meets a vehicle or engine manufacturer 

standard, the label must clearly identify that the oil is only intended for use where specifically 

recommended by the vehicle or engine manufacturer.

(Added 2014)

3.13.1.3.2. Inactive or Obsolete Service Categories. – The label on any vehicle engine (motor) oil 

container, receptacle, dispenser, or storage tank and the invoice or receipt from service on an engine that 

includes the installation of vehicle engine (motor) oil dispensed from a receptacle, dispenser, or storage 

tank shall bear a plainly visible cautionary statement in compliance with the latest version of SAE J183, 

“Engine Oil Performance and Engine Service Classification (Other than “Energy Conserving”)” 

Appendix A, whenever the vehicle engine (motor) oil in the container or in bulk does not meet an active 

API service category as defined by the latest version of SAE J183, “Engine Oil Performance and Engine 

Service Classification (Other than “Energy Conserving”).” If a vehicle engine (motor) oil is identified 

as only meeting a vehicle or engine manufacturer standard, the labeling requirements in Section 

3.13.1.3.1. Vehicle or Engine Manufacturer Standard applies.

(Added 2012) (Amended 2014)

3.13.1.4. Tank Trucks or Rail Cars. – Tank trucks, rail cars, and types of delivery trucks that are used to 

deliver bulk vehicle engine (motor) oil are not required to display the SAE viscosity grade and service 

category or categories on such tank trucks, rail cars, and other types of delivery trucks.

(Added 2012) (Amend 2013 and 2014)

3.13.1.5. Documentation. – When the engine (motor) oil is sold in bulk, an invoice, bill of lading, shipping 

paper, or other documentation must accompany each delivery. This document must identify the quantity of 

bulk engine (motor) oil delivered as defined in Sections 3.13.1.1. Viscosity; 3.13.1.2. Brand; 3.13.1.3. Engine 

Service Category; the name and address of the seller and buyer; and the date and time of the sale. For inactive 

or obsolete service categories, the documentation shall also bear a plainly visible cautionary statement as 

required in Section 3.13.1.3.2. Inactive or Obsolete Service Categories. Documentation must be retained at 

the retail establishment for a period of not less than one year.

(Added 2013) (Amended 2014)

(Amended 2012, 2013, and 2014) 

3.13.2. Labeling of Recreational Motor Oil.

3.13.2.1. Viscosity. – The label on each container of recreational motor oil shall contain the viscosity grade 

classification preceded by the letters “SAE” in accordance with the SAE International’s latest version of 

SAE J300, “Engine Oil Viscosity Classification.”

3.13.2.2. Intended Use. – The label on each container of recreational motor oil shall contain a statement of 

its intended use in accordance with the latest version of SAE J300, “Engine Oil Viscosity Classification.”

3.13.3. Labeling of Gear Oil.

3.13.3.1. Viscosity. – The label on each container of gear oil shall contain the viscosity grade classification 

preceded by the letters “SAE” in accordance with the SAE International’s latest version of SAE J306, 

“Automotive Gear Lubricant Viscosity Classification” or SAE J300, “Engine Oil Viscosity Classification.”
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

185

3.13.3.1.1. Exception. – Some automotive equipment manufacturers may not specify an SAE viscosity 

grade requirement for some applications. Gear oils intended to be used only in such applications are not 

required to contain an SAE viscosity grade on their labels.

3.13.3.2. Service Category. – The label on each container of gear oil shall contain the service category, or 

categories, in letters not less than 3.18 mm (1

/8 in) in height, as defined by the latest version of SAE J308, 

“Axle and Manual Transmission Lubricants.”

(Added 2004)

3.14. Automatic Transmission Fluid.

3.14.1. Labeling. – The label on a container of automatic transmission fluid shall not contain any information 

that is false or misleading. In addition, each container of automatic transmission fluid shall be labeled with the 

following:

(a) the brand name;

(b) the name and place of business of the manufacturer, packer, seller, or distributor;

(c) the words “Automatic Transmission Fluid”;

(d) the duty type of classification; and

(e) an accurate statement of the quantity of the contents in terms of liquid measure.

3.14.2. Documentation of Claims Made Upon Product Label. – Any manufacturer or packer of any product 

subject to this article and sold in this state shall provide, upon request of duly authorized representatives of the 

Director, documentation of any claim made upon their product label.

(Added 2004)

3.15. Biodiesel and Biodiesel Blends.

3.15.1. Identification of Product. – Biodiesel shall be identified by the term “biodiesel” with the designation 

“B100.” Biodiesel blends shall be identified by the term “Biodiesel Blend.”

3.15.2. Labeling of Retail Dispensers.

3.15.2.1. Labeling of Grade Required. – Biodiesel shall be identified by the grades S15 or S500. Biodiesel 

blends shall be identified by the grades No. 1-D, No. 2-D, or No. 4-D.

3.15.2.2. EPA Labeling Requirements also Apply. – Retailers and wholesale purchaser-consumers of 

biodiesel blends shall comply with EPA pump labeling requirements for sulfur under 40 CFR § 80.570.

3.15.2.3. Automotive Fuel Rating. – Biodiesel and biodiesel blends shall be labeled with its automotive 

fuel rating in accordance with 16 CFR Part 306.

3.15.2.4. Biodiesel Blends. – When biodiesel blends greater than 20 % by volume are offered by sale, each 

side of the dispenser where fuel can be delivered shall have a label conspicuously placed that states “Consult 

Vehicle Manufacturer Fuel Recommendations.”

The lettering of this legend shall not be less than 6 mm (1⁄4 in) in height by 0.8 mm (1

/32 in) stroke; block style 

letters and the color shall be in definite contrast to the background color to which it is applied.
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

186

3.15.3. Documentation for Dispenser Labeling Purposes. – The retailer shall be provided, at the time of 

delivery of the fuel, a declaration of the volume percent biodiesel on an invoice, bill of lading, shipping paper, or 

other document. This documentation is for dispenser labeling purposes only; it is the responsibility of any 

potential blender to determine the amount of biodiesel in the diesel fuel prior to blending.

3.15.4. Exemption. – Biodiesel blends that contain less than or equal to 5 % biodiesel by volume are exempted 

from the requirements of Sections 3.15.1. Identification of Product, 3.15.2. Labeling of Retail Dispensers, and 

3.15.3. Documentation for Dispenser Labeling Purposes when it is sold as “diesel fuel” as required in Section 3.3.

Diesel Fuel.

(Added 2005) (Amended 2008)

3.16. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).

3.16.1. Labeling of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). – DEF shall be labeled .

3.16.1.1. Retail Dispenser Labeling. – A label shall be clearly and conspicuously placed on the front panel 

of the DEF dispenser stating “for operation of selective catalytic reduction (SCR) converters in motor 

vehicles with diesel engines.”

3.16.1.2. Documentation for Retailers of Bulk Product. – A DEF supplier shall provide, at the time of 

delivery of the bulk shipment of DEF, identification of the fluid’s origin including the name of the fluid 

manufacturer, the brand name, trade name, or trademark, and a statement identifying the fluid as DEF 

conforming to specifications given in the latest version of ISO 22241, “Diesel engines – NOx reduction agent 

AUS 32.” This information shall be provided by the supplier on an invoice, bill of lading, shipping paper, 

or other document.

3.16.1.3. Labeling Packaged Product. – Any DEF retail package shall bear a label that includes the name 

of the fluid manufacturer, the brand name, trade name, or trademark, a statement identifying the fluid as DEF 

conforming to specifications given in the latest version of ISO 22241, “Diesel engines – NOx reduction agent 

AUX 32.” And the statement, “It is recommended to store DEF between − 5 °C to 30 °C (23 °F to 86 °F).”

3.16.1.4. Documentation for Bulk Deliveries. – A carrier that transports or accepts for transportation any 

bulk shipment by tank truck, freight container, cargo tank, railcar, or any other vehicle used to transport or 

deliver bulk quantities of DEF shall, at the time of delivery of the DEF, provide identification of the fluid’s 

origin including the name of the fluid manufacturer, the brand name, trade name, or trademark, and a 

statement identifying the fluid as DEF conforming to specifications given in the latest version of ISO 22241, 

“Diesel engines – NOx reduction agent AUS 32.” This information shall be provided to the recipient on an 

invoice, bill of lading, shipping paper, or other document.

Effective date shall be January 1, 2016.

(Added 2014)

Section 4. Retail Storage Tanks and Dispenser Filters

4.1. Water in Gasoline-Alcohol Blends, Biodiesel Blends, Ethanol Flex Fuel, Aviation Gasoline, and Aviation 

Turbine Fuel. – No water phase greater than 6 mm (1⁄4 in) as determined by an appropriate detection paste or other 

acceptable means, is allowed to accumulate in any tank utilized in the storage of gasoline-alcohol blend, biodiesel, 

biodiesel blends, ethanol flex fuel, aviation gasoline, and aviation turbine fuel.

(Amended 2008, 2012, and 2014)

4.2. Water in Gasoline, Diesel, Gasoline-Ether, and Other Fuels. – Water shall not exceed 25 mm (1 in) in depth 

when measured with water indicating paste or other acceptable means in any tank utilized in the storage of diesel, 

gasoline, gasoline-ether blends, and kerosene sold at retail except as required in Section 4.1. Water in GasolineAlcohol Blends, Biodiesel Blends, Ethanol Flex Fuel, Aviation Gasoline, and Aviation Turbine Fuel.

(Amended 2008, 2012, and 2014)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

187

4.3. Dispenser Filters.

4.3.1. Engine Fuel Dispensers.

(a) All gasoline, gasoline-alcohol blends, gasoline-ether blends, ethanol flex fuel, and M85 methanol

dispensers shall have a 10 micron or smaller nominal pore-sized filter.

(b) All biodiesel, biodiesel blends, diesel, and kerosene dispensers shall have a 30 micron or smaller nominal 

pore-sized filter.

(Amended 2014)

4.3.2. Delivery of Aviation Fuel and Gasoline.

(a) Fuel delivery of aviation turbine fuel into aircraft shall be filtered through a fuel filter/separator 

conforming to API 1581, “Specification and Qualification Procedures for Aviation Jet Fuel 

Filter/Separators.”

(b) Fuel delivery of aviation gasoline into aircraft shall be filtered through a fuel filter/separator conforming 

to API 1581, “Specification and Qualification Procedures for Aviation Jet Fuel Filter/Separators.”

(Added 2008) (Amended 2014)

4.4. Product Storage Identification.

4.4.1. Fill Connection Labeling. – The fill connection for any fuel product storage tank or vessel supplying 

engine-fuel devices shall be permanently, plainly, and visibly marked as to the product contained.

(Amended 2008)

4.4.2. Declaration of Meaning of Color Code. – When the fill connection device is marked by means of a color 

code, the color code shall be conspicuously displayed at the place of business.

4.5. Volume of Product Information. – Each retail location shall maintain on file a calibration chart or other means 

of determining the volume of each regulated product in each storage tank and the total capacity of such storage tank(s). 

This information shall be supplied immediately to the Director.

Section 5. Condemned Product

5.1. Stop-Sale Order at Retail. – A stop-sale order may be issued to retail establishment dealers for fuels failing 

to meet specifications or when a condition exists that causes product degradation. A release from a stop-sale order 

will be awarded only after final disposition has been agreed upon by the Director. Confirmation of disposition shall 

be submitted in writing on form(s) provided by the Director and contain an explanation for the fuel’s failure to meet 

specifications. Upon discovery of fuels failing to meet specifications, meter readings and physical inventory shall be 

taken and reported in confirmation for disposition. Specific variations or exemptions may be made for fuels designed 

for special equipment or services and for which it can be demonstrated that the distribution will be restricted to those 

uses.

5.2. Stop-Sale Order at Terminal or Bulk Plant Facility. – A stop-sale order may be issued when products 

maintained at terminals or bulk plant facilities fail to meet specifications or when a condition exists that may cause 

product degradation. The terminal or bulk storage plant shall immediately notify all customers that received those 

product(s) and make any arrangements necessary to replace or adjust to specifications those product(s). A release 

from a stop-sale order will be awarded only after final disposition has been agreed upon by the Director. Confirmation 

of disposition of products shall be made available in writing to the Director. Specific variations or exemptions may 

be made for fuels used for blending purposes or designed for special equipment or services and for which it can be 

demonstrated that the distribution will be restricted to those uses.
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

188

Section 6. Product Registration

6.1. Engine Fuels Designed for Special Use. – All engine fuels designed for special use that do not meet ASTM 

specifications or standards addressed in Section 2. Standard Fuel Specifications shall be registered with the Director 

on forms prescribed by the Director 30 days prior to when the registrant wishes to engage in sales. The registration 

form shall include all of the following information:

6.1.1. Identity. – Business name and address(es).

6.1.2. Address. – Mailing address, if different than business address.

6.1.3. Business Type. – Type of ownership of the distributor or retail dealer, such as an individual, partnership, 

association, trust, corporation, or any other legal entity or combination thereof.

6.1.4. Signature. – An authorized signature, title, and date for each registration.

6.1.5. Product Description. – Product brand name and product description.

6.1.6. Product Specification. – A product specification sheet shall be attached.

6.2. Renewal. – Registration is subject to annual renewal.

6.3. Re-registration. – Re-registration is required 30 days prior to any changes in Section 6.1. Engine Fuels 

Designed for Special Use.

6.4. Authority to Deny Registration. – The Director may decline to register any product that actually or by 

implication would deceive or tend to deceive a purchaser as to the identity or the quality of the engine fuel.

6.5. Transferability. – The registration is not transferable.

Section 7. Test Methods and Reproducibility Limits

7.1. ASTM Standard Test Methods. – ASTM Standard Test Methods referenced for use within the applicable 

Standard Specification shall be used to determine the specification values for enforcement purposes.

7.1.1. Premium Diesel. – The following test methods shall be used to determine compliance with the premium 

diesel parameters:

(a) Cetane Number. – ASTM D613, “Standard Test Method for Cetane Number of Diesel Fuel Oil”;

(b) Low Temperature Operability. – ASTM D4539, “Standard Test Method for Filterability of Diesel 

Fuels by Low-Temperature Flow Test (LTFT) or ASTM D2500, “Standard Test Method for Cloud Point 

of Petroleum Products” (according to marketing claim);

(c) Thermal Stability. – ASTM D6468, “Standard Test Method for High Temperature Stability of Middle 

Distillate Fuels” (180 min, 150 °C); and

(d) Lubricity. – ASTM D6079, “Standard Test Method for Evaluating Lubricity of Diesel Fuels by the High

Frequency Reciprocating Rig (HFRR).”

(Amended 2003)
Handbook 130 – 2017 Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation

189

7.2. Reproducibility Limits.

7.2.1. AKI Limits. – When determining the antiknock index (AKI) acceptance or rejection of a gasoline sample, 

the AKI reproducibility limits as outlined in the latest version of ASTM D4814, “Standard Specification for 

Automotive Spark-Ignition Engine Fuel, Appendix X1 shall be acknowledged for enforcement purposes.

7.2.2. Reproducibility. – The reproducibility limits of the standard test method used for each test performed 

shall be acknowledged for enforcement purposes, except as indicated in Section 2.2.1. Premium Diesel Fuel and 

Section 7.2.1. AKI Limits. No allowance shall be made for the precision of the test methods for aviation gasoline 

or aviation turbine fuels.

(Amended 2008)

7.2.3. SAE Viscosity Grades for Engine Oils. – All values are critical specifications as defined in the latest 

version of ASTM D3244, “Standard Practice for Utilization of Test Data to Determine Conformance with 

Specifications.” The product shall be considered to be in conformance if the Assigned Test Value (ATV) is within 

the specification.

(Added 2008)

7.2.4. Dispute Resolution. – In the event of a dispute over a reported test value, the guidelines presented in the 

latest version of ASTM D3244, “Standard Practice for Utilization of Test Data to Determine Conformance with 

Specifications,” shall be used to determine the acceptance or rejection of the sample.

7.2.5. Additional Enforcement Action. – The Director may initiate enforcement action in the event that, based 

upon a statistically significant number of samples, the average test result for products sampled from a particular 

person is greater than the legal maximum or less than the legal minimum limits (specification value), posted 

values, certified values, or registered values.

(Added 2008)
Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Regulation Handbook 130 – 2017

190

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

191

V. Examination Procedure for Price Verification

as adopted by

The National Conference on Weights and Measures*

A. Background

The NCWM established the Price Verification Working Group in 1993 to respond to public concern about price 

accuracy in retail stores. More than 500 retailers, consumer representatives, and state and local weights and 

measures officials participated in the development of the procedure. It was adopted by the NCWM at the 80th Annual 

Meeting in 1995.

The procedure applies to all retail stores, including food, hardware, general merchandise, drug, automotive supply, 

convenience, and club or other stores. Model inspection reports are included to promote the collection of uniform 

data. The model reports and uniform procedures will serve as the foundation for the collection and summarization 

of price accuracy data on a national basis. This information may be used to provide reliable information on price 

accuracy with a national perspective. The procedure provides administrators with the tools, guidance, and 

background information, as well as uniform test procedures and enforcement practices, to enhance the economic 

well-being of consumers and retail businesses in their jurisdiction. By implementing this program in cooperation 

with industry, officials will help to restore and maintain consumer confidence in retail pricing practices and 

technologies, such as scanners, and provide economic benefits for consumers and the business community.

B. Status of Promulgation

The Examination Procedure for Price Verification was recommended for adoption by the Conference in 1995. The 

table beginning on page 6 shows the status of adoption of the procedure.

*The National Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM) is supported by the National Institute of Standards 

and Technology (NIST) in partial implementation of its statutory responsibility for “cooperation with the states in 

securing uniformity in weights and measures laws and methods of inspection.”
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

192

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

193

Examination Procedure for Price Verification

Table of Contents

Section Page

Section 1. Scope .......................................................................................................................................................195

Section 2. Definitions...............................................................................................................................................195

2.1. Area. ...........................................................................................................................................................195

2.2. Cents-off Representation. ...........................................................................................................................195

2.3. Direct-Store-Delivery (DSD) Item. ............................................................................................................195

2.4. Displays. .....................................................................................................................................................195

2.5. Hand-held Scanning Device. ......................................................................................................................195

2.6. Enforcement Levels....................................................................................................................................195

2.7. Inspection Types.........................................................................................................................................196

2.8. Inspection Frequency..................................................................................................................................196

2.9. Inspection Lot.............................................................................................................................................196

2.10. Merchandise Group. .................................................................................................................................196

2.11. Not-on-File Item.......................................................................................................................................196

2.12. Notification of Noncompliance. ...............................................................................................................196

2.13. Price Look-Up Code (PLU)......................................................................................................................196

2.14. Prices. .......................................................................................................................................................197

2.15. Pricing Coordinator. .................................................................................................................................197

2.16. Pricing Integrity........................................................................................................................................197

2.17. Sample......................................................................................................................................................197

2.18. Scanner. ....................................................................................................................................................197

2.19. Stock-Keeping Unit (SKU). .....................................................................................................................197

2.20. Store-Coded Item......................................................................................................................................197

2.21. Stop-Sale Order. .......................................................................................................................................197

2.22. Ticketed Merchandise...............................................................................................................................197

2.23. Universal Product Code (UPC). ...............................................................................................................197

Section 3. Test Notes................................................................................................................................................198

3.1. Safety and Health. ......................................................................................................................................198

3.2. Confidentiality of Findings.........................................................................................................................198

Section 4. Materials and Equipment.........................................................................................................................198

Section 5. Pre-Inspection Tasks................................................................................................................................198

Section 6. Inspection.................................................................................................................................................199

6.1. Position of Equipment. ...............................................................................................................................199

6.2. Other...........................................................................................................................................................199

Section 7. Test Procedures........................................................................................................................................199

7.1. Application of Sampling Plans. ..................................................................................................................199

7.2. Table 1. Samples, Sample Collection, and Accuracy Requirements. .........................................................199

7.2.1. How to Use the Table ................................................................................................................199

7.2.2. Samples......................................................................................................................................200

7.3. Sample Collection Procedures (for use with either manual or automated inspection procedures).............200

7.3.1. Randomized Sample Collection.................................................................................................202

7.3.1.1. Example 1. Illustrations of the Randomized Sampling Procedure. ............................202
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

194

7.3.2. Stratified Sample Collection......................................................................................................207

7.3.2.1. Example 2. Two-Stage Manual Inspection using the Stratified Sampling 

Procedure...................................................................................................................208

7.4. Procedures for Test Purchases, Investigation of Consumer Complaints, and for Verification of Manually 

Entered Prices. .......................................................................................................................................211

7.4.1. Procedure. ..................................................................................................................................211

7.4.2. Alternative Procedure - Consumer Complaints. ........................................................................212

7.4.3. Evaluation of Results. ................................................................................................................212

Section 8. Documentation of Findings .....................................................................................................................212

Section 9. Evaluation of Inspection Results .............................................................................................................212

9.1. Definition of Errors. ...................................................................................................................................212

9.2. Computing Sample Errors. .........................................................................................................................213

Section 10. Accuracy Requirements.........................................................................................................................213

10.1. Accuracy Requirements............................................................................................................................213

10.2. Accuracy...................................................................................................................................................213

10.3. Ratio of Overcharges to Undercharges.....................................................................................................213

Section 11. Enforcement Procedures........................................................................................................................214

11.1. Enforcement Steps....................................................................................................................................214

11.2. Model Enforcement Levels. .....................................................................................................................215

Section 12. Post-Inspection Tasks............................................................................................................................216

Section 13. Supervisory Activities ...........................................................................................................................216

13.1. Baseline Surveys. .....................................................................................................................................216

13.2. Follow-up Inspections. .............................................................................................................................216

13.3. Management Information Systems. ..........................................................................................................216

Section 14. Model Forms for Price Verification Inspections....................................................................................217
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

195

Examination Procedure for Price Verification

Section 1. Scope

These procedures may be used to conduct price verification inspections in any type of store, including those that use 

Universal Product Code (UPC) scanners and price-look-up codes at the check-out counter as a means for pricing. 

Procedures are included for test purchases and verifying manual entries. The purpose of the procedure is to ensure 

that consumers are charged the correct price for the items they purchase. The “randomized” and “stratified” sampling 

procedures are intended for use in routine inspections to determine how well a store is maintaining price accuracy. 

Nothing in this procedure should be construed or interpreted to redefine any state or local law or limit any jurisdiction 

from enforcing any law, regulation, or procedures that relates to the accuracy of advertisements of retail prices, or any 

other legal requirement.

Section 2. Definitions

2.1. Area. – “Entire store,” a “department,” “grouping of shelves or displays,” or other “section” of a store as defined 

by the inspector from which samples are selected for verification. “Non-public” areas of a store are not included (e.g., 

the area in a pharmacy where controlled drugs are kept or product store rooms).

2.2. Cents-off Representation. – Any printed matter consisting of the words “cents off” or words of similar import 

placed upon any item or on a label affixed or adjacent to an item, stating or representing by implication that it is 

offered for sale at a lower price than the ordinary and customary retail selling price (e.g., 15 % off, bonus offers, 

2 for 1, or 1-cent sales, etc.).

2.3. Direct-Store-Delivery (DSD) Item. – An item delivered to a store, and usually priced, by route salespeople (e.g., 

milk, beer, soft drinks, bread, and snack foods).

2.4. Displays.

(a) Aisle Stacks or End-of-Aisle Displays. – Displays located in freestanding units or attached at the end of or 

adjacent to a tier of shelves.

(b) Tie-in Displays. – Displays of related products at secondary locations in a store (e.g., barbecue sauce on 

shelves in an aisle that may also be simultaneously displayed in the meat department of a food store).

(c) Multiple Displays. – Displays of the same product at several locations in a store.

2.5. Hand-held Scanning Device. – A portable device that scans UPC codes and also allows for the comparison of 

the price displayed on a shelf, item, or otherwise advertised to the price for the item in the point-of-sale database.

NOTE: These devices either retain a “batch” file of entered prices and identities for later comparison to the database 

or operate “on-line” via FM radio to the database. When used for price verification, they shall only be used with the 

active point-of-sale database. If you use a hand-held scanner, verify all price discrepancies by scanning the item at 

a check-out register and request a printed receipt to document the price that consumers would be charged.

2.6. Enforcement Levels.

NOTE: These recommendations are not intended to modify the enforcement policy of any jurisdiction unless they are 

adopted by the jurisdiction.

(a) Lower levels of enforcement actions. – Includes increased inspection frequency, stop-sale or correction 

orders, warning letters, and other notifications of noncompliance.
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

196

(b) Higher levels of enforcement actions. – Includes issuance of citations, administrative hearings, civil 

penalties, or prosecution under criminal statutes.

2.7. Inspection Types.

(a) Automated Inspection. – Inspections that are conducted using a hand-held scanning device.

(b) Manual Inspection. – Removing items from displays and taking them to a check-out terminal to verify the 

price (e.g., select the items and either (1) take them to a check-out terminal for scanning or (2) record the 

product identity, UPC number, and shelf price for each package on an inspection report) and then manually 

entering the UPC numbers in the register. The manual entries may be made by the official or by a store 

employee.

2.8. Inspection Frequency.

These recommendations do not modify the inspection policy of any jurisdiction unless adopted by the jurisdiction.

Inspection Control. – After a program has been in place for a period of time and a database is established, procedures 

can be developed to randomly select stores for inspection, or to focus inspections on stores with low levels of 

compliance.

(a) Normal Inspection Frequency. – An inspection made at the customary time interval used by an enforcement 

agency. Inspections may be conducted during normal business hours. Stores under this normal frequency 

should be inspected semi-annually or annually.

(b) Increased Inspection Frequency. – An inspection made more often than with the customary time interval, 

usually as a follow-up on prior violations. Inspections may be conducted during the normal business hours. 

Stores under this increased frequency should be inspected on a quarterly, bi-monthly, or more frequent basis.

(c) Term of Increased Inspection Frequency. – A store placed on an increased inspection frequency shall 

remain at that frequency until there are two consecutive inspections with an accuracy of 98 % or higher.

(d) Special Inspection. – An inspection that is conducted as a follow-up to a prior inspection or to investigate a 

complaint.

2.9. Inspection Lot. – A group of items available for testing in an “area” or “areas.” (See 2.1. “Area.”)

2.10. Merchandise Group. – A group of products identified under a common heading for inspection purposes only 

(e.g., “advertised sale” items, “end-of-aisle” items, “direct delivery” items, “cents-off” items, or all the items in the 

“men’s” department in a department store).

2.11. Not-on-File Item. – Items not found in the point-of-sale database. When found, another item is selected at 

random (e.g., an item on either side of the one that was not on file) to replace the item in the sample. A “not-on-file” 

item is not an error unless you determine that the price “charged” for the item is incorrect by conducting a test purchase 

or by asking the check-out clerk to determine the price by using the store’s written or stated policy or procedures. If 

the price is found to be inconsistent, the error is included in the total.

2.12. Notification of Noncompliance. – Any written notice given to a store describing the violations of the law that 

were found.

2.13. Price Look-Up Code (PLU). – A pricing system where numbers are assigned to items or commodities, and the 

price is stored in a database for recall when the numbers are manually entered. PLU codes are used with scales, cash 

registers, and point-of-sale systems.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

197

2.14. Prices. – These definitions do not amend or effect the provisions of any law, regulation, or other test procedure.

(a) Misrepresented Price. – The price charged differs from the price at which the item is offered, exposed, or 

advertised for sale, or that the price is different from the price on the item, shelf label, or sign.

(b) Price Charged. – The price charged for an item and either displayed on the automated device or on the 

receipt issued by the device, whether the item is scanned or actually purchased, the device is computing or 

recording while in a training or inspection mode, or by using the hand-held device tied to the point-of-sale 

database.

(c) Overcharge. – The price charged for an item is more than the lowest advertised, quoted, posted, or marked 

price.

(d) Undercharge. – The price charged for an item is less than the lowest advertised, quoted, posted, or marked 

price.

(e) Intentional Undercharge. – Undercharges are not counted as errors if the store provides, at the time of 

inspection, information that confirms that the price error was intentional (e.g., an undercharge that occurs

when a store lowers a price in a database before it changes shelf tags or signs in anticipation of selling the 

item at a lower price, or when a store increases the price or advertised price of an item, and then increases 

the price in the database, or when a discounted price is rounded to a lower value).

2.15. Pricing Coordinator. – The individual designated by the store to control and maintain “pricing integrity” in 

the store, although the title will differ among retailers.

2.16. Pricing Integrity. – Ensuring that the computer price file and/or the price charged to consumers at a cash 

register is the same price that is marked on the product, in an advertisement, and/or the shelf tag.

2.17. Sample. – The number of items selected for testing from the inspection lot.

2.18. Scanner. – An electronic system that employs a laser bar code reader to retrieve product identity, price, and 

other information stored in computer memory.

2.19. Stock-Keeping Unit (SKU). – A system of product identity and pricing similar to PLUs.

2.20. Store-Coded Item. – The application of UPC codes to items in the store. Scales in the meat, deli, and other 

departments generate UPC labels that include identity and price information that can be read by point-of-sale scanners.

2.21. Stop-Sale Order. – An official document placing a package or an amount of any commodity off-sale, that is 

offered or exposed for sale in violation of the law.

2.22. Ticketed Merchandise. – Items from which the price must be read from a ticket (or price sticker) and manually 

keyed into a register.

2.23. Universal Product Code (UPC). – A unique symbol that consists of a machine readable code and humanreadable numbers. UPCs are printed on package labels or are applied with tags or labels. UPC codes may be 

printed for random weight packages by price computing scales. UPC symbols must meet the standards established 

by the GS1 US (formerly the Uniform Code Council [UCC]) in order for them to “scan” accurately. The size and 

clarity of the print and clear area surrounding the symbol are just a few of the factors that affect accuracy. The GS1 

US issues codes and answers technical questions. For more information, contact GS1 US, at 7887 Washington 

Village Drive, Suite 300, Dayton, OH 45459, telephone: (937) 435-3870, FAX: (937) 435-7317, or e-mail 

info@gs1us.org. You can visit them on the web at www.gs1us.org.
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

198

Section 3. Test Notes

3.1. Safety and Health. – Practice safe work habits to avoid personal injuries or property damage. Be aware of and 

follow all safety or sanitation rules at the inspection site. Handle perishable, dairy, or frozen products properly to 

avoid damage (e.g., avoid defrosting frozen foods or allowing dairy products to warm to room temperature that may 

result in spoilage).

3.2. Confidentiality of Findings. – Inspection findings should be discussed only with an authorized store 

representative and released only in accordance with applicable public records laws.

Section 4. Materials and Equipment

The following materials and equipment are recommended for use in conducting the inspections in this procedure:

Inspection report:

• Copy of laws or regulations

• Hand-held counter or Price Verification Tally Sheets

• 1 lb (or 1 kg) test standard

• Merchandise cart (if required and available)

Other equipment and materials provided by the store when available:

• Current newspaper advertisement or store sales brochures

• Hand-held scanning device(s) – Stores are not required to have this equipment or to make it available for 

your use. However, many stores use this equipment to maintain price integrity and may make it available 

for your use on request.

Section 5. Pre-Inspection Tasks

Prior to conducting an inspection, it is recommended that you contact the store management, identify yourself, and 

explain the purpose of your visit. Determine if there are any health, sanitation, or safety rules. If requested, provide 

information on the law or the inspection procedure.

NOTE: When verifying manual price entries or conducting test purchases, store management is typically not notified 

of the test until the items have been totaled and the transaction completed.

(a) Notify store representatives that they are invited to participate in the inspection.

(b) If the store makes a hand-held scanning device available for use, request instructions on how to operate it 

properly. It is acceptable for the “pricing coordinator” to operate the scanning device and participate in the 

inspection.

(c) If you use the manual inspection procedure, advise the store representative that you will return the 

merchandise to its display location unless the store representative wants to restock the items, which is 

acceptable. Determine which check-out location to use. Arrange to have the register set so that the items 

you verify are not included in sales records.

(d) Conduct inspections in a manner that does not disrupt normal business activities.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

199

Section 6. Inspection

Perform the following inspections:

6.1. Position of Equipment. – Determine if customer indications on point-of-sale systems meet NIST Handbook 44, 

General Code, User Requirement, 3.3. Position of Equipment. A device equipped with a primary indicating element 

and used in direct sales shall be so positioned that its indications may be accurately read and the weighing and 

measuring operation may be observed from some “reasonable” customer position.

NIST Handbook 44 defines “point-of-sale system” as an assembly of elements including a weighing element, 

indicating element, and a recording element (and may be equipped with a scanner) used to complete a direct sale

transaction.

NOTE: The importance of consumer access to the cash register display of product information and price cannot be 

overstated. If consumers cannot verify prices as the items are being scanned, they must wait until the transaction is 

completed (i.e., they must pay by cash, check, or credit card) before they receive the receipt and can confirm the prices 

charged for the items.

6.2. Other.

(a) If you use a cash register, verify the accuracy and legibility of information provided on register’s receipts.

(b) Conduct inspections to enforce local requirements if your jurisdiction has specific laws or regulations relating 

to price marking, shelf labels, or unit pricing.

Section 7. Test Procedures

These procedures shall be used to conduct inspections in any type of store, whether the store uses scanners or 

automated price look-up registers, or where a clerk manually enters the prices.

7.1. Application of Sampling Plans.

(a) For normal or increased frequency inspections, follow the procedures referred to in Columns 1, 2, and 3 in 

Table 1. Samples, Sample Collection, and Accuracy Requirements.

(b) For special inspections, use the test procedures in Section 7.2. Table 1. Samples, Sample Collection, and 

Accuracy Requirements or 7.4. Procedure for Test Purchases and for Verifying Manually Entered Prices.

7.2. Table 1. Samples, Sample Collection, and Accuracy Requirements.

7.2.1. How to Use the Table:

(a) Look in Column 1 for the type of store you are inspecting; select the appropriate sample size from 

Column 2; then refer to Column 3 for the type of sample collection plan to use.

(b) Follow the single-stage or two-stage sampling plans to conduct the inspection and collect the samples 

using either the “randomized” or “stratified” sample collection procedures described in

Section 7.3. Sample Collection Procedures or the procedure in Section 7.4. Procedure for Test Purchases 

and for Verifying Manually Entered Prices.

(c) Apply the accuracy requirements for the appropriate sample size in Column 4.
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

200

7.2.2. Samples. – Refer to Column 2 in Table 1. Samples, Sample Collection, and Accuracy Requirements to 

determine how many items to select for the store type and whether to use the single-stage or two-stage sampling 

plan. You may use either:

(a) Single-Stage Sample. – A single-stage sample is typically used for, but is not limited to, stores where a 

hand-held scanner device is available for the inspection; or

(b) Two-Stage Sample. – A two-stage sample saves time. If the sample (usually one-half the total sample 

size) taken in the first-stage meets the accuracy requirements specified in Column 4 in Table 1. Samples, 

Sample Collection, and Accuracy Requirements, the inspection is complete. However, if the errors in 

the first-stage sample fall within the limits set in Column 4, the second-stage of the sample is taken.

7.3. Sample Collection Procedures (for use with either manual or automated inspection procedures). – These 

sample collection procedures may be used to conduct either manual or automated inspections with a single-stage or 

two-stage sample. That is, you can either use a hand-held scanning device to verify the price of an item (automated), 

or you can remove the items from display and take them to a check-out location to verify the price of the item (manual) 

regardless of which sample collection procedure is used. No sample collection procedure is ideal for all retail store 

arrangements. You can modify the procedure to fit each store, but you should adhere to the sample size and sample 

collection procedures described in Table 1. Samples, Sample Collection, and Accuracy Requirements. When using 

any of the procedures, test the store as a whole unit by taking samples from all parts of the store, or divide the store 

into “areas” and select samples from several “areas” (e.g., at least 10 areas, or one-third or one-half of the “areas”).
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

201

Table 1. 

Samples, Sample Collection, and Accuracy Requirements

Column 1.

Type of Store

Column 2.

Samples

Column 3.

Sample Collection 

Procedures

Column 4.

Accuracy Requirements

(See Section 10)

Convenience or 

Any Other Small 

Retail Store

NOTE: For this 

procedure, a small 

store is typically 

one with three or 

fewer check-out 

registers.

Two-Stage Sample:

First Stage = 25 items

Second Stage = 25 

items or more

Total = 50 items or 

more

or

Single-Stage Sample:

50 items or more

Use the Randomized 

Sample Collection in 

7.3.1 or the Stratified 

Sample Collection in 

7.3.2.

and

Use Manual or 

Automated Inspection 

Procedures

NOTE: Test the store as 

a whole unit by taking 

samples from all “areas” 

of the store,

or

divide the store into 

“areas” and select 

samples from several 

“areas” (e.g., at least 

10 or one-third of the 

“areas”)

If 1 error is found in the 25-item 

sample, test an additional 25 items.

If more than 1 error is found in the 

50-item sample, the store fails.

NOTE: If more than 1 error is 

found in the first 25 items, the 

store fails.

All Other Retail 

Stores

Two-Stage Sample:

First Stage = 50 items 

Second Stage = 50 

items or more

Total = 100 items or

more

If 1 error is found in the 50-item 

sample, the store passes.

If 2 errors are found in the 50-item 

sample, test an additional 50 items.

If more than 2 errors are found in 

the 100 item sample, the store 

fails.

NOTE: If more than 2 errors are 

found in either stage, the store 

fails.

Single-Stage Sample:

100 or more items

If more than 2 errors are found in 

the 100-item sample the store fails; 

or

If more than 100 items are sampled, 

the error rate shall not exceed 2 %.

NOTE 1: These sampling procedures allow flexibility in sample collection for use in any type or size of store. 

You can take several different approaches and select a number of “areas” to sample using the sample sizes in 

Table 1. For example, to perform a 100-item inspection in a department store with 20 “areas,” you can either 

verify 5 items in an “area,” 10 items in each of 10 “areas,” or 20 items from each of 5 “areas.”

NOTE 2: The sample sizes used for routine inspections in this procedure should not be used to estimate the 

overall accuracy of prices in a store.

NOTE 3: In some stores, price reductions are not programmed into the point-of-sale system. Instead, 

discounts are manually entered by a sales clerk; however, the sales clerks should have a means of identifying 
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

202

a sale item. When conducting normal inspections, verify the price of the sale items by allowing the sales clerk 

to determine the price of the item using the store’s customary procedures. This will ensure that the customer 

receives the correct price regardless of the location where the check-out occurs.

7.3.1. Randomized Sample Collection. – In “randomized” sample collection, all items in an “area” have an 

equal chance of being included in the sample. This test procedure has several benefits, including: (1) having 

more effective coverage and being simpler to conduct because you select items by count following a systematic 

pattern throughout the store, and (2) ensuring that a wider range of items are verified, which increases scrutiny; 

therefore, there is greater confidence in the results. With most samples, several items will be verified in each 

“area” of the store. Since store sizes differ, this number will vary, but samples should be taken from a wide 

variety of items (and merchandise groups) from locations throughout the store or “area.”

The steps of the randomized sampling collection procedure are as follows:

(a) Count the number of “areas” in the store which have products to be verified:

(1) Stand-alone counters and displays or whole departments (e.g., bakery or seafood, or “men’s 

clothing” or “sporting goods” department, etc.) are considered and counted as individual “areas” to 

be sampled.

(2) End of aisle displays may be considered as a single, distinct “area” and either verified separately or 

included as part of one side of an aisle.

(b) The sample size (e.g., 100 items) is divided by the number of “areas” to determine the number of items 

to be sampled from each “area.” Depending on the number of areas in the store, you may calculate a 

fractional number of items per area. In this case, round off the sample size and select one or two 

additional items from an “area” to complete the full sample size of 100 items.

7.3.1.1. Example 1. Illustrations of the Randomized Sampling Procedure.

(a) Figure 1 illustrates how the randomized sampling procedures are used in a food store. This example 

is based on a 100-item sample. To simplify the selection process, simply divide the store into 

4 major “areas” and select samples as follows:

Examples:

• Select 5 items from all of the shelves and displays in the produce section which are grouped as 

a single “area,”

• Select 85 items by choosing 5 items from either side of several of the 13 aisles (e.g., there are 

26 rows of shelves from which samples may be selected. To select 85 items, select 5 items 

from 17 of the 26 rows of shelves).

• Select 5 items from the counters along the back of the store, and

• Select 5 items from the deli-bakery and the cash register areas which are grouped as a single 

“area.”

(b) Figures 2 and 3 illustrate how the randomized sampling procedures may be used in any store. The 

examples are based on a 100-item sample for stores that have a total of 30 “areas” to sample. The 

procedure allows the flexibility needed to adjust the sample to fit the store layout. To simplify the 

selection process, the stand-alone displays may be grouped together as an “area” to be sampled.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

203

The following breakdown of “areas” is illustrated in Figure 2; the same approach is used in Figure 3. 

Figure 4 illustrates an example of sampling 100 items by selecting 20 items from 5 different areas 

in a department store.

1 - All shelves and displays in the produce section are grouped as a single “area.”

28 - The 13 aisles (26 rows of shelves), the counters along the back of the store, and the cash 

register areas are counted as “areas.”

1 - The “end-of-aisle” displays at the front and back of the store are grouped as a single 

“area.”

30 - Total “areas”

(1) To select samples from the entire store, divide 100 by 30 to calculate how many “samples” to 

take from each “area.” In this example, 100 ÷ 30 = 3.3 items per area. Rounding down to 

3 items, take a total of 90 samples from the different “areas,” then select an additional one 

(1) item from each of 10 “areas” to obtain a sample of 100 items.

(2) If you round up to 4 items per area, you take a total of 120 samples, or

(3) You may select 10 items from 10 “areas.”
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

204

Figure 1. Illustration of the Randomized Sampling Procedure
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

205

Figure 2. Illustration of the Randomized Sampling Procedure

(c) Start in any “area” in the store at any shelf, rack, or display (top, bottom, front, back; anywhere 

on a circular rack or display). Begin with the first, second, or third item and count either 5, 10, or 

15 items along the shelf (varying the number of items counted depending on how many items are 

available on the shelf) or along the aisle. Select the 5th, 10th, or 15th item as appropriate (See 

Figures 5, 6, and 7). Only select one item from each brand or product (if they are the same price) 

from a display that has two or more items of the same product size and price displayed side by 

side. You can change the number of items you count off as often as necessary during the 

inspection.

(d) Either verify the price with a hand-held scanning device or take the item (along with the other 

items you select) to the check-out location to verify the price, keeping count of the items using a 

hand counter or tally sheet. If the price of an item is incorrect, record the item’s name, description, 

and price along with other information (e.g., whether the product is on sale, aisle location so you 

can easily find the items again to verify the error, etc.).

(e) From the first item sampled, move down (or up) one shelf to the item most directly below (or 

above) and count 5, 10, or 15 items in the same direction and sample the 5th, 10th, or 15th items, 

as appropriate. After the number of items to be verified in each “area” have been selected, go to 

the next “area” and start on the next shelf (either down or up) from where the previous sample 

was selected, count 5, 10, or 15 items and select the appropriate item using the count system until 

the required number of samples is selected. If you have sampled an item on the bottom (or top) 
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

206

shelf and have more items to test in the “area,” simply go up (or down) one shelf. This will create 

a “zigzag” trail up and down the display.

NOTE: Randomness can be increased by starting on different shelves or at the midpoint or rear of 

an aisle during an inspection, or by starting at different locations in a store on subsequent inspections.

Always start at a different location on subsequent inspections of a store. To maintain “randomness,” 

do not search for obvious pricing errors. If you see pricing errors, have them corrected. The sample 

should not include more than one of the same item from the same display. If an item is out of stock, 

select the next item.

(f) This procedure is repeated for all “areas” until you complete the sample. (See following Notes)

NOTE 1: Include at least 5 to 10 Price Look Up (PLU) and store-coded items in the samples. In food 

stores, these items do not usually have to be removed from the produce, bulk foods section, or deli 

display for use in this procedure. You can use a hand-held scanner or record the identity and item 

price designated at the product sales display of the items from the different department (produce, 

bakery, deli), if available, for price comparison through either the PLU programmed in the 

department’s scale or at the point-of-sale system. Have the PLU entered in the scale (See NOTE 2) 

or point-of-sale system (or have “store-coded” items scanned) and record the price, comparing it with 

the displayed sale price. Record any errors (See NOTE 3). When checking “store-coded” items from 

the meat or other departments, remember a “UPC symbol” on a random weight label is read by a 

scanner to obtain the total price and identity. The price is not stored in the point-of-sale database, 

but in the memory of the prepackaging scale.

NOTE 2: Some scales or point-of-sale systems do not display or record the unit price associated with 

the PLU unless a weight is on the scale. For this type of device, a one-pound standard (or 1 kg) is 

placed on the scale load-receiving element. Some systems automatically deduct tare, so check to make 

sure that this does not affect the price indication.

NOTE 3: When you manually enter PLU codes and find errors, reenter the PLU number to ensure 

that the error was not caused by a keying mistake and that the item was identified accurately.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

207

Figure 3. Illustration of the Randomized Sampling Procedure

7.3.2. Stratified Sample Collection. – Stratified sample collection (i.e., selecting samples from specific 

merchandise groups) of items on sale, specials, seasonal items, or items on end-of-aisle displays) is typically 

used (e.g., if a store has failed an inspection based on the randomized sample collection procedures) to focus 

on specific merchandise groups that appear to have more errors than others (e.g., you find that many of the 

errors found in the randomized sample were in “advertised specials” or with “discontinued items”). You can 

also combine sample collection procedures by using a “randomized/stratified” approach. The “stratified” 

approach may be used the first time you inspect a store, in stores that have just implemented scanning, in stores 

that have high error rates on particular groups of items in past inspections, or in responding to consumer 

complaints involving a particular group of items.

For stratified sample collection, items are randomly selected from different “merchandise groups” in a store. 

They are tested in the first stage of the two-stage manual sampling plan to determine if (1) any group has more 

errors than any other and (2) the sample taken in the first stage meets accuracy requirements. This method 

should be modified depending on the marketing practices of the store in which it is used (e.g., if you are in a 

department store, there may be fewer groups to sample from, or the list provided below may not include the 

types of groups typically encountered in a hardware superstore). The next example shows how to conduct a 

stratified sample and how it is used, but it should not be the sole basis for sample collection because a specific 

list of items does not look at the store as a whole. Focusing on specific merchandise groups takes time, but this 

may be necessary when investigating a complaint or following up on a prior noncompliance. Select only one 

item from each brand or product from a display that has two or more items of the same product, size, and price 

displayed side by side if they are the same price.
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

208

Figure 4. Stratified Sample Collection Figure 5. Randomized Sample Collection

Sample Size. – In this example, a large food store is inspected using a two-stage sampling plan (50 items/100 total 

items). The inspection begins with an initial sample of 50 items (see Column 1. Type of Store for All Other Retail 

Stores and Column 2. Sample Sizes in Table 1).

Stratified Sample Collection. – Select 50 items from the merchandise groups listed below (provided as examples 

only; stores may have other groups that should be included). This procedure allows you to focus on specific 

merchandise groups to determine if errors are indeed occurring in groups where they are thought to occur most 

frequently (e.g., sale and direct delivery items).

7.3.2.1. Example 2. Two-Stage Manual Inspection using the Stratified Sampling Procedure.

If there is an insufficient number of items in any merchandise group, or if the group of items is not available, 

increase the number of “randomized” items selected from the overall inspection lot to obtain a total of 

50 items. As marketing practices evolve, these groups may change as well. You may substitute “other” 

or new merchandise groups for any of those listed below (e.g., you may have identified errors in the “health 

and beauty aids” section or on “manager specials” during a previous inspection, so samples from these 

groups may be substituted for any of the groups listed below). Model “Price Verification Tally Sheets” in 

Section 14. Model Forms for Price Verification Inspections are provided for your use with the test 

procedures to keep track of the number of items selected.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

209

First-Stage: 50 items. – Use the “randomized” sample collection procedures described in 

7.3.1. Randomized Sample Collection to select the following items. These sample collection procedures 

simplify the inspection process and ensure that samples are collected as randomly as possible.

Examples:

• Twenty-five “Regular Priced” items. Select one or two items at random from different shelves in each 

“area” or limit your sampling to shelves in one-half the “areas” in the store, and

• Twenty-five Items. Select a total of 25 items. Include several items from any of the following 

merchandise groups:

- “Direct-Store-Delivery (DSD)” items. If the store allows vendors to price DSD items, include 

those items in the sample.

- “End-of-Aisle” or “Tie-In-Display” items. This group can include both regular and sale-priced 

items.

- “Advertised Sale” items. Use the store’s sales brochure or newspaper advertisements to identify 

sale items.

- “Special” items. This includes any item with a reduced price (e.g., items on “special” including 

“cents-off” or “percentage-off” items, 2-for-the-price-of-1 specials, manager and in-store 

specials, or discontinued items). Items typically discounted on a percentage basis include a 

manufacturer’s product line, greeting cards, magazines, or books.

- “PLU” items. This includes both regular and sale priced items offered in the produce, bakery, or 

bulk food departments and over scales at the direct sale counters. For direct service departments 

(e.g., produce, deli, specialty meats, etc.), select products at random (include some sale or special 

prices) and enter the code in the scale [NOTE 1, page 209] to verify that the coded price matches the 

advertised price [NOTE 2, page 209]

.

- “Store-coded” items. This includes items offered in the produce, bakery, or meat departments 

that have labels with the UPC symbol generated by scales and printers in the store. For storecoded items, scan the item and determine if the total price and identity on the label are accurately 

read by the point-of-sale system. When checking “store-coded” items from the meat or other 

departments, remember that a “UPC symbol” on a random weight label is read by a scanner to 

obtain the total price and identity. The price is not stored in the point-of-sale database.

- “Other” items. This category is included to provide flexibility in selecting a sample so that 

“seasonal” items, or products unique to the store or local market, can be included. Both regular 

and sale-priced items can be included in this category.

NOTE 1: Some scales or point-of-sale systems do not display or record the unit price associated with the 

PLU unless weight is on the scale. For these devices, a 1 lb (or 1 kg) standard is placed on the scale loadreceiving element. Some systems automatically deduct tare, so make sure this does not affect the price 

indication.

NOTE 2: When a not-on-file item is found, another item is selected at random to replace it in the sample. 

A “not-on-file” item is not an error unless you determine (e.g., by conducting a test purchase or by asking 

the check-out clerk to determine the price of the item using the store’s customary procedures) that the price 

“charged” for the item is incorrect. If the price determined is not correct, the error is included in the total.
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

210

Figure 6.

Figure 7.

Identify the item on an inspection report (e.g., record a brief description, item number, shelf, or advertised 

price and aisle location. The aisle location makes it easy to find the product if errors are found and to reshelve the items). As items are selected, use the “Price Verification Tally Sheet,” or other means, to keep 

track of the number of items collected. (See Section 14. Model Forms for Price Verification Inspections. 

The “Model Price Verification Reports” in this proposal were developed with the assumption that it is only 

necessary to record information of items found with price errors, not all items verified. This reduces 

paperwork and saves time.) Either use a hand-held scanning device or take the items to a cash register, 
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

211

verify the prices by scanning the items or entering a PLU code into the register and printing a receipt. The 

prices “charged” at the register are then compared to the advertised price of each item. For large or 

perishable items, record the identity, UPC Code, location, and price and manually enter the UPC number 

into the register to verify the price. However, this method is subject to recording and key entry errors.

Evaluation of Results on First-Stage.

See Section 9. Evaluation and Inspection Results for guidance on which errors are considered violations: 

One error in a 50-item sample is permitted. If not more than one error is found and verified, the store 

passes; if 3 items are found in error in the first 50 items, the store fails and the inspection is complete.

If two errors are found, collect 50 more items using the randomized sampling procedures and verify a total 

of 100 items. If errors were found in any specific merchandise group (or groups) of items (e.g., directstore-delivery items, PLU codes, or specials), the additional 50 items should include items from those 

merchandise groups.

Accuracy.

Refer to Column 4 in Table 1. Samples, Sample Collection, and Accuracy Requirements. The required 

accuracy is 98 % on the 100-item sample (that is, at most two errors are permitted on a 100-item sample). 

If more than two errors are found and verified, the store does not meet the accuracy requirement.

NOTE: The “randomized” and “stratified” sample collection procedures in this section are intended for 

use in routine inspections to determine how a store is maintaining price accuracy on all of the items it 

offers for sale. If you use these sampling procedures in routine inspections and uncover a significant 

number of errors in a particular merchandise group (e.g., a significant number of the pricing errors are 

found with “advertised sale item” items), a randomized sample can be collected entirely within this specific 

merchandise group. For example, if the error rate for “advertised specials” is higher than the rate for 

regular priced items, a more focused inquiry to determine if there is a significant error rate in this 

merchandise group may be justified. If several “advertised specials” have been the subject of consumer 

complaints, or if they are repeatedly found to be in error during routine inspections, then a randomized 

sample can be limited to the “advertised specials” merchandise group. In this case, a randomized sample 

(e.g., a 50/100 item two-stage approach) is taken from all of the “advertised sale items” offered for sale 

in the store or in a specific “area.” The results of this sample are applicable only to the “advertised 

specials” group and not to all items in the store.

7.4. Procedures for Test Purchases, Investigation of Consumer Complaints, and for Verification of Manually 

Entered Prices.

7.4.1. Procedure. – This procedure may be used to (1) investigate consumer complaints, (2) determine if a 

store has corrected a pricing error after being notified that an error occurred, or (3) determine if manually keyedin prices or PLU codes are accurate.

NOTE: When verifying manual price entries, store management is typically not notified of the test until the 

items have been totaled and the transaction completed.

(a) Do not alert the clerk to the fact that the test purchase procedure is being conducted. Do not ask 

questions concerning any errors that you observe or offer any information if asked the price of an item, 

in cases where the item price is illegible, or where the item is not on file.

(b) Use the “randomized” sampling procedures to select a sample of 10 to 50 items that includes regular 

and sale priced items, PLU items, and advertised specials from various “areas.” It is acceptable to 

purchase only one or just a few items if you are investigating a complaint on a specific item. Record 

the name and identity of the product, as well as the labeled or advertised price, for each item.
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

212

(c) Proceed through a check-out as if you were a customer and pay for the purchase. Obtain the original 

sales receipt, and compare the price charged with the labeled or advertised price for each item. Record 

the time of day, lane number, and the identity of the checker. Before leaving the store, determine if 

any errors have occurred. Identify yourself and inform the store management that a test purchase was 

conducted, and report the results. (In many instances, the store will credit back all of the items and 

refund the test purchase money.) Record the information on the test report form and determine the 

cause of the error (e.g., operator error, mislabeling, or incorrect price sign).

7.4.2. Alternative Procedure - Consumer Complaints. – Complaints can be investigated by using any of the 

test procedures described above or by verifying only the price of the item or items subject to the complaint. If 

the complaint is valid, you can limit your inspection to the items described in the complaint or you may conduct 

a complete inspection.

7.4.3. Evaluation of Results. – The errors for items verified using these procedures should be evaluated 

according to Sections 9. Evaluation of Inspection Results and 10. Accuracy Requirements. 

Section 8. Documentation of Findings

Several examples of Model Price Verification Reports are contained in pages 219 to 224. These forms were 

developed so that you only have to record the items found with price errors.

(a) Record errors and provide information on the cause, if determined. Indicate if the errors are considered to 

be violations, if stop-sale orders were issued, or if the violation was corrected.

(b) Notices of violations or other significant comments (e.g., warnings or violations ordered corrected) should 

always be included on the test form.

(c) Cash register receipts on verified items should be retained and attached to the inspection report as evidence.

(d) Printed advertisements and sales flyers should be retained and attached to the inspection report when errors 

are found in these categories.

Section 9. Evaluation of Inspection Results

9.1. Definition of Errors. – An error found to result from any of the following causes should not be considered a 

violation for enforcement purposes:

(a) An intentional undercharge if documentation or confirmation of the date and time of the price change is 

provided at the time of the inspection.

(b) An error caused by a mistake made in any kind of advertisement (e.g., newspaper, printed brochure, or 

radio or television advertisement) if the store has placed a notice adjacent to the item indicating that a 

mistake occurred in the advertisement.

(c) An error obviously caused by a price label that is missing or that has fallen off the shelf, or the item or the 

price label or sign has obviously been relocated by an unauthorized person.

(d) A “not-on-file” item is not an error unless you determine that the price “charged” for the item is incorrect 

(e.g., by conducting a test purchase or by asking the check-out clerk to determine the price of the item 

using the store’s documented or customary procedures. If the price determined is incorrect, it is considered 

an error.)

NOTE: It is recommended that you work with the store representative to identify the cause of any error and note 

the problem/cause on the report. This may not change your findings, but will help to identify problems related to 

staff errors, failure to follow through on established store pricing procedures, data entry errors, or failure of 
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

213

management to provide correct written data, etc. The supporting information will help with enforcement decisions 

as well as in-house monitoring of product pricing.

9.2. Computing Sample Errors. – The following formulas are used to determine sample error and the overcharge 

to undercharge ratio:

(a) Adjust the total sample by subtracting any items or errors specified in 9.1. Definition of Errors.

(b) To compute the sample error, divide the number of errors by the total sample size to obtain the error in 

percent.

For example: a sample of 100 items is verified; 3 overcharges and 1 undercharge are found for a total of 

4 errors:

4 ÷ 100 = 4 % sample error.

(c) To compute the ratio of overcharges to undercharges (used on large samples and in follow-up activities), 

total the overcharges/undercharges and compare the numbers:

3 overcharges/1 undercharge = a 3 to 1 ratio.

Section 10. Accuracy Requirements

10.1. Accuracy Requirements. – Accuracy information, based on a percentage of errors found in a sample and the 

ratio of overcharges to undercharges, constitutes useful criteria for evaluating the “pricing integrity” of the store. 

Both overcharges and undercharges should be considered as errors in taking lower level enforcement actions since 

(1) either type of error misrepresents the price of the item; and (2) the occurrence of any error in a randomized 

sample may indicate poor pricing practices that would result in errors where additional items were sampled. For 

higher levels of enforcement only overcharges are considered.

10.2. Accuracy. – The accuracy requirement for a sample must be 98 % or higher to “pass” a single inspection. 

See Column 4, Accuracy Requirements, in Table 1. Samples, Sample Collection, and Accuracy Requirements.

10.3. Ratio of Overcharges to Undercharges. – With large sample sizes, overcharges should not exceed the 

undercharges. A high rate of overcharges to undercharges (2 to 1, or 3 to 1) may indicate systematic problems with 

a store’s pricing practices.

NOTE: As the history of store compliance develops, the number of overcharges and undercharges may be evaluated 

to determine if systematic errors or other problems exist. This ratio should be maintained when at least 10 errors 

are found over several inspections, or in a single large sample size (e.g., the results of several 100-item inspections 

collected over a period of time or if 1000 items are sampled in one inspection.)
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

214

NOTE: Random pricing errors are to be expected, but the ratio of overcharges to undercharges will rarely be 

exactly 1 to 1 (e.g., of 10 errors, 5 overcharges and 5 undercharges); the ratio will likely vary both ways over 

several inspections. If a store has more overcharges than undercharges (e.g., 2 to 1, or 3 to 1), it may indicate that 

the store is not following good pricing practices, but enough errors must be present in order to make this 

determination. (Consider the example of 12 pricing errors consisting of 8 overcharges and 4 undercharges: the 

ratio of overcharges to undercharges is 2 to 1. Similarly, 10 pricing errors consisting of 6 overcharges and 

4 undercharges correspond to a ratio of 1.5 to 1; since all decimal values are truncated to whole numbers, 1.5 is 

truncated to 1, and the ratio becomes 1 to 1.)

The one-to-one ratio should be applied to any sample size if at least 10 errors are present. For example, if 

1000 items are verified and 10 items are found in error, the sample has an accuracy of 99 %. However, if 9 of the 

10 errors are overcharges (i.e., a ratio of 9 overcharges to 1 undercharge), the store should be considered to have 

poor pricing practices or other problems; if 100 items are verified and a 90 % accuracy is found, 10 items in error 

not meeting the overcharge to undercharge ratio can be used in enforcement action as evidence of poor pricing 

practices.

Section 11. Enforcement Procedures

11.1. Enforcement Steps.

(a) Compliance is based on the accuracy found on a sample collected according to this procedure.

(b) Errors should be corrected immediately, or if the correction cannot be made immediately, a stop-sale order 

shall be issued before you leave the business. If the errors are not corrected in your presence, a follow-up 

Table 2. Price Errors

(This table shows the percentage of errors in different sample sizes)

Percentage of Errors

Sample Size

No. of

Errors 25 50 100 150 200 300

1 4 % 2 % 1 % 0.67 % 0.50 % 0.33 %

2 8 % 4 % 2 % 1.33 % 1.00 % 0.67 %

3 12 % 6 % 3 % 2.00 % 1.50 % 1.00 %

4 16 % 8 % 4 % 2.67 % 2.00 % 1.33 %

5 20 % 10 % 5 % 3.33 % 2.50 % 1.67 %

6 24 % 12 % 6 % 4.00 % 3.00 % 2.00 %

7 28 % 14 % 7 % 4.67 % 3.50 % 2.33 %

8 32 % 16 % 8 % 5.33 % 4.00 % 2.67 %

9 36 % 18 % 9 % 6.00 % 4.50 % 3.00 %

10 40 % 20 % 10 % 6.67 % 5.00 % 3.33 %
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

215

inspection may be made later in the day or the following day to ensure the store has corrected the error. If 

a store fails to correct the error by that time, higher level enforcement action should be taken.

(c) Enforcement action for large monetary errors on individual items, confirmed overcharges on items verified 

in response to complaints, or errors found on follow-up inspection of items ordered corrected, should be 

taken independently from any sample, giving consideration to the magnitude of the violation, corrective

action by the establishment, and any other relevant information. Action may be initiated at any time in the 

inspection process based on the facts of the individual case.

(d) Overcharges and undercharges are used to determine lower levels of enforcement actions, but higher levels 

of enforcement action (e.g., fines or penalties) are taken only on the overcharges found in the sample.

(Amended 2001)

NOTE: Many computer systems do not allow for the immediate correction of errors in the database. Downloading 

information throughout the day may not be possible. Therefore, for the purposes of this section, “immediate” 

correction of errors may entail the removal or correction of problem signs, manually changing marked prices, or 

communicating notice of the corrected price to all applicable stores through facsimile, e-mail, or any other 

appropriate medium to ensure that consumers are charged the correct price.

11.2. Model Enforcement Levels.

These recommendations do not modify the enforcement policy of any jurisdiction unless adopted by that jurisdiction.

(a) Ninety-Eight Percent or Higher. – If price accuracy is 98 % or higher on a sample of 50 or more items, 

and if overcharges do not exceed undercharges on sample sizes of 100 or more items, and the store is on a 

normal inspection frequency:

(1) a notice of noncompliance is issued on violations, and the store is maintained on a normal inspection 

frequency; or

(2) if the store is on increased inspection frequency, it remains on this frequency until inspection results 

conform to Terms of Increased Inspection Frequency.

(b) Less Than Ninety-Eight Percent. – If price accuracy is less than 98 % on a sample of 50 or more items 

and if overcharges do not exceed undercharges on large sample sizes, and the store is on normal inspection 

frequency:

(1) A notice of noncompliance is issued and the store is placed on an increased inspection frequency.

(2) A second inspection should be conducted within 30 business days. If the price accuracy then is not 98 % 

or higher, a warning is issued.

(3) A third inspection should be made within 60 business days. If the price accuracy is again less than 98 %, 

higher level enforcement action should be taken.

(Amended 2001)

If the store is on increased inspection frequency, a warning should be issued and the store re-inspected within 

30 business days. If price accuracy is less than 98 %, higher levels of enforcement action should be taken.

(Amended 2001)
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

216

Examples: 

For the 100-item sample size:

• If 100 items are verified and three overcharges are found in the sample, the error rate is 3 %. In this 

example, higher levels of enforcement action should be taken.

• If 100 items are verified and three overcharges and two undercharges are found, the error rate on the 

sample is 5 %, but overcharges are 3 %. In this example, higher levels of enforcement action should be 

taken.

• If 100 items are verified and two overcharges and three undercharges are found, the error rate is still 

5 %, but overcharges are only 2 % of the sample. In this example, a lower level enforcement action 

would be taken.

(c) Terms of Increased Inspection Frequency. – When a store is on increased inspection frequency, it shall 

remain at that frequency until two consecutive inspections reveal an accuracy of 98 % or higher.

(d) Higher Levels of Enforcement Action. – Overcharges and undercharges are used to determine lower levels 

of enforcement actions, but higher levels of enforcement action (e.g., fines or penalties) are taken only on 

overcharges. A store’s history of error rates, the time it takes a store to correct the errors, the difference in 

inaccuracy rates found between “regular” and “sale” priced items, the ratio of overcharges to undercharges, 

a record of valid consumer complaints, and the magnitude of the error(s) may be used to support enforcement 

action.

Section 12. Post-Inspection Tasks

(a) You should meet with the store representative to review your findings. Have the inspection report completed 

prior to the meeting and be prepared to briefly summarize your findings and recommended actions, and 

provide a copy to the store representative.

(b) Return borrowed safety, sanitation, and/or test equipment.

(c) If you removed items from display, ensure that the items are returned to their proper location on the store 

shelves unless the representative requests to have the items returned by a store employee, which is permitted.

(d) Advise the representative of your findings. Explain any violations and errors. Explain any orders issued and 

be sure the individual acknowledges understanding of what corrective action is expected, if any.

(e) If necessary, describe the implications of the inspection results and advise the store of the action that you 

intend to take. If an increased inspection frequency is called for due to the accuracy level found during the 

inspection, advise the firm that re-inspections will be made, but do not indicate when they may occur.

Section 13. Supervisory Activities

13.1. Baseline Surveys. – Price verification programs require management support so that the program’s objectives 

and desired benefits can be incorporated into the enforcement agency’s work plans and budget. Surveys to measure 

pre- and post-implementation accuracy should be used to establish a base from which to measure whether a 

cost/benefit has been obtained.

13.2. Follow-up Inspections. – Inspections that reveal errors exceeding the accuracy requirements recommended 

above must include follow-up action to ensure that the store fulfills its obligations regarding accurate prices.

13.3. Management Information Systems. – To ensure adequate control and follow-up, a database should be 

established in each jurisdiction to provide information on every store, including:
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

217

For stores:

• store name

• address

• telephone

• type of store

• frequency of inspection

• sample size

• accuracy

• number of overcharges

• dollar value of overcharges

• number of undercharges

• dollar value of undercharges

• average money value of undercharges

• ratio of overcharges to undercharges

For program review:

• total number of undercharges

• total dollar value of undercharges

• average dollar value of undercharges

• percent undercharges of total

• ratio of overcharges to undercharges

• total error in percent

• accuracy levels of stores

• store type

• total stores tested

• total stores tested (each type)

• total items tested

• total number of overcharges

• total dollar value of overcharges

• average dollar value of overcharges

• percent of overcharges of total

Section 14. Model Forms for Price Verification Inspections

These models can be used to develop formal report forms, or they can be copied and used as worksheets for conducting 

inspections:

(a) Sample Tally Sheets: These forms can help you keep track of the number of items verified. They provide 

spaces to record the item’s display location (e.g., aisle or department), a description of the item, and the shelf 

or advertised price. The worksheets are set up for the stratified sample collection described above to help 

identify the types of products to select.

(1) Price Verification Tally Sheet – Food Stores. (See page 218.)

(2) Price Verification Tally Sheet – Department Stores. (See page 219.)

(b) Model Inspection Form I: This can be used to document violations and record findings. A completed 

sample is provided.

(1) Price Verification Report I – sample blank form. (See page 220.)

(2) Price Verification Report I – completed sample form. (See page 221.)

(c) Model Inspection Form II: This can be used in stores where a hand-held scanning device is not available, 

or when it is inconvenient to take items (e.g., a large ladder in a hardware store) to a check-out register to 

verify the price. You can record an identity, the UPC or PLU code, and advertised price so that you can 

manually enter the codes to verify the price. The form can also be used to record findings. A completed 

sample is provided.

(1) Price Verification Report II – sample blank form. (See page 222.)

(2) Price Verification Report II – completed sample form. (See page 223.)
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

218

Price Verification Tally Sheet – Food Stores

“End of Aisle” 

or

“Tie-In Display”

Item Location UPC/Identity Shelf Price

1. 1. 1. 1.

2. 2. 2. 2.

3. 3. 3. 3.

4. 4. 4. 4.

5. 5. 5. 5.

“PLU or Coded”

Items

6. 6. 6. 6.

7. 7. 7. 7.

8. 8. 8. 8.

9. 9. 9. 9.

10. 10. 10. 10.

“Advertised 

Sales”

Items

11. 11. 11. 11.

12. 12. 12. 12.

13. 13. 13. 13.

14. 14. 14. 14.

15. 15. 15. 15.

16. 16. 16. 16.

17. 17. 17. 17.

18. 18. 18. 18.

19. 19. 19. 19.

20. 20. 20. 20.

Items on

“Special”

21. 21. 21. 21.

22. 22. 22. 22.

23. 23. 23. 23.

24. 24. 24. 24.

25. 25. 25. 25.

“Direct Store

Delivery”

Items

26. 26. 26. 26.

27. 27. 27. 27.

28. 28. 28. 28.

29. 29. 29. 29.

30. 30. 30. 30.

“Randomly 

Selected”

Items

31. 31. 31. 31.

32. 32. 32. 32.

33. 33. 33. 33.

34. 34. 34. 34.

35. 35. 35. 35.

36. 36. 36. 36.

37. 37. 37. 37.

38. 38. 38. 38.

39. 39. 39. 39.

40. 40. 40. 40.

41. 41. 41. 41.

42. 42. 42. 42.

43. 43. 43. 43.

44. 44. 44. 44.

45. 45. 45. 45.

46. 46. 46. 46.

47. 47. 47. 47.

48. 48. 48. 48.

49. 49. 49. 49.

50. 50. 50. 50.
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

219

Price Verification Tally Sheet – Department Stores

“End of Aisle” or

“Tie-In Display”

Identity Location Advertised

1. 1. 1.

2. 2. 2.

3. 3. 3.

4. 4. 4.

5. 5. 5.

“Advertised Sale

Items”

6. 6. 6.

7. 7. 7.

8. 8. 8.

9. 9. 9.

10. 10. 10.

11. 11. 11.

12. 12. 12.

13. 13. 13.

14. 14. 14.

15. 15. 15.

Items on

“Special”

16. 16. 16.

17. 17. 17.

18. 18. 18.

19. 19. 19.

20. 20. 20.

21. 21. 21.

22. 22. 22.

23. 23. 23.

24. 24. 24.

25. 25. 25.

“Randomly Selected”

Items

26. 26. 26.

27. 27. 27.

28. 28. 28.

29. 29. 29.

30. 30. 30.

31. 31. 31.

32. 32. 32.

33. 33. 33.

34. 34. 34.

35. 35. 35.

36. 36. 36.

37. 37. 37.

38. 38. 38.

39. 39. 39.

40. 40. 40.

41. 41. 41.

42. 42. 42.

43. 43. 43.

44. 44. 44.

45. 45. 45.

46. 46. 46.

47. 47. 47.

48. 48. 48.

49. 49. 49.

50. 50. 50.
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

220

Price Verification Report I

Page ___ of ___

Inspection: [ ] 1st [ ] 2nd [ ] 3rd Frequency: [ ] Normal [ ] Increased Type: [ ] Stratified [ ] Automated [ ] Randomized Complaint: [ ]

Location of Test (Store Name, Address, County, ZIP 

Code):

Date: Telephone:

Manager: Type of Store:

Identity, Brand Name, Item or 

Style Number

Number of Items, Size, Location in Store, or 

UPC Code

Offered 

Price

Price 

Charged Error (±)

1.

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [ ]

Corrected

Comments:

2.

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [ ]

Corrected

Comments:

3.

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [ ]

Corrected

Comments:

4.

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [ ]

Corrected

Comments:

5.

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [ ]

Corrected

Comments:

6.

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [ ]

Corrected

Comments:

7.

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [ ]

Corrected

Comments:

8.

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [ ]

Corrected

Comments:

Inspection Results:

_____ (Sample Count) - _____ (#Not on File) = _____ (Adjusted Sample Count [ASC])

_____ (#Errors) ÷ _____ (ASC) =_____ (Error Percentage)

(Accuracy Percentage) = _____ % Overcharges/Undercharges Ratio = _____:_____

Inspector Name: __________________________________ Report Acknowledgement:

Time In: ________________ Time Out: _______________ Name/Title: __________________________________

Comments/Remarks: _______________________________ Comments/Remarks: ___________________________

_________________________________________________ ____________________________________________
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

221

Price Verification Report I (completed sample)

Page _1_ of _1_

Inspection: [√]1st [ ] 2nd [ ] 3rd Frequency: [√] Normal [ ] Increased Type: [√] Stratified [ ] Automated [ ] Randomized Complaint: [ ]

Location of Test (Store Name, Address, County, ZIP 

Code)

Barkers Food Store

Date: Telephone:

Belle, New Jersey 31756 Manager: Type of Store:

Identity, Brand Name, Item or 

Style Number

Number of Items, Size, Location in Store, or 

UPC Code

Offered 

Price

Price 

Charged Error (±)

1. Smith Cake Mix 32 oz. 313461346177 3.19 4.19 +1.00

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [√]

Corrected

Comments: Sale sign not removed

2. Natural Fruit Juice 1 Liter 617369345619 2.25 2.75 +.50

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [√]

Corrected

Comments:

3. Clocks Soap 8oz. 936125376558 1.19 1.00 -.19

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [√]

Corrected

Comments:

4.

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [ ]

Corrected

Comments:

5.

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [ ]

Corrected

Comments:

6.

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [ ]

Corrected

Comments:

7.

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [ ]

Corrected

Comments:

8.

[ ] Stop Sale Issued [ ]

Corrected

Comments:

Inspection Results:

 100 (Sample Count) - 0 (#Not on File) = 100 (Adjusted Sample Count [ASC])

 3 (#Errors) ÷ 100 (ASC) = 3 (Error Percentage)

(Accuracy Percentage) = 97 % Overcharges/Undercharges Ratio = 2 : 1 

Inspector Name: __ T. Price__________________________ Report Acknowledgement:

Time In: 8:15 Time Out: 9:30 Name/Title: Chris Barker_________________________

Comments/Remarks: _________________________________ Comments/Remarks: ____________________________
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

222

Price Verification Report II

Page ___ of ___

Inspection: [ ] 1st [ ] 2nd [ ] 3rd Frequency: [ ] Normal [ ] Increased Complaint: [ ]

Location of Test (Name, Address, County, ZIP 

Code)

Date: Telephone:

Manager: Type of Store:

Item/Size or Style Number

Offered

Price

Price

Charged

Price

Error (±) Item/Brand/Description/Code/

Size

Offered

Price

Price

Charged

Price

Error (±)

1. Identity: 11. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

2. Identity: 12. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

3. Identity: 13. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

4. Identity: 14. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

5. Identity: 15. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

6. Identity: 16. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

7. Identity: 17. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

8. Identity: 18. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

9. Identity: 19. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

10. Identity: 20. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

Inspection Results:

_____ (Sample Count) - _____ (#Not on File) = _____ (Adjusted Sample Count [ASC]) Stop-Sale Order Issued? [ ]

_____ (#Errors) ÷ _____ (ASC) =_____ (Error Percentage)

(Accuracy Percentage) = _____ % Overcharges/Undercharges Ratio = _____:_____

Inspector Name: ___________________________________ Report Acknowledgement:

Time In: Time Out: Name/Title: 

Comments/Remarks: Comments/Remarks: 
Handbook 130 – 2017 Examination Procedure for Price Verification

223

Price Verification Report II (completed sample)

Page _1_ of _1_

Inspection: [√] 1st [ ] 2nd [ ] 3rd Frequency: [√] Normal [ ] Increased Complaint: [ ]

Location of Test (Name, Address, County, ZIP 

Code)

Mark Downtown Department Store

11650 Main St.

Alice, MN 61619

Date:

3/16/95

Telephone:

(614) 555-6146

Manager:

Jim Chester

Type of Store:

Department Store

Item/Size or Style Number

Offered

Price

Price

Charged

Price

Error (±) Item/Brand/Description/Code

/Size

Offered

Price

Price

Charged

Price

Error (±)

1. Identity: Sony Color TV 11. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: 38569 UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Model 6136X 189.00 199.00 +10.00 Comments:

2. Identity: Moore Lawn Mower 12. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: 31619 UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Shp with bagger 96.00 91.00 -5.00 Comments:

3. Identity: Taft Rake 13. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: 39916 UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Not on file 8.99 Comments:

4. Identity: Calendar 14. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: 615191 UPC/PLU:

 Comments: 5.50 7.10 +1.60 Comments:

5. Identity: 15. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

6. Identity: 16. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

7. Identity: 17. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

8. Identity: 18. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

9. Identity: 19. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

10. Identity: 20. Identity:

 UPC/PLU: UPC/PLU:

 Comments: Comments:

Inspection Results:

 50 (Sample Count) - 1 (#Not on File) = 49 (Adjusted Sample Count [ASC]) Stop-Sale Order Issued? [ ]

 3 (#Errors) ÷ 49 (ASC) = 6 (Error Percentage)

(Accuracy Percentage) = 94 % Overcharges/Undercharges Ratio = 2 : 1 

Inspector Name: __Tim Marlowe______________________

Time In: 10:25 AM_______ Time Out: 4:45 PM________ 

Report Acknowledgement:

Name/Title: _Jim Chester, Manager____________________

Comments/Remarks: ________________________________ Comments/Remarks: ________________________________
Examination Procedure for Price Verification Handbook 130 – 2017

224

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

225

VI. NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines, Section 2

Excerpts from NCWM Publication 3

Table of Contents

Section Page

2.1.1. Weight(s) and/or Measure(s). .........................................................................................................................227

2.1.2. Section 19(a), Identity. ...................................................................................................................................228

2.1.3. Definition of Net Weight. ...............................................................................................................................228

2.1.4. Offenses and Penalties, Sale of an Incorrect Device.......................................................................................228

2.1.5. Weight: Primary Mill Paper...........................................................................................................................229

2.2.1. Gift Packages..................................................................................................................................................229

2.2.2. Sand. ...............................................................................................................................................................229

2.2.3. Sold by 4/5 Bushel. ..........................................................................................................................................230

2.2.5. Lot, Shipment, or Delivery. ............................................................................................................................230

2.2.6. Aerosols and Similar Pressurized Containers. ................................................................................................231

2.2.7. Aerosol Packaged Products. ...........................................................................................................................232

2.2.8. Variety and Combination Packages................................................................................................................233

2.2.9. Textile Products..............................................................................................................................................234

2.2.10. Yarn. .............................................................................................................................................................235

2.2.11. Tint Base Paint..............................................................................................................................................236

2.2.12. Reference Temperature for Refrigerated Products: When a Product is Required to be Maintained under 

Refrigeration................................................................................................................................................236

2.2.13. Declaration of Identity: Consumer Package (UPLR) and 1.5.1. in Combination with Other Foods 

(UMSCR). ...................................................................................................................................................236

2.2.14. Typewriter and Computer Printer Ribbons and Tapes. ...............................................................................237

2.3.1. Instant Concentrated Products. .......................................................................................................................238

2.3.2. Fresh Fruits and Vegetables............................................................................................................................238

2.3.3. Cardboard Cartons..........................................................................................................................................240

2.3.4. Catalyst Beads. ...............................................................................................................................................241

2.3.5. Incense............................................................................................................................................................241

2.3.6. Sea Shells........................................................................................................................................................241

2.3.7. Tire Tread Rubber Products............................................................................................................................241
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

226

2.3.8. Wiper Blades. .................................................................................................................................................242

2.3.9. Fireplace Logs. ...............................................................................................................................................242

2.3.11. Packaged Foods or Cosmetics Sold from Vending Machines. .....................................................................242

2.3.12. Movie Films, Tapes, Cassettes. ....................................................................................................................243

2.3.13. Vegetable Oil................................................................................................................................................243

2.3.15. Bulk Sales.....................................................................................................................................................243

2.5.6. Guidelines for NCWM Resolution of Requests for Recognition of Moisture Loss in Other Packaged 

Products.......................................................................................................................................................245

2.6.1. Retail Gas Sales and Metric Price Computations in General..........................................................................248

2.6.2. Price Posting. ..................................................................................................................................................248

2.6.3. Octane Posting Regulations............................................................................................................................250

2.6.4. Multi-Tier Pricing: Motor Fuel Deliveries (Computing Pumps or Dispensers). ...........................................251

2.6.5. Cereal Grains and Oil Seeds. ..........................................................................................................................252

2.6.6. Basic Engine Fuels, Petroleum Products, and Lubricants Laboratory............................................................252

2.6.7. Product Conformance Statements...................................................................................................................253

2.6.8. Commodities Under FTC Jurisdiction under the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act and Exclusions. ............253

2.6.9. Size Descriptors for Raw, Shell-On Shrimp Products. ...................................................................................260

2.6.10. Model Guidelines for the Administrative Review Process. ..........................................................................260

2.6.11. Good Quantity Control Practices..................................................................................................................263

2.6.12. Point-of-Pack Inspection Guidelines. ...........................................................................................................263

2.6.13. Guideline for Verifying the Labeled Basis Weight of Communication and Other Paper.............................266

2.6.14. Labeling Guidelines for Chamois. ................................................................................................................270

2.6.15. Labeling Guidelines for Natural and Synthetic Sponges. .............................................................................273

2.6.16. Minimum Fuel Flush for Octane Verification. .............................................................................................277
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

227

NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

Introduction

This section of the handbook includes NCWM interpretations, policies, recommendations, inspection outlines, and 

information on issues that have come before the Conference. Several sections include information on federal 

requirements related to the uniform laws and regulations presented in the handbook. The purpose of this section is to 

assist users in understanding and applying the uniform regulations and to guide administrators in implementing new 

programs or procedures. The guidelines or recommendations provided should not be construed to redefine any state 

or local law or limit any jurisdiction from enforcing any law, regulation, or procedure (unless the section describes a 

specific federal regulation that preempts local requirements).

(Added 1997)

2.1.1. Weight(s) and/or Measure(s).

(L&R, 1985, p. 77)

The measuring elements of a point-of-sale system are “weights and/or measures.” Errors in pricing when found in 

point-of-sale systems come under “Misrepresentation of Pricing” in the weights and measures law and are under the 

jurisdiction of weights and measures.

Background

A recommendation was made to change the definition of “weights and measures” in the Uniform Weights and 

Measures Law to specifically define a scanner or point-of-sale system as under weights and measures jurisdiction.

Several state representatives said that they had enforcement problems when a scanner or point-of-sale system was 

being used and when the price marked on an item (or on the shelf) was not the same as the price printed on the receipt. 

These officials believe that unless the law specifically defines these devices as “weights and measures,” they have no 

jurisdiction over the devices’ function.

The Committee disagreed. The NCWM Uniform Weights and Measures Law has a section that forbids the practice 

of a different price on the retail shelf as compared with the price provided by a scanner. Section 15 of the Uniform 

Weights and Measures Law reads:

No person shall misrepresent the price of any commodity or service sold, offered, exposed, or advertised for 

sale by weight, measure, or count, nor represent the price in any manner calculated or tending to mislead or 

in any way deceive a person.

This section (plus Section 14 forbidding misrepresentation of quantity), if enacted by a state, already provides 

enforcement authority over scanners and point-of-sale systems.

In addition, the Committee does not want to set a precedent by listing by name the types of devices that might be 

considered weights and measures devices. This might provide a potential “loop-hole” for those devices not 

specifically listed. Finally, the Committee members pointed out that it is the human element (the person reading in 

data or receiving price updates) that introduces the discrepancies in shelf and receipt prices rather than any inherent 

incapability of the reading device or scanner. Therefore, it is much more effective to forbid the practice of mispricing 

rather than focus on a single device or apparatus as the means for obtaining compliance.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

228

2.1.2. Section 19(a), Identity.

(L&R Committee, 1986, p. 143)

Packaged food not containing meat or poultry does not have to have an identity statement if the identity of the 

commodity can easily be identified through the wrapper or container.

Background

Virginia Weights and Measures recommended revision to Section 19(a) of the Uniform Weights and Measures Law 

(UWML) to eliminate the exemption of an identity statement from packages when the item “can easily be identified 

through the wrapper or container.” The Committee is of the opinion that there is merit in retaining the language in 

Section 19(a) of the Uniform Law. Packages of fresh product packaged in a retail establishment are considered to be 

packages as long as a price is attached. If the exemption were eliminated, such packages instead of being marked, for 

example, “12/89 cents” would have to be marked “lemons, 12/89 cents.” It was argued that there could be a problem 

in deciding whether or not a commodity could “easily be identified” (such as might occur in an ethnic specialty grocery 

or with an exotic produce item). In researching the issue, the Committee has determined that Title 21, 

Section 101.100(b)(3) of the Code of Federal Regulations specifically exempts the food identity statement from having 

to appear “. . . if the common or usual name of the food is clearly revealed by its appearance.” Since no specific 

problems of enforcement were brought to the attention of the Committee concerning this issue, the Committee 

recommends no change to Section 19(a) at this time. However, the Committee recommends that Section 3.1. and 4. 

of the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation be noted as follows:

Section 19(a) of the Uniform Weights and Measures Law, and 21 CFR 101.100(b) (3) for non-meat and nonpoultry foods, specifically exempt packages from identity statements if the identity of the commodity “can 

easily be identified through the wrapper or container.”

2.1.3. Definition of Net Weight.

(L&R, 1987, p. 123)

1. It is the intent of this definition to include truck-loads of commodities, not just packages (“containers”).

2. It is not the intent to define the net weight of packaged goods as requiring dry tare (“. . . excluding . . . 

substance(s) not considered to be part of the commodity” could just as well be interpreted as excluding liquids 

not considered part of the commodity at the time of sale).

3. It is also the intent to permit more specific definitions as the occasion warrants (“. . . material(s) . . . not 

considered . . . part of the commodity” might include dirt or “foreign material” in a commodity).

2.1.4. Offenses and Penalties, Sale of an Incorrect Device.

(L&R, 1987, p. 124)

A jurisdiction seeking to enforce the provision of the Uniform Weights and Measures Law that prohibits the sale of 

an incorrect device would have to show that the seller knowingly sold or offered for sale for use in commerce an 

incorrect weight or measure. Under Section 22, a seller would not be responsible for actions taken by the purchaser 

or distributor, in which the seller did not participate or have prior knowledge. Thus, the seller would not be liable:

(1) if a purchaser or distributor modified a scale obtained from a seller; or

(2) if a scale were used in trade after the seller informed the purchaser that the scale was not appropriate for that 

use.

In cases such as those noted above, the Committee feels that the seller would be protected from prosecution. Only 

sellers who knowingly violate the provision would be subject to prosecution.
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

229

2.1.5. Weight: Primary Mill Paper.

(L&R, 1990, p. 81)

Interpretation

Non-consumer sales of “primary mill paper” were discovered by weights and measures officials to be labeled and 

invoiced on what was called a “gross weight” basis. Primary mill paper is produced for commercial or industrial 

companies for subsequent additional processing, such as paper for newspaper or magazine publishers or sanitary tissue 

manufacturers. The primary mill paper is cut from “parent rolls” but is still a commercial-sized item weighing from 

several hundred to several thousands of pounds.

The key to understanding the longstanding trade practice is that the purchaser of such paper specifies not only the 

quality of the paper being purchased, such as the thickness, surface coating, etc., but the purchaser also specifies the 

core around which the paper is to be wound, the type of overwrap, the number of overwraps, and such other 

requirements that will ensure receipt of the primary mill paper in proper condition for subsequent processing. The 

weight of the core and wrapping is approximately 1 % of the gross weight. It is recycled by the purchasers in their 

own or other paper recovery or reuse systems.

Having reviewed the practices in the industry in the specification and purchasing of primary mill paper, the Committee 

concludes that the true product is the paper plus the packaging (in order to assure maintenance of quality) and an 

appropriate core (to ensure a fit on the recipient’s equipment). Therefore, in the Committee’s opinion, the sale of 

primary mill paper is not at all on a gross weight basis. This is and has been a misnomer. The true identity of the 

purchased product has been misunderstood by weights and measures authorities, further compounded by the industry 

use of the term “gross weight.” The product is the primary mill paper plus the core and overwrap specified by the 

purchaser.

The Committee, therefore, believes that the industry should review its invoicing and labeling to clarify that the weight 

of the specified product is the weight of the primary mill paper, core, and overwrap. Although this weight is the gross 

weight of the entire item as produced and shipped, it is the net weight of the item as specified by the purchaser.

This interpretation applies only to primary mill paper and is not intended to be applied to all non-consumer products 

ordered by specification; it is a narrow interpretation applying to the specific method of sale in this trade where the 

service of packaging and the packaging is part of the purchase.

2.2.1. Gift Packages.

(Resol. 1975, p. 237)

See also Interpretation 2.2.8.

Interpretation

Seasonal gift packages are often put up in retail stores in baskets and other decorative containers using cellophane or 

other clear flexible wrap to enclose a number of similar or dissimilar prepackaged items (for example: cheese, jellies, 

sausages, wine, fruit, etc.). The resulting combination or variety package must have a legally conforming label 

including the net contents statement.

2.2.2. Sand.

(L&R, 1978, p. 151)

Interpretation

Sand put up in permanent wooden bins is a consumer package and must be labeled with all mandatory information as 

required by the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

230

Background

The State of Hawaii raised the issue of the sale of sand in permanent wooden bins and sold by price per cubic measure. 

The Committee agrees with Hawaii that the sale of sand in this manner is subject to the Uniform Packaging and 

Labeling Regulation, under the definition of “Consumer Package” (Section 2.2. of the Uniform Packaging and 

Labeling Regulation) and that no further action is needed.

2.2.3. Sold by 4

/5 Bushel.

(L&R, 1974, p. 220)

Interpretation

The trade practice of crating citrus fruit in 4

/5 bushel units is a long-standing one. It is not intended to be a consumer 

package. If offered as a consumer package, the general consumer usage and trade custom in the particular state would 

have to be explored:

Section 6.10.(b)(1) of the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation would permit a declaration employing different 

fractions in the net quantity declaration other than those permitted under Section 6.10.(b) if there exists a firmly 

established practice of using 4

/5 bushel in consumer sales and trade custom.

Background

It has been called to the attention of the Committee that certain commodities are being sold to consumers in 

“unacceptable” fractional units of dry measure in violation of Section 6.10. of the Uniform Packaging and Labeling 

Regulation. Specifically, the Committee has been asked for an interpretation as to whether the packaging of oranges 

in a 4

/5 bushel, which is later sold unweighed to a consumer, is a violation of the binary submultiple principle as implied 

in Section 6.10.(b). Some Committee members asserted that a clear exception exists under Section 6.10.(b)(1) which 

applies to this long established tradition of crating citrus fruit in 4

/5 of a bushel. Approximately 85 % of this fruit is 

sold by this trade practice. Additionally, it was asserted that the packager never intended the 4

/5 bushel to be a consumer 

package, but if the 4

/5 bushel of citrus fruit is sold to consumers, this would be a matter between the appropriate state 

or local official and the retailer.

The consensus of the Committee is that this action of the packagers is not in violation of the indicated section.

2.2.5. Lot, Shipment, or Delivery.

(L&R, 1981, p. 95)

Policy

The requirements for the average package net contents to meet or exceed the labeled declaration may be applied to 

production lots, shipments, or deliveries. Shipments or deliveries are smaller collections of packages than production 

lots that may or may not consist of mixed lot codes.

Emphasis in inspection activities should be placed on warehouse and in plant testing without neglecting retail 

consumer protection.

Background

The Committee heard a petition from the California Brewers Association to define a lot as:

...a selection of containers under one roof produced by a single company of the same size, type and style, 

manufactured or packed under similar conditions with a minimum number to be equivalent to one production 

line shift.
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

231

The intention of the petition is to focus Weights and Measures enforcement on production lots as opposed to small 

collections of packages on retail shelves, because the production lot is under the control of the packager.

An alternative proposal was made that would require mingling of lot and date codes in package inspection at 

warehouse locations.

The Committee has reviewed the proposals in light of Section 7.6. and Section 12.1. of the Uniform Packaging and 

Labeling Regulation which refers to “shipment, delivery, or lot.” If the petition is approved, the terms “shipment” 

and “delivery” would have to be dropped from this Uniform Regulation.

The Committee recognizes the inherent value of in-plant and warehouse inspection and is of the opinion that, wherever 

possible, such inspections should be carried out. At the same time, the Committee recognizes the need for the state 

and local weights and measures officials to protect the consumer at the level where the ultimate sale is made. 

Therefore, the Committee recommends no change to the Uniform Regulation.

The Committee looks forward to the work of the Special Study Group on Enforcement Uniformity of the NCWM 

which will be exploring the mechanisms that might be instituted to make in-plant inspection workable.

2.2.6. Aerosols and Similar Pressurized Containers.

(L&R, 1976, p. 248)

See also Guideline 2.2.7.

Interpretation

It is the opinion of the NCWM that an FDA opinion as expressed in the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act Manual 

Guide FDA 7563.7, not objecting to volume declarations on aerosol products, does not supersede or preempt state 

requirements that aerosols be labeled by net weight.

Background

The Department of Commerce through the Office of Weights and Measures of the National Institute of Standards and 

Technology, under its statutory responsibility for “cooperation with the states in securing uniformity in weights and 

measures laws and methods of inspection,” developed Section 10.3.

10.3. Aerosols and Similar Pressurized Containers. – The declaration of quantity on an aerosol package 

and on a similar pressurized package shall disclose the net quantity of the commodity (including 

propellant), in terms of weight, that will be expelled when the instructions for use as shown on the 

container are followed.

Several states, which are among the 32 that have adopted the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation, indicated 

that pressurized cans were currently being marked by volume rather than by weight as required above. Industry 

representatives indicated that according to the FDA, they are permitted to mark this type of container by volume and 

that for competitive purposes they will continue to do so. The NCWM was asked to contact FDA and inform them 

that a declaration of volume on pressurized containers is not acceptable to the states since it cannot be verified.

A meeting was requested to express NIST/NCWM’s concern over the FDA position on quantity of contents 

declarations on aerosols, which is found in the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act (FPLA) Manual Guide FDA 7563.7. 

This Guide states that in the past, the FDA has not objected to the use of units of volume to declare the net contents 

of aerosol preparations that would be liquid if not combined with the propellant and a net weight statement in 

avoirdupois units for products that would be solids if not combined with a propellant. The FDA was asked to modify 

its position to provide that existing state regulations (concerning aerosol quantity of contents declarations) are not 

superseded by FDA Guidelines. FDA officials stated that the FDA would consider the request, but it did not appear 

at the time of the Interim Meetings that the FDA would make any statement to modify its position without following 

its administrative procedures and permitting interested parties to exhaust every element of due process.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

232

One industry representative stated that there has been a good deal of concern that fluorocarbon propellants may in the 

long run cause the partial destruction of the ozone layer in the upper atmosphere surrounding the earth, and that the 

diminution of the ozone layer would have adverse effects on human health. Therefore, they have converted to new 

formulations which eliminate fluorocarbon propellants. As a result of this conversion to a non-fluorocarbon propellant 

system, which uses a propellant with a much lower density than that of the usual fluorocarbon propellants, continued 

use of a weight measure would be highly misleading to the consumer. Therefore, some spray labels have been changed 

so as to denote the contents in terms of fluid measure, rather than in terms of weight measure.

The industry representative stated that if manufacturers were to be required to use weight measure, consumers would 

be deceived into buying products, such as hair spray, with large amounts of fluorocarbon that vaporizes before it 

reaches the hair. Consumers prefer products with a large amount of base. Industry further indicated that they wanted 

to avoid a confrontation with the states over this issue and believe that the matter can readily be resolved without the 

need for litigation. Although the use of fluid measure on the principal panel will give consumers the most helpful 

information at the point of purchase, the industry would have no objection to putting the net weight on the back of the 

label.

The Committee wants to commend FDA for their interest in this matter and the manufacturers who seek to improve 

their product and its labeling information. The Committee is also encouraged to work with all interested parties to 

resolve this issue. However, the Committee does not believe that mere guidelines can preempt a Uniform Regulation 

developed under the technical authority of the federal agency delegated by Congress and adopted by the states through 

its representatives, no matter how broad the preemptive clause of an act might be. Additionally, the Committee cannot 

support open and notorious violations of state regulations where those violations occurred prior to bringing the issue 

before the Conference. Therefore, the Committee believes that NCWM should support a firm stand by the states that 

their regulations must be respected.

2.2.7. Aerosol Packaged Products.

(Liaison, 1979, p. 239)

See also Guideline 2.2.6.

Policy

The NCWM recommends all aerosol packages be labeled by net weight. FDA permits volume declarations. The 

NCWM has requested the FDA to change its regulations and revise its interpretation of these regulations.

Substance of Petition

The NCWM petitions the FDA to make the necessary changes to their regulations and interpretation of 

21 CFR 101.105(g) as appearing in the FDA Fair Packaging and Labeling Manual Guide, 7563.7 pertaining to the 

quantity of contents declaration on aerosol packaged products. It is requested that the net quantity statement on aerosol

packaged products or similar pressurized packages be made in terms of net weight only. The reasons for 

recommending such changes are as follows:

1. Net quantity labeling of aerosol packaged products in terms of net weight is a firmly established trade practice 

for such products.

2. Net quantity labeling of aerosol packaged products in terms of volume is difficult (if not impossible) to verify 

with consumer verification methods or by conventional package inspection methods. State or local 

enforcement action is discouraged by such labeling.

3. Since the labeling of aerosol packaged products by volume cannot be compared with the labeling of such 

products in terms of net weight, labeling in terms of volume and weight inhibits value comparisons and 

causes consumer confusion with respect to the quantity of product the consumer is buying and can be a form 

of deceptive labeling.
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

233

4. Uniformity between all state and federal regulations is highly desirable for both enforcement and fair 

competition in the marketplace. The Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation and the FTC and EPA

Regulations require net quantity labeling of aerosol packaged products in terms of net weight.

2.2.8. Variety and Combination Packages.

(L&R, 1982, p. 149)

See also Guideline 2.2.1.

Interpretation

(a) Seasonal gift packages are “variety packages” within the meaning of the Uniform Packaging and Labeling 

Regulation if they contain “reasonably similar commodities” (such as various fruits). They are “combination 

packages” if they contain “dissimilar commodities” (such as wine, fresh fruit, and jellies). Variety package 

labels must declare the total quantity in the package. Combination package labels must declare a quantity 

declaration for each portion of dissimilar commodities.

(b) The example provided with Section 10.6., Variety Packages, of the Uniform Packaging and Labeling 

Regulation, shows a total quantity declaration and individual declaration for each type of commodity. The 

individual declaration is not required but is encouraged.

Background

The Committee reviewed Section 10.5 and Section 10.6 of the Model Packaging and Labeling Regulation in order to 

determine the need for further clarification. Several questions have arisen over the years with respect to:

(1) What are the net contents labeling requirements for seasonal gift packages composed of varying types of 

commodities or goods all combined into one package?

(2) Is the example provided in Section 10.6. entirely in keeping with the declaration requirements? (This section 

requires that total net contents be declared, but the example shows both total and individual net contents.)

The Committee believes that there is no need to modify these sections, but the discussions below may serve as 

guidance to enforcement officials and packagers on these sections.

Concerning labeling requirements for seasonal gift packages, it must first be determined what the individual units 

comprising each package are. The following examples are possibilities:

(a) individual packages of sausage, individual packages of cheese;

(b) several kinds of fruit of different weights; and

(c) several kinds of fruit, bottle of wine, several packages of cheese.

Examples (a) and (c) above are combination packages and should be labeled with net quantities of each unit or type 

of unit. It is possible to combine fruit net weight (or count if appropriate) as one declaration, cheese net weight as a 

second declaration, etc.

Example (b) above is a variety package and must be labeled with the total net weight or count (as appropriate) of fruit 

in the package. It is also reasonable for packagers to include, for full consumer information, a declaration of the 

individual net contents of each type of package or item in the gift package although this latter declaration is not 

required (e.g., 1 lb bananas, 3 pears). This is also the key to the second question asked above concerning the example 

provided in Section 10.6.; that is, although a declaration of individual item net contents is not required, packagers are 

encouraged to provide additional information wherever useful to the consumer.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

234

2.2.9. Textile Products.

(L&R, 1977, p. 215)

Interpretation

(a) When a range of widths (e.g., 58/60) appears on the label of bolts or rolls for yard goods, enforcement action 

should be taken whenever the action width falls below the lesser of the two widths given as the range (in the 

example above, when the fabric width is less than 58 in).

(b) Section 10.9.3. Textiles: Variations from Declared Dimensions of the Uniform Packaging and Labeling 

Regulation is not to be interpreted as providing tolerances. The average requirement must be met. The 

average quantity of contents of a lot, shipment, or delivery must equal or exceed the declared dimensions. 

Dimensions of individual packages of textiles may vary as much as Section 10.9.3. permits, but the average 

requirement must still be met.

Background

The State of California and the American Textile Manufacturers Institute asked the NCWM Laws and Regulations 

Committee and the National Institute of Standards and Technology to assist in the resolution of two textile-product 

issues. In the first issue California asks for help in correcting a short measure condition, apparently a nationwide 

problem, which has been found in the packaging and labeling of textile yard goods put up on bolts or rolls.

The problem is outlined as follows:

1. Approximate width measurements are being used by some manufacturers in their label declarations.

Example: 

58/60 in (inch) width

2. Label declarations are false and misleading in that actual amounts are less than the quantity represented on 

the label.

3. Section 10.9.3. of the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation is extremely vague as to its intent and 

true meaning. Are the substantial variations (3 % and 6 %); (6 % and 12 %) permitted as product tolerances, 

or are they maximum unreasonable minus and plus errors to be allowed when sampling the product for 

quantity when using Handbook 67?

California favors the repeal or clarification of Section 10.9.3. and suggests amending Section 10.9.2.(k) to read:

The quantity statement for packages of textile yard goods packaged on the bolt or roll for either wholesale 

or retail shall state its net measure in terms of yards for the length and width of the item, or its net weight in 

terms of avoirdupois pounds or ounces, or in terms of their metric equivalent.

During the Interim Meetings, a representative of the American Textile Manufacturers Institute (ATMI) informed 

committee members that the proposal to identify the width of yard goods with a single measurement (as opposed to a 

range) would be given serious consideration by their members, after which a recommendation will be finalized and 

submitted to the Laws and Regulations Committee.

After the Interim Meetings, the National Home Sewing Association said that if a single width declaration is required, 

the following could result:

(a) No change in manufacturing process would be effectuated; only the size declaration on bolts would be 

changed.
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

235

(b) Short measure problems could be created because consumers would look for the fabric to be exactly the 

stated width. Because the manufacturing processes were not changed, the width is actually the same as it 

was with the range declaration.

(c) Increased cost to manufacturers would result. One loom is used for many different fibers now; a single width 

declaration could create a need for many looms for each of the different fibers, thereby imposing “passalong” costs to consumers.

(d) Consumer deception would be fostered in that a single declaration implies actual measurement.

California officials state that roll or bolt fabric should be labeled accurately with a single declaration. Additionally, 

they believe that industry does have enough shrinkage data on fibers used in the manufacturing processes, and thus 

could provide accurate measurement declaration on finished fabrics or materials.

The Committee believes that accurate quantity information should be provided on consumer products; however, no 

labeling changes should be required until patterns and yard goods are marketed in metric units. At that time, all 

measures shall be singularly stated (eliminating dual numbers) and, until that time, any products where size declaration 

is a range and found to be less than the smaller of the range declaration shall be subject to enforcement action. For 

example, a product marked “58 to 60 in” and found to be less than 58 inches should be considered to be in violation 

of weights and measures laws and/or regulations.

Additionally, the Committee affirms that the intent of the Variations from Declared Dimensions permitted in 

Section 10.9.3. in no way eliminates the requirement that quantity declarations for textiles must, on the average, not 

be less than declared declarations.

2.2.10. Yarn.

(L&R, 1983, p. 153)

Interpretation

The appropriate net contents declaration for yarn is weight.

Background

A consumer has requested that the net quantity statement for yarn be changed from weight to length. The proposal is 

based on the consumers’ use of the product, darker colors often weigh more per unit of length. Therefore, they found 

that a lighter color yarn will “go farther” in craft applications than a darker yarn; consumers indicate that it is difficult 

to predict how much yarn of varying colors to purchase based on a weight declaration. The Committee is sympathetic 

to the request but must support existing labeling requirements for several reasons.

Yarn, by nature, is extremely stretchy; in order to label yarn by length, a specified tension would have to be applied 

in order to make any repeatable length measurement. Such a tension would have to be agreed upon by all the yarn 

manufacturers, and they would have to apply to compliance testing of product by weights and measures officials. 

Even if this tension “standard” were negotiated and decided upon, it would have little real meaning in use by needle 

crafters, knitters, and others. The tension applied to yarn in use varies from user to user and from application to 

application; therefore, the length also varies. Not only does dyeing yarn change the weight, dyeing also changes the 

length of yarn. For these reasons, industry representatives also support the requirements as they presently are written 

in the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation.

The Committee recognizes the difficulty of working with this product and suggests that users of yarn consider buying 

an excess of the yarn over what is expected to be used in any application. The consumers should find out before 

purchase if, after finishing the product, they can return the unopened skeins to the retailers from whom the skeins were 

purchased.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

236

2.2.11. Tint Base Paint.

(L&R, 1986, p. 146)

Section 11.23. of the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation currently permits tint base paints (paints to which 

colorant must be added prior to sale) to be labeled in terms of the volume (a quart or gallon) that will be delivered to 

the purchaser after addition of the colorant only if three conditions are met:

1. “the system employed ensures that the purchaser always obtains a quart or a gallon”;

2. “a statement indicating that the tint base paint is not to be sold without the addition of colorant is presented 

on the principal display panel;” and

3. “the contents of the container, before the addition of colorant, is stated in fluid ounces elsewhere on the 

label.”

2.2.12. Reference Temperature for Refrigerated Products: When a Product is Required to be Maintained 

under Refrigeration.

(L&R, 1990, p. 86)

Background

Section 6.5.(b) was revised to clarify that the reference temperature of 4.4 oC (40 oF) applies only to products that 

must be refrigerated to maintain product quality, rather than to items, such as carbonated soft drinks, that are 

refrigerated for the purchaser’s convenience.

Guideline

The Committee also discussed how an inspector could decide whether a product under refrigeration is required to be 

maintained under refrigeration. The following guidelines are provided:

1. The traditional food items that normally require refrigeration and are found in refrigerated cases will not 

ordinarily have any statement about requiring refrigeration. These items include milk, orange juice, and 

similar products. They may be tested at any temperature at, above or below their reference temperature of 

40 oF (4 oC) because such products are at their maximum density at their reference temperature, and the 

volume of such products will always increase at higher or lower temperatures. Thus any errors made by not 

measuring at the exact reference temperature will be in the favor of the packer.

2. Food items that normally require refrigeration, but which are processed so as not to require refrigeration prior 

to opening, will have “refrigerate after opening” or similar wording on the label. Such items as milk and 

orange juice can be found in this category as well as in the “refrigeration required” category. The two 

categories can be distinguished by the “refrigerate after opening” statement, which calls for testing at or 

above their reference temperature of 68 oF (20 oC).

3. Food items that are not expected to require refrigeration, but which may be refrigerated for the convenience 

of the consumer (such as carbonated beverages), are to be tested at temperatures of 68 oF (20 oC) or above 

even when found refrigerated for the convenience of the consumer.

2.2.13. Declaration of Identity: Consumer Package (UPLR) and 1.5.1. in Combination with Other Foods 

(UMSCR).

(L&R, 1990, p. 93)

Background

Many food products are made by the retail store and labeled with names that may or may not have standards of identity 

or standards of composition in federal regulation or policy (for example, chicken cordon bleu). Weights and measures 
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

237

officials need to know which names have standards of identity that must be followed in formulating the product and, 

therefore, in providing the ingredient statement.

Food Standards

The U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Food Safety and Inspection Service (USDA - FSIS) and the U.S. Department 

of Health and Human Services’ FDA share the responsibility of assuring truthful and accurate information on product 

labels. USDA - FSIS has responsibility for the development and application of the labeling requirements applicable 

to meat and poultry products containing more than 3 % fresh meat or at least 2 % cooked poultry meat. FDA oversees 

the labeling of most other food products.

USDA Standards of Identity and Composition

USDA has statutory authority to establish standards of identity for meat and poultry products. A standard of identity 

prescribes a manner of preparation and the ingredients of a product that is labeled with a particular name. A food that 

bears the name of a standardized food that does not satisfy the requirements of the applicable standard is misbranded. 

Examples of standardized products include: “Ham,” “Ham Water Added,” “Hot Dogs,” “Chicken and Noodles,” and 

“Spaghetti Sauce with Meatballs.”

Almost all standards enforced by FSIS are called “standards of composition.” These standards identify the minimum 

amount of meat or poultry required in a product’s recipe. For example, the standard of composition for “beef a la 

king” states that, if a product carries this name on its label, at least 20 % cooked beef must be used in the recipe.

But standards of composition do not prevent a manufacturer from increasing the meat or poultry content or adding 

other ingredients to increase a product’s appeal. For instance, a processor has the option of using more than the 

required amount of beef in beef a la king and adding other ingredients to make the product unique. A listing of meat 

and poultry content and labeling requirement including terms that are further defined can be found in the USDA FSIS 

Food Standards and Labeling Policy book which is available at: www.fsis.usda.gov/OPPDE/larc/Policies/Labeling

_Policy_book_082005.pdf.

Label Approval

Food manufacturers are responsible for compliance with the FSIS labeling rules and adherence to the process 

maintained by FSIS for the evaluation and approval of meat and poultry product labels. This Guide provides the basic 

information necessary to devise a label for meat and poultry products and to understand the regulatory process 

administered by FSIS. A Guide to Federal Food Labeling Requirements for Meat and Poultry Products (2007) URL 

is located at: www.fsis.usda.gov/wps/wcm/connect/f4af7c74-2b9f-4484-bb16-

fd8f9820012d/Labeling_Requirements_Guide.pdf?MOD=AJPERES.

2.2.14. Typewriter and Computer Printer Ribbons and Tapes.

(L&R, 1991) 

Interpretation

Typewriter and computer printer ribbons must be labeled by length. In addition, character yield information may be 

disclosed on the principal display panel.

Background

Packages of typewriter and computer printer ribbons and tapes have been found in the marketplace with no declaration 

of quantity of any kind. There is information on the package about the type of machine the ribbon or tape is designed 

to fit, but this is not a declaration of quantity. Purchasers have been misled as a result of the failure of some 

manufacturers to disclose the length; ribbons designated for a particular machine may be sold at a low price, but with 

substantially less length than ribbons ordinarily produced for the machine.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

238

2.3.1. Instant Concentrated Products.

(L&R, 1977, p. 219)

Interpretation

No additional net contents information (other than weight) is required for instant coffee, tea, and cocoa.

Background

It was proposed that certain products, such as instant coffee, tea, and cocoa, should have a dual statement of weight 

including the number of cups (e.g., makes ten 6 oz cups).

The National Coffee Association of U.S.A., Inc., offered the following comments:

1. The number of servings of instant coffee will depend upon the size of the cup involved and the taste of the 

individual consumer.

2. The size of a cup will vary widely, ranging from a small “demitasse” cup to a large coffee mug.

3. The taste of the individual consumer defies definition because it will vary as widely as the number of 

individuals considered. Market research shows many like it “strong and black” and others prefer it “mild 

and thin.”

4. Any statement placed on a container of instant coffee that represents that the consumer will be able to obtain 

a specified number of servings would be arbitrary, confusing and, in a very sense, deceptive.

5. In view of the foregoing, any such requirements that the number of servings be listed on a container of instant 

coffee might expose the manufacturer to complaints from consumers that it was engaging in an unfair and 

deceptive practice.

Other issues that the Committee discussed included the authority to require precise directions (rather than, for example, 

2 to 3 heaping teaspoons) and the issues of product variability and uniform enforcement.

2.3.2. Fresh Fruits and Vegetables.

(L&R, 1979, p. 176; 1980; 1982, p. 152; 2008)

Guideline

Recognizing the difficulty faced by consumers when more than one method of sale is employed in the same outlet for 

the same product, non-comparable methods of sale (e.g., weight and measure) for the same produce item in the same 

outlet should be minimized.

This guideline applies to all sales of fruits and vegetables. There are two tables, one for specific commodities and one 

for general commodity groups. Search the specific list first to find those commodities that either do not fit into any 

of the general groups or have unique methods of sale. If the item is not listed, find the general group in the second 

table. The item may be sold by any method of sale marked with an X.

(Amended 2008)
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

239

Method of Retail Sale for Fresh Fruits and Vegetables

Specific Commodity

Commodity Weight Count

Head 

or 

Bunch

Dry 

Measure 

(any size)

Dry Measure 

(1 dry qt or 

larger)

Artichokes X X

Asparagus X X

Avocados X

Bananas X X

Beans (green, yellow, etc.) X X

Brussels Sprouts (loose) X

Brussels Sprouts (on stalk) X

Cherries X X X

Coconuts X X

Corn on the Cob X X

Dates X

Eggplant X X

Figs X

Grapes X

Melons (cut in pieces) X

Mushrooms (small) X X X

Mushrooms (portobello, large) X X

Okra X

Peas X X

Peppers (bell and other varieties) X X X

Pineapples X X

Rhubarb X X

Tomatoes (except cherry/grape) X X X
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

240

Method of Retail Sale for Fresh Fruits and Vegetables

General Commodity Groups

Commodity Weight Count

Head

or

Bunch

Dry

Measure

(any size)

Dry 

Measure 

(1 dry qt or 

larger)

Berries and Cherry/Grape Tomatoes X X

Citrus Fruits (oranges, grapefruits, lemons, etc.) X X X

Edible Bulbs (onions [spring or green], garlic, 

leeks, etc.) X X X X

Edible Tubers (Irish potatoes, sweet potatoes, 

ginger, horseradish, etc.) X X

Flower Vegetables (broccoli, cauliflower, brussel

sprouts, etc.) X X

Gourd Vegetables (cucumbers, squash, melons, 

etc.) X X X

Leaf Vegetables (lettuce, cabbage, celery, etc.) X X

Leaf Vegetables (parsley, herbs, loose greens) X X X

Pitted Fruits (peaches, plums, prunes, etc.) X X X

Pome Fruits (apples, pears, mangoes, etc.) X X X

Root Vegetables (turnips, carrots, radishes, etc.) X X

2.3.3. Cardboard Cartons.

(L&R, 1974, p. 223)

Guidelines and Interpretations

Cardboard cartons should be sold by their dimensions. Identification numbers used in the trade do not correspond to 

these dimensions and could tend to mislead the uninformed purchaser (although there is no actual unit such as inches 

associated with the identification numbers). Sales or catalogue literature will have to be investigated to determine 

whether there is sufficient information upon which to make a purchasing decision.

Background

Copies of letters received by the New York Bureau of Weights and Measures regarding cardboard containers were 

forwarded to the Committee. These letters highlight the confusion that exists when these containers are sold to new 

businessmen by an identity number which is often mistaken for the size of the box. For example, a 30 × 4 

identification number refers to a box whose actual size is 27 × 3 inches. It was suggested that a new section be added 

to the Method of Sale of Commodities Regulation so that these containers can be sold on a basis that will provide 

more accurate information.

An important argument in support of adding a new section is that small businessmen just getting started need as much 

assistance as can be provided in order to survive and grow.

An argument opposing this change is that a table, similar to Table 1. of Section 2.9. (Softwood Lumber) of the Uniform 

Method of Sale Regulation, could be printed showing the relationship between identity and size; this would not solve 

the problem.

It is the consensus of the Committee that these containers should be sold by actual size. The Committee does not 

believe, however, that every trade practice must be controlled through the Uniform Laws and Regulations. This is 
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

241

particularly true where the item does not directly concern the retail consumer. The Committee, therefore, recommends 

that the appropriate trade associations be contacted and asked to correct this practice on a voluntary basis.

2.3.4. Catalyst Beads.

(L&R, 1981, p. 100)

Guideline and Interpretation

The proper method of sale of catalyst beads used in automobile exhaust systems is by volume. It is appropriate for 

the quantity declaration to be supplemented by part number or other description of the specific converter for which 

the package of catalyst beads is intended.

Background

A communication from the General Motors Corporation AC Spark Plug Division was forwarded to the Committee 

which proposes discontinuing the labeling of their catalyst beads by weight. When the catalyst becomes contaminated 

by leaded gasoline or prolonged use, the catalytic converter in the exhaust system of recent GM cars and trucks 

(running on unleaded gasoline) must be emptied of its catalyst beads and be refilled by volume with replacement 

catalyst beads in order to meet emission standards. The beads are used by volume (to fill a catalytic converter), are 

hygroscopic, and vary in core material density. Therefore, packages of beads meeting a net weight label require an 

additional one-third pound (on the average) over the packages labeled by volume, cost about $7.50 more per package,

and the additional weight of beads will be discarded in actual use.

2.3.5. Incense.

(L&R, 1978, p. 151)

Interpretation

Incense labeled by count is fully informative and sufficient.

Background

The State of Oregon raised the issue of proper quantity declarations for the sale of incense. The question is what, if 

any, information other than count, such as weight or volume or length, is necessary for an adequate description on 

packages of incense. The Committee is of the opinion that a statement of count as defined in Section 6.4.1(c) of the 

Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation is fully informative and is sufficient in this case.

2.3.6. Sea Shells.

(L&R, 1976, p. 223)

Guideline

Sea shells shall be sold by count and weight for packages of 50 sea shells or less and by volume and weight for 

packages containing more than 50 sea shells.

2.3.7. Tire Tread Rubber Products.

(L&R, 1976, p. 233)

Guideline

Tire tread rubber products shall be sold by net weight. The polyethylene film protective backing shall be part of the 

product and included in the net weight. The core is part of the tare and must be deducted from the gross weight to 

determine the net weight.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

242

2.3.8. Wiper Blades.

(L&R, 1979, p. 182)

Interpretation

There is a trade custom of labeling automobile wiper blades by the length of the metal backing or vertebra, not the 

length of the blade. This is an acceptable method of sale and net contents declaration.

Background

The Committee received a request from a manufacturer of automobile wiper blades that had a problem with one state 

concerning the measurement of length as labeled on their packages. The state felt that the proper designation should 

be the length of the blade itself; the manufacturer said that traditionally the industry measured the length of the metal 

backing or vertebra.

The Committee, after some discussion, determined that since there was no intent to mislead customers, the traditional 

measurement of the metal backing or vertebra was acceptable.

2.3.9. Fireplace Logs.

(L&R, 1975, p. 174)

Interpretation

Time of burning is not an appropriate quantity declaration for fireplace logs. (Section 2.4.3. of the Uniform Method 

of Sale of Commodities requires single logs to be sold by weight, or if packaged and less than 4 ft3

, weight plus count.)

Background

The enforceability of quantity declarations using time as the basis of measurement for commodities, including 

packaged commodities, must be considered carefully if equity in the marketplace is to be achieved. The Committee 

wants to stress to those who have submitted time declaration questions that the enforceability factor should not 

override consumer protection and uniformity considerations. Based on the above criteria, the Committee recommends 

that the Conference take the position that time is not an appropriate quantity declaration for fireplace logs.

2.3.11. Packaged Foods or Cosmetics Sold from Vending Machines.

(L&R, 1982, p. 152)

Interpretation

Packaged foods and cosmetics sold from vending machines must be labeled the same as similar items not sold in 

vending machines, including identity, responsibility, net contents, and ingredient declaration, except that Section 3.3. 

of the Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities permits identity and net contents to be posted on 

the machine in lieu of appearing on the package.

Background

As part of its review of the Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of Commodities, the FDA recommended 

adding a statement to Section 3.3. that packaged foods and cosmetics sold in vending machines must in general be 

labeled in accordance with requirements for similar articles not sold in vending machines (e.g., ingredient declaration 

requirements). The Committee recommends that this information be made a guideline rather than incorporated as part 

of the uniform regulation.
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

243

2.3.12. Movie Films, Tapes, Cassettes.

(L&R, 1975, p. 174)

Guideline

Movie film may be sold by linear measure. Magnetic tapes and cassettes may be sold by either linear measure or 

playing time.

Background

The enforceability of quantity declarations using time as the basis of measurement for commodities, including 

packaged commodities, must be carefully considered to achieve equity in the marketplace. The Committee wants to 

stress to those who have submitted time declaration questions that the enforceability factor should not override 

consumer protection and uniformity considerations. The committee further recommends that the states follow FTC 

guidelines in requiring lineal measure for the sale of movie films and permit either linear measure or playing time for 

magnetic tapes and cassettes.

2.3.13. Vegetable Oil.

(L&R, 1983, p. 208)

Guideline and Interpretation

Packaged liquid vegetable oil must be labeled by liquid volume, although net weight may also be declared.

Background

Packages of liquid vegetable oil are being sold for restaurant and other small food business use labeled by weight. It 

has been brought to the attention of the Committee that containers of product labeled “5 gal” look identical in 

dimensions to those labeled “35 lb” but the density of the vegetable oil is such that the 35 lb cans contain only about 

41⁄2 gal. The Institute of Shortening and Edible Oils indicated that companies selling liquid vegetable oils often 

compete with those selling solid shortening, and that a net weight comparison is useful for these purposes. Recipes 

for food products in large sizes sometimes provide ingredient quantities by weight or volume.

It is the opinion of the members of the Committee that packaged liquid vegetable oil must be labeled by liquid volume 

although a net weight may be declared in addition to the net volume statement.

When a single manufacturer of vegetable oil packages the same oil in the same size container with two such widely 

different net quantity statements, this practice could easily be considered (a) misleading to the customer, and 

(b) nonfunctional slack fill. Weights and measures enforcement action should be taken.

2.3.15. Bulk Sales.

(L&R Committee, 1986, p. 140)

When packaged or wrapped items (such as individually wrapped candies) are sold from bulk displays by weight, the 

price must be based on the net weight, not the weight including the individual piece wrappings. This will require 

(1) subtracting the weight of the bag into which the customer puts the pieces plus (2) subtracting the weight of the 

piece wrappings (the latter is a percentage of the gross weight – that is, the tare increases as the customer selects more 

of the commodity).

Background

Retail food stores are merchandising prepackaged commodities such as candies, pet food, snack bars, and bouillon 

cubes from bulk displays. Some retailers sell these products by gross weight. Section 1.2. of the Uniform Weights 

and Measures Law reads in part: “The term ‘weight’ as used in connection with any commodity means net weight. . .”
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

244

A workshop was held on June 20, 1986, at the U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, D.C., to explore the issues 

and alternatives involved in the sale of prepackaged goods from the bulk food sales areas of supermarkets. 

Representatives of the packaging, supermarket, and small grocery industries, scale and point-of-sale (POS) systems 

manufacturers, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, weights and measures agencies, and the National Institute of 

Standards and Technology attended. No final recommendations came from this meeting; however, the participants 

expressed an interest in meeting again after a written report of the June 20, 1986, meeting was made available and 

before the Interim Meetings of the NCWM in January 1987. The following issues were discussed:

1. Prepackaged commodities in bulk displays are being sold on a gross weight basis.

Federal regulations covering packaged goods and every state Weights and Measures Law require any sale by 

weight to be “net weight” (not including the weight of the wrapping materials). In some areas of the nation, 

many items are being sold on a gross weight basis in the supermarkets, for example, fresh fruit and vegetables 

in poly bags in the produce area. Perhaps because of the light weight of these bags (that is, the minimum 

size of the scale division on the ordinary supermarket checkout scale is large with respect to the weight of 

the poly bags), low priority is given to correcting this sales practice, and a lack of uniformity in enforcement 

of the net weight requirements results. Weights and measures officials have found tare amounting to over 

40 % of the gross weight in prepackaged items sold from bulk; the majority of cases seems to range from 

3 % to 12 %. Officials see the need to “draw the line” in a sales practice that appears to have evolved from 

other practices that were not heavily monitored and corrected at their inception.

2. Retailers face technical and administrative problems in properly deducting tare from the gross weight.

Automatic deduction of tare is preferable for large-scale retailers because of its speed. No equipment (either 

stand-alone scale or POS) is available at the present time that can: (1) subtract a percentage of the gross 

weight to represent the tare weight; or (2) subtract a fixed tare for the bag and a percentage tare for the 

wrapper on the prepackaged item. [Editor’s Note: There is equipment now available that can deduct a tare 

that is a percentage of the gross weight.] Two POS system manufacturers said that new systems with 

percentage tare capability could be designed, but they could not definitely say whether retrofitting existing 

systems was possible. They said that the ability to retrofit declined with the age of the system. Supermarket 

representatives expressed concern that their in-store computer software would need modification above and 

beyond the retrofitting or software redesign that might be done by the POS manufacturers; their software is 

designed around current POS software.

Deduction of tare in the bulk food area using a scale other than the checkout scale can be done more easily 

than at checkout if a POS system is being used. A tare look-up table used in conjunction with the scale 

appears to be the only currently used method that meets the net weight requirements when packaged products 

are sold from bulk. (The procedure is to gross weigh the product, look up the tare, subtract it from the gross 

weight, and then determine a final net weight and total price.)

Each retailer will have to consider the cost of additional manpower (as the weighing and marking of the 

purchase in the bulk food area might require), new equipment (purchasing scales or POS systems with 

percentage tare capability), or retrofit of existing equipment as compared with the value of the market share 

contributed by the bulk marketing of prepacked commodities. However, two supermarket chain 

representatives said that they expected some growth in this type of sale (because of the customers’ perception 

of cleanliness of the product, for example).

3. Present methods of sale and advertising are often misleading.

Suggestions were made that advertising on a “wrapped weight” basis would properly inform the consumer. 

However, it was pointed out that a typical purchaser does not know what “wrapped weight” is (i.e., gross 

weight). Moreover, selling packaged goods on a gross weight basis is illegal; it thwarts value comparison 

with other products sold by net weight.

Bulk food sales advertising often includes claims of savings of, for example, 10 % to 20 % over a purchase 

of the same commodity in standard-pack form. These advertising claims can be exaggerated and misleading 
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

245

if the comparisons referenced are between standard-pack commodities sold net weight and products sold 

from bulk on a gross weight basis.

The possibility of advertising a net weight unit price, but actually weighing at the checkout on a gross weight 

basis (and charging at a lower gross weight unit price) was discussed. For example, a sign could be posted 

with the following:

“$1.50 per pound, net weight. We are not able to weigh this packaged product on a net weight 

basis (that is, without the wrapper), and will therefore charge you $1.40 per pound including the 

wrapper weight at the checkout.”

Everyone agreed that advertising claims and appropriate wording would have to be chosen carefully if this 

is to be viable. However, those weights and measures officials present were generally opposed to this 

alternative based on the difficulty of enforcement and lack of assurance that a consumer would really 

understand explanatory signage.

2.5.6. Guidelines for NCWM Resolution of Requests for Recognition of Moisture Loss in Other Packaged 

Products.

(Exec, 1988, p. 94)

The Task Force on Commodity Requirements limited its work to only a few product categories, using these categories 

as models for addressing moisture loss. The gray-area concept is the result of this work.

Recognizing several candidates for future work in moisture loss, the Task Force recommends that the following 

guidelines for moisture loss be followed as far as possible by any industry requesting consideration:

1. There should be reasonable uniformity in the moisture content of the product category. For example, since 

pet food has final moisture contents ranging from very moist to very dry, some sub categorization of pet food 

needs to be defined by industry before the NCWM study of the issue.

2. The predominant type of moisture loss (whether into the atmosphere or into the packaging materials) must 

be specified.

3. Different types of packaging might make it necessary to subcategorize the product. For example, pasta is 

packaged in cardboard, in polyethylene, or other packaging more impervious to moisture loss. The industry 

should define the domain of packaging materials to be considered.

4. “Real-world” data is needed on the product as found in the retail marketing chain – not just laboratory 

moisture-loss data.

5. The industry requesting consideration of moisture loss for its product should collect data on an industry-wide 

basis (rather than from only one or two companies).

Information concerning the relative fractions of imported and domestically produced product should be 

available, for example, in order to assess the feasibility of interacting with the manufacturer on specific 

problem lots.

6. Moisture loss may occur either:

- during manufacturing; or

- during distribution.

Data will be needed to show the relative proportion of moisture loss in these different locations since moisture 

loss is permitted only under good distribution practices. Geographical and seasonal variations may apply.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

246

7. A description of the processing and packaging methods in use in the industry will be of great value, as will a 

description of the distribution system and time for manufacturing and distribution. A description of the 

existing net quantity control programs in place should be given, together with information on how compliance 

with Handbook 133 is obtained. A description of maintenance and inspection procedures for the scales 

should be provided, together with information on suitability of equipment and other measurements under 

Handbook 44.

8. A description of federal and local agency jurisdiction and test should be given, as well as any regulatory 

history with respect to moisture loss and short weight. Has weights and measures enforcement generated the 

request? What efforts have addressed the moisture loss issue prior to approaching the NCWM? Are the 

appropriate federal agencies aware of the industry’s request to the NCWM?

9. The industry should propose the type of compliance system and/or moisture determination methodology to 

be used. The compliance scheme, if it contains industry data components, should be susceptible to 

verification (examples: USDA net weight tests for meat; exchange of samples with millers for flour) and 

should state what the companies will do to provide data to field inspection agencies in an ongoing fashion 

(as the gray-area approach requires). If in-plant testing is to be combined with field testing, who is to do 

such testing, and how is this to be accomplished? It should be possible to incorporate the proposed testing 

scheme into Handbook 133 to be used with Category A or B sampling plans.

When all the preliminary information recommended above has been collected, a field test of the proposed compliance 

scheme should be conducted by weights and measures enforcement officials to prove its viability.

See the plan diagrammed on the next page.
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

247

Decision to Request

Characterize Product:

Imported vs Domestic

Processing and 

Packaging Systems 

used to produce 

product

Net contents and scale 

maintenance programs

Moisture content of 

product

Types of packaging 

materials used

Distribution process 

and time involved

How moisture is lost in 

distribution:

into atmosphere

into packaging 

materials

Prioritize Requests

Is Delineation of Problem Complete?

Form Technical Work Group:

Federal Agency representation

State Weights & Measures Agency

Industry or Trade Association 

Representation

Recommend Compliance 

Testing Scheme

HB-133 Category A or B

The "Gray-Area" Concept

Specific Test Methods

Collect Data on:

Amount of moisture in marketing chain

Suitability of compliance testing scheme for 

field use

Adopt Compliance Test Method(s)

Incorporate into HB-133

Key:

I Industry or Trade Association

C NCWM L&R Committee

T Technical Work Group

W Weights & Measures Officials

N NCWM Voting Membership

F Federal Agency

Plan For NCWM Resolution of Individual Requests For Recognition of 

Moisture Loss

I

C

W

T

F

I

C

C

I

T I W

N

No

Yes
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

248

2.6.1. Retail Gas Sales and Metric Price Computations in General.

(S&T, 1980, p. 227)

Guideline

The National Institute of Standards and Technology published equivalent rounded values for metric equivalents of 

U.S. customary units should be used. They are:

3.785 411 784 liters = 1 gallon

0.264 172 052 4 gallon = 1 liter

A “Rule of Reason” should apply to the corrected value so that the value used is consistent with the quantity of the 

transaction. The converted value should never have fewer than four significant digits and should have at least the 

same number of significant digits as the number of significant digits in the quantity of product being converted. For 

example, if a 1000 gal delivery were to be converted to liters the value would be 3785 L; for 10 000 gal, 37 854 L; for 

100 gal, 378.5 L.

In the case of expressing a unit price equivalent for consumer value comparisons in retail gasoline sales, the following 

formula should be used: (advertised, posted, or computing device unit price per liter) × 3.785 = (equivalent unit price 

per gallon, rounded to the nearest 1/10 cent.)

Examples:

26.9 cents per liter × 3.785 = $1.018 per gallon

26.8 cents per liter × 3.785 = $1.014 per gallon

26.7 cents per liter × 3.785 = $1.011 per gallon

26.5 cents per liter × 3.785 = $1.003 per gallon

26.4 cents per liter × 3.785 = $0.999 per gallon

This method is preferable to the alternative method of dividing the price per gallon by 3.785, which results in the same 

price per liter for three or more different prices per gallon when rounded to the 1/10 cent.

2.6.2. Price Posting.

(L&R, 1981, p. 101)

Guideline

1. Street Signs.

a. Until such time as the sale of gasoline and other Engine fuels is predominately by metric measurement 

(liter), price per gallon information should be made readily available to all prospective customers.

b. All street, roadside, and similar advertising signs displaying product price should provide price per gallon 

information.

c. Signs showing the equivalent price per liter may also be used, but their use is optional and should not 

employ numerals larger than the equivalent gallon price display.

d. Signs should show complete dollar and cents numerals, and they should be clearly legible and of full 

size. An exception should be granted to street signs that were designed to display only three numerals 

(e.g., $.899) and not four numerals as required for prices over $1.00 per gallon (e.g., $1.259). Until such 

signs can be replaced or modified, it would be acceptable:

(1) to attach an appropriate sign extension with the decimal fraction of a cent representation in 

alignment with the posted price;
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

249

(2) to include a smaller fraction of a cent representation with the last numeral of the posted price; or

(3) to add the whole number “one” before the cents values.

e. The changeover to advertising prices by the liter as a single mode of pricing should be established when 

75 % of all retail outlets in a jurisdiction have converted their dispensers to metric measurement.

2. Posting of Prices at the Dispenser.

Each retail outlet should use exclusively only one measurement method of sale (gallon or liter). A change 

from one method to another should be carried out for all devices dispensing motor fuels in the retail outlet.

In the case of liter sales, suitable posting of per gallon and per liter prices at the device, service island, 

premises of the retail outlet, or any other locations must be in accordance with state and local laws, 

regulations, and ordinances, and in a manner that facilitates consumer comparisons between the per gallon 

price and the per liter price. Additional requirements may be necessary to avoid uncertainty as to 

nomenclature, location, and size of information on signs.

It is recommended that:

a. Current and accurate price comparisons between gallon and liter values be posted at the dispenser within 

easy view of the customer and visible from either side of the island.

b. The sign should show equivalent quantity and price information.

Examples:

27.1¢ per liter = $1.026 per gallon

3.785 liters = 1 gallon

c. Letters and numerals should be at least 3⁄4 in (19 mm) in height and 1⁄8 in (3 mm) in width of stroke.

3. Quantity and Price Display on Dispensers

It is required that dispensers be designed to clearly show all required quantity and price information on the 

face(s) of a motor fuel dispenser in accordance with Handbook 44.

4. Dispenser Modification Kits

As an interim alternative to “half pricing,” a number of computer modification kits have been installed to 

modify existing retail motor fuel dispensers that were not designed to compute and indicate prices over 99.9¢ 

per gallon.

Some of the modification kits that have been referred to state weights and measures officials for approval 

have been rejected as failing to conform to Handbook 44 requirements. It is recommended that all 

modification kits and future modifications of dispensers be so designed and made as to be in full compliance 

with all applicable requirements of Handbook 44.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

250

2.6.3. Octane Posting Regulations.

(Liaison, 1979, p. 240)

Guideline

Weights and Measures officials should report to the FTC any instances of failure to post octane ratings by service 

stations. These would most likely occur during routine inspections of service station gasoline dispensers. Reports 

should be made to the appropriate FTC regional offices as listed below.

Background

As of June 1, 1979, the FTC requires the determination of octane ratings by refiners, the certification of octane ratings 

by refiners and distributors, and the posting of octane ratings by retailers on all gasoline pumps. The requirements are 

set forth in Public Law 95 297, the Petroleum Marketing Practices Act (PMPA), passed in June 1978 and the FTC’s 

Octane Rule, 16.C.F.R. Part 306. Although the octane posting rule has no effect on most FTC programs administered 

by state weights and measures officials with respect to checking gasoline dispensing devices for accuracy, the Liaison 

Committee feels that the Conference should be generally informed about the law and the FTC rule, if only to be 

prepared to answer inquiries about it or for some possible future enforcement demands. Keeping apprised of 

developments associated with the rule may be advisable. In addition, it will affect states which have octane 

certification and posting programs.

Regional Offices, Addresses, and Telephone Numbers:

Northeast Region

(CT, ME, MA, NH, NJ, NY, PR, 

RI, VT, and U.S. Virgin Islands)

Federal Trade Commission

One Bowling Green

New York, NY 10004

(877) 382-4357

East Central Region

(DE, DC, MD, MI, OH, PA, VA, 

and WV)

Federal Trade Commission

1111 Superior Avenue

Suite 200

Cleveland, OH 44114-2507

(877) 382-4357

Southeast Region 

(AL, FL, GA, MS, NC, SC, and 

TN)

Federal Trade Commission

Suite 1500

225 Peachtree Street, NE

Atlanta, GA 30303

(877) 382-4357

Midwest Region

(IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, NE, ND, MN, 

MO, SD, and WI)

Federal Trade Commission

55 West Monroe Street

Suite 1825

Chicago, IL 60603

(877) 382-4357

Northwest Region

(AK, ID, MT, OR, WA, WY)

Federal Trade Commission

915 Second Avenue, Room 2896

Seattle, WA 98174

(877) 382-4357

Southwest Region

(AR, LA, NM, OK, and TX)

Federal Trade Commission

1999 Bryan Street

Suite 2150

Dallas, TX 75201-6808

(877) 382-4357

Western Region

(AZ, Northern CA, Southern CA, 

CO, HI, NV, and UT)

Federal Trade Commission

901 Market Street

Suite 570

San Francisco, CA 94103

(877) 382-4357

Western Region

(AZ, Northern CA, Southern CA, 

CO, HI, NV, and UT)

Federal Trade Commission

10877 Wilshire Boulevard

Suite 700

Los Angeles, CA 90024

(877) 382-4357
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

251

The preemption section of PMPA (204) reads as follows:

Section 204. To the extent that any provision of this title applies to any act or omission, no state or any political 

subdivision thereof may adopt, enforce, or continue in effect any provision of any law or regulation (including any 

remedy or penalty applicable to any violation thereof) with respect to such act or omission, unless such provision of 

such law or regulation is the same as the applicable provision of this title.

Section 204 prohibits states and other political subdivisions from enforcing requirements that are not the same as the 

applicable provisions of this law. Jurisdictions having octane requirements should carefully review with their legal 

advisors the effect of this law.

The FTC’s Octane rule was published in final form on March 30, 1979, in the Federal Register (Vol. 44, No. 63, 

Part V, pp. 19160 19172). The rule became effective June 1, 1979.

The law requires that refiners determine octane ratings of their products, and certify them to their distributors. The 

distributors must pass along the certification to the retailer, unless he blends the gas, in which case he may have to 

certify his blend.

A similar procedure relating to the posting of octane ratings is set forth for the retailer. The FTC is responsible for 

enforcement with respect to the accuracy of the certified ratings. The FTC is also empowered to check records, which 

must be retained for one year by each link in the distribution chain.

The FTC is in need of help from the state and local jurisdictions in the area of surveillance and testing. Such assistance 

could occur at a number of levels. Notice of octane mislabeling and failure to post octane ratings is requested.

Other levels of assistance would concern jurisdictions that have octane testing programs and would be interested in 

cooperating with FTC in testing or in reporting discrepancies in octane rating.

For more information, contact the Federal Trade Commission at 600 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Washington, D.C. 

20580, phone (202) 326-2222.

2.6.4. Multi-Tier Pricing: Motor Fuel Deliveries (Computing Pumps or Dispensers).

(L&R, 1982, p. 150; L&R, 1985, p. 100) (L&R, 1988, p. 162)

Policy

Charging different prices for the same product depending upon the manner of payment, other purchases, amount of 

service, etc., is a management decision of the merchandiser. Those merchants who elect to offer multiple prices for 

motor fuel must comply with the state and local weights and measure laws and regulations, including Handbook 44. 

They must also make marketing decisions that comply with state truth in lending, cash discount, price advertising, and 

usury laws. All such laws are intended to prohibit deceptive, misleading, or misrepresentative information being given 

to the consumer. The following guidelines are intended to apply to price advertising or posting at the street side or 

highway as well as at the pump or dispenser, and to the price computed at the device. These guidelines are applicable 

to other discount or combination offers (such as combination purchases of car wash and gas, for example).

1. If a price is posted or advertised, it must be available to all qualified customers. If any condition or 

qualification is required to obtain the posted price, that condition must also be posted clearly and 

understandably, in conjunction with the price wherever it is posted.

2. The lowest price may be posted or advertised by itself as long as any restrictions for receiving that price (for 

example, “cash only”) are also clearly posted or advertised in conjunction with the price and as long as other 

state requirements do not prohibit it. For example, certain states require that all prices available from a given 

retail location must be posted on street side signs if any prices are posted.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

252

3. If the merchandiser elects to establish separate devices or islands for sale of the same product at different 

prices, the devices or islands shall be clearly identified as “cash,” “credit,” “self-serve,” or other appropriate 

wording to avoid customer confusion.

4. The use of a single-price-computing dispenser for sale of motor fuel at multiple unit prices is inappropriate, 

facilitates fraud, and should be eliminated. The NCWM should adopt a plan and timetable for changeover 

to devices that can compute and display final money values for multiple prices.

2.6.5. Cereal Grains and Oil Seeds.

(L&R, 1981, p. 95; L&R, 1996, p. 135)

Interpretation

The addition of water to grain for the purpose of adding weight prior to selling grain by weight is an illegal practice 

under federal laws.

NOTE: Effective February 11, 1995, the Federal Grain Inspection Service adopted a regulation in 

7 CFR Part 800.61 prohibiting the application of water to grain except for milling, malting, or similar processing 

operations. See Volume 59, No. 198 for Friday, October 14, 1994, or page 52 071, for additional information.

Background

A letter from the Oklahoma Grain and Feed Association was forwarded to the Committee asking whether the addition 

of water to grain is legal. The request was prompted by an article reporting on methods of adding water to grain to 

bring the moisture content up to market standards. For example, when soybeans are sold at 8 % moisture content, 

there is less weight sold (and less revenue for the soybeans to the seller) than if water were added to the same soybeans 

to bring them to 10 % moisture content.

However, the Committee is greatly concerned about the ramifications of such practices. Many grain experts do not 

believe that over-dried grain should be valued as highly as grain at moisture contents close to market standards. Overly 

dry grain is more susceptible to breakage, for example.

Water added after harvest will not be taken up chemically the way that naturally moist grain binds water. Errors in 

adding water or the particular biochemical nature of the grain after addition of water can lead to spoiled grain. Studies 

on the long term keeping qualities of grain with water added have not been carried out. The calibration of moisture 

meters is based on naturally moist grain, and there is a known difference between the electrical properties of naturally 

moist grain and grain with moisture added.

Of a more basic nature, however, the Committee recognizes the fact that a grain buyer purchases grain expecting such 

grain to be naturally moist or dried, not to be with water added. The seller who adds water to grain solely to add 

weight, therefore, misrepresents his product.

Both the FDA and USDA have sent letters to the Committee indicating that the addition of water to grain solely for 

the purpose of adding weight is an illegal practice. Because existing federal laws already prohibit this practice, the 

Committee recommends no further action on the part of the Conference at this time.

2.6.6. Basic Engine Fuels, Petroleum Products, and Lubricants Laboratory.

(L&R, 1994, p. 129-135; L&R, 2006, p. L&R-8) (Developed by the Petroleum Subcommittee.)

The petroleum fuels and lubricants laboratory is an integral element of an inspection program and is generally 

developed to satisfy the testing requirements as described in the laws and rules of the regulating agency. Guidelines 

have been developed to assist states in evaluating their options of employing a private lab or building or expanding 

their own lab. This information is available at https://www.nist.gov/pml/weights-and-measures.
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

253

2.6.7. Product Conformance Statements.

(L&R, 1992, p. 148)

Interpretation

References to a product’s conformance with product standards (for example, “manufactured to standard EN235” or 

similar product conformance statements) on labels for wallcovering or other products, are not considered qualifying 

terms and do not violate Section 6.12.1., Supplementary Quantity Declarations of the Uniform Packaging and 

Labeling Regulation, provided the requirements of Section 8.1.4. Free Area is met.

Background

The Wallcovering Manufacturers Association (WMA) requested the Conference’s position on the use of conformance 

statements on the labels of wallcovering and border material. This issue relates to wallcovering products that originate 

from manufacturers in Europe where a declaration of conformance to a specific government standard is required on 

consumer packages. Thousands of product “standards” or “Euronorms” are being established for the European 

Community. Conformance declarations are required to provide consumers and customs officials with information on 

the product. The issue relates to the use of such statements as “manufactured to standard EN235” on labels of 

wallcovering that are imported from Europe. The WMA requested the Committee’s opinion on the use of this type of 

statement if a package is labeled in conformance with sections Section 6.12.1. Supplementary Quantity Declarations 

and Section 8.1.4. Free Area. One question is whether the display of the conformance statement would be permitted 

provided that it did not include an unacceptable quantity declaration. Another question concerns the need to comply 

with the requirement for adequate free area around the quantity declaration when the conformance declaration is 

placed on the label. It was the Committee’s opinion that conformance statements on package labels would not violate 

any provisions of the PLR if the requirements of Sections 6.12.1. and 8.1.4. are met.

The Committee recommended this interpretation for inclusion in Handbook 130 because it is likely that this type of 

notice will become common as more and more free market trading areas are opened to expand international trade. 

This interpretation does not indicate acceptance or endorsement of any requirements contained in product

conformance statements.

2.6.8. Commodities Under FTC Jurisdiction under the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act and Exclusions.

(L&R, 1993, p. 279; L&R, 1994, p. 294)

The following lists indicate the commodities and commodity groups that are and are not within the scope of the Fair 

Packaging and Labeling Act administered by the FTC. The following codes appear with each excluded commodity 

and designate the reason that the particular commodity has been excluded.

CI (Commission Interpretation) – designates those categories that have been excluded by the Commission in the light 

of legislative history of the definition of “consumer commodity.” By applying this definition to individual 

commodities, the Commission has more narrowly applied the latter term and set forth a list of items that do not meet 

the criteria of consumer commodities. On occasion the Commission is requested in both a formal and informal manner 

to consider individual products and to determine their status relative to the definition of “consumer commodity” as it 

is used in the Act.

EPA – designates commodities subject to the Federal Environmental Pest Control Act of 1972 administered by the 

Environmental Protection Agency.

FDA – designates those commodities which are subject to regulation by the FDA either under the portion of the FPLA 

administered by that agency or the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (Section 10(a)(3) and Section 7 of the 

FPLA). Following the code FDA will be a letter further designating the commodity as either a food (F), drug (D), 

cosmetic (C), or device (DV).

TTB (formerly known as BATF) – designates commodities subject to laws administered by the Alcohol, and Tobacco 

Tax, and Trade Bureau.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

254

USDA – designates those commodities excluded from jurisdiction by Section 10(a) of the FPLA and represents a 

commodity within one of the following categories: meat or meat products, poultry or poultry products, or tobacco or 

tobacco products.

It may be of some help in ascertaining whether a particular product is or is not included within the FPLA definition 

of “consumer commodity” and thus subject to FTC jurisdiction under that Act, to refer to the following definition:

“. . . Any article, product, or commodity of any kind or class which is customarily produced or 

distributed for sale through retail sales agencies or instrumentalities for consumption by individuals, 

or use by individuals for purposes of personal care or in the performance of services ordinarily 

rendered within the household, and which is usually consumed or expended in the course of such 

use.”

By applying these criteria to the particular product in question and then reviewing the list of excluded commodities, 

the observer will be able, in most instances, to determine the status of the item. In the event, however, that the observer 

is unable to ascertain whether a particular commodity is covered or excluded from FTC jurisdiction, contact FTC for 

an opinion.

Commodities Included Under FTC Jurisdiction

Soaps and Detergents Powder, flakes, chips, etc.

Liquid

Paste, cake, or tablet

Cleaning Compounds Liquid

Powder

Paste or cake

Solvent and cleaning fluids for home use

Laundry Supplies Conditioners and softeners, ironing aids, distilled water

Sizings and starches

Bluings and bleaches

Pre-soaks, enzymes, etc.

Cleaning Devices Sponges and chamois

Steel wool, scouring and soap pads

Food Wraps Plastic and cellophane

Wax paper and paper

Foil (aluminum wrap)

Paper Products Toweling

Napkins, table cloths, and place mats

Facial tissues

Bathroom tissues

Disposable diapers

Crepe paper

Other (e.g., shelf paper, wrapping paper, eye glass tissues)
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

255

Commodities Included Under FTC Jurisdiction

Waxes and Polishes Powder

Liquid

Paste and cake

Other (e.g., polish impregnated cloths, scratch removers)

Household Supplies Matches

Candles

Toothpicks

Cordage (string, twine, rope, clothes line, etc.)

Drinking straws

Lighter and propane torch fuel, flints, pipe cleaners, etc.

Lubricants

Picnic supplies

Sand paper and emory paper

Charcoal briquets, chips, logs, etc.

Dyes and tints

Camera film, photo supplies and chemicals

Protective foil cooking utensils

Aluminum foil cooking utensils

Christmas decorations

Solder

LPG for other than home heating or cooking

Waxes for home use

Light bulbs

Dry cell batteries

Pressure sensitive tapes, excluding gift tapes

Containers Paper (plain, waxed, or plastic coated)

Foil

Plastic or Styrofoam

Air Fresheners and Deodorizers Potpourri

Adhesives and Sealants

Cordage
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

256

Commodities Excluded from FTC Jurisdiction

Term Description

FTC 

Jurisdiction

Adhesive Tape FDA-D

Alcoholic Beverages TTB

Aluminum Clothesline Plastic clothesline with a steel core CI

Antifreeze CI

Artificial Flowers and 

Parts

CI

Automotive Accessories Floor mats, seat covers, spare parts, etc. CI

Automotive Chemical 

Products

Auto polish, wax, and finish conditioner, rubbing compound, tire 

paint, chrome polish, gasoline additives, etc.

CI

Bath Oil and Bubble 

Bath

FDA-C

Bicycle Tires and Tubes CI

Books CI

Bottled Gas Cooking or heating CI

Brushes Bristle, nylon, etc., including hair-brushes, toothbrushes, hand and 

nail brushes, paint brushes, etc.

CI

Brooms and Mops Glass, floor, and dish mops, etc. CI

“Bug Proof” Shelf Paper EPA

Candle Holders Without candles CI

Cameras CI

Chinaware CI

Christmas Light Sets Replacement or other bulbs sold separately are not excluded CI

Cigarette Lighters CI

Clothespins CI

Clothing and Wearing 

Apparel

Socks, gloves, shoelaces, underwear, etc. CI

Compacts and Mirrors CI

Cosmetics Defined by Section 201(i) of the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act as 

“(l) articles intended to be rubbed, poured, sprinkled, or sprayed on, 

introduced into, or otherwise applied to the human body or any part 

thereof for cleansing, beautifying, promoting attractiveness, or 

altering the appearance, and (2) articles intended for use as a 

component of any such articles; except that such term shall not 

include soap.”

FDA-C

Cotton Puffs Sterilized FDA-D

Crystalware CI

Detergent Bar with Any 

Drug or Cosmetic Claim 

If the observer experiences difficulty in ascertaining whether or not a 

given product is a soap or a detergent, contact the manufacturer or 

FDA.

FDA-D or C

Decorative Magnets CI
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

257

Commodities Excluded from FTC Jurisdiction

Term Description

FTC 

Jurisdiction

Devices Defined by Section 201(h) of the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act as 

“instruments, apparatus, and contrivances, including their 

components, parts, and accessories, intended (1) for use in the 

diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease in man 

or other animals; or (2) to affect the structure or any function of the 

body of man or other animals.” This category includes trusses, 

syringes, arch supports, etc.

FDA-DV

Diaries and Calendars CI

Disinfectants EPA

Drugs Defined by Section 201(g) (1) of the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act 

as “(a) articles recognized in the official United States Pharmacopeia, 

official Homeopathic Pharmacopeia, or official National Formulary, 

or any supplement to any of them; and (b) articles intended for use in 

the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease in 

man or other animals; and (c) articles (other than food) intended to 

affect the structure or any function of the body of man or other 

animals; and (d) articles intended for use as a component of any 

articles specified in clause (a), (b) or (c); but does not include devices 

or their components, parts, or accessories.”

FDA-D

Durable Articles or 

Commodities CI

EPA Covered Products

Products subject to regulation under the Federal Environmental 

Pesticide Control Act that is administered by the Environmental 

Protection Agency.

EPA

Fingernail Files CI

Flowers, Flower Seeds,

Fertilizer, and Fertilizer 

Materials, Plants or 

Shrubs, Garden and 

Lawn Supplies

CI

Food Defined by Section 201(f) of the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act as 

“(1) articles used for food and drink for man or other animals, 

(2) chewing gum, and (3) articles used for components of any such 

article.”

FDA-F

Fountain Pens, 

Mechanical Pencils, and 

Kindred Products

Ball point pens, lead pencils, and lead refills, etc.

CI

Garden Tools Hoses, trowels, grass clippers, etc. CI

Germ Killing or Germ 

Proofing Products EPA

Gift Tape and Ties Ribbon, tape, etc. CI

Gift Wrapping Material Decorative wrapping foil, paper, cellophane, etc. CI

Glasses and Glassware Disposable plastic glasses are not excluded CI

Gloves (of Any Type) CI
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

258

Commodities Excluded from FTC Jurisdiction

Term Description

FTC 

Jurisdiction

Greeting Cards CI

Hair Combs, Nets, and 

Pins FDA-DV

Hand Tools CI

Handicraft and Sewing 

Thread

Yarn, etc. CI

Hardware Extension cords, thumb-tacks, hose clamps, nails, screws, picture 

hangers, etc. CI

Household Appliances, 

Equipment, or 

Furnishings, Including 

Feather and Down-Filled 

Products, SyntheticFilled Bed Pillows, 

Mattress Pads and 

Patchwork Quilts, 

Comforters, and 

Decorative Curtains 

CI

Ink CI

Insecticides Insect repellents in any form, mothballs, etc. EPA

Ironing Board Covers CI

Jewelry CI

Lambs Wool Dusters CI

Luggage CI

Magnetic Recording 

Tape

Reels, cassettes, and cartridges. CI

Meat and Meat Products USDA

Metal Pails CI

Motor Oil Including additives. Household multi-purpose oil is not excluded. CI

Mouse and Rat Traps CI

Mouthwash FDA-D

Musical Instruments CI

Paints and Kindred 

Products

Wallpaper, turpentine, putty, paint removers, caulking and glazing 

compounds, wood fillers, etc. Note, however, that bathroom caulking 

materials, patching plaster, spackling compound, and plastic wood 

are not excluded. In the event of uncertainty, contact FTC.

CI

Paintings and Wall 

Plaques CI

Pet Care Supplies CI

Pewterware CI

Photo Albums CI
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

259

Commodities Excluded from FTC Jurisdiction

Term Description

FTC 

Jurisdiction

Pictures CI

Plastic Buckets and 

Garbage Cans CI

Plastic Tablecloths, 

Plastic Place Mats CI

Plastic Shelf Lining CI

Pre-Moistened 

Towelettes FDA-C

Polishing Cloths Polishing cloths that are impregnated with polish or chemicals 

(silicone, etc.) are not excluded. CI

Poultry and Poultry

Products USDA

Rubber Gloves CI

Rubbing Alcohol FDA-D

Safety Flares CI

Safety Pins CI

Sanitary Napkins FDA-D or C

School Supplies Rulers, crayons, paper, pencils, etc. CI

Self-Stick Protective 

Felt Tabs CI

Seeds of All Kinds USDA

Sewing Accessories Needles of any type, thimbles, kindred articles, etc. CI

Shampoo FDA-C

or D

Shoelaces CI

Small Arms 

Ammunition CI

Silverware, Stainless 

Steelware, and 

Pewterware

CI

Smoking Pipes CI

Soap Bars with a Drug 

Claim

Including any claim for removing facial blemishes, etc. Refer to 

Detergent Bars for further discussion in this area. FDA-D

Soap Dishes CI

Souvenirs CI

Sporting Goods CI

Stationery and Writing 

Supplies

Looseleaf binders, paper tablets, etc. CI

Textiles and Items of 

Wearing Apparel

Cloth laundry bags, towels, cheese cloth, shoe shine cloths, etc. CI
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

260

Commodities Excluded from FTC Jurisdiction

Term Description

FTC 

Jurisdiction

Tobacco and Tobacco 

Products

Pipes, cigarettes, etc. TTB -

USDA

Toothpaste FDA-D

Toys CI

Typewriter Ribbon CI

Wire of Any Type CI

Woodenware CI

2.6.9. Size Descriptors for Raw, Shell-On Shrimp Products.

(L&R, 1995, p. 97)

Guideline

If size descriptor terms for shrimp (e.g., small, medium, large, or colossal) are used on packages, advertisements, or 

on signs when offering shrimp for sale from bulk, a statement of count-per-kilogram, if sold by kilogram, or countper-pound, if sold by pound, should be included adjacent to the size descriptor (e.g., medium-large, 31 to 40 shrimp 

per pound).

2.6.10. Model Guidelines for the Administrative Review Process.

Purpose

These guidelines are provided to assist weights and measures programs in establishing an administrative review 

process. They are not intended to be the only process an agency may use nor are they intended to supersede any 

agency’s existing process. Before implementing ANY process, it should be approved by legal counsel.

These guidelines ensure that persons affected by “inspection findings” (e.g., price misrepresentations or shortweight 

packages), or who are deprived of the use of their property (devices or packages placed under “stop” or “off-sale” 

order), are provided a timely-independent review of the action. The process enables affected persons to provide 

evidence which could be relevant in determining whether the enforcement action was proper. The purpose of the 

process is to ensure that a person’s ability to conduct business is not hindered by improper enforcement actions. This 

process is independent of any other action (e.g., administrative penalties, prosecutions, etc.) that may be taken by the 

enforcement agency.

Background

In the course of their work, weights and measures officials take enforcement actions that may prohibit the use of 

devices or the sale of packaged goods (e.g., “stop-sale” or “off-sale” orders for packages and “stop-use” or 

“condemnation” tags issued on devices). Improper actions (e.g., not following prescribed test procedures, enforcing 

labeling requirements on exempted packages, or incorrectly citing someone for a “violation”) place the official and 

the jurisdiction in the position of being liable for the action if it is found that the action was “illegal.” In some cases,

weights and measures jurisdictions could be ordered to pay monetary damages to compensate the affected party for 

the improper action.

This process is one way to provide affected persons an opportunity to present evidence which may be relevant in 

determining whether the order or finding has been properly made to an independent party. The procedure enables 

business operators to obtain an independent review of orders or findings so that actions affecting their business can be 

evaluated administratively instead of through litigation. This ensures timely review, which is essential because of the 
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

261

impact that such actions may have on the ability of a business to operate and in cases where perishable products may 

be lost.

Review Provisions

Parties affected by enforcement actions must be given the opportunity to appeal enforcement actions.

Inspectors are the primary contacts with regulated firms and thus are in the best position to ensure that the enforcement 

actions they take are “proper.” “Proper” means that inspections are conducted (1) within the scope of the authority 

granted by law, (2) according to recognized investigative or testing procedures and standards, and (3) that enforcement 

actions are lawful. The “burden” for proving that actions are “proper” falls on the weights and measures program, not 

on regulated firms.

Weights and measures officials are law enforcement officers. Therefore, they have the responsibility to exercise their 

authority within the “due process” provisions of the U.S. Constitution. As weights and measure programs carry-out 

their enforcement responsibilities in the future, more and more challenges to their actions and authority will occur. It 

is in the best interest of any program to establish strict operational procedures and standards of conduct to prevent the 

occurrence of improper actions which may place the jurisdiction in an untenable position in a court challenge of an 

enforcement action. The foundation for ensuring “proper” actions is training, clear and concise requirements, and 

adoption of, and adherence to uniform test procedures and legal procedures.

Prior to taking enforcement actions the inspector should recheck test results and determine that the information on 

which the action will be taken is accurate.

Inspections shall be conducted with the understanding that the findings will be clearly and plainly documented and 

reviewed with the store’s representative.

During the review of the findings, the firm’s representative may provide information which must be used by the 

inspector to resolve the problems and concerns before enforcement actions are taken. In some cases, the provided 

information may not persuade the inspector to forego the action. In some cases, the inspector and business 

representative may not understand the circumstances surrounding the violations, or there may be a conflict between 

the parties that they cannot resolve. In other cases, the owner or manufacturer may not learn that an enforcement 

action has occurred until long after the inspector leaves the establishment.

Steps:

1. Provide a framework that will help in resolving most of these situations where “due process” is of concern. 

Make sure that the responsible party (e.g., as declared on the package label) is notified of violations and 

receives copies of inspection reports. Establish standard operating procedures to assure the affected party of 

timely access to a representative of the weights and measures program so that the firm can provide the 

relevant information or obtain clarification of legal requirements.

2. Make the process as simple and convenient as possible. Especially in distant or rural areas where there are 

no local offices, the review should be conducted by a supervisor of the official taking the action if agreed to 

by the person filing the request for review.

3. The process should include notice that the firm can seek review at a higher level in the weights and measures 

program or an independent review by a third party. The following procedures are recommended:

(a) Any owner, distributor, packager, or retailer of a device ordered out of service, or item or commodity 

ordered “off-sale,” or inspection finding (e.g., a price misrepresentation or a shortweight lot of packages) 

shall be entitled to a timely review of such order, to a prompt, impartial, administrative review of such 

off-sale order or finding.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

262

A notice of the right to administrative review should be included on all orders or reports of findings or 

violations and should be communicated to the responsible firm (e.g., person or firm identified on the 

product label):

(b) The administrative review shall be conducted by an independent party designated by the Director or 

before an independent hearing officer appointed by the Department. The officer shall not be a person 

responsible for weights and measures administration or enforcement.

(c) No fees should be imposed for the administrative review process.

(d) The firm responsible for the product or the retailer may introduce any record or other relevant evidence.

For example:

i. Commodities subject to the off-sale action or other findings were produced, processed, 

packaged, priced, or labeled in accordance with applicable laws, regulations or requirements.

ii. Devices subject to the “stop-use” order or “condemnation” were maintained in accordance with 

applicable laws, regulations or requirements.

iii. Prescribed test procedures or sampling plans were not followed by the inspector.

iv. Mitigating circumstances existed which should be considered.

(e) The reviewer must consider the inspector’s report, findings, and actions as well as any evidence 

introduced by the owner, distributor, packager, or retailer as part of the review process.

(f) The reviewer must provide a timely written recommendation following review unless additional time is 

agreed to by the department and the petitioner.

(g) The reviewer may recommend to the Department that an order be upheld, withdrawn or modified. If 

justified the reviewer may recommend other action including a reinspection of the device or commodity 

based upon information presented during the review.

Sample Notice

You have the right to Administrative Review of this

order or finding. To obtain a review, contact the Director

of Weights and Measures by telephone or send a written

request (either postmarked, faxed, or hand delivered) to:

(Name, Address or Fax Number of the Director or other

Designated Official)

Your request should reference any information that you

believe supports the withdrawal or modification of the

order or finding.
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

263

(h) All actions should be documented and all parties advised in writing of the results of the review. The 

report of action should be detailed in that it provides the reasons for the decision.

2.6.11. Good Quantity Control Practices.

Good Quantity Control Practices means that the plant managers should take all reasonable precautions to ensure the 

following quantity control standards or their equivalent are met:

1. A formal quantity control function is in place with authority to review production processes and records, 

investigate possible errors, and approve, control, or reject lots.

2. Adequate facilities (e.g., equipment, standards, and work areas) for conducting quantity control functions are 

provided and maintained.

3. A quantity control program (e.g., a system of statistical process control) is in place and maintained.

4. Sampling is conducted at a frequency appropriate to the product process to ensure that the data obtained is 

representative of the production lot.

5. Production records are maintained to provide a history of the filling and net content labeling of the product.

6. Each “production lot” contains on the average the labeled quantity and the number of packages exceeding 

the specified maximum allowable variation (MAV) value in the inspection sample shall be no more than 

permitted in Table 2-1. Sampling Plans for Category A and Table 2-2. Sampling Plans for Category B found 

in NIST Handbook 133, Appendix A.

7. Packaging practices are appropriate for specific products and measurement procedures (e.g., quantity 

sampling, density and tare determinations) and guidelines for recording and maintaining test results are 

documented.

8. Personnel responsible for quantity control follow written work instructions and are competent to perform 

their duties (e.g., background, education, experience and training). Training is conducted at sufficient 

intervals to ensure good practices.

9. Recognized procedures are used for the selection, maintenance, adjustment, and testing of filling equipment 

to insure proper fill control.

10. Weighing and measuring devices are suitable for their intended purpose, and measurement standards are 

suitable and traceable to national standards. This includes a system of equipment maintenance and calibration 

to include recordkeeping procedures.

11. Controls over automated data systems and software used in quantity control ensure that information is 

accessible, but changeable only by authorized personnel.

12. Tare materials are monitored for variation. Label changes are controlled to ensure net quantity matches 

labeled declaration.

2.6.12. Point-of-Pack Inspection Guidelines.

A. Weights and Measures Officials’ Responsibilities.

1. Conduct inspections during hours when the plant is normally open for business. Open the inspection by 

making contact with the plant manager or authorized representative (e.g., the quality assurance manager or 

the production manager).
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

264

2. Present the proper credentials and explain the reason for the visit (e.g., routine or follow-up inspection or 

consumer complaint).

3. Request access to quantity measurement equipment in the packing room, moisture testing equipment in the 

laboratory or in the packing room, and product packed on premise or stored in warehouse areas.

4. Obtain permission from a plant representative prior to using a tape recorder or a camera.

5. Conduct inspection related activities in a professional and appropriate manner and, if possible, work in an 

area that will not interfere with normal activities of the establishment.

6. Abide by all the safety and sanitary requirements of the establishment and clean the work area upon 

completion of the inspection/test. Return borrowed equipment and materials.

7. To close the inspection, recheck inspection reports in detail and ascertain that all information is complete and 

correct.

8. Sample questions and tasks for Inspectors:

(a) Inside Buildings and Equipment.

i. Is all filling and associated equipment in good repair?

ii. Are net content measurement devices suitable for the purpose being used?

iii. Are standards used by the firm to verify device accuracy traceable to NIST?

(b) Packing Room Inspection.

i. Observe if the program for net quantity of content control in the packing room is actually being 

carried out.

ii. Ensure that the weighing systems are suitable and tare determination procedures are adequate. If 

there are questions regarding tare determination, weigh a representative number of tare and/or filled 

packages.

iii. For products labeled and filled by volume and then checked by weight, ensure that proper density 

is used.

(c) Warehouse Inspection.

If an inspection is conducted:

i. Select lot(s) to be evaluated.

ii. Determine the number of samples to be inspected. Use the appropriate sampling plan as described 

in NIST Handbook 133, “Checking the Net Content of Packaged Goods.”

iii. Randomly select the number of samples or use a mutually agreed on plan for selecting the samples.

iv. Determine the average net quantity of the sample and use the standard deviation factor to compute 

the Sample Error Limit (SEL) to evaluate the lot.

v. Look for individual values that exceed the applicable Maximum Allowable Variation as found in 

NIST Handbook 133.
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

265

vi. Apply moisture allowances, if applicable.

vii. Review the general condition of the warehouse relevant to package integrity, good quantity control, 

and distribution practices.

viii. Prepare an inspection report to detail findings and actions.

9. Close the inspection - Review findings with Plant Representative.

After the inspection, meet with the management representative to discuss inspection findings and observations. 

Provide additional information as needed (e.g., information on laws and regulations or explanations of test procedures 

used in the inspection). Be informative, courteous and responsive. If problems/violations are found during the 

inspection/test, bring them to the attention of the appropriate person.

B. Plant Management Responsibilities.

1. Recognize that inspectors are enforcing a federal, state or local law.

2. Assist the official in conducting inspection activities in a timely and efficient manner.

3. During the initial conference with the inspector, find out whether the inspection is routine, a follow-up, or 

the result of a consumer complaint. If a complaint, obtain as much information as possible concerning the 

nature of the complaint, allowing for an appropriate response.

4. The plant manager, quality assurance manager, or any designated representative should accompany the 

inspector.

5. Plant personnel should take note of the inspector’s comments during the inspection and prepare a detailed 

write-up as soon as the inspection is completed.

6. When an official presents an inspection report, discuss the observations and, if possible, provide explanations 

for any changes deemed necessary as a result of the inspection/test.

Plant Management: information that must be shared with the inspector.

1. Establishment name and address.

2. Type of firm and information on related firms or applicable information (e.g., sub-contractor, servant, or 

agent).

3. General description and location of shipping and storage areas where packaged goods intended for 

distribution are stored. 

4. Commodities manufactured by or stored at the facility.

5. Names of responsible plant officials.

Plant Management: information that may be shared with the inspector.

1. Simple flow sheet of the filling process with appropriate net content control checkpoints.

2. Weighing or measuring device maintenance and calibration test records.

3. Type of quantity control tests and methods used.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

266

4. Net content control charts for any lot, shipment, or delivery in question or lots which have previously been 

cited.

5. Method of date coding the product to include code interpretation.

6. Laboratory reports showing the moisture analysis of the products which are in question or have been 

previously cited.

7. Product volume of lot sizes or related information.

8. Distribution records related to a problem lots including names of customers.

2.6.13. Guideline for Verifying the Labeled Basis Weight of Communication and Other Paper.

(L&R, 1998, p. 27)

2.6.13.1. Equipment. – Linear measure recommended in Section 5.3.1. Equipment in the third edition of NIST 

Handbook 133 “Checking the Net Contents of Packaged Goods.”

• Scale with a minimum division of 0.5 g (0.001 lb) or less.

• Scientific calculator with a sample standard deviation function.

2.6.13.2. Scope and Recommended Enforcement Approach. – Paper is manufactured in various “basis 

weights” for use in different applications (e.g., copy paper can have a basis weight of 18 or 20 lb). Basis weight 

is parof the product identity and not a declaration of net contents. This procedure is used to audit the basis weight 

declared on package labels. If the tested packages in a sample do not have an average basis weight equal to or 

greater than the labeled basis weight, the inspection lot may be in violation. A potentially violative lot should be 

placed “off-sale” until the owner provides documentation to confirm that the labeled basis weight corresponds to 

the basis weight declared by the original manufacturer. If documentation is not provided, the inspection lot should 

remain “off-sale” until the basis weight declaration is corrected.

2.6.13.3. Determine Target Net Weight for Common Types of Paper. – The basis weight of paper is the 

designated weight (measured in grams or pounds per specified area) of one ream in basic sheet size for the type 

of paper being tested. This procedure permits the confirmation of basis weight by linear measurement and 

gravimetric testing. This procedure is designed to test the various types, size, count, and basis weights of 

packaged paper currently in the marketplace. Table 1 lists the “area of basic sheet size” for common types of 

paper. A “ream” equals 500 sheets of basic sheet size for all types of paper other than tissue paper. A “ream” of 

tissue paper equals 480 sheets. Each of the standard categories of paper products shown in Table 1 has a different 

standard basic sheet size. Although there are basic sheet sizes, paper is packaged and marketed in various sizes 

and counts. The net weight of packaged paper can be determined from the label information using the General 

Formula for Sheet Paper. For roll paper, use one (1) for the sheet count.

General Formula for Sheet Paper

Where:

PA = measured area of one sheet of paper

BW = labeled basis weight

BSS = area of basic sheet size from Table 1

SC = labeled package sheet count

TNW = target net weight of paper

500

x TNW BSS

SC = PA x BW
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

267

2.6.13.4. Test Procedure. – The following gravimetric, measuring, and counting procedures shall be used to 

determine if packages are accurately labeled. Procedures are also provided for verifying net quantity of content 

declarations for count and dimensions (e.g., length and width.)

2.6.13.4.1. Sample Selection. – Select a sample from an inspection lot using Table 2-1 Sampling Plans of 

Category A (page A-2) in the fourth edition of NIST Handbook 133, “Checking the Net Contents of 

Packaged Goods.” Determine an average tare weight in accordance with Section 2 of the fourth edition of 

NIST Handbook 133.

2.6.13.4.2. Determine Target Net Weight of Common Types of Paper Packaged in Various Sizes or 

Counts. 

Verify the basis weight declared on a package using the following gravimetric procedure:

a. Record the following information from the package label on a worksheet. (See Figure 1 for a sample 

label.)

1. Type of Paper (TP)

2. Length (L)

3. Width (W)

4. Package Sheet Count (PSC)

5. Basis Weight (BW)

6. Basic Size Sheet (BSS)

b. Compute the Target Net Weight (TNW) for the sample packages using the General Formula for 

Sheet Paper. TNW is what the paper should weigh if the labeled properties of the packaged paper 

are accurate.)

c. Determine the average net weight of the sample packages. (Do not use sample error limit 

calculations.) If the average net weight is not equal to or more than the Target Net Weight, go to 

Section 2.6.14.3. to determine if the labeled basis weight (BW) is correct. If the average net weight 

is equal to or more than the labeled basis weight, the sample passes.

Basis Weight Worksheet (see Figure 1)

Type of Paper (TP): Copy Paper

Length (L): 11 in

Width (W): 81⁄2 in

Area (PA) of Sheet (L×W): 93.5 in2

Package Sheet Count (PSC): 500

Basis Weight (BW): 20 lb

Basic Sheet Size (BSS): 17 in × 22 in

Area of BSS from Table 1 or 374 in2

by calculation:

Use the General Formula to compute Target 

Net Weight (TNW):

Target Net Weight (TNW) = 5 lb

NOTE: Three factors will cause actual sample weights to differ from the TNW:

Actual sheet count in package

Actual basis weight of paper being tested

Actual dimensions of the paper being tested

Example

White Copy Paper

75 g/m2 (20 lb) Bond

Size: 216 mm × 279 mm (81⁄2 in × 11 in)

Count: 500 Sheets

x lb

in

in x lb 5

500

500

374

(93.5 20 ) 2

2

=

Figure 1. Sample Label
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

268

2.6.13.4.3. Determine Basis Weight.

This procedure is used to identify potentially violative packages. If the Average Basis Weight (ABW) for 

the sample determined by this procedure is not equal to or greater than the labeled basis weight, other steps 

must be taken. Moisture affects the weight of paper, but the moisture content of paper can only be determined 

in a measurement laboratory according to the Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry (TAPPI) 

(www.tappi.org/) TAPPI – T410 om-08, “Grammage of Paper and Paperboard (Weight per Unit Area).”

a. Verify the basis weight for each package according to the following steps:

i. Identify the paper type from Column 1 in Table 1 and record the area for the paper type from 

Column 2.

ii. Select a sample of paper from each of the tare sample packages. Use a sample of exact count 

to eliminate the possibility that the packages are short count.

- For packages with more than 100 sheets, use 100 sheets; or

- For packages with 100 sheets or less, verify the sheet count and use all of the sheets.

iii. Use a basis weight work sheet and determine the number of basic size sheets the paper sample 

represents with the following formula:

Where:

A = area of basic sheet size from Table 1

PA = area (l × w) of one sheet of paper

EC = exact sheet count of sample

ENBSS = equivalent number of basic size sheets

iv. Determine the average basis weight,

Where:

BW = basis weight for each package

ABW = average basis weight

ENBSS = equivalent number of basic size sheets from step iii

NW = net weight of sample

RC = Ream Count (500; for tissue paper, use 480)

v. Repeat this step for each paper package from the tare sample and average the basis weights to 

obtain an Average Basis Weight (ABW). If the ABW is less than the labeled basis weight, or 

if the difference between the basis weight of the sample packages is more than 1 scale division, 

measure and compute the basis weight for each of the remaining packages.

vi. Weigh each sample. If the basis weight from step iv is less than the labeled basis weight, recalculate the target net weight by using the general formula for sheet paper.

x EC ENBSS A = PA
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

269

Table 1. Common Types of Paper and Area of Basic Sheet Size

Paper Type Area

Bond, Ledger, Thin, Writing, and 

Track Feed Printer Paper 2412 cm2 (374 in2

)

Manuscript Cover 3599 cm2 (558 in2)

Blotting 2941 cm2 (456 in2)

Cover 3354 cm2 (520 in2)

Blanks 3974 cm2 (616 in2)

Printing Bristols 4135 cm2 (641 in2)

Wrapping, Tissue, Waxed, Newsprint 

and Tag Stock 5574 cm2 (864 in2

)

Book, Offset, and Text 6129 cm2 (950 in2)

Index Bristol 5019 cm2 (778 in2)

vii. Use the target net weight computed in step vi and re-weigh the inspection lot samples using the 

Section 2. of the fourth edition of NIST Handbook 133. If inspection sample weights differ 

from the target net weight computed using the average basis weight determined in vi, the label 

sheet count is probably inaccurate.

b. Verify the label sheet count by counting the number of sheets in each package.

c. Verify sheet dimensions (length × width) for each package of the sample.

BW

ENBSS

NW x RC =

2.6.13.4.3.1. Other Types of Packaged Paper.

1. Roll Paper. – When testing rolled paper, cut a length of paper from the roll equal to 9350 divided 

by the width of the paper in inches. Make sure the ends of this length of paper are square. 

Proceed to section 2.6.14.3. step a. Disregard the exact sheet count in step iii.

2. Continuous Track Feed Printer Paper:

i. Count out a sample of 100 sheets from each tare sample package of the inspection lot.

ii. Weigh each 100 sheet sample and record the weights.

iii. Calculate an average weight.

iv. Remove printer track feed strips from each sample.

v. Re-weigh each sample after the tractor feed has been removed and record the weights.

vi. Calculate an average weight from step v.

vii. Calculate percentage (%) difference in the average weights in steps iii and vi.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

270

viii. After the track feed strips have been removed, use the samples to verify the basis weight 

for the packages of the inspection lot using the formula in 2.6.14.2. If the basis weight is 

less than the labeled basis weight, refer to 2.6.13.2.

ix. If the basis weight established in step viii is the same as the labeled basis weight, weigh 

the remaining packages from the sample and compare the actual net weights with the TNW. 

(Remember to adjust the TNW up by the percentage established in step vii.)

x. If the adjusted weights of the remaining samples is less than the TNW, the deficiency may 

have been caused by:

a. the sheet count in the package.

b. the basis weight of the paper.

c. the dimensions of the paper.

d. combinations of the above.

This procedure is for use in verifying that the basis weight included in a statement of 

identity is not misleading or deceptive. It is not intended to be used as the final criterion 

on which enforcement action is taken. Instead, the test procedure is only used to identify 

potentially volatile lots. There are two alternative actions that can be taken if the test results 

indicate that a lot is potentially volatile. The first is to review the documentation supplied 

by the original manufacturer to the converter to determine if any misrepresentation has 

occurred. The second is to collect packages of the paper and test them according to the 

latest version of ASTM International Method D646 for “Grammage of Paper and 

Paperboard.”

2.6.14. Labeling Guidelines for Chamois.

(L&R, 1999, p. L&R-25)

These requirements are based on the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation in the 1999 edition of NIST 

Handbook 130, “Uniform Laws and Regulations” and regulations and guidelines of the Federal Trade Commission.

General

The following information must be declared on the principal display panel of the chamois package. The principal 

display panel is the tag, or label that consumers can examine under normal and customary conditions of display.

• Identity - what the package contains

• Net Quantity of Contents - how many items the package contains and the area of the item(s)

The following information may appear anywhere on the package.

• Responsibility – the party responsible for packaging or distributing the product.

2.6.14.1. Declaration of Identity. – Chamois is a natural product made of sheepskin which has been oil tanned. 

In 1964, the FTC issued an advisory opinion stating that using the word “chamois” on a product (e.g., “Artificial” 

Chamois, “Synthetic” Chamois, “Pig Chamois” or “Man Made” Chamois) that is not made from oil tanned 

sheepskin is unlawful and deceptive. Packages are required to declare identity in terms of:

i. the name specified in or required by any applicable federal or state law or regulation or, in the absence 

of this,
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

271

ii. the common or usual name or, in the absence of this,

iii. the generic name or other appropriate description, including a statement of function.

Example: 

Chamois, Natural Chamois Leather

2.6.14.2. Declaration of Net Quantity of Contents. – The following information is required to appear on the 

lower 30 % of the principal display panel of all packages:

Count

• The package must include a count declaration (e.g., 1 Chamois) unless the statement of identity clearly 

expresses the fact that only one unit is contained in the package. A package containing two or more 

units shall bear a statement in terms of count (e.g., 2 Chamois).

Area

• Chamois packages must have area declarations in both U.S. customary and metric units.

Metric

• For areas that measure less than 1 m2

, the area shall be stated in square decimeters and decimal fractions 

of a square decimeter or in square centimeters and decimal fractions of a square centimeter;

• For areas that measure 1 m2 or more, the area shall be stated in square meters and decimal fractions to 

not more than three places.

To facilitate value comparison and simplify the measurement process, chamois should be measured in one quarter 

square foot (2.322 57 decimeter) increments. Dimensions should be rounded down to avoid overstating the area.

For example: 2 square feet (18.5 square decimeters) or 2 ft2 (18.5 dm2

)

Conversion Factors:

1 ft2 = 9.290 30 dm2

1 in2 = 6.451 6 cm2

1 yd2 =83.612 7 dm2

U.S. Customary Units

• For areas that are less than 1 ft2 (929 cm2

), the area declaration shall be expressed in square inches and 

fractions of square inches;

• For areas of 1 ft2 (929 cm2

), or more, but less than 4 ft2 (37.1 dm2), the area shall be expressed in square 

feet with any remainder expressed in square inches or in fractions of a square foot;

• For areas of 4 ft2 (37.1 dm2

) or more, the area should be expressed in terms of the largest whole unit 

(e.g., square yards, square yards and square feet, or square feet) with any remainder expressed in square 

inches and fractions of a square inch or in fractions of the square foot or square yard.

Chamois labeled for retail sale is exempt from these requirements if (a) the area of a full skin is expressed in terms 

of square feet with any remainder in terms of the common or decimal fraction of the square foot (929 cm2

), or 

(b) the area for cut skins of any configuration is expressed in terms of square inches and fractions thereof. Where 
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

272

the area of a cut skin is at least one square foot (929 cm2

) or more, the statement of square inches shall be followed 

in parentheses by a declaration in square feet with any remainder in terms of square inches or common or decimal 

fractions of the square foot.

Prohibited Labeling Practices

• Do not use qualifying terms or phrases (e.g., “Approximate Size,” “Size when Wet,” “Up to 20 % Larger 

When Wet”).

• Do not use unacceptable symbols (e.g., using (") as a symbol for inches is not acceptable).

2.6.14.3. Declaration of Responsibility. – The name and address of the manufacturer, packer, or distributor 

must be conspicuously specified on the label of any package that is kept, offered, exposed for sale, or sold 

anywhere other than the premises where packed. The name shall be the actual corporate name, or, when not 

incorporated, the name under which the company does business. This declaration does not have to appear on the 

principal display panel.

Example:

Chamois Tanning Company

8190 Main Road

Tarpon Springs, FL 34568

The address shall include street address, city, state (or country if outside the United States), and ZIP Code (or the 

postal code, if any, used in countries other than the United States); however, the street address may be omitted if 

it is shown in a current city directory or telephone directory.

Sample Labels

1. If one natural chamois is in a see through package, the following label would be acceptable:

Natural Chamois Leather

Distributed by:

Chamois Leather Co.

8190 Main Road

Tarpon Springs, FL 34568

7 ft2 (65 dm2)

2. The next sample would apply if one chamois is in a package and the statement of identity does not clearly 

express the fact the package only contains one unit.

Chamois

Chamois Leather Company

8190 Main Road

Tarpon Springs, FL 34568

One Chamois

3 ft2 (27.8 dm2)
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

273

2.6.15. Labeling Guidelines for Natural and Synthetic Sponges.

(L&R, 1999, p. L&R-31)

These requirements are based on the Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation in NIST Handbook 130, “Uniform 

Laws and Regulations” and regulations and guidelines of the Federal Trade Commission. All indicated dimensions 

and conversions from metric to U.S. customary units are approximate only and are used for illustration purposes only.

General

The following information must be declared on the principal display panel (PDP) of a package of sponge(s). The PDP 

is the part of label (or package) most likely to be displayed, presented, shown to or examined by consumers. A tag or 

spot label may be used.

• Identity – what the package contains

• Net Quantity of Contents – how many items in the package and the dimensions of the item(s)

The following information may appear anywhere on the package.

• Responsibility – the name of the processor or distributor

2.6.15.1. Declaration of Identity. 

a. A declaration of identity that clearly describes the origin and other relevant information about the sponge 

must appear on the label of each package. The identity of a sponge must include information about its 

origin (i.e., is it a natural or synthetic sponge). The identity shall be in terms of (i) the name specified in 

or required by applicable federal or state law or regulation, or (ii) the common or usual name, or (iii) the 

generic name or other appropriate description.

Example:

Sea Wool Sponge, Rock Island Sponge, Sea Grass Sponge, Sea Yellow Sponge, or Atlantic Silk Sponge

• Origin - Natural or Synthetic

• For natural sponges, the label must specify if they are “Cut” or “Form.” “Cut” sponges are those 

that have been cut into halves, quarters, or fourths while “forms” are whole sponges.

• For natural sponges, indicate type of sponge (e.g., “silk,” “seawool,” or “yellow”)

b. Identifiers

• Terms which indicate locations of origin on some natural sponges (e.g., “Atlantic Sea Sponge”) are 

permitted to be used for identification if they accurately describe the source of the sponge.

• Use of terms that may be interpreted by consumers to imply quality, durability, or “expert” 

endorsement (e.g., “professional quality sponge”) are permitted as identifiers if they are not 

misleading. However, terms that imply quality should be used with care if they are not based on a 

recognized grading system. Use of terms to describe sponge texture such as “fine,” “medium,” or 

“coarse” are acceptable.

2.6.15.2. Declaration of Net Quantity of Contents. – The following information must appear on the lower 30 % 

of the principal display panel of all packages:
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

274

• Count

The package must include a count declaration (e.g., 1 sponge) unless the statement of identity clearly 

expresses the fact that only one unit is contained in the package. A package containing two or more 

units shall bear a statement in terms of count (e.g., 2 sponges).

• Dimensions

The package must include the dimensions of the sponges in inches and centimeters.

To facilitate value comparison and simplify the 

measurement process, sponges should be measured 

in 1⁄2 in (1 cm) increments. Dimensions should be 

rounded down to avoid overstating the size of a 

sponge.

Example:

• 6 in, 61⁄2 in, and 7 in for inch declarations;

• 15 cm, 16 cm, and 17 cm for metric 

declarations

Silk Sponges

• Synthetic sponges: the dimensions shall include length × width × height (thickness). Either unit of 

measure can be the primary declaration (e.g., the metric or U.S. customary units can be presented first).

1 sponge 17 × 10 × 5 cm (7 × 4 × 2 in)

• Natural sponges: the declaration shall be a single measurement representing the maximum dimension 

of one axis of a sponge that is passed through a circular template. When measured, the sponge is 

“classified” as a specific size when at least three (including two opposing) points of the sponge touch 

the template (e.g., see graphic on the following page where the sample sponge is designated as a 7 in 

[17 cm] sponge).

As the following pictures show, natural sponges are irregular in size and shape and have traditionally been 

measured using this procedure. It is difficult to develop a meaningful or cost effective measurement process 

that would provide a means of direct comparison between synthetic and natural sponges based on dimensions. 

Requiring declarations, such as average height, length, or width of natural sponge procedures would increase 

the costs for industry and consumers.

Sea Wool Sponges Sea Grass Sponges
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

275

This graphic illustrates an irregular form of a natural sponge passing through a 17 cm (7 in) template and touching 

at least two opposite points. This sponge could be labeled 7 in.

• For banana sponges the size will be determined as shown below. This sponge is 17 cm (7 in).

Good Measurement Practice

• Dimensions are determined with the sponge wet.

• Measuring templates (see photo below for the currently used type templates):
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

276

- should be constructed of rigid metal or plastic material.

- circular openings should graduate in increments of one-half 

inch (one centimeter).

- The error in the circular openings shall not be greater than 

± 1

/32 in (± 0.79 mm) as specified in Table 2. Tolerances in 

Section 5.52. Linear Measures of NIST Handbook 44

“Specifications, Tolerances, and Technical Requirements 

for Weighing and Measuring Devices.”

Prohibited Labeling Practices

• Stating country of origin declarations that are not accurate.

• Declaring ranges of dimensions (e.g., 4′′- 5′′ in) or using terms such as “half or semi form” instead of 

either “cut” or “form.”

• Using qualifying terms. (e.g., “Wet Size,” “Approximate” or “Jumbo”)

• “Anti-bacterial” claims must meet EPA requirements.

• Using type size that does not meet minimum height requirements.

• Using unacceptable symbols (e.g., using (") as a symbol for inches is not acceptable).

2.6.15.3. Declaration of Responsibility. – The name and address of the processor or distributor must be specified 

on the label of any package that is kept, offered, or exposed for sale, or sold anywhere other than the premises 

where packed. The name shall be the actual corporate name or, when not incorporated, the name under which 

the business is conducted. 

Example:

Processed by

Argonaut Sponge Company

8190 Main Road

Tarpon Springs, Florida 34568
Handbook 130 – 2017 NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines

277

The address shall include street address, city, state (or country if outside the United States), and ZIP Code (or the 

postal code, if any, used in countries other than the United States); however, the street address may be omitted if 

this is shown in a current city directory or telephone directory.

Sample Labels

Yellow Sponge Cut

Argonaut Sponge Company

8190 Main Road

Tarpon Springs, FL 34568

One - 17.5 cm (7 in)

If a natural sponge is in a box, carton, or package that does 

not permit consumers to see how many sponges are in the 

box, the package must include a count declaration (e.g., 

1 sponge) unless the statement of identity clearly 

expresses the fact that only one unit is contained in the 

package. A package containing two or more units shall 

bear a statement in terms of count (e.g., 2 sponges). The 

following sample label would apply.

Synthetic Sponge

Made by:

Argonaut Sponge Company

8190 Main Road

Tarpon Springs, FL 34568

17.7 × 10 × 5 cm (7 × 4 × 2 in)

Synthetic Sponge

Made by:

Argonaut Sponge Company

8190 Main Road

Tarpon Springs, FL 34568

1 - Sponge 17.7 cm × 10 × 5 cm (7 in × 4 in × 2 in)

If a package does not permit the consumer to see how many sponges are the box, it must include a count 

declaration (e.g., 1 sponge) unless the statement of identity clearly expresses the fact that only one unit is 

contained in the package. A package containing two or more units shall bear a statement in terms of count (e.g., 

2 sponges). A transparent bag of small pieces of sponge may be sold on the basis of count if the words “Irregular 

Dimensions” appear in conjunction with the declaration of count (e.g., 10 Sponges - Irregular Dimensions).

2.6.16. Minimum Fuel Flush for Octane Verification.

(L&R, 2000, p. L&R-13)

A minimum of 1.2 L (0.3 gal) of motor fuel shall be flushed from a dispenser before taking a sample for octane 

verification. The flush shall be returned to the storage tank containing the lowest octane.
NCWM Policy, Interpretations, and Guidelines Handbook 130 – 2017

278

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Handbook 130 – 2017 Index

279

Index

A

Abbreviations.................................................... 65, 70, 71

Access ....................................................46, 199, 261, 264

Accessories

Automotive.................................................................256

Sewing ........................................................................259

Wearing apparel...........................................................77

Weighing and measuring..............................................17

Accreditation..................................................... 19, 21, 23

Acetylene gas

Cylinder tare weight...................................................121

Addition of water to grain ...........................................252

Administrative hearing...............................26, 38, 47, 196

Advertising..............................................................25, 45

Accuracy of advertisements.......................................195

Bulk Commodities ......................................................107

Bulk Food Commodities..............................................103

Home Food Service Plans...........................................107

Mulch .........................................................................121

Perishible food ...........................................................154

Price............................................................128, 132, 251

Prohibited terms.........................................................109

Responsibility for Advertisement ...............................154

Shrimp, size description .............................................260

Street signs.................................................................248

Turf.............................................................................111

Unit price....................................................................103

Aerosol............................................. 61, 73, 231, 232, 233

Afghans.........................................................................77

Alcohol..................................................................59, 174

Alcoholic beverages..............................................81, 256

Distilled spirits..............................................................70

Engine fuels..........................................................41, 165

Ethanol .......................................................................172

Gasoline-alcohol blends .......................................41, 186

Rubbing ......................................................................259

Allowable difference

Capacity......................................................................132

Quantity......................................................................132

Tare weight.........................................................120, 121

Railroad cars...........................................................133

American Petroleum Institute (API)...............................47

Anthracite ...................................................................120

Antifreeze .............................................................59, 256

Antiknock index .................................................. 179, 189

Appliance

Fixture and covers........................................................77

Household ..................................................................258

Weighing and measuring..............................................17

Area ........................................................................64, 66

Asphalt paints .............................................................108

ASTM International ..................................41, 45, 165, 171

Automotive lubricants.......................... 41, 45, 46, 47, 165

Automotive Lubricants Inspection Act...........................48

Automotive Lubricants Inspection Law..........................41

Aviation

Gasoline ..............................................171, 176, 181, 186

Labeling of grade required......................................... 181

Turbine fuels.............................................. 171, 176, 180

Aviation fuel............................................ See Engine fuels

Avoirdupois (pound or ounce)............ 65, 70, 79, 231, 234

B

Bakery products, shelf life ...........................................154

Barbeque ............................................................ 104, 108

Bath mats......................................................................77

Bedding

Afghans........................................................................ 78

Bedspreads ............................................................ 77, 78

Blankets ................................................................. 77, 78

Comforters................................................................... 78

Mattress covers ........................................................... 77

Mattress pads ........................................................ 77, 78

Ornamentation ............................................................ 78

Quilts............................................................................ 78

Sheets .......................................................................... 77

Sizing............................................................................ 78

Throws......................................................................... 78

Beef

Bone in....................................................................... 104

Boneless..................................................................... 104

Primal source ............................................................. 106

Best if used by date............................................. 153, 155

Beverageware .............................................................132

Bi-dimensional commodities.........................................67

Biodiesel ................................................. See Engine fuels

Bituminous..................................................................120

Bonus offer .................................................................195

Brake fluid.....................................................................59

Bread ..........................................................................101

Bulk deliveries...............................................................24

Bulk sales..............................................................24, 243

Sand, rock, gravel, stone, paving stone, similar materials

............................................................................... 126

Butane .........................................................122, 173, 182

Butter and butter-like spreads.....................................102

C

California Bureau of Home Furnishings................................84

Camping fuels................................................................58
Index Handbook 130 – 2017

280

Candy, exemption from labeling....................................80

Cardboard cartons..................................... See Containers

Carpets............................................................ 77, 78, 115

Catalyst beads.............................................................241

Cents-off Representation ............................................195

Cereal grains and oil seeds ..........................................252

Certificate of Conformance

Definition....................................................................161

Requirements for Devices ..........................................163

Certificate of Registration.................................... 145, 146

Cetane number ....................................... See Engine fuels

Chamois......................................................................270

Cigarettes......................................................................81

Cigars............................................................................81

Citrus

Sold by 4

/5 bushel ........................................................230

Civil action ........................................................ 26, 38, 47

Civil penalty ...................................................... 26, 38, 47

Cleaning solvents ..........................................................59

Cloths, wiping..............................................................124

Coal.............................................................................120

Coated seed ..................................................................79

Cocoa, instant .............................................................238

Coffee, instant.............................................................238

Combination package

Definition......................................................................58

Exemptions.................................................................139

Labeling, interpretation................................................74

Comforters..............................................................77, 84

Commercial and law enforcement equipment..... 161, 162

Commercial and law enforcement weighing and 

measuring devices...................................................145

Commercial vehicle .......................................................23

Commodities

Packaged

Labeling requirements.............................................81

Sold by count ...........................................................84

Roll-type .......................................................................67

Commodities excluded from Federal Trade Commission 

jurisdiction..............................................................256

Commodities under Federal Trade Commission 

jurisdiction...................................................... 253, 254

Commodities, liquid form, method of sale.....................24

Commodity

Mixture of solid and liquid............................................69

Semi-solid.....................................................................69

Viscous..........................................................................69

Common fraction ..........................................................73

Common fractions.................................................68, 110

Compressed gases.......................................................121

Computer printer ribbons and tapes, guidelines..........237

Confections...................................................................80

Confidentiality ............................................................198

Consumer package ............................................ 57, 59, 60

Containers

Auxiliary........................................................................57

Berries and small fruits...............................................101

Budoir-type...................................................................82

Capacity ....................................................................... 77

Cardboard cartons ..................................................... 240

Cartridge ...................................................................... 82

Circular......................................................................... 76

Compact....................................................................... 82

Cups ............................................................................. 76

Cylindrical ........................................................ 71, 72, 76

Decorative............................................................ 82, 229

Dry measure................................................................. 77

For tobacco .................................................................. 81

Fuel storage ....................................................... 171, 183

Liners............................................................................ 77

Liquid measure ............................................................ 77

Milk, ice cream, etc...................................................... 81

Paper.......................................................................... 255

Pencil ........................................................................... 82

Pre-pressurized...................................................... 61, 73

Pressurized..................................................... 61, 73, 231

Requirements .............................................................. 73

Retail tray pack displays............................................... 57

Retangular.................................................................... 72

Reusable (returnable) glass.......................................... 81

Shipping ....................................................................... 57

Shipping, marking requirements................................ 101

Square or oblong.......................................................... 76

Tint base paint ............................................................. 84

Vegetable oil, guideline ............................................. 243

Contract and disclosure requirements.........................106

Conversions.............................................................89, 92

Copier machine dispersant............................................59

Corn flour......................................................................83

Corn meal......................................................................83

Cosmetics........................................................ 82, 85, 242

Cost per unit information ..............................................21

Count ............................................................................68

Criminal penalties .........................................................26

Crustaceans.................................................................102

Cubic measure...............................................................64

Curtains...................................................................77, 78

D

Dairy products

Containers

Milk, ice cream, etc. ................................................ 81

Cottage cheese .......................................................... 103

Cream......................................................................... 103

Cultured milk.............................................................. 103

Fluid milk products..................................................... 103

Ice cream ............................................................. 81, 103

Method of sale ...................................................... 103

Pelletized frozen desserts...................................... 103

Pelletized ice cream............................................... 103

Ice cream and similar frozen products....................... 103

Milk .............................................................................. 81

Other milk products................................................... 103

Skim milk, lowfat milk ................................................ 103

Yogurt
Handbook 130 – 2017 Index

281

Frozen ....................................................................103

Date

Determination ............................................................155

Expression ..................................................................154

Labeling ......................................................................153

Deceptive dealing..........................................................21

Decimal fractions ....................................................61, 68

Declaration of quantity ................................61, 62, 64, 65

Declarations of unit price ..............................................25

Definitions

Accreditation ................................................................18

Aisle stacks or end-of-aisle displays ...........................195

Antiknock....................................................................171

Area ............................................................................195

ASTM International ..............................................45, 171

Automated inspection................................................196

Automotive fuel rating ...............................................171

Automotive gasoline, automotive gasoline-oxygenate 

blend ......................................................................171

Automotive lubricants..................................................45

Aviation gasoline ........................................................171

Aviation turbine fuel...................................................171

Base gasoline..............................................................171

Basis weight................................................................125

Berries ........................................................................101

Biodiesel .....................................................................171

Biodiesel blend ...........................................................171

Boards ........................................................................112

Buyer ..........................................................................106

Calibration ....................................................................18

Cents-off representation ............................................195

Cetane number...........................................................171

Combution engine......................................................173

Commercial weighing and measuring equipment........18

Communication paper................................................125

Compressed animal bedding ......................................123

Compressed natural gas (CNG)...........................124, 171

Contract......................................................................106

Cord............................................................................108

Correct..........................................................................17

Denatured fuel ethanol ..............................................171

Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF)...........................................172

Diesel fuel...................................................................172

Diesel gallon equivalent (DGE) ...................................125

Dimension lumber......................................................112

Director ........................................................................17

Direct-store-delivery (DSD) item ................................195

Distillate .....................................................................172

Electric vehicle suppy equipment (EVSE)....................129

Electricity sold as vehicle fuel.....................................129

Engine fuel..................................................................172

Engine fuel designed for special use ............................45

Engine fuels designed for special use.........................172

Environments Protection Agency (EPA)......................172

Ethanol .......................................................................172

Ethanol flex fuel..........................................................172

Fireplace and stove wood...........................................108

Fixed service (EVSE)....................................................129

Flavoring chips........................................................... 108

Food item................................................................... 106

Fuel cell...................................................................... 172

Fuel oil........................................................................ 172

Gasoline ..................................................................... 172

Gasoline gallon equivalent (GGE)....................... 125, 172

Gasoline Liter Equivalent (GLE).................................. 172

Gasoline-alcohol blend .............................................. 172

Gasoline-oxygenate blends........................................ 172

Gear oil....................................................................... 172

Grade (lumber) .......................................................... 112

Hand-held scanning device ........................................ 195

Header strip ................................................................. 59

Home food service plan ............................................. 105

Hydrogen fuel .................................................... 127, 173

Increased inspection frequency................................. 196

Inspection control...................................................... 196

Inspection frequency ................................................. 196

Inspection lot............................................................. 196

Intentional undercharge ............................................ 197

Kerosene .................................................................... 173

Label............................................................................. 58

Lead substitute .......................................................... 173

Lead substitute engine fuel........................................ 173

Leaded ....................................................................... 173

Liquefied natural gas (LNG)........................................ 173

Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)................................... 173

Low temperature operability ..................................... 173

Lubricant.................................................................... 173

Lubricity ..................................................................... 173

M85 fuel methanol .................................................... 173

Manual inspection ..................................................... 196

Matched lumber ........................................................ 112

Merchandise group.................................................... 196

Minimum dressed sizes (width and thickness) .......... 112

Misrepresented price................................................. 197

Motor octane number ............................................... 173

Motor oil.................................................................... 173

MTBE, Methyl tertiary-butyl ether............................. 174

Multiple displays........................................................ 195

Multi-unit package....................................................... 58

Net mass...................................................................... 17

Net weights.................................................................. 17

Nominal power (EVSE)............................................... 129

Non-consumer ............................................................. 58

Non-consumer package ............................................... 58

Non-engine fuels.......................................................... 45

Nonfood item............................................................. 106

No-on-file item........................................................... 196

Normal inspection frequency..................................... 196

Notification of noncompliance .................................. 196

Oil............................................................................... 174

Overcharge ................................................................ 197

Oxygen content of gasoline ....................................... 174

Oxygenate.................................................................. 174

Package.................................................................. 17, 57

Standard .................................................................. 18

Patterned lumber....................................................... 112
Index Handbook 130 – 2017

282

Person ....................................................................17, 58

Petroleum Products......................................................58

Price charged..............................................................197

Price look-up code (PLU) ............................................196

Prices..........................................................................197

Pricing coordinator.....................................................197

Pricing integrity ..........................................................197

Primal source..............................................................106

Principle Display Panel or Panels..................................58

Public weighing.............................................................33

Public weighmaster......................................................33

Random weight package ..............................................17

Ready-to-eat food ......................................................105

Recognition, laboratory................................................18

Reformulated gasoline (RFG)......................................174

Representation...................................................108, 112

Research octane number ...........................................174

Rough lumber.............................................................112

SAE International........................................................174

Sale from bulk...............................................................17

Sample........................................................................197

Scanner.......................................................................197

Seller...........................................................................105

Service charge ............................................................106

Shiplapped lumber .....................................................112

SI or SI units..................................................................59

Small fruits..................................................................101

Sod..............................................................................111

Sold...............................................................................45

Special inspection.......................................................196

Species group .............................................................112

Species, trees..............................................................112

Spot label......................................................................59

Square ........................................................................110

Square foot.................................................................110

Square meter..............................................................110

Standard package .........................................................59

Standard, field ..............................................................18

Standard, reference......................................................19

Standard, working ........................................................19

Stock-keeping unit (SKU) ............................................197

Stop-sale-order...........................................................197

Store-coded item........................................................197

Substantially similar ...................................................174

Surfaced (dressed) lumber .........................................112

Thermal stability.........................................................174

Ticketed merchandise ................................................197

Tie-in displays.............................................................195

Timbers.......................................................................112

Traceability .............................................................18, 19

Transmission Fluid......................................................171

Turf.............................................................................111

Turf plug .....................................................................111

Turf sod ......................................................................111

Turf sprig ....................................................................111

Uncertainty...................................................................18

Undercharge...............................................................197

Unit price....................................................................106

Universal product code (UPC).................................... 197

Unleaded.................................................................... 174

Useable volume ......................................................... 123

Variable service (EVSE)............................................... 129

Variety package............................................................ 58

Vehicle ......................................................................... 33

Verification................................................................... 18

Weight ......................................................................... 17

Weights and measures................................................. 17

Wholesale purchaser consumer ................................ 174

Delivery ticket...............................................................24

Desserts, frozen.............................................................81

Diapers, nonrectuangular..............................................77

Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF).............................131, 178, 186

Bulk .................................................................... 131, 186

Dispensers.................................................................. 186

Labeling ................................................................. 131

Documentation.................................................. 131, 186

Labeling.............................................................. 131, 186

Packaged.................................................................... 131

Diesel fuel ............................................... See Engine fuels

Direct sales......................................................... See Sales

Dish cloths.....................................................................77

Dish towels .............................................................77, 78

Dispensers

Liquefied natural gas.................................................. 125

Displays.......................................................................195

Distilled spirits ..........................................70, See Alcohol

Drained weight......................................................17, 103

Drapes.....................................................................77, 78

Drugs............................................................... 83, 85, 257

Dry measure........................................... 61, 64, 67, 69, 71

Dual declaration of quantity..........................................69

E

Electric vehicles

Electric vehicle supply equipment ............................. 129

Electricity sold as vehicle fuel .................................... 129

Fixed service .............................................................. 129

Method of sale........................................................... 129

Nominal power .......................................................... 129

Retail electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE) labeling

............................................................................... 130

Variable service.......................................................... 129

Encapsulated seed.........................................................79

Engine fuels..................................................... 41, 45, 172

AKI limits.................................................................... 189

Antiknock ........................................................... 171, 175

Antiknock ................................................................... 179

Automotive lubricants ................................... 45, 46, 165

Aviation...................................................................... 186

Delivery.................................................................. 187

Gasoline................................................. 171, 176, 181

Labeling ................................................................. 181

Product storage ..................................................... 187

Turbine fuels.......................................... 171, 176, 186

Base gasoline ............................................................. 171
Handbook 130 – 2017 Index

283

Biodiesel ............................................. 127, 171, 178, 185

Blends ............................................................127, 185

Dispensers......................................................185, 186

Exemption......................................................127, 186

Fuel rating ..............................................................185

Indentification of product......................................127

Labeling..........................................................127, 185

Blending......................................................................176

Butane ........................................................................173

Cetane number...........................................................171

Classifications.............................................................178

Compressed natural gas.............................................124

Method of sale.......................................................125

Compressed natural gas (CNG)

Identification..........................................................183

Pressure .................................................................183

Computing pumps or dispensers................................251

Condemned product ..................................................187

Containing alcohol........................................................41

Designed for special use...............................46, 172, 188

Diesel..................................................................180, 188

Diesel fuel............................................. 58, 172, 176, 180

Dispenser

Labeling..................................................................183

Dispensers..................................................125, 180, 187

Filters .....................................................................186

Labeling..........................................................127, 178

Documentation...........................................................178

E85 ethanol ................................................................126

Enforcement...............................................................189

EPA labeling........................................................127, 180

Ethanol

Flex fuel..........................................................177, 186

Ethanol ...............................................................172, 176

Denatured......................................................171, 176

Ethanol

Flex fuel..................................................................181

Ethanol

Labeling..................................................................181

Ethanol flex fuel..........................................................172

Filters..........................................................................187

Fuel flush for octane verification................................277

Fuel oil ................................................................172, 176

Fuel rating...........................................................127, 171

Gasoline......................................................................172

Oxygenate blends ..................................................172

Gasoline-alcohol blends .............................................172

Gasoline-ethanol blends.............................................175

Gasoline-oxygenate blends ................................122, 174

Gear oil .......................................................................172

Grade name................................................................178

Heating fuel ..................................................................24

Hydrogen............................................................127, 173

Dispenser labeling..................................................127

Method of sale.......................................................127

Retail sale...............................................................127

Kerosene............................................... 58, 121, 173, 181

Labeling..................................................................181

Labeling...................................................................... 188

Lead content to be termed "Leaded," minimum....... 175

Lead substitute .......................................... 173, 175, 179

Leaded ....................................................................... 173

Liquefied natural gas (LNG)........................................ 183

Identification ......................................................... 183

Liquefied natural gas(LNG)......................................... 173

Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)........................... 173, 176

Dispensers............................................................. 182

Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)

Identification ......................................................... 182

Low temperature operability ..................................... 173

Lubricant.................................................................... 173

Lubricity ..................................................................... 173

M85 methanol ........................................... 173, 177, 182

Method of sale..................................................... 41, 179

Motor fuel deliveries ................................................. 251

Motor octane number ............................................... 173

Motor octane number, minimum.............................. 175

Motor oil............................................................ 173, 177

Multi-tier pricing........................................................ 251

Natural gas................................................................. 171

Compressed........................................................... 177

NFPA labeling............................................................. 181

Nozzle ........................................................................ 179

Octane posting regulations........................................ 250

Oil....................................................................... 174, 181

Oxygen content of gasoline ....................................... 174

Oxygenate.................................................................. 174

Oxygenate blends ...................................................... 171

Petroleum products................................................... 252

Price posting ...................................................... 248, 249

Product registration................................................... 188

Prohibition of terms................................................... 179

Reformulated gasoline............................................... 174

Reproducibility limits................................................. 189

Research octane number........................................... 174

Retail gas sales........................................................... 248

Stop-sale .................................................................... 187

Substantially similar................................................... 174

Test methods............................................................. 188

Thermal stability ........................................................ 174

Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants Law41

Uniform Regulation for Engine Fuels, Petroleum 

Products, and Automotive Lubricants....................... 3

Unleaded.................................................................... 174

Viscosity ..................................................................... 189

Water in ..................................................................... 186

Engine Fuels

Lead ........................................................................... 179

Engine Fuels, Petroleum Products, and Automotive 

Lubricants Inspection Law ...................................41, 45

English language, packaging ....................................71, 73

Entertainment value, media ..........................................83

Ethanol flex fuel ...................................... See Engine fuels

Ethanol flex fuels..................................... See Engine fuels

Exaggerate the amount.................................................68

Exemptions
Index Handbook 130 – 2017

284

To labeling regulations...........................................51, 79

To Uniform Weights and Measures Law ......................22

Exposure variations.......................................................86

EXX flex fuel ............................... See Engine fuels:Ethanol

F

Face cloths ..............................................................77, 78

Facilitate fraud ..............................................................26

Fair Packaging and Labeling Act

Exclusions...................................................................253

Federal Fair Packaging and Labeling Act . 3, 51, 61, 84, 101

Felony ..........................................................26, 37, 38, 48

Fence wire products....................................................108

Firewood

Artifical compressed or processed logs......................109

Cord............................................................................108

Delivery ticket or sales invoice ...................................109

Fireplace wood...........................................................108

Flavoring chips....................................................108, 109

Packaged ....................................................................108

Stove wood.................................................................108

Stovewood pellets or chips ........................................109

Wood pellets or chips.................................................108

Fish .............................................................................102

Combination with other foods...................................102

Flags........................................................................77, 78

Flavoring chips ............................................................109

Flour............................................................................102

Bromated....................................................................102

Corn..............................................................................83

Exemption from labeling regulation.............................82

Graham.......................................................................102

Phosphated wheat .....................................................102

Self-rising wheat.........................................................102

Whole wheat..............................................................102

Footwear.......................................................................77

Fraction of a cent ................................................ 132, 248

Free area, labeling...................................................80, 84

Fruit ............................................................................238

Apples.........................................................................240

Apricots ......................................................................240

Avacados ....................................................................239

Bananas......................................................................239

Berries ........................................................................240

Cantaloupes........................................................239, 240

Cherries ......................................................................239

Cherries ......................................................................240

Coconuts.....................................................................239

Cranberries.................................................................240

Cucumbers..................................................................240

Dates ..........................................................................239

Definition....................................................................101

Figs .............................................................................239

Grapefruit...................................................................240

Grapes ........................................................................239

Lemons.......................................................................240

Limes ..........................................................................240

Mangoes .................................................................... 240

Melons............................................................... 239, 240

Method of sale................................................... 239, 240

Nectarines.................................................................. 240

Oranges...................................................................... 240

Package........................................................................ 80

Papaya ....................................................................... 240

Peaches...................................................................... 240

Pears.......................................................................... 240

Peppers...................................................................... 239

Persimmons............................................................... 240

Pineapples.................................................................. 239

Pitted fruits................................................................ 240

Plums ......................................................................... 240

Pome fruits ................................................................ 240

Pumpkins ................................................................... 240

Tomatoes........................................................... 239, 240

Fuel cell.......................................................................172

Furniture scarves...........................................................77

G

Gallon ...........................................................................70

Gasoline ......................................................................172

Ethanol blends ........................................................... 175

Metric price computations ........................................ 248

Oxygenate blends ...................................... 122, 172, 174

Gasoline, gallon equivalent .........................................172

General consumer usage ...............................................62

Generally parallel to the declaration, labeling ...............60

Giant, package size..................................................68, 69

Gift packages, labeling, interpretation.........................229

Gloves...........................................................................77

Gold ...........................................121, See Precious metals

Good distribution practice.....................................86, 245

Good manufacturing practice ........................................22

H

Hand lettering .........................................................71, 73

Hand script....................................................................71

Handbooks

HB130 .... 3, 5, 13, 17, 20, 23, 51, 57, 101, 106, 253, 270, 

273

HB133 ......6, 7, 8, 9, 22, 86, 121, 246, 263, 264, 266, 269

HB446, 7, 8, 9, 13, 19, 20, 36, 37, 81, 122, 146, 147, 161, 

162, 163, 199, 246, 249, 251, 276

HB67 .......................................................................... 234

Revisions........................................................................ 2

Health and Safety........................................................198

Heating fuel, bulk deliveries..........................................24

Hold orders ...................................................................23

Home food service plans .............................................105

Hosiery..........................................................................77

Hydrogen ................................. 121, 127, See Engine fuels

Fuel ............................................................................ 178

Labeling...................................................................... 128

Retail Sale .................................................................. 127
Handbook 130 – 2017 Index

285

I

Ice cream products.............................. See Dairy products

Ice milk................................................ See Dairy products

Identity

Consumer package .......................................................59

Exemption ..................................................................228

Interpretation, meat and poultry ...............................228

Non-consumer package................................................60

Principal display panels ................................................58

Inch, units of measure............... See U.S. Customary Units

Incorrect weights or measures ......................................22

Indirect sales...................................................... See Sales

Individual servings.........................................................80

Information required on Package ..................................25

Injunction......................................................................26

Inner wrappings............................................................57

Inspection frequency...................................................196

Increased inspection frequency .................................196

Normal inspection frequency .....................................196

Special inspection.......................................................196

Term of increased inspection frequency ....................196

Install weighing or measuring devices .........................145

Instant concentrated products, interpretation ............238

Instruments for weighing and measuring ......................17

Insulation....................................................................119

Batt and blanket.........................................................120

Installed......................................................................120

Loose-fill (except cellulose) ........................................119

Loose-fill cellulose ......................................................119

Insulin, drugs containing ...............................................83

International System of Units........................................19

Internet Sales..................................................... See Sales

Intrastate commerce...............................................22, 86

Investigations.................................................. 22, 23, 211

J

Jumbo, package size......................................................69

K

Kerosene..........................................121, See Engine fuels

L

Label

Definition......................................................................58

Spot ..............................................................................59

Labeling

Confections...................................................................80

Dispensers..........................................................127, 182

EPA labeling requirements.........................................180

Exemptions...................................................................79

Free area ....................................................................253

Fruit............................................................................233

Fuels ...................................................................180, 181

Header strip............................................................59, 85

NFPA requirements.................................................... 180

Requirements .........................20, 80, 180, 181, 182, 185

Lamb, primal source....................................................106

Largest whole unit.........................................................61

Leather goods ...............................................................77

Letters, labeling style ....................................................71

License fees...................................................................34

Lignite coal..................................................................120

Linear measure..............................................................66

Liquefied natural gas (LNG) ..................... See Engine fuels

Fuel rating .................................................................. 183

Identification.............................................................. 183

Labeling...................................................................... 183

Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG).....................................173

Liquid measure.................................................. 24, 61, 69

Liquid or dry..................................................................64

Lobster........................................................................102

Local officials, powers and duties..................................23

Logs

Artificial compressed or processed............................ 109

For flavoring foods..................................................... 108

Long shelf life food.............................................. 153, 155

Lot shipment or delivery, interpretation......................230

Lubricant

Transmissions, gears or axles..................................... 177

Lumber

Grade ......................................................................... 112

Hardwood .................................................................. 115

Board foot ............................................................. 115

Kiln drying.............................................................. 115

Minimum sizes....................................................... 116

Nominal sizes......................................................... 116

Random width ....................................................... 117

Surface measure.................................................... 115

Surfaced................................................................. 115

Surfaced sizes for kiln dried................................... 116

Identity....................................................................... 112

Quantity ..................................................................... 113

Softwood.................................................................... 111

Boards.................................................................... 112

Dimension lumber................................................. 112

Dry ................................................................. 112, 114

Framing.................................................................. 112

Girders................................................................... 112

Grade..................................................................... 112

Joists...................................................................... 112

Matched ................................................................ 112

Minimum dressed sizes......................................... 112

Nominal size .......................................................... 114

Patterned............................................................... 112

Planks .................................................................... 112

Posts...................................................................... 112

Purlins.................................................................... 112

Rafters................................................................... 112

Rough .................................................................... 112

Shiplapped............................................................. 112

Sills......................................................................... 112

Sizes....................................................................... 114
Index Handbook 130 – 2017

286

Studs ......................................................................112

Surfaced (dressed) .................................................112

Timbers..................................................................112

Beams................................................................112

Caps...................................................................112

Unseasoned (green).......................................112, 114

M

M85 methanol......................................... See Engine fuels

Magnitude of variations................................................86

Malt beverages .............................................................70

Margarine .....................................................................83

Margarine-like spreads................................................102

Mass .............................................................................64

Mass and weight............................................................ 3

Mass, SI units ................................................................70

Measure containers.......................................................81

Meat............................................................. 85, 102, 107

Abbreviations .............................................................104

Carcass........................................................................104

Cuts, terms for............................................................104

Hanging weight, sale of ..............................................104

Lamb...........................................................................106

Package ........................................................................80

Pork ............................................................................106

Primal cut ...................................................................104

Primal source..............................................................106

Side.............................................................................104

Method of Retail Sale for Fresh Fruits and Vegetables.See

Method of sale

Method of sale.........................................6, 121, 125, 242

Allowable difference ..................................................132

Animal bedding ..........................................................123

Apples.........................................................................240

Apricots ......................................................................240

Artichokes...................................................................239

Asparagus...................................................................239

Automotive lubricants................................................165

Avocados....................................................................239

Baler twine .................................................................124

Bananas......................................................................239

Beans..........................................................................239

Beets...........................................................................240

Berries ........................................................................240

Berries and small fruits...............................................101

Bread ..........................................................................101

Broccoli.......................................................................240

Brussels sprouts,.........................................................239

Bulk sales......................................................................24

Cabbage......................................................................240

Cantaloupes........................................................239, 240

Cardboard cartons......................................................240

Carrots........................................................................240

Catalyst beads ............................................................241

Cauliflower .................................................................240

Celery .........................................................................240

Cherries ..............................................................239, 240

Citrus.......................................................................... 240

Coconuts.................................................................... 239

Commodities...............................20, 41, 93, 95, 101, 240

Liquid form .............................................................. 24

non liquid form........................................................ 24

Compressed natural gas............................................. 125

Corn ........................................................................... 239

Count ........................................................................... 24

Cranberries ................................................................ 240

Cucumbers................................................................. 240

Dates.......................................................................... 239

Edible blubs................................................................ 240

Eggplant ..................................................................... 239

Enforcement .................................................................. 2

Engine fuels................................................................ 179

Engine fuels and automotive lubricants....................... 41

Escarole...................................................................... 240

Figs............................................................................. 239

Firewood............................................................ 108, 109

Flavoring chips........................................................... 109

Flower vegetables...................................................... 240

Fluid milk products..................................................... 103

Fruits and vegetables................................................. 238

Garlic.......................................................................... 240

Gasoline-oxgenate blends.......................................... 122

General concepts......................................................... 93

Gourd Vegetables ...................................................... 240

Grapefruits................................................................. 240

Grapes........................................................................ 239

Greens........................................................................ 240

Heating fuel.................................................................. 24

Hydrogen fuel ............................................................ 127

Ice cream, similar frozen products............................. 103

Instant beverages....................................................... 238

Kale ............................................................................ 240

Leaf vegetables.......................................................... 240

Leeks.......................................................................... 240

Lemons....................................................................... 240

Lettuce ....................................................................... 240

Limes.......................................................................... 240

Liquefied natural gas.................................................. 125

Liquid measure ............................................................ 24

Mangoes .................................................................... 240

Measure....................................................................... 24

Melons............................................................... 239, 240

Model state method of sale......................................... 93

Mushrooms................................................................ 239

Nectarines.................................................................. 240

Okra ........................................................................... 239

Onions........................................................................ 240

Oranges...................................................................... 240

Packaged foods or cosmetics

Vending machines ................................................. 242

Papaya ....................................................................... 240

Paper.................................................................. 126, 229

Parsley........................................................................ 240

Parsnips...................................................................... 240

Peaches...................................................................... 240
Handbook 130 – 2017 Index

287

Pears...........................................................................240

Peas............................................................................239

Pelletized ice cream....................................................103

Peppers.......................................................................239

Persimmons................................................................240

Petroleum products..............................................41, 178

Pineapples..................................................................239

Pitted fruits.................................................................240

Plums..........................................................................240

Pome fruits.................................................................240

Potatoes .....................................................................240

Potpourri ....................................................................124

Precious metals..........................................................121

Price posting...............................................................248

Pumpkins....................................................................240

Radishes .....................................................................240

Ready-to-eat food ......................................................105

Regulation ..................................................................240

Requirements...............................................................20

Retail sale for fresh fruits and vegetables..................239

Rhubarb......................................................................239

Root vegetables..........................................................240

Rutabagas...................................................................240

Sand............................................................................229

Spinach .......................................................................240

States......................................................................7, 8, 9

Tomatoes............................................................239, 240

Uniform Engine Fuels and Automotive Lubricants 

Regulation..............................................................165

Uniform regulation.......................................................93

Units of volume ............................................................70

Weight..........................................................................24

Wiper blades ..............................................................242

Wiping cloths..............................................................124

Metric equivalents ......................................................248

Metric System (SI) .........................................................19

Metric system of weights and measures........................19

Milligram, SI Units.........................................................64

Misrepresentation of pricing .........................................24

Moisture, loss or gain of................................................22

Mollusks.........................................102, 103, See Shellfish

canned........................................................................103

Motor octane number.................................................173

Motor oil...............................................................84, 173

Movie film.............................................................83, 243

Mulch

Definition....................................................................121

Quantity......................................................................121

Multi-unit package ............................................ 58, 74, 82

N

Napkins............................................................. 67, 75, 77

National Type Evaluation ...........................3, 21, 157, 161

National Type Evaluation Program ....... 157, 161, 162, 164

Natural gas.............................................. See Engine fuels

Net mass............................................................. 3, 17, 61

Net quantity............................................................61, 86

Net weight .......................................................... 3, 17, 61

Non-food products......................................................107

Not less than, prohibited declaration ............................69

Numbers and letters

Minimum height .......................................................... 73

Proportion.................................................................... 73

Numbers, labeling style.................................................71

O

Octane posting regulation ....................... See Engine fuels

Oil ....................................................................... 174, 183

Brand ................................................................. 128, 183

Documentation ......................................................... 129

Engine service category ..................................... 128, 183

Inactive or obsolete service categories...................... 129

Labeling.............................................................. 183, 185

Rail cars.............................................................. 129, 184

Recreational............................................................... 184

Service categories.............................................. 184, 185

Tank trucks......................................................... 129, 184

Use ............................................................................. 184

Vehicle or engine manufacturer standard ................. 128

Viscosity ............................................................. 128, 184

Oleomargarine ............................................................102

Open carriers.................................................................57

Open dating ................................2, 6, 7, 8, 9, 21, 149, 153

Open Dating Regulation ..............................................153

Open multi-unit retail food packages ............................74

Ordinary and customary exposure.................................86

Ornamentation .............................................................78

Ounce, unit of measure .................................................66

Oysters........................................................................103

P

Package.........................................................................69

Aerosols....................................................................... 73

Animal bedding.......................................................... 124

Character of declaration .............................................. 71

Color contrast, labeling................................................ 71

Combination .................................................. 58, 74, 233

Combination declaration ............................................. 62

Consumer..................................................................... 57

Container-type commodities....................................... 76

Cylindrical containers................................................... 76

Declaration of quantity .................................... 61, 62, 69

Definitions.............................................................. 57, 58

Display card package.................................................... 73

Egg cartons................................................................... 73

Exemptions, combination package ............................ 139

Exemptions, infant formula ....................................... 139

Exemptions, single item............................................. 139

Exemptions, small ...................................................... 139

Exemptions, variety package ..................................... 139

Free area, labeling ....................................................... 71

Gift............................................................................. 229

Header strip ........................................................... 59, 85
Index Handbook 130 – 2017

288

Information required on...............................................25

Labeling, consumer information ..................................71

Largest whole unit........................................................61

Lettering, style..............................................................71

Location of declarations...............................................71

Meat.............................................................................80

Multi-unit .....................................................................58

Multi-unit package .......................................................74

Non-consumer..................................................58, 69, 73

Paper labeling.............................................................126

Parallel quantity declaration ........................................71

Principal display panel

Calculation of area ...................................................72

Qualifications of declaration prohibited.......................69

Random .......................................... 17, 57, 58, 69, 79, 80

Random weight ............................................................17

Requirements.........................................................20, 71

Seasonal .....................................................................233

Sizing ............................................................................69

Small.............................................................................82

Standard ............................................... 17, 18, 25, 57, 59

Textile...........................................................................84

Unreasonable shortage ................................................71

Variety ............................................................58, 75, 233

Vending machine food and cosmetics........................242

Weight..........................................................................69

Paper ..........................................................................268

Basic weight................................................................125

Bond, packaged ..........................................................125

Communication paper................................................125

Computer paper.........................................................125

Gross weight, interpretation ......................................229

Labeling ......................................................................126

Method of sale ...........................................................126

Mimeo ........................................................................125

Net weight, interpretation .........................................229

Office paper................................................................125

Primary mill paper......................................................229

Spirit duplicator..........................................................125

Xerographic ................................................................125

Parallel to the base, labeling .........................................60

Participating Laboratory..............................................157

Passenger carrier servings.............................................80

Peat and peat moss.....................................................109

Pelletized frozen desserts............................................103

Pelletized ice cream.....................................................103

Pelletized seed ..............................................................79

Performance requirements, personnel ..........................22

Perishable food ...........................................................149

Petroleum products.........41, 45, 58, 165, See Engine fuels

Petroleum Subcommittee’s name to the Fuels and 

Lubricants Subcommittee (FALS) ...............................41

Pickles.........................................................................103

Pillow............................................................................78

Pillowcases....................................................................77

Placed in Service Reports.............................................147

Plastics........................................................................108

Platinum ........................................... See Precious Metals

Police powers................................................................23

Polyethylene products.................................................117

Sheeting and film....................................................... 117

Pork .................................................................... 104, 106

Pot holders....................................................................77

Pot roast .....................................................................104

Potpourri, method of sale ...........................................124

Poultry .. 25, 81, 85, 102, 105, 106, 107, 228, 237, 254, 259

Combinations with other foods................................. 102

Pound ...........................................................................66

Pound, units of measure............ See U.S. Customary Units

Powers and duties

Director........................................................................ 21

Local officials................................................................ 23

Precious metals

Compounds................................................................ 121

Definition ................................................................... 121

Gold............................................................................ 121

Method of sale........................................................... 121

Platinum..................................................................... 121

Silver .......................................................................... 121

Prefabricated utility buildings .....................................110

Prepackaged food, labeling .........................................153

Preplanters ...................................................................79

Prescription drugs .........................................................83

Presumptive evidence ...................................................27

Price computing of bulk commodities..........................107

Price posting

Motor fuel.................................................................. 248

Price verification ..........................................6, 7, 8, 9, 195

Examination procedure................................ 23, 191, 195

Inspections..........................................195, 208, 210, 217

Program ..................................................................... 216

Reports........................210, 212, 217, 220, 221, 222, 223

Tally sheets .........................198, 208, 210, 217, 218, 219

Working Group .......................................................... 191

Principal display panel...................................................58

Printer ribbons and tapes, guidelines ..........................237

Prohibition of terms

Firewood.................................................................... 109

Promoting uniformity....................................................21

Propane .............................................................. 122, 182

Q

Qualifying terms, prohibited ............................... 272, 276

Quality representation ..................................................24

Quantity

Consumer package....................................................... 60

Misrepresentation of ................................................... 24

Non-consumer packages.............................................. 69

Quantity declaration

Supplementary............................................................. 68

Quantity statement.....................................................110

Quilts ............................................................................77
Handbook 130 – 2017 Index

289

R

Railroad cars

Covered hopper cars ..................................................133

Flat cars......................................................................133

House type .................................................................133

Refrigerator cars, mechanical.....................................133

Tank trucks or rail cars................................................184

Ready-to-eat food .......................................................105

Reformulated gasoline ................................................174

Refrigerated products, reference temperature............236

Registered service agency ...........................................145

Registered serviceperson ............................................145

Regulation, for National Type Evaluation ............ 157, 161

Relishes.......................................................................103

Removal orders.............................................................23

Representation ............................................108, 112, 116

Restaurant servings.......................................................80

Restraining order ..........................................................26

Retail price....................................................................25

Revocation

Conflicting regulations................................................133

Revocation of conflicting regulations.............................86

RFG ............................................................................ See

Ribbon, typewriter......................................................237

Right of cancellation............................................ 105, 106

Roast...........................................................................104

Roofing material..........................................................110

Rounding.......................................................................68

Rounding and significant digits................................89, 90

Rounding rules..............................................................90

Rounding, units of measure...........................................68

Rugs........................................................................77, 78

Rule of 1000 ............................................................63, 70

S

SAE International ........................................................174

Sale from bulk ...............................................................24

Sales

Bulk...............................................................................24

Direct sale...................................................................199

Indirect sales ................................................................80

Internet sales................................................................80

Temperature compensated..........................................24

Sampling procedures...................................................195

Sand............................................................................229

Scallops.......................................................................102

Seafood........................................................102, 106, 107

Canned .......................................................................103

Combination with other foods...................................102

Whole .........................................................................102

Sealants

Caulking compounds ..................................................111

Glazing compounds....................................................111

Putty ...........................................................................111

Rope caulk ..................................................................111

Seed tapes.....................................................................79

Seeds ............................................................................79

Sell by date ..................................................153, 154, 155

Semi-anthracite...........................................................120

Semi-bituminous.........................................................120

Semi-perishable food .......................................... 153, 155

Service agencies, registration .............................. 141, 145

Sewing machine lubricants............................................58

Shellfish .............................................................. 102, 103

canned ....................................................................... 103

Oysters....................................................................... 103

Shellfood

Clams, mussels, oysters, others................................. 102

Shoes ............................................................................77

Shoulder.............................................................. 104, 106

Shrimp ................................................................ 102, 260

SI units

Conversion ................................................................... 89

Prescribed units ........................................................... 64

SI Units.............................................................. 59, 60, 62

SI, fractions and prefixes ...............................................64

SI/U.S. Customary Units conversion factors...................87

Silver................................................. See Precious Metals

Slip covers.....................................................................77

Society of Automotive Engineers...................................47

Sod..............................................................................111

Species

Fireplace and stove wood.......................................... 108

Lumber....................................................................... 115

Meat .......................................................................... 104

Tree............................................................................ 115

Species group...................................................... 112, 115

Species tree.................................................................112

Specifications..............................................................189

Sponge

Atlantic Silk ................................................................ 273

Banana ....................................................................... 275

Natural ....................................................................... 273

Rock Island................................................................. 273

Sea Grass.................................................................... 273

Sea Yellow.................................................................. 273

Silk.............................................................................. 274

Synthetic .................................................................... 273

Wool .......................................................................... 273

Standard .....................................................................189

Standard lengths.........................................................115

Standard package.......................................... See Package

Standards of fill .............................................................21

Standards of weights.....................................................19

Steak...........................................................................104

Stove wood .................................................................108

Stove wood, chips or pellets........................................109

Symbols ............................................... See Abbreviations

SI prefixes..................................................................... 64

SI units ......................................................................... 63

U.S. customary units.................................................... 65

System of weights and measures in customary use .......19
Index Handbook 130 – 2017

290

T

Tablecloths....................................................................77

Tank cars.....................................................................133

Tapes, typewriter........................................................237

Tare weight

Allowable difference ..................................................120

Railroad cars...........................................................133

Average requirement .................................................121

Compressed gases......................................................121

Cylinder tare weight...................................................121

Determining net contents ..........................................120

Railroad car ................................................................132

Stamped or stenciled..................................................120

Stenciled tare weights

Railroad car............................................................132

Verification or change ................................................133

Tea, instant .................................................................238

Tear away tag................................................................82

Temperature compensated sales...................................24

Textiles....................................................................77, 78

Thread

Industrial ......................................................................79

Threads.........................................................................79

Handicraft.....................................................................79

Throws..........................................................................77

Tint base paint, labeling, interpretation ........................83

Tobacco

Cigarettes .....................................................................81

Cigars............................................................................81

Cuts, plugs, twists.........................................................81

Tobacco, cuts, plugs, and twists.....................................81

Trademark.....................................................................79

Training, weights and measures personnel....................22

Transmission fluid ............................................... 171, 185

Documentation...........................................................185

Labeling ......................................................................185

Transparent wrappers...................................................57

Troy weights................................................................121

Turf .............................................................................111

Type evaluation................6, 7, 8, 9, 21, 157, 161, 162, 164

Type evaluation, requirements for ................................21

Typewriter ribbons and tapes......................................237

U

U.S. Customary Units........................ 61, 64, 65, 66, 67, 70

Unapproved weight or measure ....................................23

Unavoidable deviations

In good manufacturing practice ...................................22

In weighing, measuring, or counting ............................86

Uniform date labeling..................................................153

Uniform Open Dating Regulation..... 149, See Open dating

Uniform Packaging and Labeling Regulation........ 2, 17, 20

Uniform Regulation for Engine Fuels, Petroleum Products, 

and Automotive Lubricants........................................ 3

Uniform Regulation for National Type Evaluation.....3, 21, 

157

Uniform Regulation for the Method of Sale of 

Commodities.....................................................93, 101

Uniform Regulation for the Registration of 

Servicepersons and Service Agencies.........................20

Uniform Regulation for the Voluntary Registration of 

Servicepersons and Service Agencies...................2, 141

Uniform Retail Meat Identity Standards......................104

Uniform Unit Pricing Regulation.............20, 106, 135, 136

Uniform Weighmaster Law............. See Weighmaster Law

Uniformity.................................................................5, 21

Unit pricing ............ 2, 6, 7, 8, 9, 20, 25, 135, 139, 140, 199

Requirements .............................................................. 20

Units of two or more meanings.....................................66

Unreasonable shortage ...........................................69, 86

Utility cloths............................................................77, 78

V

Variations to be allowed ...............................................86

Variety packages...........................................................82

Vegetables ..................................................................238

Artichokes.................................................................. 239

Asparagus................................................................... 239

Beans ......................................................................... 239

Beets.......................................................................... 240

Broccoli .............................................................. 239, 240

Cabbage ..................................................................... 240

Carrots ....................................................................... 240

Cauliflower................................................................. 240

Celery ......................................................................... 240

Corn ........................................................................... 239

Cucumbers................................................................. 240

Edible blubs................................................................ 240

Eggplant ..................................................................... 239

Escarole...................................................................... 240

Flower vegetables...................................................... 240

Garlic.......................................................................... 240

Gourd Vegetables ...................................................... 240

Greens........................................................................ 240

Kale ............................................................................ 240

Leaf ............................................................................ 240

Leaf vegetables.......................................................... 240

Leeks.......................................................................... 240

Lettuce ....................................................................... 240

Method of sale................................................... 239, 240

Mushrooms................................................................ 239

Okra ........................................................................... 239

Onions........................................................................ 240

Parsley........................................................................ 240

Parsnips...................................................................... 240

Peas............................................................................ 239

Peppers...................................................................... 239

Potatoes..................................................................... 240

Radishes..................................................................... 240

Rhubarb ..................................................................... 239

Root vegetables......................................................... 240

Rutabagas .................................................................. 240

Spinach....................................................................... 240
Handbook 130 – 2017 Index

291

Vending machines............................................... 132, 242

Viscosity.............................................................. 183, 184

Viscosity number...........................................................84

Volume .........................................................................66

Volume temperatures...................................................70

Voluntary registrant, privileges and responsibilities....146

Voluntary registration .............................................2, 141

W

Weighmaster..................................................... 34, 35, 36

Qualifications for ......................................................... 34

Weighmaster Act...........................................................39

Weighmaster Law.....................................6, 7, 8, 9, 29, 33

Weight ..........................................................................66

Wiper blades...............................................................242

Wood .......................................................... See Firewood

Y

Yogurt

Frozen ................................................ See Dairy Products
Index Handbook 130 – 2017

292

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK